gnucash-docs master: Multiple changes pushed
John Ralls
jralls at code.gnucash.org
Sun Dec 18 14:52:48 EST 2016
Updated via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/42f42f90 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/889b6c2d (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/4dbf2029 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/9d532a46 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/67240840 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/78cfa76c (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/96aa264c (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/47b2253b (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/81341e8a (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/64e1f68c (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/5157cdcf (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/cd613b37 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/56c7bc11 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/be0c7eed (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/a44ac34a (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/87c816c5 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/15065758 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/8560fa16 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/fd51c5e9 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/4944b3e9 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/e6ae81c6 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/de0d58f3 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/f264daa5 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/6facf6fd (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/f3cfef5b (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/927df2f2 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/b326b2b5 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/966f7b9d (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/01686a73 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/1c34f7d7 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/7ffb0b65 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/b1d52e84 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/e9ce1674 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/1a6616c0 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/1cbd128b (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/981d6a75 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/3ae39890 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/3d979026 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/d62968a8 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/c32ae27e (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/28259318 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/09b13337 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/b1f68171 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/4be1e74c (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/dde2cb79 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/e672e971 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/879cc521 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/1d753e94 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/b1d68608 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/993790e6 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/81bf95e6 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/26328123 (commit)
via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/aa5b26ca (commit)
from https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/672dcdff (commit)
commit 42f42f90e5448345a318e04e83620e5d882f496e
Merge: 672dcdf 889b6c2
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sun Dec 18 11:46:19 2016 -0800
Merge branch 'maint' after 2.6.15 release.
diff --cc guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index a1c141f,a2e9f1d..d535932
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@@ -2465,24 -2444,23 +2444,24 @@@ Translators
<tip><para>Specifically for dates there's another way you can save time: you can enter
partial dates. For example if you only enter one number, <application>GnuCash</application>
will interpret it as the day in the current month of the current year. If you only enter
- a day and month, <application>GnuCash</application> will automatically append the year. By
- default this is the current year. You can however also configure
- <application>GnuCash</application> to take such a date in a sliding window starting
- a number of months before the current month. This can be done via
+ a day and month, <application>GnuCash</application> will automatically append the year. The
+ default this to take such a date in a sliding window starting 11 months before the current
+ month. This means that if you enter 1/5 (January 5th) as date while the current date is
+ in December 2015, the date will be completed as 1/5/16. This default can be changed via
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Date/Time</guisubmenu>
- <guilabel>Date Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para></tip>
+ <guilabel>Date Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>. You can change it to either always
+ evaluate a date in the current calendar year or change the start of the sliding window.</para></tip>
<para>Nel campo <guilabel>Nr.</guilabel> nella linea di una transazione, è possibile premere <keycap>+</keycap> per incrementare il numero della transazione, mentre premendo <keycap>-</keycap> verrà diminuito il numero. Questo funzionerà anche nel campo <guilabel>Operazione</guilabel> nella linea della suddivisione, se si sceglie di immettere i numeri della suddivisione qui. Il campo <guilabel>Operazione</guilabel> supporta anche <emphasis>Quickfill</emphasis>: se si digitano i primi caratteri di una operazione comune (come <emphasis>Deposito</emphasis>), <application>&app;</application> completerà il resto.</para>
-
+
<para>Il campo <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel> supporta il <emphasis>Quickfill</emphasis> dei nomi dei conti. Iniziando a digitare il nome di un conto, <application>&app;</application> completerà la parte restante del nome con quello di un conto esistente. Digitando il carattere separatore in qualsiasi momento, verrà completato il livello corrente del nome del conto, lasciando il cursore posizionato all’inizio del successivo livello di nomi di conti. Digitando, per esempio, <keycap>A:C</keycap> con il gruppo standard di conti, verrà selezionato il conto <emphasis>Attività :Conto corrente</emphasis>. Si possono anche selezionare i tasti <keycap>Menu</keycap> o <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Giù</keycap></keycombo> in questo campo per visualizzare la lista a comparsa dei nomi dei conti.</para>
-
+
<para>In ognuno dei campi per l’importo, si può usare una calcolatrice incorporata. Digitare semplicemente il primo valore, seguito da un <keycap>+</keycap>, <keycap>-</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> o <keycap>/</keycap>, poi inserire il secondo valore. <application>&app;</application> eseguirà i calcoli e restituirà il valore risultante nel campo dell’importo alla pressione del tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap>.</para>
-
+
<para>Per tutte le voci del menu sono definite delle chiavi di accesso che sono indicate da caratteri sottolineati nei nome del menu. Premere <keycap>Alt</keycap> + [carattere sottolineato] per aprire il menu desiderato e selezionare poi una voce digitando il carattere sottolineato corrispondente. Per esempio, premere <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo> per far comparire il menu <guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu>, poi premere <keycap>S</keycap> per suddividere la transazione. Alcune delle voci del menu hanno anch’esse delle scorciatoie che immediatamente invocano il comando (normalmente utilizzando il tasto <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>). Queste scorciatoie sono riportate a fianco della voce.</para>
-
+
<para>Per muoversi nel registro, utilizzare questi tasti per risparmiare tempo:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> per spostarsi al prossimo campo, <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> per spostarsi nel campo precedente</para>
diff --cc help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
index fce5ed3,6dd3afa..747a33e
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
@@@ -453,27 -453,8 +453,27 @@@
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Detail Level</guilabel>— One of</para>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Single</entry><entry>Display 1 line</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Multi-Line</entry><entry>Display N lines</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <note>
+ <para>Before stable version 2.8.0
+ <emphasis>Detail Level</emphasis> was called <emphasis>Style</emphasis> on the General tab.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>If <emphasis>Detail Level</emphasis> is <emphasis>Multi-Line</emphasis>,
+ check boxes <emphasis>Other Account Name</emphasis> and <emphasis>Use Full Other Account Name</emphasis>
+ are automatically deselected and disabled, and the <emphasis>Transfer</emphasis> column is not reported.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name</guilabel> — For multi-split transactions, this parameter is not used and hence disabled</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name:</guilabel> For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Other Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
diff --cc help/it/gnucash-help.xml
index d9ad5dd,fa0d090..f1234b9
--- a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
@@@ -2908,10 -2865,10 +2865,10 @@@
</sect1>
<sect1>
-- <title>Account Register/General Journal</title>
++ <title>Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</title>
<sect2 id="account-register">
-- <title>Account Register & General Journal Window</title>
++ <title>Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale</title>
<para>Questa finestra è utilizzata per l’inserimento e la modifica dei dati del conto; fornisce anche degli strumenti per la pianificazione futura delle transazioni, per cercare e per creare dei resoconti sulle transazioni e per la stampa degli assegni.</para>
@@@ -4005,7 -3978,7 +3978,9 @@@
<row>
<entry><para><guibutton>Suddivisione</guibutton></para></entry>
-- <entry><para>Mostra tutte le suddivisioni nella transazione selezionata. Questo pulsante è disattivato se è stato scelta l’opzione <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mastro a espansione automatica</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para></entry>
++ <entry><para>Show all splits in the current transaction. Not highlighted if
++ <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Auto-Split
++ Ledger</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is enabled.</para></entry>
</row>
<row>
@@@ -7521,12 -7519,12 +7521,9 @@@ Translators
<sect1 id="general-journal">
<title>Giornale generale</title>
-- <para>The General Journal is an advanced register used to enter transactions without needing to open
-- individual accounts. The General Journal shows the transaction entries for all accounts on one register.</para>
++ <para>Il libro mastro generale è un registro avanzato che permette di inserire le transazioni senza il bisogno di aprire i singoli conti; permette anche di visualizzare tutte le transazioni per tutti i conti in un unico registro.</para>
-- <para>Entering transactions in the General Journal is more complicated than entering them in the individual
-- account registers. The advantage is the General Journal provides a more comprehensive view of the
-- transactions you have entered in all your accounts.</para>
++ <para>L’inserimento di una transazione nel libro mastro generale è più complicato rispetto alla stessa operazione compiuta dal registro del conto. Il vantaggio del libro mastro generale risiede nella visualizzazione più esaustiva delle transazioni inserite in tutti i propri conti.</para>
<para>The General Journal defaults to showing only the previous month of transactions. This is changeable
by using the "Filter By..." on the View menu.</para>
@@@ -12948,8 -13483,8 +13482,27 @@@ _______________________________________
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
++ <listitem><para><guilabel>Detail Level</guilabel>— One of</para>
++ <informaltable>
++ <tgroup cols="2">
++ <tbody>
++ <row><entry>Single</entry><entry>Display 1 line</entry></row>
++ <row><entry>Multi-Line</entry><entry>Display N lines</entry></row>
++ </tbody>
++ </tgroup>
++ </informaltable>
++ <note>
++ <para>Before stable version 2.8.0
++ <emphasis>Detail Level</emphasis> was called <emphasis>Style</emphasis> on the General tab.</para>
++ </note>
++
++ <para>If <emphasis>Detail Level</emphasis> is <emphasis>Multi-Line</emphasis>,
++ check boxes <emphasis>Other Account Name</emphasis> and <emphasis>Use Full Other Account Name</emphasis>
++ are automatically deselected and disabled, and the <emphasis>Transfer</emphasis> column is not reported.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name</guilabel> — For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name:</guilabel> For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Other Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
@@@ -13119,9 -13654,9 +13672,9 @@@
<sect4 id="report-txrpt-splits">
<title>Displaying Split Account Details</title>
-- <para>This is controled by the <emphasis>Style</emphasis> option on the General tab.</para>
++ <para>This is controled by the <emphasis>Detail Level</emphasis> option on the Display tab.</para>
<note>
-- <para>In stable version 2.8.0 this option will be renamed to <emphasis>Detail Level</emphasis> on the Display tab.</para>
++ <para>In stable versions before 2.8.0 this option was called <emphasis>Style</emphasis> on the General tab.</para>
</note>
<para>In <emphasis>Single</emphasis> line mode, there's only one line per transaction. So you can have
the account name on one side of the equation and
commit 889b6c2d05680aaaec28706bcd786e5a6ca17d34
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sat Dec 17 10:44:46 2016 -0800
Release 2.6.15
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 5c2fca8..4dc6b44 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,211 @@
+2016-12-17 John Ralls
+
+ * Update AUTHORS. (HEAD, maint)
+
+2016-12-13 John Ralls
+
+ * Bug 775919 - Change Documentation of contributors (origin/maint)
+
+2016-12-13 John Ralls
+
+ * Clean up additional help sections, making them (mostly) the same in both manuals.
+
+2016-12-13 John Ralls
+
+ * Remove author emails to enhance privacy and discourage users from contacting them directly.
+
+2016-12-10 John Ralls
+
+ * Update author list, version, and modification date for recently-revised ch_currency and ch_reports.
+
+2016-12-10 John Ralls
+
+ * Re-merge David T.'s GnuCash Glossary.
+
+2016-12-06 David T
+
+ * Revise glossary with better definitions and attribution.
+
+2016-12-09 John Ralls
+
+ * Merge David T's new glossary into maint.
+
+2016-12-06 David T
+
+ * Bug-743671: Add glossary to Tutorial and Guide.
+
+2016-12-09 John Ralls
+
+ * Add new (from bug 633590 change) ch_reports.xml to guide C and it Makefile.am.
+
+2016-12-09 John Ralls
+
+ * Replace defective Italian gnucash-guide.xml with a working one.
+
+2016-12-06 David T
+
+ * Bug-770371 - Add note to documentation regarding Sort order options. Added to table in Help Section 4.3.2.3
+
+2016-12-06 John Ralls
+
+ * Improve ch_currency formatting of tables and charts of accounts.
+
+2016-12-06 David T
+
+ * Bug 775592 - General Rewrite of Guide Chapter on Multiple Currencies
+
+2016-12-06 John Ralls
+
+ * Update guide/it/gnucash.xml with new chapter 10 'Reports'.
+
+2016-12-06 John Ralls
+
+ * Fix build-script error in Italian help.
+
+2016-11-30 fell
+
+ * Review of PR #74: Update translation
+
+2016-11-28 Mechtilde
+
+ * prepared for PR
+
+2016-11-27 Mechtilde
+
+ * mask links which can't refer to
+
+2016-11-27 Mechtilde
+
+ * adoption to the first pull request
+
+2016-11-27 Mechtilde
+
+ * Part II - translation of commit 1d753e94eebb107470514a67f246a767736ad572
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * Part I from commit 1d753e94eebb107470514a67f246a767736ad572
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translate commit 2ba657161c81c66afc8ecabb79c1d6df2b4010b4
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translate commit c768b012db3216d835f1f4e3220ce75323cf7904 and add Englih screenshot
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * corrected Makefile.am
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * update gnucash-guide.xml
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translation of chapter Expense Accounts
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * initial commit of guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translation of commit 09b13337cb88a80d832c20509ce5e3a09845d739
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translation of commit 25d860df72259f48bf532a401ad25a238c6105d5
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translation of commit bb525f98b551ac5ab18ba6512f385cbc1af1b184
+
+2016-11-26 Mechtilde
+
+ * translation of commit commit df47fc56e6a94d275962366a93fcc977754ad1dd
+
+2016-11-23 Mechtilde
+
+ * translation of commit 1259a0c4006827fc8b6418a65c8d780c0b26ea14
+
+2016-10-31 Mechtilde
+
+ * added ch_expenses.xml and ch_reports.xml
+
+2016-11-30 Pedro Albuquerque
+
+ * pt section of l10n.xml
+
+2016-11-17 John Ralls
+
+ * Merge suplementary account-setup change from Dave T.
+
+2016-11-16 David T
+
+ * Bug-397145 - Second change on this bug, as I overlooked issue noted in comment 6 on Bugzilla.
+
+2016-11-15 John Ralls
+
+ * Merge Sunfish's Bug 397135 doc update about hidden accounts in pick lists.
+
+2016-11-13 John Ralls
+
+ * Merge Pull Request 71, Bug 755174 Help Document Lots in Account window, into maint
+
+2016-11-10 goodvibes2
+
+ * Fix incorrect use of mdash See discussion https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/pull/71
+
+2016-11-05 goodvibes2
+
+ * Bug 755174 Help Document Lots in Account window
+
+2016-11-07 David T
+
+ * Small addition to Help File to explain that Hidden accounts still display in Account selector.
+
+2016-11-06 John Ralls
+
+ * Merge branch 'adjust-dpi' of https://github.com/goodvibes2/gnucash-docs into maint
+
+2016-11-05 goodvibes2
+
+ * adjust-dpi.sh: round to 1 dec instead of 2 for Help images
+
+2016-10-30 goodvibes2
+
+ * Update dpi of guide PNGs now adjust-dpi.sh fixed
+
+2016-10-31 goodvibes2
+
+ * Bug 755174 Document using Lots to create investment capital gains transactions
+
+2016-10-27 goodvibes2
+
+ * Fix comment guide ch_invest.xml
+
+2016-10-27 goodvibes2
+
+ * Whitespace cleanup help
+
+2016-10-27 goodvibes2
+
+ * Whitespace cleanup guide
+
+2016-10-21 David T
+
+ * Bug-633590 Update and activate Reports chapter.
+
+2016-09-23 fell
+
+ * Add optional requirement gnome-doc-utils to README
+
+2016-09-17 John Ralls
+
+ * Updated Italian translation with new expenses chapter (which isn't translated).
+
2016-09-16 John Ralls
* Release 2.6.14 (HEAD, tag: 2.6.14, maint)
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
index 5c408ca..dc93de2 100644
--- a/NEWS
+++ b/NEWS
@@ -1,6 +1,20 @@
Version History
---------------
- 2.6.14 - 17 Spetember 2016
+ 2.6.15 - 18 December 2016
+ o Bug 397135 - Hidden Accounts Show in ComboBox.
+ o Bug 633590 - Add a Reports Chapter to the Tutorial and
+ Guide.
+ o Bug 743671 - Add glossary to Tutorial and Guide.
+ o Bug 755174 - Document using Lots to create investment
+ capital gains transactions.
+ o Bug 770371 - Add note to documentation regarding Sort order
+ options.
+ o Bug 775592 - General Rewrite of Guide Chapter on Multiple
+ Currencies.
+ o Bug 775919 - Change Documentation of contributors
+ o Update German Translation (Mechtilde Stehmann)
+ o Fix resolution of screenshots.
+ 2.6.14 - 17 September 2016
o Bug 115461 - Highlight need to select Account Type when adding
new stock account.
o Bug 687290 - Add new chapter for expense type accounts.
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 6dbf726..91199e2 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
# copyright (c) 2003-2016 GnuCash Development Team
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT(gnucash-docs, 2.6.14)
+AC_INIT(gnucash-docs, 2.6.15)
dnl ==========================================================================
dnl
commit 4dbf202974210cc1b90a99792057e4395709b9d7
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sat Dec 17 10:19:24 2016 -0800
Update AUTHORS.
diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS
index 7d7f8b3..d94470f 100644
--- a/AUTHORS
+++ b/AUTHORS
@@ -1,35 +1,35 @@
Contributors:
Current -
-Yawar Amin
J. Alex Aycinena
-Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
-Mike Evans <mikee at saxicola.co.uk>
-Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
-Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
-Cristian Marchi <cri79 at libero.it>
-John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
-Robert Ratliff <ratliff.bobby at gmail.com>
-Mark Simpson <verdammelt at gmail.com>
-Christian Stimming <stimming at tuhh.de>
-David T.<sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
+Frank H. Ellenberger
+Mike Evans
+Chris Good
+Geert Janssens
+John Ralls
+David T.
Past -
-Bill Gribble <grib at billgribble.com>
-Christopher Browne <gnucash at cbbrowne.com>
-Carol Champagne <carol at io.com>
-Eric Hanchrow <offby1 at blarg.net>
-Glen Ditchfield <gjditchfield at acm.org>
-James A. Treacy <treacy at debian.org>
-Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
-Linas Vepstas <linas at linas.org>
-Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
-Robert Graham Merkel <rgmerk at mira.net>
-Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
-Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
-Dave Herman <dvherman at bigfoot.com>
-David Hampton <hampton at employees.org>
-Niklas Spille <see-g at web.de>
-Patrick Schweiger <pks at spiffykitty.com>
-Yasuaki Taniguchi <yasuakit at gmail.com>
-Tom Bullock <tbullock at nd.edu>
+Yawar Amin
+Bill Gribble
+Christopher Browne
+Tom Bullock
+Carol Champagne
+Glen Ditchfield
+Eric Hanchrow
+Jon Lapham
+Cristian Marchi
+Robert Graham Merkel
+Bengt Thuree
+Chris Lyttle
+Dave Herman
+David Hampton
+Robert Ratliff
+Patrick Schweiger
+Mark Simpson
+Niklas Spille
+Christian Stimming
+Yasuaki Taniguchi
+James A. Treacy
+Linas Vepstas
+Neil Williams
commit 9d532a46fde6d5c06daf8c60251ad64935b6aa1b
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Dec 13 17:18:58 2016 -0800
Bug 775919 - Change Documentation of contributors
Make the "by-line" just "The GnuCash Documentation Team" and list the
individual authors in a new preface page called "About the Author".
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index a83e2f7..2cb7fe7 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
-->
<publisher>
- <publishername>&app; Documentation Team</publishername>
+ <publishername>The &app; Documentation Team</publishername>
<address>
<email>gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</email>
</address>
@@ -151,150 +151,7 @@
<authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Tom</firstname>
- <surname>Bullock</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Carol</firstname>
- <surname>Champagne</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mike</firstname>
- <surname>Evans</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Good</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Development Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Jon</firstname>
- <surname>Lapham</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Bengt</firstname>
- <surname>Thuree</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>David</firstname>
- <surname>T</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
-<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Latin</firstname>
- <surname>Translator 1</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
- <email>email at address.com</email>
- </othercredit>
--->
-
+ <author><surname>The GnuCash Documentation Team</surname></author>
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -475,6 +332,85 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+<preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Bullock</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Carol</firstname> <surname>Champagne</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jon</firstname> <surname>Lapham</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bengt</firstname> <surname>Thuree</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>T.</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <author role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ <email>email at address.com</email>
+ </author>
+-->
+ </para>
+</preface>
<part>
<title>Getting Started</title>
diff --git a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
index 5931066..3e6b919 100644
--- a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -167,138 +167,7 @@
<authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Tom</firstname>
- <surname>Bullock</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Carol</firstname>
- <surname>Champagne</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mike</firstname>
- <surname>Evans</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Development Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Jon</firstname>
- <surname>Lapham</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Bengt</firstname>
- <surname>Thuree</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mechtilde</firstname>
- <surname>Stehmann</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
-<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Latin</firstname>
- <surname>Translator 1</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
- <email>email at address.com</email>
- </othercredit>
--->
+ <author><surname>The GnuCash Documentation Team</surname></author>
</authorgroup>
@@ -480,6 +349,92 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+<preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Bullock</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Carol</firstname> <surname>Champagne</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jon</firstname> <surname>Lapham</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Martin</firstname> <surname>Mainka</surname>
+ </othercredit>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Mechtilde</firstname> <surname>Stehmann</surname>
+ </othercredit>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bengt</firstname> <surname>Thuree</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>T.</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <author role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ <email>email at address.com</email>
+ </author>
+-->
+ </para>
+</preface>
+
<part>
<title>Einführung</title>
&chapter1;
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index 9942df3..a2e9f1d 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-->
<publisher>
- <publishername>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</publishername>
+ <publishername>The GnuCash Documentation Team</publishername>
<address>
<email>gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</email>
</address>
@@ -158,150 +158,7 @@
<authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Tom</firstname>
- <surname>Bullock</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Carol</firstname>
- <surname>Champagne</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mike</firstname>
- <surname>Evans</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Good</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo di sviluppo di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Jon</firstname>
- <surname>Lapham</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Bengt</firstname>
- <surname>Thuree</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>David</firstname>
- <surname>T</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
-<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Latin</firstname>
- <surname>Translator 1</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
- <email>email at address.com</email>
- </othercredit>
--->
-
+ <author><surname>The GnuCash Documentation Team</surname></author>
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -468,6 +325,73 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+<preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Bullock</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Carol</firstname> <surname>Champagne</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jon</firstname> <surname>Lapham</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bengt</firstname> <surname>Thuree</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>T.</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+
+ </para>
+</preface>
<part>
<title>Come Iniziare</title>
diff --git a/guide/ja/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/ja/gnucash-guide.xml
index 3349f86..c4410b4 100644
--- a/guide/ja/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/ja/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -112,148 +112,8 @@ Lyttle</holder> </copyright>
<authorgroup>
<author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
+ <surname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </surname>
</author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
- </author>
-
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Tom</firstname>
- <surname>Bullock</surname>
- <email>tbullock at nd.edu</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Carol</firstname>
- <surname>Champagne</surname>
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mike</firstname>
- <surname>Evans</surname>
- <email>mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;開発ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Jon</firstname>
- <surname>Lapham</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>cri79 at libero.it</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Bengt</firstname>
- <surname>Thuree</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app;文書化ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
- </author>
-
-
-
- <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
- <othercredit role="translator">
-
- <firstname>Latin</firstname>
- <surname>Translator 1</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
- <email>email at address.com</email>
- </othercredit>
--->
- <othercredit role="translator">
-
- <firstname>Yasuaki</firstname>
- <surname>Taniguchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>日本語翻訳ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
- <address> <email>translation-team-ja at lists.sourceforge.net</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>日本語訳</contrib>
- <email>yasuakit at gmail.com</email>
- </othercredit>
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -381,6 +241,94 @@ Lyttle</holder> </copyright>
</bookinfo>
+<preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Bullock</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Carol</firstname> <surname>Champagne</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jon</firstname> <surname>Lapham</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Yasuaki</firstname> <surname>Taniguchi</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>日本語翻訳ãƒãƒ¼ãƒ </orgname>
+ <address> <email>translation-team-ja at lists.sourceforge.net</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>日本語訳</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bengt</firstname> <surname>Thuree</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>T.</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <author role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ <email>email at address.com</email>
+ </author>
+-->
+ </para>
+</preface>
+
&chapter1;
&chapter2;
&chapter3;
diff --git a/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml
index 7555eeb..c92c012 100644
--- a/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -148,139 +148,9 @@
&legal;
<authorgroup>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Tom</firstname>
- <surname>Bullock</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Carol</firstname>
- <surname>Champagne</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mike</firstname>
- <surname>Evans</surname>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de desenvolvimento do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Jon</firstname>
- <surname>Lapham</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Bengt</firstname>
- <surname>Thuree</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>David</firstname>
- <surname>T</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
+ <author><surname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</surname></author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
maintainers, etc. Commented out by default. -->
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Pedro</firstname>
- <surname>Albuquerque</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>European Portuguese Team</orgname>
- <!-- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address> -->
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>European Portuguese translation</contrib>
- <email></email>
- </othercredit>
-
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -444,6 +314,90 @@
</bookinfo>
+<preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Pedro</firstname> <surname>Albuquerque</surname>
+ <contrib>European Portuguese translation</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Bullock</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Carol</firstname> <surname>Champagne</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jon</firstname> <surname>Lapham</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bengt</firstname> <surname>Thuree</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>T.</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <author role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ <email>email at address.com</email>
+ </author>
+-->
+ </para>
+</preface>
+
<part>
<title>Primeiros passos</title>
&chapter1;
diff --git a/help/C/gnucash-help.xml b/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
index 89be8f8..9953898 100644
--- a/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -105,114 +105,7 @@
&legal;
<authorgroup>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Good</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Development Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mark</firstname>
- <surname>Simpson</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Latin</firstname>
- <surname>Translator 1</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
- </othercredit>
- -->
+ <author><surname>The GnuCash Documentation Team</surname></author>
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -387,6 +280,69 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+ <preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Simpson</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+ <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ -->
+ </para>
+ </preface>
&intro;
&chGettingHelp;
diff --git a/help/de/gnucash-help.xml b/help/de/gnucash-help.xml
index 0de1db0..d9cac66 100644
--- a/help/de/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/de/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -125,116 +125,8 @@
&legal;
<authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Development Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
+ <author><surname>The &app; Documentation Team</surname>
</author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Frank H.</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
- </othercredit>
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Holger</firstname>
- <surname>Stöhr</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
- </othercredit>
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Andreas</firstname>
- <surname>Fahle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
- </othercredit>
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
- </othercredit>
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -368,6 +260,85 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+ <preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Simpson</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+ <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ -->
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Frank H.</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Holger</firstname> <surname>Stöhr</surname>
+ <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Andreas</firstname> <surname>Fahle</surname>
+ <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ <contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ </para>
+ </preface>
&intro;
<!-- Bereich intro ausgelagert
diff --git a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
index a68ee4b..fa0d090 100644
--- a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -111,114 +111,7 @@
<authorgroup>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Good</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo di sviluppo di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mark</firstname>
- <surname>Simpson</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Latin</firstname>
- <surname>Translator 1</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
- </othercredit>
- -->
+ <author><surname>The GnuCash Documentation Team</surname></author>
</authorgroup>
<revhistory>
@@ -371,6 +264,58 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+ <preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Simpson</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+
+ </para>
+ </preface>
<!--
diff --git a/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml b/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml
index c1be941..6ce05d1 100644
--- a/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -104,113 +104,7 @@
&legal;
<authorgroup>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Yawar</firstname>
- <surname>Amin</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>J. Alex</firstname>
- <surname>Aycinena</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Frank</firstname>
- <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Good</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Dave</firstname>
- <surname>Herman</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Geert</firstname>
- <surname>Janssens</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de desenvolvimento do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Chris</firstname>
- <surname>Lyttle</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Cristian</firstname>
- <surname>Marchi</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Ralls</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Robert</firstname>
- <surname>Ratliff</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Mark</firstname>
- <surname>Simpson</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <author>
- <firstname>Christian</firstname>
- <surname>Stimming</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
-
- <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
- maintainers, etc. Commented out by default. -->
- <othercredit role="translator">
- <firstname>Pedro</firstname>
- <surname>Albuquerque</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>European Portuguese Translation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email></email> </address>
- </affiliation>
- <contrib>European Portuguese translation</contrib>
- </othercredit>
+ <author><surname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</surname></author>
<!-- -->
</authorgroup>
@@ -368,6 +262,75 @@
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
+<preface>
+ <title>About the Author</title>
+ <para>
+ The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated
+ group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to
+ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user
+ base. People who are interested in joining this group are
+ encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists
+ (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Contributors on the team so far have been:
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Pedro</firstname> <surname>Albuquerque</surname>
+ <contrib>European Portuguese translation</contrib>
+ </othercredit>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Yawar</firstname> <surname>Amin</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>J. Alex</firstname> <surname>Aycinena</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Frank</firstname> <surname>Ellenberger</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Good</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Dave</firstname> <surname>Herman</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Geert</firstname> <surname>Janssens</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cristian</firstname> <surname>Marchi</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ralls</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Ratliff</surname>
+ </author>,
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Simpson</surname>
+ </author>, and
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Stimming</surname>
+ </author>.
+
+ <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.
+ <othercredit role="translator">
+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>
+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
+ <address> <email>translator at gnome.org</email> </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
+ </othercredit>
+ -->
+ <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default. -->
+ </para>
+ </preface>
&intro;
&chGettingHelp;
commit 672408407db4e37d60b4253f5c584c865d00a800
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Dec 13 11:46:42 2016 -0800
Clean up additional help sections, making them (mostly) the same in both manuals.
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_oview.xml b/guide/C/ch_oview.xml
index 72e85a7..e3d0626 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_oview.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_oview.xml
@@ -448,6 +448,55 @@
topics.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="more_help">
+ <title>Getting More Help</title>
+ <sect2 id="online_help">
+ <title>Online Help</title>
+ <para>The online help is the counterpart to this guide. It
+ provides the detailed instructions for using
+ <application>&app;'s</application> menus, windows, and
+ controls. To open online help, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="wiki">
+ <title><application>&app;</application> Wiki</title>
+ <para>An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of
+ <application>&app;</application> itself and its maintenance and
+ development may be found in the <ulink
+ url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki"><application>&app;</application>
+ Wiki</ulink>; the <ulink
+ url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ">Frequently Asked
+ Questions</ulink> page should be a first stop whenever you
+ encounter difficulty using
+ <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="on-line-assistance">
+ <title><application>&app;</application> On-line Assistance</title>
+
+ <bridgehead>Mailing List</bridgehead><para>The primary source of user support is the <ulink
+ url="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">user mailing list</ulink>. If
+ you prefer a web forum-like presentation, you can use it via <ulink
+ url="http://gnucash.1415818.n4.nabble.com/GnuCash-User-f1415819.html">Nabble</ulink>. One must <ulink
+ url="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user">subscribe</ulink>
+ before posting, even if using Nabble.</para>
+
+ <bridgehead>IRC</bridgehead><para>Several of the developers
+ monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. They're usually
+ doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at their
+ computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may
+ be several hours before your question is noticed and responded
+ to. To see if you missed anything <ulink
+ url="https://code.gnucash.org/logs">check the IRC logs</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>&app;</application> web site </ulink>
+ has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
+ to additional useful resources such as the <application>&app;</application> wiki
+ and bug tracking system.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
<sect1 id="oview-install1">
<title>Installation</title>
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index 9a7edb1..9942df3 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -819,6 +819,49 @@
<para>In ultimo un glossario e l’indice permettono di trovare facilmente gli argomenti che si stanno cercando.</para>
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="more_help">
+ <title>Getting More Help</title>
+ <sect2 id="online_help">
+ <title>Online Help</title>
+ <para>The online help is the counterpart to this guide. It
+ provides the detailed instructions for using
+ <application>GnuCash's</application> menus, windows, and
+ controls. To open online help, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="wiki">
+ <title><application>GnuCash</application> Wiki</title>
+ <para>An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of
+ <application>GnuCash</application> itself and its maintenance and
+ development may be found in the <ulink url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki"><application>GnuCash</application>
+ Wiki</ulink>; the <ulink url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ">Frequently Asked
+ Questions</ulink> page should be a first stop whenever you
+ encounter difficulty using
+ <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="on-line-assistance">
+ <title><application>GnuCash</application> On-line Assistance</title>
+
+ <bridgehead>Mailing List</bridgehead><para>The primary source of user support is the <ulink url="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">user mailing list</ulink>. If
+ you prefer a web forum-like presentation, you can use it via <ulink url="http://gnucash.1415818.n4.nabble.com/GnuCash-User-f1415819.html">Nabble</ulink>. One must <ulink url="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user">subscribe</ulink>
+ before posting, even if using Nabble.</para>
+
+ <bridgehead>IRC</bridgehead><para>Several of the developers
+ monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. They're usually
+ doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at their
+ computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may
+ be several hours before your question is noticed and responded
+ to. To see if you missed anything <ulink url="https://code.gnucash.org/logs">check the IRC logs</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>GnuCash</application> web site </ulink>
+ has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
+ to additional useful resources such as the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
+ and bug tracking system.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
<sect1 id="oview-install1">
<title>Installazione</title>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml
index e8e8d42..8228472 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml
@@ -93,9 +93,7 @@
Window contains the help Topics list tab. Selecting one of the help topics will load that page on the right
side.</para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="tutorial">
+ <sect2 id="tutorial">
<title><application>&app;</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title>
<para>This guide is the counterpart to this help. It explains the concepts used in <application>&app;</application> and has a tutorial
@@ -108,34 +106,41 @@
<para>It is strongly recommended to read this guide if you are new to
<application>&app;</application> or unfamiliar with accounting concepts.</para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="on-line-assistance">
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="wiki">
+ <title><application>&app;</application> Wiki</title>
+ <para>An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of
+ <application>&app;</application> itself and its maintenance and
+ development may be found in the <ulink
+ url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki"><application>&app;</application>
+ Wiki</ulink>; the <ulink
+ url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ">Frequently Asked
+ Questions</ulink> page should be a first stop whenever you
+ encounter difficulty using
+ <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="more_help">
<title><application>&app;</application> On-line Assistance</title>
- <para>There are several online channels you can access for more assistance.</para>
-
- <para><application>&app;</application> has several mailing lists:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role='bold'>User List </emphasis>
- <email>gnucash-user at gnucash.org</email> - User questions and discussions. The
- developers and many very helpful users <quote>hang-out</quote> here.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role='bold'>Development List </emphasis>
- <email>gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</email> - Discussion of issues related to the design and development
- of <application>&app;</application> and submission of patches.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
-
- <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
- Join them on #gnucash at irc.gnome.org.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Mailing List</bridgehead><para>The primary source of user support is the <ulink
+ url="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">user mailing list</ulink>. If
+ you prefer a web forum-like presentation, you can use it via <ulink
+ url="http://gnucash.1415818.n4.nabble.com/GnuCash-User-f1415819.html">Nabble</ulink>. One must <ulink
+ url="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user">subscribe</ulink>
+ before posting, even if using Nabble.</para>
+
+ <bridgehead>IRC</bridgehead><para>Several of the developers
+ monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. They're usually
+ doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at their
+ computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may
+ be several hours before your question is noticed and responded
+ to. To see if you missed anything <ulink
+ url="https://code.gnucash.org/logs">check the IRC logs</ulink>.</para>
<para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>&app;</application> web site </ulink>
has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
- to additional useful resources such as the <application>&app;</application> wiki
- and bug tracking system.</para>
- </sect1>
+ to additional useful resources such as the bug tracking system.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
index 1a6e3b3..a68ee4b 100644
--- a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -488,9 +488,7 @@
<para>Il lato destro della finestra di aiuto mostra la pagina attualmente aperta. Il lato sinistro contiene invece la lista degli argomenti. Selezionando uno degli argomenti dell’aiuto, la corrispondente pagina verrà aperta nella finestra di destra.</para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="tutorial">
+ <sect2 id="tutorial">
<title>Guida ai concetti e manuale di <application>&app;</application></title>
<para>La guida è il complemento a questo aiuto; spiega infatti i concetti utilizzati in <application>&app;</application> e presenta un esempio che accompagna l’utente attraverso tutte le fasi dell’utilizzo di <application>&app;</application> per gestire i propri conti. La guida verrà aperta se si sceglie <guibutton>Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</guibutton> nella finestra di <guilabel>Benvenuto in &app;!</guilabel>.</para>
@@ -498,32 +496,37 @@
<para>Per aprire questa guida selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Aiuto</guimenu><guimenuitem>Guida ai concetti e manuale</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu.</para>
<para>Si raccomanda di leggere questa guida se si sta utilizzando <application>&app;</application> per la prima volta o se non si ha familiarità con i concetti della contabilità .</para>
- </sect1>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="wiki">
+ <title><application>GnuCash</application> Wiki</title>
+ <para>An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of
+ <application>GnuCash</application> itself and its maintenance and
+ development may be found in the <ulink url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki"><application>GnuCash</application>
+ Wiki</ulink>; the <ulink url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ">Frequently Asked
+ Questions</ulink> page should be a first stop whenever you
+ encounter difficulty using
+ <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
+ </sect2>
- <sect1 id="on-line-assistance">
+ <sect2 id="more_help">
<title>Assistenza on-line di <application>&app;</application></title>
- <para>There are several online channels you can access for more assistance.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Mailing List</bridgehead><para>The primary source of user support is the <ulink url="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">user mailing list</ulink>. If
+ you prefer a web forum-like presentation, you can use it via <ulink url="http://gnucash.1415818.n4.nabble.com/GnuCash-User-f1415819.html">Nabble</ulink>. One must <ulink url="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user">subscribe</ulink>
+ before posting, even if using Nabble.</para>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> has several mailing lists:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Lista degli utenti </emphasis><email>gnucash-user at gnucash.org</email>: è indirizzata alle domande degli utenti e alle discussioni in generale. Gli sviluppatori e alcuni utenti molto disponibili, si ritrovano qui.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Lista degli sviluppatori </emphasis><email>gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</email>: vengono discusse le questioni riguardanti la progettazione e lo sviluppo di <application>&app;</application>, e la presentazione di patch.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
-
- <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
- Join them on #gnucash at irc.gnome.org.</para>
+ <bridgehead>IRC</bridgehead><para>Several of the developers
+ monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. They're usually
+ doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at their
+ computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may
+ be several hours before your question is noticed and responded
+ to. To see if you missed anything <ulink url="https://code.gnucash.org/logs">check the IRC logs</ulink>.</para>
<para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>GnuCash</application> web site </ulink>
has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
- to additional useful resources such as the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
- and bug tracking system.</para>
- </sect1>
+ to additional useful resources such as the bug tracking system.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<!--
commit 78cfa76cb2ffc1703b70bab8b0faa4ef2b90e355
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Dec 13 08:34:25 2016 -0800
Remove author emails to enhance privacy and discourage users from contacting them directly.
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index 1b6af5d..a83e2f7 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -383,13 +383,10 @@
<date>November 7, 2010</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Bengt Thuree
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -399,13 +396,10 @@
<date>July 2006</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Bengt Thuree
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -415,7 +409,6 @@
<date>Aug 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -425,7 +418,6 @@
<date>Aug 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -435,7 +427,6 @@
<date>May 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -445,7 +436,6 @@
<date>Jan 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -455,7 +445,6 @@
<date>June 2002</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -465,7 +454,6 @@
<date>October 2001</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Carol Champagne
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
diff --git a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
index 96d0268..5931066 100644
--- a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -181,19 +181,16 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
<surname>Bullock</surname>
- <email>tbullock at nd.edu</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Carol</firstname>
<surname>Champagne</surname>
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -202,13 +199,11 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Mike</firstname>
<surname>Evans</surname>
- <email>mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -217,7 +212,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -234,7 +228,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -243,7 +236,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -252,7 +244,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>cri79 at libero.it</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -261,7 +252,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -270,7 +260,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -279,7 +268,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -288,7 +276,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -297,7 +284,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ooo at mechtilde.de</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
@@ -402,13 +388,10 @@
<date>November 7, 2010</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Bengt Thuree
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -418,13 +401,10 @@
<date>9. Juli 2006</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Bengt Thuree
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -434,7 +414,6 @@
<date>Aug 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -444,7 +423,6 @@
<date>Aug 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -454,7 +432,6 @@
<date>May 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -464,7 +441,6 @@
<date>Jan 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -474,7 +450,6 @@
<date>June 2002</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -484,7 +459,6 @@
<date>October 2001</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Carol Champagne
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index ffeffa8..9a7edb1 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -172,19 +172,16 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
<surname>Bullock</surname>
- <email>tbullock at nd.edu</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Carol</firstname>
<surname>Champagne</surname>
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -193,13 +190,22 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Mike</firstname>
<surname>Evans</surname>
- <email>mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</email>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname>
+ <surname>Good</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
+ </affiliation>
</author>
<author>
@@ -208,7 +214,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -225,7 +230,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -234,7 +238,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -243,7 +246,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>cri79 at libero.it</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -252,7 +254,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -261,7 +262,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -270,7 +270,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -279,7 +278,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -288,7 +286,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>sunfish62 at yahoo.com</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
@@ -309,6 +306,14 @@
<revhistory>
<revision>
+ <revnumber>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.15</revnumber>
+ <date>18 December 2016</date>
+ <revdescription>
+ <para role="author">Autori multipli</para>
+ <para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
+ </revdescription>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
<revnumber>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.11</revnumber>
<date>11 January 2016</date>
<revdescription>
@@ -384,9 +389,11 @@
<revnumber>Guida ai concetti e manuale di &app; v2.3.16</revnumber>
<date>7 Novembre 2010</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Jon Lapham <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email></para>
- <para role="author">Bengt Thuree <email>bengt at thuree.com</email></para>
- <para role="author">Dave Herman <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Jon Lapham</para>
+ <para role="author">Bengt Thuree
+ </para>
+ <para role="author">Dave Herman
+ </para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -394,9 +401,11 @@
<revnumber>Guida ai concetti e manuale di &app; v2.0.0</revnumber>
<date>Luglio 2006</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Jon Lapham <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email></para>
- <para role="author">Bengt Thuree <email>bengt at thuree.com</email></para>
- <para role="author">Dave Herman <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Jon Lapham</para>
+ <para role="author">Bengt Thuree
+ </para>
+ <para role="author">Dave Herman
+ </para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -404,7 +413,7 @@
<revnumber>Guida ai concetti e manuale di &app; v1.8.3</revnumber>
<date>Agosto 2003</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Jon Lapham <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Jon Lapham</para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -412,7 +421,7 @@
<revnumber>Guida ai concetti e manuale di &app; v1.8.2</revnumber>
<date>Agosto 2003</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Jon Lapham <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Jon Lapham</para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -420,7 +429,7 @@
<revnumber>Guida ai concetti e manuale di &app; v1.8.1</revnumber>
<date>Maggio 2003</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Chris Lyttle <email>chris at wilddev.net</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Chris Lyttle</para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -428,7 +437,7 @@
<revnumber>Guida ai concetti e manuale di &app; v1.8.0</revnumber>
<date>Gennaio 2003</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Chris Lyttle <email>chris at wilddev.net</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Chris Lyttle</para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -436,7 +445,7 @@
<revnumber>Guida dell’utente di &app; v1.6.5</revnumber>
<date>Giugno 2002</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Chris Lyttle <email>chris at wilddev.net</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Chris Lyttle</para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -444,7 +453,8 @@
<revnumber>Guida dell’utente di &app; v1.6.0</revnumber>
<date>Ottobre 2001</date>
<revdescription>
- <para role="author">Carol Champagne <email>carol at io.com</email></para>
+ <para role="author">Carol Champagne
+ </para>
<para role="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -7600,36 +7610,25 @@ Entrate
cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
- <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
- security account register, then select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
- </title>
- <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
+ reinvestment. </para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -7664,1619 +7663,93 @@ Entrate
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
- <title>Procedure Summary</title>
-
- <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
- capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
- </para>
+ <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
+ brokerage bank account.
+ </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
- <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
- depending on cost method)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
- </listitem>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
+ of capital.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
- </listitem>
+ <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
+ type of transaction.</para>
+ </note>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
- debits balance to total credits</para>
- </listitem>
+ <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
+ <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
+ entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
+ unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
+ </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ </tip>
- </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
- </sect3>
+<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
- <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
- <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+-->
- <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
- <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
- </para>
+ <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
+ <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
- <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
- sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
- use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
- Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
- Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
- transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
- be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
- (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
- concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
- FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
- cannot be used for average costing.
- </para>
+ <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
- <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
+ <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
- <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
- <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
- FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
- <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
- </note>
+ <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> can automatically calculate and
- create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
- link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
- correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
- <application>GnuCash</application> will use any existing lots, and
- create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
- lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
- method.
- </para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>See:</para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
- </sect3>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
- <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>
- The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
- automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
- account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
- GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
- should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
- Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
- income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
- account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
- </para>
+ <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
- <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
- <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
- <para>Running a Trial Balance report
- (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
- transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
- correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
- securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
- report, total debits should equal total credits.
- </para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <tip>
- <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
- determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
- accounting for capital gain/loss:
- </para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
- transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
- the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
- Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
- by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
- causing the problem.
- </para>
- <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
- </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
- report with different dates until you find the date it starts
- being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
- for each transaction on the problem date to the following
- day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
- running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
- problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
- sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
- corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
- sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect3>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
- <title>Considerations</title>
+ <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
- <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
- lot management facility.
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
- First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
- transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
- always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
- used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
- the sell split before scrubbing.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
- when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
- calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
- <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
- (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
- Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
- gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
- must be used in both places.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
- sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
- part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
- recorded as 2 transactions:
- </para>
-
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
- </title>
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Titolo</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Credit</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
- straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
- any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
- splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
- be handled manually.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
- <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
-
- <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
- the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
- (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
- with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
- scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
- the capital gain/loss transaction.
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
- scrubbing a single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
- are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
- reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
-
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
- window where SSSS is the security account.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
- single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
- Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
- Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
- security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
- split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
- Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
- </guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
- that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
- 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
- </guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
- split with the highlighted lot.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
- I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
- of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
- security buys.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
- single lot, after manual linking
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
- single lot
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
- </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
- </para>
-
- <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
- changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
- so no example screen image is supplied.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Continue to
- <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
- <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions</title>
-
- <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
- splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
- <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
- transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
- the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
- linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
- using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
- be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
- to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
- into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
- it is possible to have different splits from the same
- transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
- capital gain/loss.</para>
-
- <note><para>
- If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
- transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
- not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
- separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
- that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
- them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
- future.</para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
- <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
-
- <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
- In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
- but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
- for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
- sales on the same day.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
- <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
- security account.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
- is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
- Account
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
- the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
- Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
- all the lots show.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
- return to the security account register.
- </para>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
- <chapter id="ch_reports">
- <title>Resoconti</title>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
-users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
-this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
-helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
-<application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
-<para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
-transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
-questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
-last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
-<para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
-meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
-possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
-not recommended for beginners).</para>
-
- <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
- <title>In generale</title>
- <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
- all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
- <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
- with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
-the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
-settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
-the options will be different. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
- <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
- <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
- that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
- reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
- <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
-to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
-<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
-you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
-Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
-<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
-Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
-configuration with a new name.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
-Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
-use on multicolumn reports.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
-dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
-<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
-Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
-Configuration.</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
- <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
- <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
- in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
- description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
- intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
-<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
-<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
-(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
-<application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
-<application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
-price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
-includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
-about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
-
- <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
- <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
- <para>
- The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
- calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
- sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
- losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
- Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
- account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
- income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
- in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
- (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
- will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
- be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
- short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
-<title>Asset Barchart</title>
-<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
-<title>Asset Piechart</title>
-<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
-<title>Average Balance</title>
-<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
-<title>Balance Sheet</title>
-<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
-for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
-are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
-of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
-<title>General Journal</title>
-<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
-to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
-totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
-<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
-include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
-to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
-need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
-Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
-<title>General Ledger</title>
-<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
-for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
-and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
-<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
-is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
-value information about commodities in the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
-<title>Liability Barchart</title>
-<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
-<title>Liability Piechart</title>
-<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
-<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
-financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
-<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
-period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
-<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
-<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
-another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
-When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
-changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
-Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
-commodity.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
-<title>Budget Group</title>
-<para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
-summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
-these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
-group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
-need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
-<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
-<title>Budget Barchart</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
-<title>Budget Flow</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
-<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
-<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
-<title>Budget Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
-<title>Business Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
-to a business.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
-<title>Customer Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
-<title>Customer Summary</title>
-<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
-comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
-<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
-made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
-Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
-since this is the tag that decides the line to which
-to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
-Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
-invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
-<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
-may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
-<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
-for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
-tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
-expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
-the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
-into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
-<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
-<para>Useful options:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
-<title>Easy Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
-<title>Employee Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
-<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
-<title>Payable Aging</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
-<title>Printable Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
-<title>Receivable Aging</title>
-<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
-how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
-much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
-The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
-<title>Vendor Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
-<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
-<title>Cash Flow</title>
-<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
-over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
-Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
-all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
-other account.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
-<title>Equity Statement</title>
-<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
-Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
-specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
-by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
-<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
-capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
-<title>Expense Barchart</title>
-<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
-<title>Expense Piechart</title>
-<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
-<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
-selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
-The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
-display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
-expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
-day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
-the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
-to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
-<title>Income Barchart</title>
-<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
-<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
-<title>Income Piechart</title>
-<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
-<title>Income Statement</title>
-<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
-default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
-sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
-<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
-<para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
-"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
-to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
-<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
-going for a given time period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
-<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
-income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
-options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
-and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
-chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
-other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
-considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
-source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
-<title>Trial Balance</title>
-<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
-date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
-used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
-<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
-<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
-or podified to suit personal need.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
-<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
-<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
-reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
-window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
-Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
-multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
-<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
-<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
-<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
-<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
-custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
-<title>Other Reports</title>
-<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
-below.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
-<title>Account Summary</title>
-<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
-particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
-down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
-<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
-You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
-<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
-(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
-consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
-<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
-<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
-<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
-deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
-data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
-downloadable versions.</para>
-<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
-form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
-you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
-<title>Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
-specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
-and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
-<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
-<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
-Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
-settings for standard reports.</para>
-<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
-Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
-<title>Account Report</title>
-<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
-the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
-register.</para>
-<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
-results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
-a report for just those transactions.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
-<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
-However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
-(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
-an empty report will be generated.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_capgain">
- <title>Guadagni in conto capitale</title>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
- </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
- into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
- has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
- transaction.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
- <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
- <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
- creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
- simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
- bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
- zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
- 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
- </para>
-
- <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
- stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
- </para>
-
- <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
- sale:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
- one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
- distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
- split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
- should consult a professional.
- </para>
-
- <literallayout>
--Assets
- -Current Assets
- -Savings Account
- -Fixed Assets
- -ITEM1
- -Cost
- -Unrealized Gain
- -ITEM2
- -Cost
- -Unrealized Gain
--Income
- -Realized Gains
- -Unrealized Gains
- </literallayout>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
- <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
- open and return to the security account register.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
- single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
- single lot
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
- </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
- transaction in the security account register (they will
- have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
- Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
- income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
- loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
- Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
- taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
- tax laws.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
- <title>Dividendi</title>
-
- <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
- <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
-
- <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
- transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
- from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
- the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
- transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
-
- <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
- deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
- to the stock account.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <note>
- <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
- </note>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
- <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
-
- <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
-
- <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
- dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
- </para>
-
- <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
- reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
- simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
- first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
- cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
- corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
- reinvestment. </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
- <title>Return of Capital</title>
-
- <para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
- the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
- reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
- </para>
-
- <para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
- by entering the stock split with
- </para>
-
- <informaltable>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
- brokerage bank account.
- </para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
- of capital.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
- type of transaction.</para>
- </note>
-
- <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
- <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
- entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
- unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
- </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect1>
-
-<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
-
--->
-
- <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
- <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
-
- <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
- <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
-
- <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
@@ -9299,22 +7772,11 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.4.0
- Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_currency">
- <title>Valute multiple</title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split3">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</phrase>
@@ -9326,13 +7788,7 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
</screenshot>
- <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
-
- <note>
- <para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
- </note>
- </sect1>
+ <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-split4">
<mediaobject>
@@ -9357,20 +7813,9 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
</imageobject>
- <literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -EUR (HKD)
-
-Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
- </literallayout>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
+ </textobject>
<caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -9511,10 +7956,11 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Version: 2.6.15
+ Last modified: October 31, 2016
Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
@@ -10259,22 +8705,7 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
- we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport)
-Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca (HKD)
-Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
-Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
-Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
- </literallayout>
-
- <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Stima accurata</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
<para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
@@ -10300,26 +8731,15 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<row>
<entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
<entry>€30.000</entry>
<entry>€0</entry>
</row>
- <para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
<entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
@@ -10328,9 +8748,8 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<entry>€0</entry>
</row>
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
<entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
@@ -10513,14 +8932,15 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.4.0
- Last modified: March 16th 2010
+ Version: 2.6.15
+ Last modified: December 6, 2016
Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
+ Revised David T. <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
Translators:
(translators put your name and email here)
@@ -10601,13 +9021,12 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
- <para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
- preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
- to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
- decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
- as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
+ <para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
+ accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could
+ change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. The totals shown in
+ the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each
+ particular account. Notice, we also set up 3 Starting Balances equity
+ accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</para>
<note>
<para>You could also set up just a single Starting Balance account and
@@ -10636,17 +9055,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
</textobject>
- <para>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
- that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
- happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
- all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
- AUD for that. </para>
-
- <para>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</para>
- <literallayout>
-Equity:Lottery (AUD)
-Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
- </literallayout>
+ <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
<para>Si noti che la colonna <guilabel>Totale (Resoconto)</guilabel> è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile facendo clic sulla <guibutton>freccia giù</guibutton> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne e selezionando <quote>Totale(EUR)</quote>.</para>
@@ -10755,13 +9166,11 @@ Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
currency exchange rate. A window will appear in which you can set up a new
exchange rate. This window should appear like this:</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Acquistare una casa</title>
-
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
- (with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_addcurr">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_addcurr.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Set up Euro Exchange Rate</phrase>
@@ -10819,15 +9228,7 @@ Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
<para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_BeforeGetOnline">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
@@ -10977,7 +9378,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Modifica tasso di cambio</phrase>
+ </textobject>
<caption><para>La finestra in cui viene specificato il tasso di cambio per una transazione in valuta</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -11070,17 +9473,7 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<para>Le informazioni sull’azione sono visualizzabili nell’editor titoli (<menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenu>Editor titoli</guimenu></menuchoice>):</para>
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </para>
-
- <para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
- different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
- does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_Commodities.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
@@ -11271,17 +9664,19 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</tgroup>
</table>
-
</sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <sect2>
- <title>Come procedere?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
- ponder.</para>
- </sect2>
+ <sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
+ <title>Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency</title>
+ <para>Reconciling foreign statement are done in the same manner as when
+ you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of
+ Accounts structure which allows you to have the same currency per account
+ as your statement, it is actually exactly the same as
+ reconciling your local bank statement.</para>
+ <para>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml
index 2ff57b3..7555eeb 100644
--- a/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -163,19 +163,16 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
<surname>Bullock</surname>
- <email>tbullock at nd.edu</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Carol</firstname>
<surname>Champagne</surname>
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -184,13 +181,11 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Mike</firstname>
<surname>Evans</surname>
- <email>mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -199,7 +194,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -216,7 +210,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -225,7 +218,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -234,7 +226,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>cri79 at libero.it</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -243,7 +234,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -252,7 +242,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -261,7 +250,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -270,7 +258,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -279,7 +266,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>sunfish62 at yahoo.com</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
@@ -367,13 +353,10 @@
<date>de novembro de 7, 2010</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Bengt Thuree
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -383,13 +366,10 @@
<date>Julho de 2006</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Bengt Thuree
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -399,7 +379,6 @@
<date>Agosto de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -409,7 +388,6 @@
<date>Agosto de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Jon Lapham
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -419,7 +397,6 @@
<date>Maio de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -429,7 +406,6 @@
<date>Janeiro de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -439,7 +415,6 @@
<date>Junho de 2002</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -449,7 +424,6 @@
<date>Outubro de 2001</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Carol Champagne
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
diff --git a/help/C/gnucash-help.xml b/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
index cf70311..89be8f8 100644
--- a/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -120,7 +120,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -129,7 +128,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -138,7 +136,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris.good at ozemail.com.au</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -147,7 +144,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Geert</firstname>
@@ -163,7 +159,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -171,7 +166,6 @@
<surname>Marchi</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>cri79 at libero.it</email> </address>
</affiliation>
</author>
@@ -181,7 +175,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -190,7 +183,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -199,7 +191,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>verdammelt at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -208,7 +199,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
diff --git a/help/de/gnucash-help.xml b/help/de/gnucash-help.xml
index 44b864f..0de1db0 100644
--- a/help/de/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/de/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -139,7 +139,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -148,7 +147,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -157,7 +155,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Geert</firstname>
@@ -173,7 +170,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -181,7 +177,6 @@
<surname>Marchi</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>cri79 at libero.it</email> </address>
</affiliation>
</author>
@@ -191,7 +186,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -200,7 +194,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -209,14 +202,12 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<othercredit role="translator">
<firstname>Frank H.</firstname>
<surname>Ellenberger</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email> </address>
</affiliation>
<contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
</othercredit>
@@ -225,7 +216,6 @@
<surname>Stöhr</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>stoerpser at gmx.de</email> </address>
</affiliation>
<contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
</othercredit>
@@ -234,7 +224,6 @@
<surname>Fahle</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>fahle at web.de</email> </address>
</affiliation>
<contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
</othercredit>
@@ -243,7 +232,6 @@
<surname>Stimming</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Deutsches &app; Team</orgname>
- <address> <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email> </address>
</affiliation>
<contrib>Deutsche Ãœbersetzung</contrib>
</othercredit>
@@ -335,11 +323,9 @@
<date>01. January 2011</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Andreas Fahle
- <email>fahle at web.de</email>
</para>
- <para role="translator">Christian Stimming
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email></para>
- <para role="publisher">Deutsches &app; Team</para>
+ <para role="translator">Christian Stimming</para>
+ <para role="publisher">Deutsches &app; Team</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
<revision>
@@ -347,10 +333,8 @@
<date>02. Februar 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
- <para role="translator">Christian Stimming
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email></para>
+ <para role="translator">Christian Stimming</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
</revision>
@@ -359,7 +343,6 @@
<date>June 2002</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">&app; Developers and Documentors
- <email>gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
</revdescription>
diff --git a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
index 62bbc4c..1a6e3b3 100644
--- a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -126,7 +126,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -135,7 +134,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -144,7 +142,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris.good at ozemail.com.au</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -153,7 +150,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Geert</firstname>
@@ -169,7 +165,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -177,7 +172,6 @@
<surname>Marchi</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
- <address> <email>cri79 at libero.it</email> </address>
</affiliation>
</author>
@@ -187,7 +181,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -196,7 +189,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -205,7 +197,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>verdammelt at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -214,7 +205,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gruppo della documentazione di &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
diff --git a/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml b/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml
index 046add6..c1be941 100644
--- a/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/pt/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -119,7 +119,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -128,7 +127,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -137,7 +135,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris.good at ozemail.com.au</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -146,7 +143,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Geert</firstname>
@@ -162,7 +158,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -170,7 +165,6 @@
<surname>Marchi</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
- <address> <email>cri79 at libero.it</email> </address>
</affiliation>
</author>
@@ -180,7 +174,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -189,7 +182,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -198,7 +190,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>verdammelt at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -207,7 +198,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>Equipa de documentação do &app;</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
@@ -294,10 +284,8 @@
<date>de novembro de 7, 2010</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="author">Dave Herman
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -307,7 +295,6 @@
<date>de março de 2007</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -317,7 +304,6 @@
<date>de julho de 2006</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -327,7 +313,6 @@
<date>Agosto de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -337,7 +322,6 @@
<date>Agosto de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -347,7 +331,6 @@
<date>Maio de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -357,7 +340,6 @@
<date>Janeiro de 2003</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Chris Lyttle
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
@@ -367,7 +349,6 @@
<date>de junho de 2002</date>
<revdescription>
<para role="author">Programadores e documentadores do &app;
- <email>gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</email>
</para>
<para role="publisher">Equipa de documentação do &app;</para>
</revdescription>
commit 96aa264c1a495df2d9476f7db57f0c3e3625f534
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sat Dec 10 11:30:20 2016 -0800
Update author list, version, and modification date for recently-revised ch_currency and ch_reports.
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
index ef8245f..b9831f5 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.4.0
- Last modified: March 16th 2010
+ Version: 2.6.15
+ Last modified: December 6, 2016
Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
+ Revised David T. <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
Translators:
(translators put your name and email here)
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
index 61ef817..7d4e3e4 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Version: 2.6.15
+ Last modified: October 31, 2016
Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index 4b50b9d..1b6af5d 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -165,19 +165,16 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>alex.aycinena at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Tom</firstname>
<surname>Bullock</surname>
- <email>tbullock at nd.edu</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Carol</firstname>
<surname>Champagne</surname>
- <email>carol at io.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -186,13 +183,22 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
<firstname>Mike</firstname>
<surname>Evans</surname>
- <email>mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</email>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname>
+ <surname>Good</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
+ </affiliation>
</author>
<author>
@@ -201,7 +207,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>dvherman at bigfoot.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -218,7 +223,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>lapham at extracta.com.br</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -227,7 +231,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>chris at wilddev.net</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -236,7 +239,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>cri79 at libero.it</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -245,7 +247,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>jralls at ceridwen.us</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -254,7 +255,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>ratliff.bobby at gmail.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -263,7 +263,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>stimming at tuhh.de</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -272,7 +271,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>bengt at thuree.com</email>
</author>
<author>
@@ -281,7 +279,6 @@
<affiliation>
<orgname>&app; Documentation Team</orgname>
</affiliation>
- <email>sunfish62 at yahoo.com</email>
</author>
<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
@@ -302,6 +299,14 @@
<revhistory>
<revision>
+ <revnumber>&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.15</revnumber>
+ <date>18 December 2016</date>
+ <revdescription>
+ <para role="author">Multiple authors</para>
+ <para role="publisher">&app; Documentation Team</para>
+ </revdescription>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
<revnumber>&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.11</revnumber>
<date>11 January 2016</date>
<revdescription>
commit 47b2253b1747901f6eacb154aa3eabfcf94e3a8e
Merge: 64e1f68 81341e8
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sat Dec 10 10:53:48 2016 -0800
Re-merge David T.'s GnuCash Glossary.
To correct conflict resolution errors in previous merge.
diff --cc guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index 9e631bd,414240d..ffeffa8
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@@ -7600,283 -7600,1464 +7600,1848 @@@ Entrat
cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
++ security account register, then select
++ <menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
++ </menuchoice>.
++ </para>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
- reinvestment. </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- </sect2>
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+ <title>Return of Capital</title>
+
+ <para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
+ the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
+ reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
+ by entering the stock split with
+ </para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+
- <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
- brokerage bank account.
- </para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
++ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
+
- <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
- of capital.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
++ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
++ </para>
+
- <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
- type of transaction.</para>
- </note>
++ <orderedlist>
++ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
++ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
++ depending on cost method)</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
- <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
- entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
- unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
- </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </tip>
++ <listitem>
++ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
++ </listitem>
+
- </sect1>
++ <listitem>
++ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
++ </listitem>
+
-<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
++ <listitem>
++ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
++ debits balance to total credits</para>
++ </listitem>
+
--->
++ </orderedlist>
+
- <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
- <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
++ </sect3>
+
- <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
++ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
- <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
- <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
++ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
++ </para>
+
- <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
++ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
++ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
++ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
++ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
++ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
++ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
++ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
++ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
++ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
++ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
++ cannot be used for average costing.
++ </para>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-split1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
++ </para>
++ </sect3>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
++ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
++ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
++ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
++ </note>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <para><application>GnuCash</application> can automatically calculate and
++ create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
++ link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
++ correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
++ <application>GnuCash</application> will use any existing lots, and
++ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
++ lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
++ method.
++ </para>
+
- <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
++ <para>See:</para>
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
++ </sect3>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-split2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
++ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <para>
++ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
++ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
++ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
++ GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
++ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
++ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
++ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
++ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
++ </para>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
++ </para>
++ </sect3>
+
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
++ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
++ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
++ (<menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
++ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
++ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
++ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
++ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
++ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
++ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
++ report, total debits should equal total credits.
++ </para>
+
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
++ <tip>
++ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
++ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
++ accounting for capital gain/loss:
++ </para>
+
- <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
++ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
++ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
++ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
++ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
++ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
++ causing the problem.
++ </para>
+
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
++ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
++ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
++ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
++ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
++ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
++ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
++ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
++ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
++ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
++ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
++ </para>
++ </tip>
++ </sect3>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionamento 2 per 1, quindi il numero di quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
++ <title>Considerations</title>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
++ lot management facility.
++ </para>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
++ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
++ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
++ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
++ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
++ the sell split before scrubbing.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
++ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
++ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
++ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
++ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
++ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
++ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
++ must be used in both places.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
++ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
++ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
++ recorded as 2 transactions:
++ </para>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-split3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <table>
++ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
++ </title>
++ <tgroup cols="5">
++ <tbody>
++ <row>
++ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
++ <entry/>
++ <entry/>
++ <entry>Debit</entry>
++ <entry/>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Titolo</entry>
++ <entry>0</entry>
++ <entry>0</entry>
++ <entry/>
++ <entry>Credit</entry>
++ </row>
++ </tbody>
++ </tgroup>
++ </table>
++ </listitem>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
++ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
++ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
++ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
++ be handled manually.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
+
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
++ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
++ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
++ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
++ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
++ with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
++ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
++ the capital gain/loss transaction.
++ </para>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-split4">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
++ scrubbing a single lot
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
++ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
++ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
++ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ </listitem>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Select
++ <menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
++ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
++ window where SSSS is the security account.
++ </para>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- </sect2>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
-<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
+
--->
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
++ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
- <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
++ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
++ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
++ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
++ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
++ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
++ </guilabel> panel.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
++ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
++ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
++ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
++ </guilabel> panel.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
++ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
++ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
++ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
++ security buys.
++ </para>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
++ single lot, after manual linking
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
++ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
++ </para>
+
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
++ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
++ so no example screen image is supplied.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <listitem><para>Continue to
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
++ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
++ Transactions</title>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
++ </para>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
++ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
++ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
++ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
++ </para>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <itemizedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
++ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
++ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
++ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
++ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
++ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
++ it is possible to have different splits from the same
++ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
++ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
++ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
++ capital gain/loss.</para>
+
- <para>Una schermata finale di <quote>Termine</quote> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare <guimenu>Indietro</guimenu>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di <guimenu>Applica</guimenu> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
++ <note><para>
++ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
++ transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
++ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
++ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
++ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
++ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
++ future.</para>
++ </note>
++ </listitem>
++ </itemizedlist>
++ </listitem>
+
- <screenshot id="invest-stockmerge1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_stockmerge1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazione per un frazionamento azionario di moderata difficoltà , inserita nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
+
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del <emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis> dopo aver inserito la transazione relativa al frazionamento azionario che comporta la diminuzione delle azioni.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
++ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
++ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
+
- </sect2>
++ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
++ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
++ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
++ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
++ sales on the same day.
++ </para>
+
- </sect1>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
-<!-- Working Location !!!!!!!!!!!!
- <sect1 id="invest-todo1">
- <title>To-do</title>
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
- <para>These are the remaining documentation sections that originally
- appeared in the 1.8.4 documentation which require being written up.</para>
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Select <menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
++ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
++ security account.
++ </para>
+
- <itemizedlist>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
++ is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
+
--->
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
+
-<!--
- <listitem>
- <para>Recording Stock Splits and Mergers (How-To)</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Reconciling with the Brokerage Statement (How-To)</para>
- </listitem>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <listitem>
- <para>Recording Employee Stock Plans (Discussion)</para>
- </listitem>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
++ Account
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <listitem>
- <para>Stock Options (How-To)</para>
- </listitem>
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect1>
--->
-</chapter>
++ <note>
++ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
++ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
++ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
++ all the lots show.
++ </para>
++ </note>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
++ return to the security account register.
++ </para>
+
+ <!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.0.0
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+ -->
+ <chapter id="ch_reports">
+ <title>Resoconti</title>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
+ users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
+ this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
+ helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
+ <application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
+ transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
+ questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
+ last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
+ meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
+ possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
+ not recommended for beginners).</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
+ <title>In generale</title>
+ <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
+ all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
+ <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
+ with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
+ the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
+ settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
+ the options will be different. </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
+ <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
+ <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
+ that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
+ reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
+ <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
+ to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
+ <para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
+ you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
+ Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
+ <para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
+ Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
+ configuration with a new name.</para>
+ <para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
+ Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
+ use on multicolumn reports.</para>
+ <para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
+ dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
+ <para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
+ Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
+ Configuration.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
+ <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
+ <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
+ in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
+ description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
+ intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
+
+ <sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
+ <title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
+ <para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_advport">
+ <title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
+ (stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
+ <application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
+ <application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
+ price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
+ includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
+ about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
+
+ <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
+ <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
+ calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
+ sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
+ losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
+ Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
+ account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
+ income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
+ in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
+ (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
+ will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
+ be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
+ short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
+ <title>Asset Barchart</title>
+ <para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+ barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+ have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+ the current financial period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+ the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+ the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+ form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
+ <title>Asset Piechart</title>
+ <para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+ piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+ have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+ value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+ slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
+ <title>Average Balance</title>
+ <para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
+ <title>Balance Sheet</title>
+ <para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
+ for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
+ are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
+ of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
+ <title>General Journal</title>
+ <para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
+ to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
+ totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
+ <para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
+ include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
+ to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
+ need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
+ Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
+ <title>General Ledger</title>
+ <para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
+ for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
+ and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_investport">
+ <title>Investment Portfolio</title>
+ <para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
+ is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
+ value information about commodities in the file.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
+ <title>Liability Barchart</title>
+ <para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+ barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+ have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+ the current financial period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+ the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+ the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+ form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
+ <title>Liability Piechart</title>
+ <para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+ piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+ have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+ value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+ slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
+ <title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
+ <para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+ overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
+ financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
+ <title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
+ <para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+ overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
+ period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
+ <title>Price Scatterplot</title>
+ <para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
+ another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
+ When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
+ changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
+ Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
+ commodity.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
+ <title>Budget Group</title>
+ <para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
+ summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
+ these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
+ group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
+ need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
+ <title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
+ <title>Budget Barchart</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
+ <title>Budget Flow</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
+ <title>Budget Income Statement</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
+ <title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
+ <title>Budget Report</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
+ <title>Business Group</title>
+ <para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
+ to a business.</para>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_customer">
+ <title>Customer Report</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
+ <title>Customer Summary</title>
+ <para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
+ comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
+ <para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
+ made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
+ Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
+ since this is the tag that decides the line to which
+ to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
+ Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
+ invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
+ <para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
+ may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
+ <para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
+ for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
+ tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
+ expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
+ the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
+ into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
+ <para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
+ <para>Useful options:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
+ <title>Easy Invoice</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_employee">
+ <title>Employee Report</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
+ <title>Fancy Invoice</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
+ <title>Payable Aging</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
+ <title>Printable Invoice</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
+ <title>Receivable Aging</title>
+ <para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
+ how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
+ much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
+ The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
+ <title>Vendor Report</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
+ <title>Income & Expense Group</title>
+ <para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
+ <title>Cash Flow</title>
+ <para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
+ over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
+ Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
+ all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
+ other account.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_equity">
+ <title>Equity Statement</title>
+ <para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
+ Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
+ specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
+ by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
+ <para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
+ capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
+ <title>Expense Barchart</title>
+ <para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+ barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+ have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+ the current financial period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+ the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+ the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+ form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
+ <title>Expense Piechart</title>
+ <para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+ piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+ have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+ value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+ slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
+ <title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
+ <para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
+ selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
+ The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
+ display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
+ expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
+ day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
+ the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
+ to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
+ <title>Income Barchart</title>
+ <para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+ barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+ have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+ the current financial period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+ the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+ the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+ form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
+ <title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
+ <title>Income Piechart</title>
+ <para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+ piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+ have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+ value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+ <para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+ the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+ deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+ slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
+ <title>Income Statement</title>
+ <para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
+ default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
+ sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
+ <para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
+ <para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
+ "Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
+ to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
+ <para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
+ going for a given time period.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
+ <title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
+ <para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
+ income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
+ options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
+ and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
+ chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
+ other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
+ considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
+ source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
+ <title>Trial Balance</title>
+ <para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
+ date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
+ used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
+ <title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
+ <para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
+ or podified to suit personal need.</para>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
+ <title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
+ <para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
+ reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
+ window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
+ Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
+ multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="rpt_sample">
+ <title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
+ <para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
+ <title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
+ <para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
+ custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
+ <title>Other Reports</title>
+ <para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
+ below.</para>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
+ <title>Account Summary</title>
+ <para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
+ particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
+ down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
+ <para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
+ You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
+ <para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
+ (especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
+ consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
+ <title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
+ <para/>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
+ <title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
+ <para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
+ deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
+ data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
+ downloadable versions.</para>
+ <para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
+ form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
+ you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
+ <title>Transaction Report</title>
+ <para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
+ specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
+ and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
+ <title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
+ <para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
+ Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
+ settings for standard reports.</para>
+ <para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
+ Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
+ <title>Account Report</title>
+ <para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
+ the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
+ register.</para>
+ <para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
+ results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
+ a report for just those transactions.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
+ <title>Account Transaction Report</title>
+ <para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
+ However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
+ (e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
+ an empty report will be generated.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.0.0
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+ -->
+ <chapter id="chapter_capgain">
+ <title>Guadagni in conto capitale</title>
+
- <para>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</para>
-
- <sect1 id="capgain_concepts1">
- <title>Concetti base</title>
-
- <para>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</para>
-
- <para>Alcuni capitali re investibili possono variare il loro valore nel tempo come, per esempio, le azioni, le obbligazioni, gli immobili o le auto. Alcune attività (es: le azioni) possono aumentare in valore mentre altre (es: un’auto) posso perdere valore. È importante essere in grado di valutare queste variazioni nel valore del capitale: questo capitolo illustrerà come procedere.</para>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <para>Probabilmente tutto ciò che si possiede aumenterà o diminuirà il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo; quindi è importante capire per quali di questi beni sia indicato tracciarne le variazioni del valore. Si consiglia di tracciare il valore solamente per quei beni che potranno essere venduti in futuro in cambio di liquidi o che sono relativi alle imposte.</para>
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
++ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
- <para>I beni consumabili (es: il cibo, il carburante per l’auto, o la carta per la stampante) ovviamente non risultano interessati dall’argomento; inoltre, anche se il nuovo abito che si è appena acquistato perderà valore, non si desidererà tracciare questa diminuzione dato che non si avrà l’intenzione di rivenderlo e non si dovranno pagare delle imposte per la svalutazione dell’abito. Quindi, per questo esempio, l’acquisto di un nuovo abito dovrebbe essere registrato come una semplice uscita...i soldi spesi sono andati (!).</para>
++ <note>
++ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
++ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
++ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
++ transaction.
++ </para>
++ </note>
++ </listitem>
+
- <para>La rivalutazione (aumento del valore) di un bene avviene quando ciò che si possiede aumenta il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo. Quando si possiede un bene che ha aumentato il proprio valore, la differenza tra il suo prezzo di acquisto e il suo nuovo valore prende il nome di <emphasis>guadagno non realizzato</emphasis>. Quando il bene viene venduto, il profitto che se ne ricava è noto con il nome di <emphasis>guadagno realizzato</emphasis> o <emphasis>guadagno in conto capitale</emphasis>. Un esempio di bene da cui è possibile avere dei guadagni non realizzati ed eventualmente dei guadagni in conto capitale, è una azione di una società pubblicamente scambiata.</para>
- </sect1>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
+
- <sect1 id="capgain_value1">
- <title>Stimare il valore</title>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
++ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
++ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
++ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
++ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
++ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
++ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
++ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
++ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
++ </para>
+
- <para>Come ricordato nell’introduzione di questo capitolo, i guadagni in conto capitale sono i profitti ottenuti dalla vendita di un bene. In questa sezione verrà descritto come tracciare i guadagni in capitale in <application>&app;</application>.</para>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <para>I metodi contabili per trattare le rivalutazioni di un bene, sono in qualche modo diversi da quelli per le svalutazioni dato che generalmente si è interessati solamente al momento in cui si rivende il bene e si ottiene un guadagno in capitale; questo è in contrasto con la natura continua del deprezzamento. I guadagni in conto capitale sono un argomento importante nella sfera di influenza della tassazione, poiché i governi tendono a essere interessati a far gravare le imposte sui guadagni in conto capitale in un modo o nell’altro.</para>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <note>
- <para>Come sempre, esistono delle eccezioni. Se si possiede un’obbligazione che paga tutti gli interessi a maturazione, le autorità preposte alla tassazione richiedono spesso che venga riconosciuto un interesse ogni anno e si rifiutano di trattarli come un guadagno in conto capitale. Si consultino le normative Nazionali a riguardo dei beni che possono essere tassati nell’eventualità che ne derivi un guadagno in conto capitale.</para>
- </note>
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
- <para>Stimare l’accrescimento del valore di un bene non è generalmente cosa facile dato che spesso è difficoltoso conoscerne il valore prima dell’effettiva vendita.</para>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <para>I titoli scambiati quotidianamente nei mercati aperti come le Borse, rappresentano probabilmente la tipologia più semplice di bene per cui predire un valore e vendere il bene al prezzo di mercato è semplice quanto chiamare il proprio Brocker (mediatore). Per contro, la stima del valore di una casa è ben più complesso. Le case sono vendute meno frequentemente delle azioni, e la compravendita consiste di grandi sforzi e negoziazioni per cui le stime tendono a essere meno precise. Allo stesso modo, la vendita di un’auto prevede delle trattative che rendono il prezzo meno prevedibile.</para>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <para>Il valore di oggetti da collezione quali gioielli, opere d’arte, figurine e modellini è di ancora più difficile stima. I mercati per questi oggetti sono di nicchia e quindi meno aperti rispetto a quelli delle azioni e delle case. Ancora peggio sono i beni unici nel loro genere; le fabbriche, generalmente, possiedono dei macchinari che costano centinaia di migliaia di euro, costruiti appositamente per realizzare determinati prodotti. Queste apparecchiature non hanno valore al di fuori di un contesto specifico. In questi casi, diverse valutazioni in conflitto tra loro possono essere assegnate al bene e nessuna di esse è <quote>in assoluto</quote> corretta.</para>
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
- <para>Come regola generale della contabilità per quanto riguarda la stima dei guadagni non realizzati (o perdite), si dovrebbe solamente valutare di nuovo dei beni quali le azioni che possono essere rivendute immediatamente e per le quali esistono delle stime affidabili del valore. Per tutti gli altri beni, è meglio attendere semplicemente il momento della vendita, nel quale è possibile determinare esattamente il guadagno in conto capitale. Naturalmente non esiste una regola scritta per questo e infatti diversi contabili adottano diversi comportamenti in questi casi.</para>
- </sect1>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <sect1 id="capgain_accounts1">
- <title>Impostare i conti</title>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <para>Come nella maggior parte delle applicazioni della contabilità , esistono diverse metodologie per configurare i guadagni in conto capitale. Nel seguito verrà presentato un metodo generale sufficientemente versatile per essere applicato nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui si ha bisogno è quello del <emphasis>Costo del bene</emphasis> (conto di <application>&app;</application> del tipo <guilabel>Attività </guilabel>), che rappresenta la posizione in cui verrà registrato l’acquisto originale del bene. Normalmente l’acquisto avviene con una transazione dal proprio conto bancario.</para>
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
+
- <para>Per tenere traccia della rivalutazione di un bene, saranno necessari tre conti. Il primo è un conto delle attività per i <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> dove verranno inseriti tutti gli importi delle rivalutazioni. Il conto dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> sarà bilanciato da un conto delle entrate per i <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>, in cui saranno registrate tutte le rivalutazioni periodiche. Infine, è necessario un ulteriore conto per le entrate, denominato <emphasis>Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> in cui verranno registrati i guadagni in conto capitale derivanti dalla vendita del bene.</para>
++ <para>
++ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
++ </para>
+
- <para>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di due beni, <emphasis>BENE1</emphasis> e <emphasis>BENE2</emphasis>. Il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> mentre il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (lo stesso discorso vale per il BENE2).</para>
++ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
++ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
++ </para>
++
++ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
++ sale:
++ </para>
++
++ <itemizedlist>
++ <listitem><para>
++ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
++ </listitem>
++ <listitem><para>
++ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
++ </listitem>
++ </itemizedlist>
++
++ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
++ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
++ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
++ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
++ should consult a professional.
++ </para>
+
+ <literallayout>
+ -Assets
+ -Current Assets
+ -Savings Account
+ -Fixed Assets
+ -ITEM1
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+ -ITEM2
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+ -Income
+ -Realized Gains
+ -Unrealized Gains
+ </literallayout>
+ </sect1>
+
- <sect1 id="capgain_example1">
- <title>Esempio</title>
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
++ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
- <para>Si supponga di acquistare un bene per cui si prevede un aumento del valore, quale un quadro di Degas, e di volerne tenere traccia (se ne occuperà la compagnia di assicurazione, anche se nessun altro lo farà ).</para>
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
++ open and return to the security account register.
++ </para>
+
- <para>Start with an account hierarchy similar to that shown in <xref linkend="capgain_accounts1"/>, but replace <quote>ITEM1</quote> with <quote>Degas</quote> and you
- can remove the <quote>ITEM2</quote> accounts. We will assume that the Degas painting
- had an initial value of one hundred thousand dollars. Begin by giving your
- self $100,000 in the bank and then transferring that from your bank
- account to your <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</emphasis> account (the asset
- purchase transaction). You should now have a main account window which
- appears like this:</para>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
++ </imageobject>
+
- <screenshot id="capgain_appmain">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_appmain.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
+
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
- </textobject>
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
++ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
+
- <caption><para>La finestra principale dell’esempio sulla rivalutazione di un bene</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
++ transaction in the security account register (they will
++ have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
++ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
++ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
++ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
++ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
++ </para>
+
- <sect2 id="capgain_exampleunrealized2">
- <title>Guadagni non realizzati</title>
++ <tip>
++ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
++ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
++ tax laws.
++ </para>
++ </tip>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
++ </sect2>
++ </sect1>
+
- <para>Un mese dopo, si ha ragione di credere che il valore del quadro sia aumentato di €10.000 (un guadagno non realizzato). Per registrare questo aumento, occorre inserire un trasferimento di €10.000 dal conto dei propri <emphasis>guadagni accumulabili</emphasis> (<emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>) al conto dei <emphasis>guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (<emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>). La finestra principale assomiglierà a questa:</para>
++ <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
++ <title>Dividendi</title>
+
- <screenshot id="capgain_app2main">
++ <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
++
++ <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
++ <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
++
++ <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
++ transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
++ from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
++ the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
++ transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
++
++ <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
++ deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
++ to the stock account.</para>
++
++ <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
+ <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app2main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
++ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
- <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento del guadagno non realizzato</para></caption>
++ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- </sect2>
+
- <sect2 id="capgain_examplesell2">
- <title>Vendere</title>
++ <note>
++ <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
++ </note>
+
- <para>Si supponga che un altro mese dopo i prezzi dei quadri di Degas siano saliti ancora un po’, in questo caso di circa €20.000, come dalle proprie stime. Puntualmente si registreranno i €20.000 come entrate derivanti da guadagni non realizzati; poi si decide di vendere il quadro.</para>
++ </sect2>
+
- <para>Si presentano tre possibilità : si potrebbero aver <emphasis>correttamente stimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati, <emphasis>sottostimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati o <emphasis>sovrastimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati.</para>
++ <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
++ <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
+
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Stima accurata</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
++ <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
+
- <para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
++ <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
++ dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
++ </para>
+
- <para>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas</emphasis>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis>.</para>
++ <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
++ reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
++ simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
++ first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
++ cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
++ corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
+
- <para>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para><table>
- <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
+ reinvestment. </para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
+ </sect2>
- <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ </sect1>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+ <title>Return of Capital</title>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
+ <para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
+ the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
+ reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
+ </para>
- <entry>€30.000</entry>
+ <para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
+ by entering the stock split with
+ </para>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry>€100.000</entry>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
+ brokerage bank account.
+ </para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
+ of capital.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>€30.000</entry>
+ <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
+ type of transaction.</para>
+ </note>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table></para>
+ <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
+ <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
+ entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
+ unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
+ </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ </tip>
- <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €130.000 ed €30.000.</para>
+ </sect1>
- <screenshot id="capgain_app3main">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app3main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
- </textobject>
+-->
- <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento dei guadagni realizzati</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </listitem>
+ <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
+ <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Sottostima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
+ <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
- <para>You were over-optimistic about the value of the painting.
- Instead of the $130000 you thought the painting was worth you are only
- offered $120000. But you still decide to sell, because you value
- $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a
- little bit, but not too dramatically.</para>
+ <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
+ <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
- <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>):</para>
+ <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para><table>
- <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
- <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>€20.000</entry>
- <entry>€10.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
+ <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <entry>€100.000</entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
+ <para>Nell’esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionamento 2 per 1, quindi il numero di quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <entry>€20.000</entry>
+ </itemizedlist>
- <entry>€10.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <screenshot id="invest-split3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
++<!--
++ (Do not remove this comment block.)
++ Version: 2.4.0
++ Last modified: March 16th 2010
++ Maintainers:
++ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
++ Author:
++ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
++ Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
++ Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
++ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
++ Translators:
++ (translators put your name and email here)
++-->
++<chapter id="chapter_currency">
++ <title>Valute multiple</title>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>€10.000</entry>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table></para>
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
- <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €120.000 ed €20.000.</para>
- </listitem>
++ <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
+
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Sovrastima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
++ <note>
++ <para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
++ <para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
++ </note>
++ </sect1>
- <para>Si supponga di riuscire a vendere il quadro a un prezzo superiore alle proprie più rosee previsioni: €150.000. Il plusvalore è, di nuovo, trattato come un guadagno, cioè un’entrata.</para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split4">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para><table>
- <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
- <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
-
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
-
- <entry>€50.000</entry>
-
- <entry>€-20.000</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
-
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
-
- <entry>€100.000</entry>
-
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
-
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
-
- <entry>€50.000</entry>
-
- <entry>€-20.000</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
-
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
-
- <entry>€20.000</entry>
-
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table></para>
-
- <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €150.000 ed €50.000.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="capgain_tax1">
- <title>Tassazione</title>
-
- <para>Le politiche di tassazione variano considerevolmente fra un paese e un altro, quindi è virtualmente impossibile pronunciarsi in modo valido universalmente. Comunque, è possibile affermare che comunemente le entrate generate dai guadagni in conto capitale non sono soggette a tassazione fino al momento in cui il bene viene venduto e a volte nemmeno in questo momento. I proprietari di case nel Nord America, normalmente si ritrovano a non dover pagare nessuna tassa per il guadagno in capitale che ottengono dalla vendita. Altri paesi invece trattano la vendita delle case in modo differente: le autorità tedesche, per esempio, tassano i guadagni in capitale derivanti dalla vendita di una casa, solamente se si è stati proprietari per meno di dieci anni.</para>
-
- <para>Chris Browne ha una storia da raccontare relativa a quando era un professionista della preparazione delle tasse; una famiglia che aveva venduto una fattoria, si aspettava una considerevole somma di tasse da pagare che però in realtà , furono quasi nulle per il fatto che avevano ottenuto la proprietà prima del 1971 (in cui è stabilita una data critica per le valutazioni in Canada) e dato che la fattoria era anche un caseificio per cui erano possibili alcune particolari deduzioni. La morale di questa storia è che mentre qui è stato mostrato in modo semplice, la tassazione può divenire molto complicata...</para>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.4.0
- Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_currency">
- <title>Valute multiple</title>
-
- <para>Questo capitolo mostra come configurare i conti in <application>&app;</application> per l’utilizzo di valute multiple.</para>
-
- <sect1 id="currency_concepts1">
- <title>Concetti base</title>
-
- <para><application>&app;</application> supporta più di cento valute, dal Franco di Andorra al dollare dello Zimbabwe. Per esempio, si può avere un conto bancario in Euro e un altro in dollari di Hong Kong.</para>
-
- <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
-
- <note>
- <para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
- </note>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="currency_acct1">
- <title>Impostare i conti</title>
-
- <para>La valuta predefinita per un conto è impostata nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel>accessibile tramite <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> su Mac OS X). Questo parametro dovrebbe essere settato correttamente da subito al fine di rendere più veloce il processo di creazione di una struttura dei conti.</para>
-
- <para>Analogamente, <application>&app;</application> offre un’opzione per impostare la valuta preferita con cui visualizzare i resoconti (come lo stato patrimoniale e il resocont delle entrate). L’opzione è chiamata <guilabel>Valuta predefinita per i resoconti</guilabel> e si trova nella scheda <guilabel>Resoconti</guilabel> delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel>. Si consiglia di impostare entrambe le preferenze quando si inizia a utilizzare <application>&app;</application> dato che se, per esempio, i propri conti sono in dollari canadesi e i resoconti in dollari americani, la finestra del resoconto riporterà un messaggio di errore in cui viene segnalato che <guilabel>I conti selezionati non contengono dati/transazioni (o solo valori nulli) per il periodo di tempo selezionato</guilabel>.</para>
-
- <para>Quando si crea un nuovo conto, è possibile definire la commodity a esso associata. Per i conti in valuta, si può scegliere fra una delle centinaia di valute supportate da <application>&app;</application> selezionandola semplicemente dalla lista delle commodity in valuta. Si noterà come la valuta predefinita sia sempre quella impostata nelle preferenze; così, se si lavora prevalentemente con l’Euro, ma si ha anche saltuariamente a che fare con il Birr Etiope, conviene impostare la valuta predefinita in Euro.</para>
-
- <para>Per esempio, si imposti un tipico scenario di conto bancario in cui venga utilizzato prevalentemente l’Euro (EUR), ma si possegga anche un conto in una banca negli Stati Uniti che lavori prevalentemente in dollari Americani (USD) e infine un altro conto ad Hong Kong che utilizzi il dollaro di Hong Kong (HKD). Si devono quindi impostare 3 conti, uno con l’Euro, uno con i dollari Americani e uno con i dollari di Hong Kong; una possibile struttura per questa situazione potrebbe essere:</para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <literallayout>
+ -Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+ -Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -EUR (HKD)
+
+ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
+ </literallayout>
- <para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
- accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could
- change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. The totals shown in
- the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each
- particular account. Notice, we also set up 3 Starting Balances equity
- accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <note>
- <para>È anche possibile impostare un singolo conto per il bilancio d’apertura e utilizzare un trasferimento di valuta per popolare i conti con valuta differente. Comunque questa è un’opzione più avanzata che verrà descritta in una sezione successiva (<xref linkend="currency_purchase2"/>).</para>
- </note>
+ </sect2>
- <para>Più sotto è visibile il risultato di questo esempio in cui si parte con 10.000 EUR, 10.000 USD e 10.000 HKD nei tre conti bancari. Si noti che il totale dei conti padre mostra solo il saldo dei sottoconti con valute corrispondenti. In futuro si potranno stabilire i tassi di cambio tra le valute e i conti padre calcoleranno il valore convertito di tutti i sottoconti. Consultare la sezione (<xref linkend="currency_howto1"/>) per le istruzioni su come fare.</para>
+<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
- <screenshot id="currency_main1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+-->
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
+ <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
- <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
- <para>Si noti che la colonna <guilabel>Totale (Resoconto)</guilabel> è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile facendo clic sulla <guibutton>freccia giù</guibutton> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne e selezionando <quote>Totale(EUR)</quote>.</para>
+ <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
- <sect2 id="currency_acct_user2">
- <title>Valute definite dall’utente</title>
+ <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
- <para>Generalmente parlando, per valuta si intendono le valute che ogni governo utilizza (o più precisamente, le valute definite dallo standard internazionale chimato <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217">ISO 4217</ulink>). <application>&app;</application> non permette di creare una propria valuta. Per tracciare le valute non <acronym>ISO</acronym>, è possibile utilizzare due stratagemmi in funzione dell’uso che se ne deve fare.</para>
+ <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
- <para>Si supponga per esmepio di voler tracciare <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis> che tiene il conto dei punti accumulati acquistando da una certa compagnia. Il conto che traccia <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis> sia <emphasis>Attività :Altro:GruppoRegaliFedeltà </emphasis>.</para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Il primo metodo consiste nel definire un nuovo titolo, del tipo <guilabel>FUND</guilabel> chiamato <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis>. Il metodo è molto semplice: dopo aver creato il nuovo conto <emphasis>GruppoRegaliFedeltà </emphasis> del tipo <guilabel>Azione</guilabel> o <guilabel>Fondo comune</guilabel>, premere il pulsante <guibutton>Seleziona...</guibutton> vicino al campo <guilabel>Titolo/Valuta</guilabel>, e fare clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo</guibutton> per definire un nuovo titolo di tipo <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Questo non è l’utilizzo per cui sono stati pensati i conti del tipo <emphasis>azione</emphasis> o <emphasis>fondo comune</emphasis>, ma <application>&app;</application> permette all’utente di decidere liberamente come utilizzarli invece di imporsi. Il lato negativo di questo metodo consiste nel fatto che è necessario inserire un <quote>prezzo</quote> per ogni transazione che coinvolge <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis>, poiché <application>&app;</application> ha bisogno del prezzo per capire il valore monetario di <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis> e per considerarli quindi come attività .</para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>Il secondo metodo consiste nell’utilizzare una delle valute <quote>fittizie</quote> per tenere traccia di <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis>. Le valute fittizie sono <quote>XTS (Code for testing purposes)</quote> e <quote>XXX (No currency)</quote>. Utilizzando una di queste per il proprio conto <emphasis>GruppoRegaliFedeltà </emphasis>, è possibile inserire le transazioni nel conto senza dover inserire i prezzi delle quote per ogni transazione. In più, è possibile utilizzare le medesime due valute fittizie per tenere traccia di tutti gli importi, le ore, i benefici e così via, accumulati e utilizzati fino a quel momento durante l’anno. Si capisce facilmente come <application>&app;</application> possa essere utilizzato come punto di riferimento per tenere traccia di qualsiasi grandezza, oltre che delle proprie finanze.</para>
- <para>The drawback with this second method is that you cannot define exchange rates for
- the dummy currencies to convert them to <acronym>ISO</acronym>
- currencies. If you want to do that, you really should use the first
- method.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <sect1 id="currency_howto1">
- <title>Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</title>
+ <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates in two
- different ways, manually and automatically. In the following two sections we
- will work through both ways.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
+ <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <screenshot id="currency_main1a">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <sect2 id="currency_howto_Manual">
- <title>Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</title>
+ </itemizedlist>
- <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_peditor">
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_peditor.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@@ -8677,469 -9308,442 +10242,505 @@@ an empty report will be generated.</par
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</phrase>
+ <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento del guadagno non realizzato</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>La struttura dei conti mostra ora che il conto in banca è stato ridotto del valore della barca (JMD 509.000), e che il conto della barca nei beni immobili è aumentato dello stesso importo. Se è anche stato attivato nel CoA (scelta delle colonne) la voce <quote>Totale (EUR)</quote>, verrà mostrato il valore corrispondente in EURO. Il valore in EURO rispecchierà sempre l’ultimo tasso di cambio che è stato automaticamente o manualmente aggiornato con <application>&app;</application>.</para>
</sect2>
- <sect2 id="currency_purchase3">
- <title>Acquistare azioni estere</title>
-
- <para>Questo esempio mostra come acquistare azioni scambiate in una valuta differente da quella normale.</para>
-
- <para>Assume that you live in New York and therefore you have set the
- default currency to USD. You decide to purchase a stock traded in Hong
- Kong that is priced in HKD. You would also like to be able to track the
- various income and expense amounts per stock and broker.</para>
-
- <para>Le azioni che si desidera acquistare sono le Beijing Airport (Hong Kong) (Dopotutto le Olimpiadi del 2008 a Beijing sono terminate e il prezzo è tornato normale).</para>
+ <sect2 id="capgain_examplesell2">
+ <title>Vendere</title>
- <note><para>Le azioni di cui sopra (Beijing Airport) sono state scelte solo per le finalità di questo esempio, e non dovrebbero essere prese come una pubblicità per l’acquisto delle azioni.</para></note>
+ <para>Si supponga che un altro mese dopo i prezzi dei quadri di Degas siano saliti ancora un po’, in questo caso di circa €20.000, come dalle proprie stime. Puntualmente si registreranno i €20.000 come entrate derivanti da guadagni non realizzati; poi si decide di vendere il quadro.</para>
- <para>È necessario trovare quale sia il simbolo ticker dell’azione. Per farlo, è utile un po’ di ricerca su internet e, in particolare, su <ulink url="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup"><citetitle>Yahoo! Finance - Ticker Symbol Lookup</citetitle></ulink> (http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup). Questo porta a:</para>
+ <para>Si presentano tre possibilità : si potrebbero aver <emphasis>correttamente stimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati, <emphasis>sottostimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati o <emphasis>sovrastimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
+ <orderedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Stima accurata</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
+ we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
+
+ <literallayout>
+ Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport)
+ Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca (HKD)
+ Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
+ Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
+ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
+ </literallayout>
+
+ <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas</emphasis>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis>.</para>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</para>
- <para>Le informazioni sull’azione sono visualizzabili nell’editor titoli (<menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenu>Editor titoli</guimenu></menuchoice>):</para>
+ <para><table>
+ <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_Commodities.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Titoli Internazionali</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
- <caption><para>Titoli Internazionali</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
- <para>If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage’s
- cash account (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), do so
- now, either using the Equity (HKD) account, or an existing bank account
- (Currency Transfer).</para>
+ <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <para>Let’s assume that the stock price is HKD 3 per share. To record the
- purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
- (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
- the following:</para>
-<literallayout>
- Acquisto delle azioni
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca Prelievo 50.000
- Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Boom_HKD Deposito 500
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694 Deposito 49.500 (16.500 quote)
-</literallayout>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
+ <para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
+
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Trasferimento di fondi</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <entry>€30.000</entry>
- <caption><para>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
+ <para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Azioni Internazionali acquistate</phrase>
- </textobject>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti con alcune azioni Internazionali</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <para>Come si può vedere, il totale in Euro potrebbe essere zero se non è stato impostato alcun tasso di cambio tra EUR e HKD. Per porvi rimedio, andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice> e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per far sì che <application>&app;</application> recuperi automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
+ <entry>€100.000</entry>
- <note>
- <para>Questo esempio mostra come le azioni possano essere acquistate on una valuta qualsiasi inserendo la transazione relativa nel registro del conto dove risiede il denaro utilizzato per pagarle. È anche possibile inserire la transazione dal registro del conto dell’azione, ma si proceda con cautela! Operando in questo secondo modo, <application>&app;</application> assumerà che il prezzo qui inserito sia espresso nella valuta del conto padre dell’azione.</para>
- <para>In questo esempio, il conto padre (<emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom</emphasis>) è impostato in HKD. Dato che si tratta della stessa valuta con cui viene espresso il prezzo dell’azione, l’acquisto può essere inserito tranquillamente nel registro del conto dell’azione.</para>
- </note>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_invest1">
- <title>Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</title>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <para>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in different
- countries' currency, and hope that their currency will raise in value
- relative your own currency.</para>
+ <entry>€30.000</entry>
- <para>When you enter these transactions into <application>GnuCash</application>, you will have to
- decide on how much detail you would like to have.</para>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
- <para>If you are not interested in detail at all, a very simple account
- structure would be enough. Something like this;</para>
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €130.000 ed €30.000.</para>
- <literallayout>
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ <screenshot id="capgain_app3main">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app3main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Se si vuole essere in grado di tracciare gli aumenti del capitale o le perdite, come anche le varie spese, occorrerà uno schema più complesso; tipo questo:</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <literallayout>
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento dei guadagni realizzati</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Dove XXX rappresenta la valuta su cui si sta investendo.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Sottostima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <sect2 id="currency_invest12">
- <title>Acquistare un investimento in valuta</title>
+ <para>You were over-optimistic about the value of the painting.
+ Instead of the $130000 you thought the painting was worth you are only
+ offered $120000. But you still decide to sell, because you value
+ $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a
+ little bit, but not too dramatically.</para>
- <para>Un tipico ordine di acquisto potrebbe essere il seguente, visto dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>):</para>
- <para><table>
- <title>Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
+ <para><table>
+ <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Deposit</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Withdrawal</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <entry/>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <entry>Invested Amount</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>€20.000</entry>
- <entry>Exchange Fee</entry>
+ <entry>€10.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <entry>Invested Amount - Exchange Fee</entry>
+ <entry>€100.000</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>You should get an Exchange Rate window popping up when you
- leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
- window does not pop up, right click on the row, and select <guilabel>Edit
- Exchange Rate</guilabel>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
- exchange rate you got from the bank.</para>
- </sect2>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
- <sect2 id="currency_invest13">
- <title>Vendere un investimento in valuta</title>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <para>Entering a currency sale is done in the same way as
- a currency buy except that you are now transferring money from the Currency
- account to your Savings account (very similar to <xref linkend="invest-sell1"/>).</para>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <para>La registrazione corretta della vendita di valuta DEVE essere effettuata utilizzando una transazione suddivisa. In questa, si deve contabilizzare il profitto (o la perdita) come proveniente da un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</emphasis> (o da <emphasis>Uscite:Perdite in capitale</emphasis>). Per bilanciare questa entrata, sarà necessario inserire la valuta due volte nella suddivisione: una volta per registrare la vendita (utilizzando il saldo corretto e il tasso di cambio corretto) e un’altra volta per bilanciare il profitto in entrata (impostando l’importo a 0).</para>
+ <entry>€20.000</entry>
- <para>In breve, una transazione di vendita per la valuta, dovrebbe assomigliare a quella riportata più sotto, vista di nuovo dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</emphasis>.</para>
+ <entry>€10.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <table>
- <title>Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Deposito</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>€10.000</entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Prelievo</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry>
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €120.000 ed €20.000.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Sovrastima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <para>Si supponga di riuscire a vendere il quadro a un prezzo superiore alle proprie più rosee previsioni: €150.000. Il plusvalore è, di nuovo, trattato come un guadagno, cioè un’entrata.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry>
+ <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</para>
- <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry>
+ <para><table>
+ <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
- <entry/>
+ <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
- <entry>Importo venduto</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <entry>[PERDITA]</entry>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
- <entry>UTILE</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>€50.000</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>€-20.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
- <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
+ <entry>€100.000</entry>
- <sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
- <title>Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</title>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
- <para>La riconciliazione degli estratti conto in valuta estera, avviene con le stesse modalità attraverso le quali si opera la riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario in valuta locale. Se è stata creata una struttura dei conti che permette di avere la stessa valuta dell’estratto conto anche per il conto, allora il procedimento è esattamente lo stesso della riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario in valuta locale a parte il fatto che potrebbe essere utile un dizionario (!).</para>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <para>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</para>
- </sect1>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <sect1 id="currency_examples1">
- <title>In pratica</title>
+ <entry>€50.000</entry>
- <para>In questa sezione verrà mostrato un esempio in cui saranno utilizzate le nozioni descritte fino a questo punto, con un livello di complessità maggiore dovuto all’utilizzo di valute multiple.</para>
+ <entry>€-20.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <sect2>
- <title>Scenario di base</title>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <para>Di seguito sono riportate le ipotesi assunte per l’esempio. Si supponga quindi di:</para>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>vivere in Italia e di utilizzare l’Euro (EUR) come valuta predefinita;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <entry>€20.000</entry>
- <listitem>
- <para>aver vinto la lotteria e di aver ereditato del denaro;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
- <listitem>
- <para>You pay off your existing house loan</para>
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €150.000 ed €50.000.</para>
</listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in Sweden using SEK (Ericsson
- B-Fria)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <sect1 id="capgain_tax1">
+ <title>Tassazione</title>
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in HK using HKD (Beijing
- Airport)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Le politiche di tassazione variano considerevolmente fra un paese e un altro, quindi è virtualmente impossibile pronunciarsi in modo valido universalmente. Comunque, è possibile affermare che comunemente le entrate generate dai guadagni in conto capitale non sono soggette a tassazione fino al momento in cui il bene viene venduto e a volte nemmeno in questo momento. I proprietari di case nel Nord America, normalmente si ritrovano a non dover pagare nessuna tassa per il guadagno in capitale che ottengono dalla vendita. Altri paesi invece trattano la vendita delle case in modo differente: le autorità tedesche, per esempio, tassano i guadagni in capitale derivanti dalla vendita di una casa, solamente se si è stati proprietari per meno di dieci anni.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in US using USD (Amazon)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Chris Browne ha una storia da raccontare relativa a quando era un professionista della preparazione delle tasse; una famiglia che aveva venduto una fattoria, si aspettava una considerevole somma di tasse da pagare che però in realtà , furono quasi nulle per il fatto che avevano ottenuto la proprietà prima del 1971 (in cui è stabilita una data critica per le valutazioni in Canada) e dato che la fattoria era anche un caseificio per cui erano possibili alcune particolari deduzioni. La morale di questa storia è che mentre qui è stato mostrato in modo semplice, la tassazione può divenire molto complicata...</para>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
- <!--
- <listitem>
- <para>You invest in Chinese Reminbi</para>
- </listitem>
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.4.0
+ Last modified: March 16th 2010
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
+ Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
-->
+<chapter id="chapter_currency">
+ <title>Valute multiple</title>
- <listitem>
- <para>prestare una certa somma in Dollari Australiani (AUD) a un amico (Jack);</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>This chapter will show how to set up <application>GnuCash</application> accounts to use
+ multiple currencies.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>chiedere del denaro in prestito da una banca Giapponese;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <sect1 id="currency_concepts1">
+ <title>Concetti base</title>
- <listitem>
- <para>acquistare una casa in Nuova Zelanda;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> supports over a hundred currencies, from the Andorran Franc
+ to the Zimbabwe Dollar. For example, you can have a bank account set up in Euros, and
+ another using Hong Kong Dollars.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>utilizzare una carta di credito in Italia;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>voler raggiungere il massimo controllo possibile delle uscite.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <note>
+ <para>An alternative way to manage multiple currency accounts from the one
+ presented in the next sections, is to use the <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
+ capabilities of <application>GnuCash</application>. This feature, which was
+ introduced with <application>GnuCash</application> version 2.3.14, can be enabled by
+ going to the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>
+ Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ <para>For a complete guide on <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts, see
+ <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">
+ this tutorial by Peter Selinger</ulink>.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect1>
- </itemizedlist>
- <note>
- <para>Again these examples are not intended as valid and
- accurate advice. They are only to be considered as an example for
- the techniques used in <application>GnuCash</application>, and not as Investment Advice.
- Please consult a proper financial advisor for more information
- regarding international investments/loans.</para>
- </note>
+ <sect1 id="currency_acct1">
+ <title>Impostare i conti</title>
+ <para>Your default account currency is set in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> tab
+ under <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).</para>
+
+ <para>Similarly, <application>GnuCash</application> offers an option to
+ set your preferred currency for displaying reports (like the balance
+ sheet and income statement). The option is called <guilabel>Default
+ Report Currency</guilabel>, and is in the <guilabel>Reports</guilabel>
+ tab of the <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> screen.
+ You’ll want to set both options when you start using
+ <application>GnuCash</application> because if (for example) your accounts
+ are all in Canadian Dollars but the generated reports are all in US
+ Dollars, the reports will just say that there are <quote>no
+ data/transactions (or only zeroes) for the selected time
+ period</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>When you create a new account, you have the option to define the
+ commodity in which that account is denominated. For accounts denominated
+ in a currency, you can specify any of the currencies supported by <application>GnuCash</application>
+ by simply selecting it from the currency commodity list. You will notice
+ that the default currency is the currency that is defined for the parent
+ account of the new account.</para>
+
+ <para>As an example, let’s set up a bank account scenario where
+ you mostly work in US Dollars, but do also have a European bank account
+ using the Euro currency, as well as one bank account in Hong Kong using
+ Hong Kong Dollars. So, set up 3 bank accounts, one denominated in US Dollars,
+ one using Euros, and the third in Hong Kong Dollars. One possible account
+ structure for this would be:</para>
- </sect2>
+ <literallayout>
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -HKD (HKD)
- <sect2>
- <title>Configurare i conti</title>
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
+ </literallayout>
- <para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
- accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could
- change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. The totals shown in
- the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each
- particular account. Notice, we also set up 3 Starting Balances equity
- accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</para>
+ <para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
+ preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
+ to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
+ decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
+ as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio (EUR)
- </literallayout>
+ <note>
+ <para>You could also set up just a single Starting Balance account and
+ use a currency transfer to populate the <quote>different currency</quote> accounts.
+ However, this is more advanced option, which is explained in a later
+ section (<xref linkend="currency_purchase2"/>).</para>
+ </note>
- <para/>
- </sect2>
+ <para>Below you see the result of this example, in which you start with
+ USD 10,000, EUR 10,000 as well as HKD 10,000 in the three bank accounts.
+ Notice that the total of the parent accounts only shows the value of the
+ currency of sub-accounts with matching currencies. In other words, the
+ Total Assets and Total Equity values only reflect USD amounts, because <application>GnuCash</application>
+ has no way of evaluating the value of EUR or HKD yet. Once you set up
+ exchange rates between the currencies, the parent accounts
+ will calculate the converted value of all sub-accounts. See the later
+ section (<xref linkend="currency_howto1"/>) on ways to do this.</para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_main1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect2>
- <title>Bilancio di apertura</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
+ that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
+ happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
+ all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
+ AUD for that. </para>
+
+ <para>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</para>
+ <literallayout>
+ Equity:Lottery (AUD)
+ Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
+ </literallayout>
+ <para>Si noti che la colonna <guilabel>Totale (Resoconto)</guilabel> è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile facendo clic sulla <guibutton>freccia giù</guibutton> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne e selezionando <quote>Totale(EUR)</quote>.</para>
- <para>Le transazioni da inserire nel proprio conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> dovrebbero essere come queste:</para>
+ <sect2 id="currency_acct_user2">
+ <title>Valute definite dall’utente</title>
- <table>
- <title>Ricevere del denaro extra</title>
+ <para>Usually when we talk about currencies, we mean
+ government-backed currencies (or more precisely, currencies defined
+ in <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217">ISO 4217</ulink>).
+ <application>GnuCash</application> does not allow you to create your
+ own currencies. If you want to track non-<acronym>ISO</acronym>
+ currencies, you can use either of two workarounds, depending on which
+ fits your needs better.</para>
+
+ <para>The first method is is to treat these as if they were a security—that
+ is, like a stock or mutual fund. The second method is to use one of the <quote>dummy</quote>
+ currencies for them.</para>
+
+ <para>Let’s say for example that you want to track loyalty points
+ you’ve earned by buying from a certain group of businesses. The
+ account which tracks your loyalty points will be
+ <emphasis>Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>In the first method, you define a new security, of type <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>,
+ called RewardMiles. This is pretty straightforward—when you
+ create the new <emphasis>LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis> account, just set the account
+ type to <guilabel>Stock</guilabel> or <guilabel>Mutual
+ Fund</guilabel>, click the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button
+ next to the <guilabel>Security/currency:</guilabel> box, and click
+ <guibutton>New</guibutton> to define a new security of type
+ <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para>This is not really what the stock and mutual fund account types
+ are meant for, but <application>GnuCash</application> will allow it. The downside is
+ that you’ll have to enter a <quote>price</quote> for every
+ transaction involving this account, because
+ <application>GnuCash</application> needs the prices to figure out the
+ monetary value of the points and treat them as one of your
+ assets.</para>
+
+ <para>In the second method, you use one of the dummy
+ currencies to track the loyalty points. These currencies are
+ <quote>XTS (Code for testing purposes)</quote> and <quote>XXX (No
+ currency)</quote>. If you use one of these for your
+ LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles account, you can enter transactions into the
+ account without having to enter share prices for every transaction.
+ And, you can keep using the same two dummy currencies to track all
+ sorts of amounts—vacation dollars earned and used so far this
+ year, vacation hours earned and used, health insurance benefits
+ allowance used and remaining, and so on.</para>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <para>The drawback with this second method is that you cannot define exchange rates for
+ the dummy currencies to convert them to <acronym>ISO</acronym>
+ currencies. If you want to do that, you really should use the first
+ method.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <entry>Aumento</entry>
+ <sect1 id="currency_howto1">
+ <title>Recording and Updating Currency Exchange Rates</title>
- <entry>Diminuzione</entry>
- </row>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates
+ both manually and automatically. This process is essentially the
+ same as setting share prices for investments (see <xref linkend="invest-stockprice1"/>).
+ In the following two sections we will work through both methods.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Equity:Lottery</entry>
+ <para>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</para>
- <entry>€250,000</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_main1a">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Equity:Inheritance</entry>
+ <caption><para>Initial set up of 3 bank accounts with different
+ currencies. </para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ <para>As you see, the overall balances do not yet reflect any value for EUR
+ or HKD holdings. Adding currency exchange rates will fix this.</para>
- <entry>€500,000</entry>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_Manual">
+ <title>Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</title>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
+ <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>E la struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni descritte più sopra.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_peditor">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_peditor.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@@ -9150,119 -9753,72 +10751,129 @@@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
+ <para>Click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to add a new
+ currency exchange rate. A window will appear in which you can set up a new
+ exchange rate. This window should appear like this:</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_addcurr">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_addcurr.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Acquistare una casa</title>
+
+ <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
+ (with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Beni immobili:Casa (EUR) €300.000
-Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo (EUR) €250.000
-Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo (EUR)
-Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
- </literallayout>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Set up Euro Exchange Rate</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>After you have had a small chat with your Mortgage bank, they
- agree to let you pay it all off in one go, plus some interest (AUD
- 30,000). You should enter the following split transaction into
- <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</emphasis> account.</para>
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <table>
- <title>Pagare il mutuo sulla casa</title>
+ <para> Set the <guilabel>Namespace</guilabel> to
+ Currency and the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> to EUR (Euro).
+ Then set the exchange rate between the selected security and the
+ selected currency. The price box defines how many units of currency are
+ required to purchase one unit of the security. In this case, how many dollars
+ it will take to purchase on Euro. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
+ EUR for 1 USD.</para>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_manualpriceadded">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>Aumento</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>Diminuzione</entry>
- </row>
+ <caption><para>La Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_main2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry/>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>280.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo</entry>
+ <para>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio per HKD, <application>&app;</application> non converte l’HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione successiva.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_Auto">
+ <title>Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</title>
- <entry>30.000</entry>
+ <para>In the previous section you saw how to manually define a
+ new currency exchange rate, but <application>GnuCash</application> includes an
+ automatic price update feature, which will now be described.</para>
+
+ <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_BeforeGetOnline">
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</entry>
++ </tbody>
++ </tgroup>
++ </table>
+
- <entry>250.000</entry>
++ <para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
++
++ <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi prima di ottenere le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per caricare automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
+
+ <note><para>Se il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> è disabilitato, significa che il modulo di <application>Perl</application> <application>Finance::Quote</application> non è installato. Per informazioni su come installarlo, consultare <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2"/></para></note>
+
+ <para><screenshot id="currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot></para>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> downloads exchange rates for all
+ currencies that are in use in your various accounts. This will happen
+ every time you click on <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> or request <application>GnuCash</application>
+ to download quotes as per <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2"/></para>
- <para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
+ <para>Now when you check the main Chart of Accounts you will see that
+ <application>GnuCash</application> has automatically converted the HKD amount to USD amount on the
+ parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column.
+ Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange
+ rate.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_main3.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@@ -9273,198 -9828,156 +10884,206 @@@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_disable">
+ <title>Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</title>
+ <para>Ogni volta che si crea un conto che utilizza una valuta diversa da quella predefinita, verrà automaticamente abilitata la ricezione delle quotazioni online per quella stessa valuta. Comunque, se in seguito il conto viene cancellato, <application>&app;</application> non disabiliterà automaticamente la ricezione delle quotazioni.</para>
+ <para>Quando sarà stato cancellato anche l’ultimo conto con una particolare valuta e non si vorrà ricevere più gli aggiornamenti sulla valuta, procedere nel seguente modo:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>aprire la finestra dei titoli selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor titoli</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>assicurarsi che sia attivata l’opzione <guilabel>visualizza le valute Nazionali</guilabel>;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>espandere la riga denominata <guilabel>CURRENCY</guilabel>;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>fare doppio clic sulla valuta per cui si desidera disabilitare la ricezione delle quotazioni;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Deselect the <guilabel>Get Online Quotes</guilabel> box and
+ click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <sect2>
- <title>Purchasing Stock</title>
-
- <para>Since you quite suddenly have a lot of money in your bank account,
- you decide to visit a Financial Advisor, and after his recommendation
- (remember, this is fictional - not genuine stock purchase advice) you
- decide to purchase Telecommunication (Ericsson in Sweden), Beijing
- Airport (Hong Kong), and Amazon (USA).</para>
-
- <para>The needed accounts to track these investments look like
- this:</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:ERIC.ST (STOCK ERIC.ST Yahoo)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca (SEK)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker HK:0694.HK (STOCK 0694.HK Yahoo)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker HK:Banca (HKD)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker US:AMZN (STOCK AMZN Nasdaq)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker US:Banca (USD)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker Svedese:ERIC.ST (SEK)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker HK:0694.HK (HKD)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker US:AMZN (USD)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
-</literallayout>
-
- <para>Si decide di investire €100.000 in ogni titolo; per farlo è prima necessario eseguire una transazione di valuta ai vari conti bancari associati alle azioni.</para>
-
- <para>La transazione da inserire nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> è la seguente:</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta multipla.</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
-
- <entry>Deposito</entry>
-
- <entry>Prelievo</entry>
+ <sect1 id="currency_purchase1">
+ <title>Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency</title>
- <entry>Tasso di cambio</entry>
+ <para>Purchases in a foreign currency can be managed in two different ways.</para>
- <entry>Costo della transazione</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>1) Use <application>GnuCash</application>'s built-in currency exchange functions when you
+ do your transactions. This is mainly used for one-time transactions, and
+ nothing which happens regularly.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca</entry>
+ <para>2) Use separate accounts to track transactions, where all involved
+ accounts use the same currency. This is the recommended method, since it
+ allows much better tracking and follow up. In this way, you do one
+ currency exchange transaction, and after that you do normal
+ transactions in the native currency.</para>
- <entry>100.000</entry>
+ <para>The rest of this section will explain more based upon option 2).</para>
- <entry/>
+ <sect2 id="currency_purchase2">
+ <title>Purchase of an Asset with Foreign Currency</title>
- <entry>5,5869</entry>
+ <para>You are using USD as your default currency. But, you decide to purchase a
+ boat in Jamaica. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some
+ money from the US, and then purchased your boat.</para>
- <entry>35</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>To record this in <application>GnuCash</application> we use the following basic account
+ structure:</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Brocker HK:Banca</entry>
+ <literallayout>
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)
+ -Boat (JMD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
- <entry>100.000</entry>
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
+ </literallayout>
- <entry/>
+ <para>First you need to transfer some money ($10,000) to Jamaica, and
+ you use your US bank account (with a balance of $100,000) for
+ that. The bank gives you an exchange rate of USD 1 = JMD 64, but charges
+ you USD 150 to transfer the money.</para>
- <entry>5,8869</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>30</entry>
- </row>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Trasferimento di valuta</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Brocker USD:Banca</entry>
+ <caption><para>Trasferimento di denaro in Jamaica</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>100.000</entry>
+ <para>Selezionare la riga della transazione in Jamaica (€9.850,00), premere il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel></para>
- <entry/>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Modifica tasso di cambio</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <entry>0,7593</entry>
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
+ <caption><para>La finestra in cui viene specificato il tasso di cambio per una transazione in valuta</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <para>As Exchange Rate, you enter 1 USD = 64 JMD, since this is the rate
+ your bank gave. Press ok in the Transfer Funds (Edit Exchange Rate)
+ window, and then save this split transaction. Below is how it now looks
+ in the main Chart of Accounts.</para>
- <para>Now when there is some money in the various stock brokerage
- accounts, you ask each broker to buy shares of stock for the specified amount.
- Remember to execute the transaction from the bank account associated with the
- stock, and if the Exchange Rate window does not pop up, right click the
- row and manually select it. Enter the number of shares you purchase in
- the last entry (To Amount:).</para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>
- <table>
- <title>Acquistare azioni oltreoceano</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Simbolo azione</entry>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>Numero di quote</entry>
+ <para>You choose to buy a boat for JMD 509,000. To record this transaction
+ in <application>GnuCash</application>, you will need to enter a simple
+ transaction in <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Jamaican Bank</emphasis>
+ withdrawing JMD 509,000 and transferring it to <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Boat</emphasis></para>
- <entry>Importo</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>Commissionie</entry>
- </row>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <row>
- <entry>ERIC.ST</entry>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ <para>The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been
+ reduced by JMD 509,000, and that your Fixed Assets boat account has been
+ increased by the same amount. If you also have turned
+ on the CoA (Column Choice) "Total (USD)" you will see the corresponding
+ value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange
+ rate you have either automatically or manually retrieved.</para>
+ </sect2>
- <entry>15.000</entry>
+ <sect2 id="currency_purchase3">
+ <title>Purchasing Foreign Stocks</title>
- <entry>270.000</entry>
+ <para>This example will show how to purchase stocks that are priced in a
+ currency other than your primary currency.</para>
- <entry>400</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>Assume that you live in New York and therefore you have set the
+ default currency to USD. You decide to purchase a stock traded in Hong
+ Kong that is priced in HKD. You would also like to be able to track the
+ various income and expense amounts per stock and broker.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>0694.HK</entry>
+ <para>You decide to purchase stock in the Beijing Airport (Hong Kong).
+ The ticker for this stock is 0694.HK on Yahoo! Since you wanted to
+ track all various income and expense amounts, here is the necessary
+ account structure:</para>
- <entry>70.000</entry>
+ <literallayout>
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
+Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
+Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
+Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
+ </literallayout>
- <entry>280.000</entry>
+ <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
- <entry>300</entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>AMZN</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>1.000</entry>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>32.000</entry>
+ <para>Le informazioni sull’azione sono visualizzabili nell’editor titoli (<menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenu>Editor titoli</guimenu></menuchoice>):</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_Commodities.png">
+ <entry>25</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
+ different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
+ does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@@ -9475,196 -9987,129 +11094,194 @@@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>The next section will ensure you get the various exchange rates so that <application>GnuCash</application> can show your
- total worth in the local currency (AUD in this case),</para>
- </sect2>
+ <para>If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage
+ cash account (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), do so
+ now, either using the Equity (HKD) account, or an existing bank account
+ (Currency Transfer).</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Ricevere le quotazioni online</title>
+ <para>There are two ways to enter the actual purchase transaction: you can
+ enter it from the cash account (shown below), or you can enter it
+ from the stock account. <emphasis>If entered from the stock account, the stock is
+ assumed to be priced in the currency of the parent account</emphasis>.</para>
- <para>Per ricevere i tassi di cambio e le quotazioni azionarie attuali, andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice> e premere poi il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton>.</para>
+ <para>Let’s assume that the stock price is HKD 3 per share. To record the
+ purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
+ (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
+ the following:</para>
+<bridgehead renderas="sect4">Buy Stocks</bridgehead>
+<informaltable frame="none" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="3*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="right"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry><entry>50,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKD</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>500</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage
+ Account:Boom:0694</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>49,500
+ (16,500 shares)</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
- <para/>
- </sect2>
+ <para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect2>
- <title>Prestare denaro a un amico</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Trasferimento di fondi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Peter sta attraversando un periodo difficile oltreoceano. Dato che è un caro amico, si decide di aiutarlo con un prestito personale di 40.000 AUD.</para>
+ <caption><para>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Denaro prestato:Peter (AUD)
-Entrate:Interessi in entrata:Peter (AUD)
-Uscite:Spese bancarie (EUR)
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>Si tratta di una semplice transazione dal proprio conto dei risparmi (EUR), al conto Attività :Denaro prestato:Peter (AUD). Sia il tasso di cambio pari a 0,606161 (prelievo di EUR 65.989,10) e la spesa per il servizio di 35 EUR.</para>
- </sect2>
+ <para>When you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the
+ purchased shares reflected in the stock account’s total.</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone</title>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Azioni Internazionali acquistate</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti con alcune azioni Internazionali</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>Your long-time Japanese friend offers you a Japanese house loan if
- you purchase a property overseas, with only AUD 50,000 as deposit. After
- having discussed this with your Financial Advisor in Australia and gone
- through the various risks and benefits related to your situation, you
- decide to accept his offer. </para>
+ <para>Come si può vedere, il totale in Euro potrebbe essere zero se non è stato impostato alcun tasso di cambio tra EUR e HKD. Per porvi rimedio, andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice> e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per far sì che <application>&app;</application> recuperi automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
<note>
- <para>Again, this should not be taken as financial advice. Please
- consult with a registered financial advisor before undertaking
- investing (or speculating) in overseas markets, or local markets for
- that matter.</para>
-
- <para>A word of warning might be of interest here, taking a loan
- overseas for a very low interest rate might seem like a very good
- deal. Do keep in mind though that the exchange rate might change and
- can change drastically. If you take a loan in your local currency, you
- only have to worry about the interest rate. If you take a loan overseas,
- you then have to worry about the interest rate and the exchange rate.
- </para>
+ <para>To reiterate, this example shows how stock can be purchased in any currency
+ by entering the transaction in the register of the cash account used
+ to make payment. It is also possible to enter the purchase
+ in the stock account’s register, but be aware that the stock is
+ assumed to be priced in the currency of the stock account’s parent.</para>
+ <para>In questo esempio, il conto padre (<emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom</emphasis>) è impostato in HKD. Dato che si tratta della stessa valuta con cui viene espresso il prezzo dell’azione, l’acquisto può essere inserito tranquillamente nel registro del conto dell’azione.</para>
</note>
- <para>Si immagini di aver trovato una piccola e confortevole villetta in una cittadina costiera vicino ad Auckland che potrebbe essere una casa estiva perfetta, e si decida di utilizzare il denaro in Giappone per acquistarla.</para>
-
- <para>Per questo esempio occorrono i seguenti conti:</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Passività :Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese (JPY)
-Uscite:Interessi:Prestito Giapponese (JPY)
-Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese (JPY)
-Attività :Attività correnti:Banca Giapponese (JPY)
-Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
-</literallayout>
+ </sect2>
- <table>
- <title>Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa in NZ</title>
+ </sect1>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <sect1 id="currency_invest1">
+ <title>Tracking Currency Investments</title>
- <entry>Aumento</entry>
+ <para>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in a different
+ country's currency, and hope that it will rise in value
+ relative your own currency.</para>
- <entry>Diminuzione</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>When you enter these transactions into <application>GnuCash</application>, you will have to
+ decide on how much detail you would like to have.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa in NZ</entry>
+ <para>If you are not interested in detail at all, a very simple account
+ structure would suffice:</para>
- <entry>300.000 (NZD)</entry>
+ <literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <para>You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting
+ exchange rates as you went.</para>
+
+ <para>But, if you do want to be able to track capital gains or losses,
+ as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as:</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
- <entry/>
+ <sect2 id="currency_invest12">
+ <title>Purchasing Currency</title>
+
+ <para>When purchasing another currency, you will buy a certain number of
+ units of foreign currency with your own currency, at a particular rate.
+ For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs
+ to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150.</para>
+
+ <bridgehead renderas="sect4">Buy Currency</bridgehead>
+ <informaltable frame="none" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="5*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="2*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="right"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry><entry>10,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>150</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>49,250</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
- <entry>50.000 (EUR) (1,18926)</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you
+ leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
+ window does not pop up, right click on the row or select
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>, and select <guilabel>Edit
+ Exchange Rate</guilabel>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
+ exchange rate you got from the bank.</para>
+ </sect2>
- <row>
- <entry>Passività :Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese</entry>
+ <sect2 id="currency_invest13">
+ <title>Vendere un investimento in valuta</title>
- <entry/>
+ <para>Entering a currency sale is done in the same way as
+ a currency buy except that you are now transferring money from the Currency
+ account to your Savings account (very similar to <xref linkend="invest-sell1"/>).</para>
- <entry>28.000.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>The proper recording of the currency sale *must* account for realized
+ gains or losses. This can be done using a
+ split transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the
+ profit (or loss) as coming from an <emphasis>Income:Capital Gains</emphasis> account (or
+ <emphasis>Expenses:Capital Loss</emphasis>). To balance this income, you will need to enter
+ the Currency asset twice in the split—once to record the actual sale
+ (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate), and once to balance
+ the income profit (setting the amount to 0).</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese</entry>
+ <para>In breve, una transazione di vendita per la valuta, dovrebbe assomigliare a quella riportata più sotto, vista di nuovo dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</emphasis>.</para>
- <entry>300.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</entry>
+ <table>
+ <title>Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="3*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="center"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="center"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row><entry>Conto</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry></row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry> <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry> <entry/> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry> <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry> <entry/> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry> <entry/> <entry>Importo venduto</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry> <entry>[PERDITA]</entry> <entry>UTILE</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry> <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry> <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry> </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
</table>
+
</sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
- <title>Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency</title>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Come procedere?</title>
+ <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
+ The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
+ ponder.</para>
+ </sect2>
- <para>Reconciling foreign statement are done in the same manner as when
- you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of
- Accounts structure which allows you to have the same currency per account
- as your statement, it is actually exactly the same as
- reconciling your local bank statement.</para>
- <para>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
commit 81341e8a1d0e3e3d4b869e4f63902c81b8932305
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Tue Dec 6 20:21:23 2016 +0500
Revise glossary with better definitions and attribution.
diff --git a/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml b/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07b7902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.6.15
+ Last modified: December 6, 2016
+ Author:
+ David T. <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<glossary>
+ <title><application>&app;</application> Glossary</title>
+ <para>This is a glossary of common terms used in <application>&app;</application>.
+ Some entries here are taken from Wikipedia (<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org"/>).</para>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_account">
+ <glossterm>Account</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_accountingperiod">
+ <glossterm>Accounting Period</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An accounting period is the period with reference to which accounting
+ books of an entity are prepared. Common accounting
+ periods include month, quarter, and year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_aqbanking">
+ <glossterm>AqBanking</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A library which implements the German Home Banking Computer Interface
+ (HBCI) and Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard (EBICS), OFX
+ Direct Connect and Paypal. It is the successor of openHBCI.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_asset">
+ <glossterm>Asset</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An asset is something you own. Anything tangible or intangible that
+ can be owned or controlled to produce value and that is held to have
+ positive economic value is considered an asset.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_balancesheet">
+ <glossterm>Balance Sheet</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A Balance Sheet is a summary of the financial balances of an individual
+ or organization. It summarizes a company's assets, liabilities and ownership
+ equity at a specific point in time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_book">
+ <glossterm>Book</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A book is a record of all transactions for an individual or organization. In
+ <application>&app;</application>, each file contains a book.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Capital Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capstock">
+ <glossterm>Capital stock</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_chartofaccounts">
+ <glossterm>Chart of Accounts</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A listing of all the accounts available in the data file. The chart
+ of accounts consists of balance sheet accounts (assets, liabilities,
+ stockholders' equity) and income statement accounts (revenues, expenses,
+ gains, losses).</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commission">
+ <glossterm>Commission</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The fee paid to a broker to buy or sell securities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commodity">
+ <glossterm>Commodity</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A commodity is something of value that is easily tradeable or sellable;
+ for example, currencies, stocks, bonds, grain, copper, and oil are all commodities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commonstock">
+ <glossterm>Common stock</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_compounding">
+ <glossterm>Compounding</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The concept that the reinvested interest can later earn interest of
+ its own (interest on interest). This is often referred to as <emphasis>compound
+ interest</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_costbasis">
+ <glossterm>Cost Basis</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Cost basis is the original cost of property, adjusted for various factors.
+ Its primary use is for tax purposes. Factors that affect the cost basis include:
+ stock splits, dividends, depreciation and return of capital distributions.
+ Cost basis is used to determine the <emphasis>capital gain</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_csv">
+ <glossterm>CSV</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Stands for Comma Separated Values. CSV files are used to store data
+ in plain text. Each line of the file is a record and each record can be
+ comprised of multiple fields separated by commas. CSV is one import format
+ that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_dividends">
+ <glossterm>Dividends</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Dividends are cash payments a company makes to shareholders. The
+ amount of this payment is usually determined as some amount of the profits
+ of the company. Not all common stocks give dividends.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_equities">
+ <glossterm>Equities</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Equities are investments in which the investor becomes part (or whole)
+ owner in something.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_fints">
+ <glossterm>Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A banking protocol used by German banks. Developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). The standard is used
+ only by German banks. Prior 2002, it was called Home Banking Computer
+ Interface (HBCI). FinTS is one import format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_hbci">Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_gsettings">
+ <glossterm>GSettings</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Since version 2.5 the tool that stores user configuration data. It
+ uses the native data store of the operating system:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Linux</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>DConf since Gnome 3.0 dropped GConf</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Mac OS X</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Defaults. Use the command-line defaults(1) to modify
+ prefs when GnuCash isn't running.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Windows</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Registry.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_hbci">
+ <glossterm>Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A bank-independent online banking protocol used by German banks. Home
+ Banking Computer Interface (HBCI) was developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). Since 2002, it has
+ been called Financial Transaction Services (FinTS). HBCI is one import
+ format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_fints">Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_interest">
+ <glossterm>Interest</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>What a borrower pays a lender for the use of their money. Normally,
+ this is expressed in terms of a percentage of the principal per year. For
+ example, a savings account with 1% interest will pay you $1 for every $100
+ you keep deposited per year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liability">
+ <glossterm>Liability</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A liability is a debt or obligation that an individual or organization
+ owes.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_libofx">
+ <glossterm>LibOFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An open source library for <emphasis>OFX</emphasis>. It was created by one
+ of the <application>&app;</application> developers, originally to be the
+ OFX interface for <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_ofx">OFX</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liquidity">
+ <glossterm>Liquidity</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of how easily convertible an investment is to cash. Money
+ in a savings account is very liquid, while money invested in a house has
+ low liquidity because it takes time to sell a house.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_lot">
+ <glossterm>Lot</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A lot is a means of grouping a commodity so that you later identify that
+ the item bought in one transaction is the same as one sold in a different
+ transaction. Lots are often implemented with stocks, where capital gain can
+ depend on which item is being sold at a given time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_mt940">
+ <glossterm>MT940</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A financial information standard defined by SWIFT and used by several
+ European banks. It is also used internally in HBCI. Unfortunately, you can't
+ download the MT940 standard, but some banks publish it on their web sites.
+ MT940 is one import format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_ofx">
+ <glossterm>OFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Open Financial eXchange format. This is a financial information
+ exchange standard used by many institutions. OFX is one import format
+ that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_pricedb">
+ <glossterm>Price Database</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The price database contains a store of price quotes for stocks, mutual
+ funds, and currencies.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_principal">
+ <glossterm>Principal</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The original amount of money invested or borrowed.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qfx">
+ <glossterm>QFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Financial eXchange format is a proprietary financial
+ information exchange standard promoted by Quicken and used by many institutions.
+ QFX is one import format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qif">
+ <glossterm>QIF</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for
+ reading and writing financial data to files. This is an older format that
+ is still used by many institutions. QIF is one import format
+ that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_realgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Realized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Capital Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_return">
+ <glossterm>Return</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The total income plus capital gains or losses of an investment.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Yield</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_risk">
+ <glossterm>Risk</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The probability that the return on investment is different from what
+ was expected. Investments are often grouped on a scale from low risk (e.g.,
+ savings accounts or government bonds) to high risk (e.g., common stocks
+ or junk bonds). As a general rule of thumb, the higher the risk, the
+ higher the possible return.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_schedtxn">
+ <glossterm>Scheduled Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheduled transactions provide a framework for remembering information
+ about transactions that are set to occur in the future, either once or
+ periodically.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Yield</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_scheme">
+ <glossterm>Scheme</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheme is a functional programming language based on a dialect of LISP.
+ Reports in <application>&app;</application> use the Scheme programming language;
+ thus, users wishing to customize reports must write Scheme.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gnc-gl_shareholder">
+ <glossterm>Shareholder</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A shareholder is a person who holds common stock in a company.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_split">
+ <glossterm>Split</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A split, or Ledger Entry, is the fundamental accounting unit.
+ Each split consists of an amount, the value of that amount expressed in a
+ (possibly) different currency, a Memo, a pointer to the parent Transaction,
+ a pointer to the debited Account, a reconciled flag and timestamp, an action
+ field, and a key-value frame which can store arbitrary data.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stock">
+ <glossterm>Stock</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A security that represents a certain fractional ownership of a company.
+ This is what you buy when you <quote>buy stock</quote> in a company on the
+ open market. This is also sometimes known as <emphasis>capital stock</emphasis>,
+ or <emphasis>common stock</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stocksplit">
+ <glossterm>Stock split</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Occurs when a company offers to issue some additional multiple of shares
+ for each existing stock. For example, a <quote>2 for 1</quote> stock split
+ means that if you own 100 shares of a stock, you will receive an additional
+ 100 shares at no cost to you. The unit price of the shares will usually be
+ adjusted so there is no net change in the value, so in this example the
+ price per share will be halved. Note that such transactions affect the cost
+ basis per share owned.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_transaction">
+ <glossterm>Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A transaction consists of a date, a description, an ID number, a list
+ of one or more splits, and a key-value frame. Transactions embody the notion
+ of "double entry" accounting.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Unrealized gain or loss is the difference in value between a purchase
+ price and the current value of a given asset. These gains remain unrealized
+ until the asset is sold, at which point they become <emphasis>Realized gains
+ or losses</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_valuation">
+ <glossterm>Valuation</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The process of determining the market value or the price the
+ investment would sell at in a <quote>reasonable time frame</quote>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_xml">
+ <glossterm>XML</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The eXtensible Markup Language is an international markup standard.
+ <application>&app;</application> stores its data by default in an XML data
+ structure.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_yield">
+ <glossterm>Yield</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of the amount of money you earn from an investment
+ (i.e., how much income you receive from the investment). Typically, this
+ is reported as a percentage of the principal amount. Yield does not include
+ capital gains or losses (see Return). For example, a stock that sells for $100
+ and gives $2 in dividends per year has a yield of 2%.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+</glossary>
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index e2c62fc..4b50b9d 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY gnc-gloss SYSTEM "gnc-glossary.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -515,6 +516,7 @@
</part>
<part>
<title>Appendices</title>
+&gnc-gloss;
&appendixa;
&appendixb;
&appendixc;
diff --git a/guide/it/Makefile.am b/guide/it/Makefile.am
index 545b3eb..b65b792 100644
--- a/guide/it/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/it/Makefile.am
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ COMPONENTS = \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_python_bindings.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml \
+ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixa.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixb.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixc.xml \
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index a1c141f..414240d 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -13,18 +13,20 @@
<!ENTITY chapter7 SYSTEM "ch_cc.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter8 SYSTEM "ch_loans.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter9 SYSTEM "ch_invest.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_reports.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY gnc-gloss SYSTEM "gnc-glossary.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -109,12 +111,12 @@
<year>2003-2004</year>
<holder>Jon Lapham</holder>
</copyright>
-
+
<copyright>
<year>2002</year>
<holder>Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
-
+
<copyright>
<year>2001</year>
<holder>Carol Champagne e Chris Lyttle</holder>
@@ -492,7 +494,7 @@
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/oview_intro.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase><application>GnuCash</application> struttura dei conti - anteprima</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -772,11 +774,11 @@
<listitem>
<para><xref linkend="ch_python_bindings"/></para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><xref linkend="ch_import_bus_data"/></para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist></para>
<para>This manual also includes several appendices, which contains extra information
@@ -824,8 +826,8 @@
modified: October 25th 2010
modified: January 12th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Cristian Marchi <cri.penta at gmail.com>
+ Maintainers:
+ Cristian Marchi <cri.penta at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -932,14 +934,14 @@
<para>L’equazione di bilancio appena descritta costituisce il cuore di un <firstterm>sistema di registrazione a partita doppia</firstterm>. A ogni cambio di valore di un termine dell’equazione deve corrispondere la variazione di un altro termine per rispettare l’uguaglianza. Questo concetto è noto con il nome di <firstterm>principio del bilancio</firstterm> ed è di fondamentale importanza per capire come funziona <application>&app;</application> ma anche gli altri programmi che usano uno schema a partita doppia. Quando si lavora con <application>&app;</application>, si dovranno sempre considerare almeno due conti al fine di mantenere equilibrata l’equazione fondamentale della contabilità </para>
<para>Si ricordano ancora i termini debito e credito discussi nella <xref linkend="basics-accounting1"/>? Contrariamente a quanto si possa credere e alle definizioni sui dizionari, <firstterm>debiti<firstterm> e <firstterm>crediti<firstterm> non significano <quote>diminuzione</quote> o <quote>aumento</quote>. L’unica definizione costante di debiti e crediti è che i debiti sono inseriti nella colonna di sinistra (chiamata anche dare) mentre i crediti in quella di destra (chiamata anche avere). Infatti entrambi possono far aumentare certi tipi di conti e farne diminuire altri. Nei conti delle attività e delle uscite, i debiti ne aumentano il saldo mentre i crediti lo diminuiscono. Nei conti delle passività , del capitale e delle entrate, i crediti ne aumentano il saldo mentre i debiti lo diminuiscono.</firstterm></firstterm></firstterm></firstterm></para>
-
+
<para>In traditional double-entry accounting, the left column in the
register is used for debits, while the right column is used for credits.
Accountants record increases in asset and expense accounts on the
debit (left) side, and they record increases in liability, revenue, and equity
accounts on the credit (right) side. <application>GnuCash</application>
- follows this convention in the register.</para>
-
+ follows this convention in the register.</para>
+
<note>
<para>This accounting terminology can be confusing to new users,
which is why <application>GnuCash</application> allows you to use the
@@ -953,8 +955,8 @@
</note>
<warning>
- <para>Common use of the words <emphasis>debit</emphasis> and <emphasis>credit</emphasis>
- does not match how accountants use these words. In common use,
+ <para>Common use of the words <emphasis>debit</emphasis> and <emphasis>credit</emphasis>
+ does not match how accountants use these words. In common use,
<emphasis>credit</emphasis> generally has positive associations; in accounting,
<emphasis>credit</emphasis> means
<emphasis>affecting the right column</emphasis> of the ledger sheet of an account.
@@ -1010,8 +1012,8 @@
<para>Esempi di transazioni sono: pagare la bolletta del telefono, trasferire denaro dal conto bancario al proprio portafoglio, prelevare denaro, depositare un assegno. L’inserimento delle transazioni è discusso in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/></para>
- <para>In <link linkend="basics-accountingdouble2">double entry accounting</link>,
- transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source
+ <para>In <link linkend="basics-accountingdouble2">double entry accounting</link>,
+ transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source
account and a destination account.
<application>GnuCash</application> manages this by inserting a line
into the transaction for every account that is affected, and
@@ -1019,7 +1021,7 @@
transaction that records the account and amount of money involved is
called a <firstterm>split</firstterm>. A transaction can contain an
arbitrary number of splits.</para>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>Le suddivisioni per le transazioni verranno descritte in <xref linkend="txns-registers-multiaccount2"/></para>
</note>
</sect2> <!-- basics-transactions2 -->
@@ -1085,14 +1087,14 @@
<tip>
<para>Clicking the small triangle to the left of an account that has children will expand the tree view showing child accounts.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>At the top of this window is the <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis>, which displays the
file name for this set of accounts (once you have saved the file.) Below that is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>.
You can access the menu options by either clicking on these menu
- headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see <xref linkend="basics-shortcut2"/>).
+ headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see <xref linkend="basics-shortcut2"/>).
Next is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>, which contains buttons
for the most common functions.</para>
-
+
<para>L’albero dei conti è posto al si sotto della <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis>. Una volta creati dei conti, i nomi a essi assegnati verranno inseriti in questa finestra. È possibile scegliere quali intestazioni delle colonne visualizzare utilizzando la <guiicon>freccia-giù</guiicon> all’estrema destra posizionata immediatamente sopra alla struttura ad albero.</para>
<para>Nella parte inferiore si trova la <emphasis>barra di stato</emphasis> che fornisce informazioni su cosa si possiede (attività nette) e quanto denaro è stato guadagnato (profitto).</para>
@@ -1112,7 +1114,7 @@
<imageobject role="html">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" width="510"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
@@ -1128,9 +1130,9 @@
</screenshot>
<para>In <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/> sono fornite ulteriori informazioni sulle finestre del registro e su come immettere i dati in esse. Per ora, si noti che le parti che compongono una finestra del registro di un conto sono simili a quelle di cui è composta la finestra della struttura dei conti descritta precedentemente. La <emphasis>barra del titolo</emphasis> in alto contiene il nome del conto; sotto di questa, la <emphasis>barra del menu</emphasis> contiene delle opzioni relative al registro del conto. La <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> semplifica l’esecuzione delle operazioni più comuni. La <emphasis>barra di stato</emphasis> nella parte bassa della finestra, mostra alcuni saldi del conto descritti in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>. In basso nella finestra del registro del conto, vengono visualizzate delle informazioni sulla posizione occupata in quel momento dal cursore.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that
+ <para>In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that
<application>GnuCash</application> displays, <emphasis>but keep in mind that
the Description and Balance columns behave differently from other columns</emphasis>.</para>
<para>The <guilabel>Description</guilabel> column is designed to expand
@@ -1140,7 +1142,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> column must be resized by
double-clicking on the column heading.</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="basics-toolbar2">
@@ -1173,18 +1175,18 @@
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<para>Register-specific buttons are discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="basics-tabbar">
<title>Tab Bar</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> uses a tabbed model that allows you to open multiple account registers and reports simultaneously. Each open window (which can include account registers, reports, or Scheduled Transactions windows) is given a tab on this bar that you can click to view that window. Tabs can be configured in Preferences to appear along any side of the <application>GnuCash</application> window.</para>
-
+
<para>To see the full name for a tab, hover the mouse pointer over an account window tab.</para>
-
+
<para>If more screens are open than can be displayed across the screen, some tabs
will not display. You can move through all tabs by clicking the arrows on
either end of the tab bar. A complete list of tabs can be viewed by
@@ -1248,7 +1250,7 @@
<title>Conservare i propri dati finanziari</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> è in grado di <link linkend="basics-store-data">conservare</link> i propri dati finanziari in file o in database <acronym>SQL</acronym> in modo che possano essere <link linkend="basics-open-data">aperti</link> e modificati in tempi successivi. Prima di tutto è però necessario <link linkend="basics-create-data">creare</link> un <quote>contenitore</quote> per i propri dati.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-create-data">
<title>Creare un file</title>
<para>Per creare un nuovo file di <application>&app;</application> procedere nel seguente modo:</para>
@@ -1257,8 +1259,8 @@
<listitem>
<para>Dalla <emphasis>barra del menu</emphasis> di <application>&app;</application>, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. L’assistente per la <guilabel>Creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel> verrà avviato.</para>
<note>
- <para>If you are running <application>GnuCash</application> for the first time, you will be presented
- with the <guilabel>Welcome to GnuCash!</guilabel> screen. This screen is described in detail in the
+ <para>If you are running <application>GnuCash</application> for the first time, you will be presented
+ with the <guilabel>Welcome to GnuCash!</guilabel> screen. This screen is described in detail in the
<application>GnuCash</application> manual.</para>
</note>
</listitem>
@@ -1269,7 +1271,7 @@
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-store-data">
<title>Salvare i dati</title>
<para>Seguire i passi seguenti per salvare il file con un nome preferito:</para>
@@ -1281,7 +1283,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>Selezionare il <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> del file che si sta per salvare dalla lista a comparsa. La selezione predefinita è il formato <acronym>XML</acronym> ma se è stato impostato un backend per un database è possibile selezionare quest’ultimo formato</para>
- <para>A seconda del <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> selezionato, la finestra può cambiare come descritto nel seguito.</para>
+ <para>A seconda del <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> selezionato, la finestra può cambiare come descritto nel seguito.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -1322,12 +1324,12 @@
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Crea Cartellai</guibutton> per caricare una nuova cartella con un nome personalizzato nel percorso selezionato</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Se è stato selezionato il <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> <acronym>mysql</acronym> o <acronym>postgres</acronym>. verrà mostrata una schermata come questa:</para>
<figure>
- <title>Schermata di salvataggio quando è selezionao <acronym>mysql</acronym> o <acronym>postgres</acronym>.</title>
+ <title>Schermata di salvataggio quando è selezionao <acronym>mysql</acronym> o <acronym>postgres</acronym>.</title>
<screenshot id="basics-SaveSQL">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1368,7 +1370,7 @@
<para>Salvare frequentemente i propri dati finanziari è molto importante per evitare di perderli per una qualsiasi ragione e per questo <application>&app;</application> è in grado di salvare automaticamente il file aperto a intervalli regolari di tempo. L’ampiezza di questo intervallo può essere impostata nella scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> raggiungibile tramite il menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> su Mac OS X). Questa opzione ha rilevanza esclusivamente se si salva nel formato <acronym>XML</acronym>. Se si sta lavorando con un database, il pulsante <guibutton>Salva</guibutton> e la voce di menu <guimenuitem>Salva</guimenuitem> saranno disabilitati dato che le modifiche vengono immediatamente applicate al database.</para>
</note></para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-open-data">
<title>Aprire i dati</title>
<para>Per aprire un file o un database esistenti, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apri</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu. Nella finestra che si aprirà , selezionare il <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel>. Se è stata selezionata l’opzione <guilabel>File</guilabel>, scegliere il file da aprire sfogliando le cartelle nel riquadro inferiore. Diversamente, inserire le informazioni di <guilabel>Connessione al database</guilabel> richieste.</para>
@@ -1379,15 +1381,15 @@
<sect2 id="basics-expt-acct">
<title>Duplicare una struttura dei conti</title>
- <para>In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file.
- For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual
+ <para>In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file.
+ For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual
accounting data, or you might need to follow accounting guidelines that require you to close your books at the end
of the year and begin each year with a fresh set of books.</para>
<para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to create an empty copy of your Chart of Accounts simply by selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Export</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Export Accounts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
When you select this command, you are asked to provide the name for the new empty file, and <application>GnuCash</application>
- creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data).
+ creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data).
Once saved, the new file can be opened like any other <application>GnuCash</application> data file as described above.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -1397,22 +1399,22 @@
<title>Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> crea diversi tipi di file per assicurarsi che i dati non vadano persi. Controllando nella cartella in cui è stato salvato il proprio file, saranno probabilmente presenti altri file generati automaticamente da <application>&app;</application> con le seguenti estensioni: <filename>.gnucash</filename>, <filename>.log</filename>, <filename>.LCK</filename>, <filename>.LNK</filename>. La descrizione delle caratteristiche fornite da ogni formato è riportata di seguito.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>Le seguenti sezioni hanno rilevanza solamente se si stanno salvando i propri dati finanziari nel formato <acronym>XML</acronym>.</para>
</note>
-
+
<programlisting>
- $ ls
- ilmiofile.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414223248.log
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415154508.log
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415194251.log
- ilmiofile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK
- ilmiofile.gnucash.LCK
+ $ ls
+ myfile.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100414223248.log
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415154508.log
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415194251.log
+ myfile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK
+ myfile.gnucash.LCK
</programlisting>
<sect2 id="basics-backupxac2">
@@ -1421,11 +1423,11 @@
<para>Ogni volta che si salva un file dei dati, viene creata anche una copia di sicurezza con estendione <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>. Questo file è una copia completa del file dei dati precedente e il suo nome fa riferimento al nome del file dei dati, all’anno, al mese, al giorno e all’ora del backup. Per esempio, il file di nome <filename>ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash</filename> indica che si tratta di una copia di sicurezza del file <filename>miofile</filename> salvata nell’anno 2010, il 14 Aprile alle 18:57:47.</para>
<para>Per recuperare un vecchio file di backup, basta aprire il file <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> con la data che si desidera ripristinare. Assicurarsi di salvare il file con un nome differente una volta aperto.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>
- <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename> instead of the actual extension <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>.
- So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename>
+ <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename> instead of the actual extension <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>.
+ So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename>
and <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> backup files in your directory.</para>
</note>
</sect2>
@@ -1476,7 +1478,7 @@
<note>
<para><application>&app;</application> cancella automaticamente qualsiasi file di backup <filename>.log</filename> e <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> più vecchio di 30 giorni. Questo comportamento può essere modificato dalle preferenze di <application>&app;</application> nella scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> raggiungibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> su Mac OS X).</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -1493,17 +1495,17 @@
<sect2 id="migrate-prefs">
<title>Migrare le preferenze</title>
- <para>Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
+ <para>Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
one for reports, and one for online banking settings. Preferences are managed by
- <application>gsettings</application>, reports are managed by <application>GnuCash</application>
+ <application>gsettings</application>, reports are managed by <application>GnuCash</application>
itself, and online banking is managed by <application>aqbanking</application>. If you do not use online banking,
then you will not have this folder on your machine.</para>
<para>Where the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences are stored varies
- depending on your operating system (see <xref linkend="App-sett-loc"/>, <xref linkend="Report-loc"/>, and
+ depending on your operating system (see <xref linkend="App-sett-loc"/>, <xref linkend="Report-loc"/>, and
<xref linkend="OB-sett-loc"/>). To back up and transfer your entire installation, you must copy
these preferences as well.</para>
-
+
<table id="App-sett-loc"><title>Posizione delle impostazioni dell’applicazione</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
<thead>
@@ -1514,7 +1516,7 @@
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
- <entry>Unix</entry>
+ <entry>Unix</entry>
<entry><application>GnuCash</application> preferences are stored in <application>dconf</application>.
You can use the commands <code>dconf dump /org/gnucash/</code> on the old machine
and <code>dconf load /org/gnucash/</code> on the new machine to migrate your preferences.</entry>
@@ -1578,7 +1580,7 @@
<row>
<entry>Finestre</entry>
<entry><filename class="directory">Documents and Settings/Nomeutente/.aqbanking</filename></entry>
- </row>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -1620,7 +1622,7 @@
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>L’assistente per la nuova struttura conti</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1630,7 +1632,7 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>La prima schermata dell’assistente fornisce una descrizione dell’assistente stesso. Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per procedere alla schermata successiva.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1639,7 +1641,7 @@
<note>
<para>La valuta selezionata in questa fase, verrà assegnata a tutti i <guilabel>conti</guilabel> creati con questo assistente.</para>
</note>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewAccountHierarchySetup-currency">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1666,10 +1668,10 @@
then press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button.
You can also update these options later using <menuchoice><guimenu>File
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- For details of these options, see the <application>GnuCash</application>
- Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options.
+ For details of these options, see the <application>GnuCash</application>
+ Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewBookOptions">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1694,7 +1696,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>In the fourth screen select the <guilabel>Common Accounts</guilabel> group in the
+ <para>In the fourth screen select the <guilabel>Common Accounts</guilabel> group in the
<guilabel>Categories</guilabel> pane. Then press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button to
proceed.</para>
<note>
@@ -1722,15 +1724,15 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para>In the fifth screen you will be able to set an <guilabel>Opening
Balance</guilabel> on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if
- the account should be a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>. As these features will be
- described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <application>GnuCash</application>
+ the account should be a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>. As these features will be
+ described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <application>GnuCash</application>
and click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> to open the last screen of the assistant.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewAccountHierarchySetup-Setup.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1788,7 +1790,7 @@
<imageobject role="html">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
@@ -1799,9 +1801,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
-
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -1809,7 +1811,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.2.1
Last modified: September 26, 2010
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Tom Bullock <tbullock at nd.edu>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Authors:
@@ -1884,7 +1886,7 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Entrate</guilabel> rappresentano il compenso che si riceve per il proprio tempo, per i servizi che si forniscono, o per l’utilizzo del proprio denaro. Quando si riceve lo stipendio, per esempio, viene pagato il lavoro fornito al proprio datore di lavoro. Altri esempi di entrate possono essere le mance, i dividendi provenienti da azioni e gli interessi sul denaro depositato in banca. Le entrate contribuiscono sempre ad aumentare il valore delle attività e di conseguenza quello del capitale.</para>
<para><guilabel>Expense</guilabel> refers to money you spend to purchase
- goods or services provided by someone else
+ goods or services provided by someone else
<emphasis>for early consumption</emphasis>. Examples of expenses are a
meal at a restaurant, rent, groceries, gas for your car, or tickets to
see a play. Expenses will always decrease your Equity. If you pay for
@@ -1893,7 +1895,7 @@ Translators:
<!--
Translators:
Your language might have a generic term for 'income and expense'.
- Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph
+ Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph
and replace 'income and expense' by it in the latter sections of this book.
-->
</sect2>
@@ -1938,7 +1940,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>fondi comuni</guilabel>: questo tipo di conto è simile al precedente, tranne per il fatto che deve essere utilizzato per registrare i fondi. Il registro di immissione dati prevede due colonne per l’inserimento delle quote e dei prezzi. I fondi rappresentano delle proprietà comuni di investimenti e, come le azioni, non garantiscono un valore minimo del capitale;</para>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> treats account types Stock and
Mutual Fund the same.
</para>
@@ -1947,7 +1949,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>crediti correnti</guilabel>: questo conto è dedicato tipicamente alla gestione dell’impresa e in esso vengono registrati i crediti. È considerato come un capitale dato che si dovrebbe poter contare sull’arrivo di questo denaro.</para>
-
+
<para>Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should not be added,
changed or deleted in any way other than by using
</para>
@@ -1967,7 +1969,7 @@ Translators:
<para><application>GnuCash</application> treats account types Cash,
Bank and Asset the same.
</para>
-
+
<para>I conti sono contenitori di informazioni utilizzati per tracciare e registrare tutte le azioni correlate al motivo per cui il conto è stato creato.</para>
<para>Per le imprese, le attività da tracciare e di cui effettuare i resoconti, sono spesso suddivise con maggiore dettaglio rispetto a quanto considerato finora. Per una discussione più approfondita delle possibilità , riferirsi alle nozioni descritte nella <xref linkend="chapter_other_assets"/> di questa guida.</para>
@@ -2003,7 +2005,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>passività </guilabel>: utilizzare questo conto per tutti gli altri prestiti, generalmente di entità maggiore e di durata superiore come un mutuo o le rate dell’auto. Questo conto aiuta anche a conoscere quanto denaro si deve ancora e quanto è stato già restituito.</para>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> treats account types Credit
Card and Liability the same.
</para>
@@ -2018,7 +2020,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Il conto finale del bilancio patrimoniale è quello del <emphasis>capitale</emphasis>, che è sinonimo di valore netto o capitale netto. Rappresenta ciò che rimane dopo aver sottratto le passività dalle attività , ed è quindi la porzione di patrimonio che si possiede e sulla quale non grava alcun debito. In <application>&app;</application> si consiglia di utilizzare questa tipologia di conto come fonte per i bilanci di apertura dei conti bancari, dato che questo saldo rappresenta il valore netto iniziale.</para>
<para>There is usually only a single <application>GnuCash</application> equity account, called naturally
- enough, <guilabel>Equity</guilabel>.
+ enough, <guilabel>Equity</guilabel>.
For companies, cooperatives etc. you can create a subaccount for each partner.</para>
<tip>
@@ -2050,7 +2052,7 @@ Translators:
</note>
<para>Qui sotto vengono mostrati i conti standard per le <guilabel>entrate</guilabel> e per le <guilabel>uscite</guilabel> così come vengono creati scegliendo l’opzione <guilabel>conti comuni</guilabel> nell’assistente per l’impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti (<menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuova struttura conti...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="accts-DefaultIncomeAccounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -2065,7 +2067,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Questa immagine mostra i conti predefiniti delle <emphasis>Entrate</emphasis></para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ </screenshot>
<screenshot id="accts-DefaultExpenseAccounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -2082,24 +2084,24 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="accts-other-types">
<title>Other Account Types</title>
-
+
<para>There are some special other account types.</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Trading</emphasis> Multiple currency transactions have
splits in <quote>Trading</quote> accounts to make the transaction
balance in each currency as well as in total value. See
<xref linkend="chapter_currency"/> for more information.
</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Money Market</emphasis> and <emphasis>Credit Line
</emphasis>are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for
completeness with the specification.
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="accts-examples1">
@@ -2121,7 +2123,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Occorre ora decidere come raggruppare i conti. Probabilmente si vorranno raggruppare i conti delle <emphasis>attività </emphasis> in uno unico, così come anche quelli delle <emphasis>passività </emphasis>, del <emphasis>capitale</emphasis>, delle <emphasis>entrate</emphasis> e delle <emphasis>uscite</emphasis>. Questo rappresenta il metodo più ovvio per creare una struttura dei conti in <application>&app;</application> e si raccomanda di ragionare comunque sempre in questi termini.</para>
<para>Si parta da un un nuovo file vuoto di <application>&app;</application> selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo file</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu. Verrà avviato l’assistente per l’<guilabel>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel>. Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Annulla dato che non si intende utilizzare una delle strutture predefinite; verr selezionare VisualizzaNuova pagina dei conti dal menu: verrConti. Selezionare quindi OperazioniNuovo conto... dal menu.</guibutton></para>
-
+
<para>Si è ora pronti per costruire questa semplice struttura dei conti</para>
<orderedlist>
@@ -2278,7 +2280,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: 2014-09-26 (fell)
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -2324,14 +2326,14 @@ Translators:
<para>The <emphasis>account register</emphasis> is the <application>GnuCash</application> window, which allows you to view or edit preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. To open an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account name, right click the account name and select Open Account from the menu, or use the Open button on the toolbar. <application>GnuCash</application> will display the account register window.</para>
<sect2 id="txns-registers-features2">
<title>Caratteristiche del registro del conto</title>
-
+
<para>The <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis> of the account register displays the account name. Below the <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> displays the menu items available within the account register, and the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> contains handy buttons that help you work with the account register.</para>
-
+
<para>In basso a sinistra nella finestra del registro, <application>&app;</application> visualizza degli utili messaggi mentre ci si muove nel registro. A destra, invece, è possibile leggere il saldo attuale del conto e il totale delle suddivisioni liquidate.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="txns-regstyle1">
<title>Scegliere uno stile per il registro</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> offers several options for viewing your registers. The
default style is <guilabel>Basic Ledger</guilabel> mode, which displays
only the summary of splits affecting the current account. This is the
@@ -2345,33 +2347,33 @@ Translators:
<listitem><para><menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Transaction
Journal</guimenuitem></menuchoice> style shows all splits for all transactions in the register, which is more like an accounting journal.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or
double-line format. Select <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Double Line</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and you will see your transaction
line expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the transaction-level Notes field.</para>
-
+
<para>Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal views differ.
</para>
<para>For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans for $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each pair entered on a separate split.</para>
<para>The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes.</para>
-
+
<para>First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit4">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Acquisto di 3 Jeans</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra la transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di 3 Jeans</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>Now, let's open the <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account, and look at it in Basic view.</para>
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit5">
@@ -2379,37 +2381,37 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit5.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Uno sguardo al conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis></phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra il conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis> nella modalità a libro mastro basilare.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different amount, $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view reflects a single split from the original transaction.</para>
<para>Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split transaction.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit6">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit6.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Uno sguardo al conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis></phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra il conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis> nella modalità giornale della transazione.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="txns-shortcuts1">
<title>Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your
data. When you type the first few characters of a description that you
have used before, the QuickFill feature automatically fills in the rest of
@@ -2428,94 +2430,93 @@ Translators:
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Accounts</guisubmenu>
<guilabel>Character</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para></tip>
<para>Anche le scorciatoie da tastiera per il registro permettono di risparmiare tempo e <application>&app;</application> ne fornisce diverse. Nel campo della data si può premere:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>+</keycap> o <keycap>=</keycap> per aumentare la data e <keycap>-</keycap> o <keycap>_</keycap> per diminuire la data</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>]</keycap> o <keycap>}</keycap> per aumentare il mese e <keycap>[</keycap> o <keycap>{</keycap> per diminuire il mese</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>M</keycap> o <keycap>m</keycap> per inserire la prima data del mese</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>H</keycap> o <keycap>h</keycap> per inserire l’ultima data del mese</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Y</keycap> o <keycap>y</keycap> per inserire la prima data dell’anno</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>R</keycap> o <keycap>r</keycap> per inserire l’ultima data dell’anno</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>T</keycap> o <keycap>t</keycap> per inserire la data odierna</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<tip><para>These date shortcuts not only work in the account register but everywhere
you can enter a date.</para></tip>
<tip><para>Specifically for dates there's another way you can save time: you can enter
partial dates. For example if you only enter one number, <application>GnuCash</application>
will interpret it as the day in the current month of the current year. If you only enter
- a day and month, <application>GnuCash</application> will automatically append the year. The
- default this to take such a date in a sliding window starting 11 months before the current
- month. This means that if you enter 1/5 (January 5th) as date while the current date is
- in December 2015, the date will be completed as 1/5/16. This default can be changed via
+ a day and month, <application>GnuCash</application> will automatically append the year. By
+ default this is the current year. You can however also configure
+ <application>GnuCash</application> to take such a date in a sliding window starting
+ a number of months before the current month. This can be done via
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Date/Time</guisubmenu>
- <guilabel>Date Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>. You can change it to either always
- evaluate a date in the current calendar year or change the start of the sliding window.</para></tip>
+ <guilabel>Date Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para></tip>
<para>Nel campo <guilabel>Nr.</guilabel> nella linea di una transazione, è possibile premere <keycap>+</keycap> per incrementare il numero della transazione, mentre premendo <keycap>-</keycap> verrà diminuito il numero. Questo funzionerà anche nel campo <guilabel>Operazione</guilabel> nella linea della suddivisione, se si sceglie di immettere i numeri della suddivisione qui. Il campo <guilabel>Operazione</guilabel> supporta anche <emphasis>Quickfill</emphasis>: se si digitano i primi caratteri di una operazione comune (come <emphasis>Deposito</emphasis>), <application>&app;</application> completerà il resto.</para>
-
+
<para>Il campo <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel> supporta il <emphasis>Quickfill</emphasis> dei nomi dei conti. Iniziando a digitare il nome di un conto, <application>&app;</application> completerà la parte restante del nome con quello di un conto esistente. Digitando il carattere separatore in qualsiasi momento, verrà completato il livello corrente del nome del conto, lasciando il cursore posizionato all’inizio del successivo livello di nomi di conti. Digitando, per esempio, <keycap>A:C</keycap> con il gruppo standard di conti, verrà selezionato il conto <emphasis>Attività :Conto corrente</emphasis>. Si possono anche selezionare i tasti <keycap>Menu</keycap> o <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Giù</keycap></keycombo> in questo campo per visualizzare la lista a comparsa dei nomi dei conti.</para>
-
+
<para>In ognuno dei campi per l’importo, si può usare una calcolatrice incorporata. Digitare semplicemente il primo valore, seguito da un <keycap>+</keycap>, <keycap>-</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> o <keycap>/</keycap>, poi inserire il secondo valore. <application>&app;</application> eseguirà i calcoli e restituirà il valore risultante nel campo dell’importo alla pressione del tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap>.</para>
-
+
<para>Per tutte le voci del menu sono definite delle chiavi di accesso che sono indicate da caratteri sottolineati nei nome del menu. Premere <keycap>Alt</keycap> + [carattere sottolineato] per aprire il menu desiderato e selezionare poi una voce digitando il carattere sottolineato corrispondente. Per esempio, premere <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo> per far comparire il menu <guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu>, poi premere <keycap>S</keycap> per suddividere la transazione. Alcune delle voci del menu hanno anch’esse delle scorciatoie che immediatamente invocano il comando (normalmente utilizzando il tasto <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>). Queste scorciatoie sono riportate a fianco della voce.</para>
-
+
<para>Per muoversi nel registro, utilizzare questi tasti per risparmiare tempo:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> per spostarsi al prossimo campo, <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> per spostarsi nel campo precedente</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Home</keycap> per spostarsi all’inizio del campo, <keycap>Fine</keycap> per spostarsi alla fine del campo</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap function="enter">Invio</keycap> o <keycap>↓</keycap> per spostarsi alla transazione successiva, <keycap>↑</keycap> per spostarsi alla transazione precedente</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Pag Sù</keycap> per muoversi verso l’alto di una schermata, <keycap>Pg giù</keycap> per muoversi verso il basso di una schermata</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Pag Sù</keycap></keycombo> per raggiungere la prima transazione, <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Pag Giù</keycap></keycombo> per raggiungere l’ultima transazione</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Nella finestra <guilabel>Riconcilia</guilabel> possono essere usate le seguenti scorciatoie da tastiera:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> sposta al riquadro successivo e <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> sposta al riquadro precedente</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>La barra spaziatrice alterna lo stato tra riconciliata e non riconciliata</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>↑</keycap> e <keycap>↓</keycap> permettono di spostarsi tra gli elementi nel riquadro selezionato</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2524,19 +2525,19 @@ Translators:
</sect1>
<sect1 id="txns-registers-txntypes">
<title>Simple vs. Split Transactions</title>
-
+
<para>Every transaction in <application>GnuCash</application> has at least two splits, but a transaction can have more than two splits. A transaction with only two splits is called a <emphasis>simple transaction</emphasis>, since it only involves the current account and a single remote account. A transaction with three or more accounts is called a <emphasis>split transaction</emphasis>.</para>
<para>When the register is in Basic view, you will see a summary of the splits affecting the current account. For a simple transaction, the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will display the other account from which money is <emphasis>transferred</emphasis>. For a split transaction, the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will display <guilabel>-- Split Transaction --</guilabel>. You can see the individual splits of each
transaction by clicking the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button in the
<emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> while selecting the appropriate transaction.</para>
-
+
<para>Per le transazioni suddivise, la prima linea rappresenta la <emphasis>linea della transazione</emphasis>; essa contiene una <guilabel>Data</guilabel>, un <guilabel>Nr.</guilabel> opzionale (ad esempio il numero dell’assegno), la <guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> della transazione, l’importo totale che interessa il conto selezionato (<guilabel>Deposito Tot</guilabel> in questo caso) e il <guilabel>Saldo</guilabel> aggiornato dopo la transazione corrente. Si noti che nella vista espansa, l’intestazione della colonna <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel> scompare, e non viene visualizzato nessun nome di conto in questo campo. Questa riga mostra solamente un sommario degli effetti della transazione sul conto selezionato. Per avere informazioni più dettagliate, occorre visualizzare le suddivisioni che compongono la transazione.</para>
<note>
- <para>Note: An account register displays a transaction when that
- transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction
- has more than one split assigned to a single account, then in Basic and
- Auto-Split view modes that transaction will appear in the register one
- time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal
+ <para>Note: An account register displays a transaction when that
+ transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction
+ has more than one split assigned to a single account, then in Basic and
+ Auto-Split view modes that transaction will appear in the register one
+ time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal
mode, such a transaction will only appear once in the register.</para>
</note>
@@ -2547,11 +2548,11 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Come cambiano le intestazioni per una suddivisione</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra come le intestazioni cambino per una suddivisione.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -2567,11 +2568,11 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Uno sguardo al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Stipendio</emphasis></phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra un salto al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Stipendio</emphasis>.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -2630,7 +2631,7 @@ Translators:
<para>To add the paycheck split transaction from the<emphasis role="italic"> Assets:Checking</emphasis> account register window, click on a new transaction line and click <guilabel>Split</guilabel>. Note that if you have set your register view to Auto-Split or Transaction Journal, the splits will be opened for you. Enter the description of this transaction on the first line(e.g. “Employers R Usâ€). In the split lines below this, enter the various splits that make up this transaction, one by one. To enter the splits, first choose the account, then enter the amount by which to change the account. Keep in mind that when in an asset account register, amounts entered in the left column increase the account balance, while amounts entered in the right column decrease the balance (for more about this, see <xref linkend="basics-transactions2"/>). Tab or click the next split line and repeat the process. Note that if you are using the keyboard to navigate the transaction, use<keycap> Tab</keycap> to move from field to field, as using <keycap>Enter</keycap> will commit the transaction and create splits to an Imbalance account.</para>
<note>
<para>When creating a transaction in <application>GnuCash</application>, splits can be entered in any order.
- However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when
+ However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when
pressing the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key), all debit splits will jump ahead of all credit splits.</para>
</note>
@@ -2670,11 +2671,11 @@ Translators:
been cleared, but not reconciled. A split marked cleared signifies that you got some kind of confirmation
that the institution accepted the order (e.g. you have the restaurant's receipt for your credit card purchase).
You can toggle the reconciliation status
- between <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>c</emphasis> by clicking in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field; you can set
+ between <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>c</emphasis> by clicking in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field; you can set
it to <emphasis>y</emphasis> by using <xref linkend="txns-reconcile-window2"/>.</para>
-
+
<para>At the bottom of the account window, there are (among others) two running
- balances (the <guilabel>cleared</guilabel> and <guilabel>reconciled</guilabel> balance), and the
+ balances (the <guilabel>cleared</guilabel> and <guilabel>reconciled</guilabel> balance), and the
<guilabel>total</guilabel> balance. The former balances should correspond to how much money
the bank thinks you have in your account, while the latter includes outstanding transactions.</para>
@@ -2688,11 +2689,11 @@ Translators:
change to include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can
then compare it to what you’ve recorded in <application>GnuCash</application> by opening the reconciliation
window. There, you will be able to change the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field to <emphasis>y</emphasis> (reconciled).</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>You cannot reconcile directly in a register window by clicking in the <emphasis>R</emphasis> field. You must use the
reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked <emphasis>reconciled</emphasis>,
- it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the
+ it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the
<link linkend="rec-start-blnc"><guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel></link> of the next reconciliation.</para>
</note>
@@ -2778,14 +2779,14 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Premendo questo pulsante verrà aperta una finestra che permette di inserire una transazione per gli interessi nel conto che sta per essere riconciliato.</para>
<tip>
- <para>The <guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation
- for an account of the type <emphasis>Bank</emphasis>, <emphasis>Credit</emphasis>,
+ <para>The <guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation
+ for an account of the type <emphasis>Bank</emphasis>, <emphasis>Credit</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Mutual</emphasis>, <emphasis>Asset</emphasis>, <emphasis>Receivable</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Payable</emphasis>, and <emphasis>Liability</emphasis>. If you want to disable
- this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <guilabel>Register</guilabel> tab of the
+ this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <guilabel>Register</guilabel> tab of the
<guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> and uncheck the <guilabel>Automatic interest transfer</guilabel>
- option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the
- <guibutton>No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</guibutton> button in the
+ option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the
+ <guibutton>No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</guibutton> button in the
<guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
@@ -2812,7 +2813,7 @@ Translators:
</screenshot>
<para>I due riquadri chiamati <guilabel>Fondi in ingresso</guilabel> e <guilabel>Fondi in uscita</guilabel> elencano tutte le transazioni non riconciliate. La colonna <guilabel>R</guilabel> mostra se le transazioni sono state riconciliate.</para>
-
+
<para>Si esamini ora ogni voce dell’estratto conto e si ricerchi l’elemento corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione.</para>
<para>Se non si è in grado di trovarne una, è probabile che ci si sia dimenticati di immetterla oppure non si era al corrente della transazione. È possibile utilizzare il pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo</guibutton> sulla <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis>, o la voce di menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Transazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, per aprire la finestra del registro e inserire la transazione mancante. La nuova transazione apparirà nella finestra di riconciliazione alla pressione del pulsante <guibutton>Inserisci</guibutton> dopo aver immesso la transazione.</para>
@@ -2820,7 +2821,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Quando si trova la voce corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione, confrontarne l’importo con quello che compare sull’estratto conto. Nel caso fossero diversi, potrebbe essere stato commesso un errore nell’immissione della transazione in <application>&app;</application>. È possibile utilizzare il pulsante <guibutton>Modifica</guibutton> nella barra degli strumenti o la voce del menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Transazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, per aprire la finestra del registro e correggere la transazione.</para>
<para>Se gli importi corrispondono, fare clic sull’elemento nella finestra di <guilabel>Riconciliazione</guilabel>. Apparirà un segno di spunta nella colonna <guilabel>R</guilabel> a fianco della transazione selezionata. <application>&app;</application> aggiornerà automaticamente gli importi nel riquadro di ripilogo in basso a destra.</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>È possibile utilizzare i tasti delle freccie <keycap>su</keycap>/<keycap>giù</keycap> per scorrere gli elementi, la <keycap>barra spaziatrice</keycap> per marcare l’elemento come riconciliato e il tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap> per cambiare riquadro.</para>
</tip>
@@ -2828,12 +2829,12 @@ Translators:
<para>Ripetere quindi queste operazioni per ogni voce presente nell’estratto conto della banca, verificando che l’importo corrisponda con quello in <application>&app;</application> e marcando le transazioni in <application>&app;</application> quando sono riconciliate.</para>
<para>In basso nella finestra di riconciliazione viene riportata la <guilabel>Differenza</guilabel>, che dovrebbe visualizzare €0,00 quando la riconciliazione è terminata. Se riporta qualche altro valore, o si è dimenticata una o più transazioni oppure alcuni importi potrebbero essere errati in <application>&app;</application> (o, più difficilmente, la banca ha fatto un errore).</para>
-
+
<note><para>Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to determine why an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct the discrepancy between your books and a statement, <application>GnuCash</application> includes a <guibutton>Balance</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> that will automatically create a balancing entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled.</para>
<para>To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all transactions that you can identify) and then click this button. <application>GnuCash</application> will create a balancing entry for the remaining discrepancy that uses the <emphasis>Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX</emphasis> account (where "XXX" represents your currency). The Reconcile window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created balancing entry and finish the process.</para></note>
<para>When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement and the difference is 0.00, press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or
- select <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu.
+ select <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu.
The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window will close.
In the register window, the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field of the reconciled transactions will
change to <emphasis>y</emphasis>.</para>
@@ -2977,10 +2978,13 @@ Translators:
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>In generale</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase>
+ <guimenuitem>Editor transazioni pianificate</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>In generale</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -2990,7 +2994,7 @@ Translators:
</note>
<para>Nel riquadro <guilabel>Opzioni</guilabel> della scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> sono disponibili quattro opzioni:</para>
-
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Attiva</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -3009,18 +3013,18 @@ Translators:
<para>Imposta il tempo in anticipio con cui la transazione pianificata verrà creata.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Ricorda in anticipo di</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Imposta l’anticipo con cui notificare la scadenza della transazione. È utile, per esempio, quando si deve pagare con un assegno; <application>&app;</application> può ricordare l’incombenza una settimana prima così da poter inviare l’assegno prima della scadenza.</para>
</listitem>
- </varlistentry>
+ </varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>Il riquadro <guilabel>Scadenze</guilabel> permette di dire a <application>&app;</application> che questa transazione non durerà per sempre; per esempio se si sta ripagando un prestito, si può selezionare la data di termine del prestito o il numero di rate rimanenti.</para>
-
+
<para>Selezionare poi la scheda della <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> nell’<guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel>. Qui è possibile impostare le opzioni relative al tempo per la transazione.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-editor-3-frequency">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -3032,13 +3036,16 @@ Translators:
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase>
+ <guimenuitem>Editor transazioni pianificate</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
+ </screenshot>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -3054,24 +3061,24 @@ Translators:
<para>Imposta l’inizio della transazione. Nell’esempio, questa sarà l’inizio del mese prossimo.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Ogni</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Questa opzione permette di pianificare letransazioni in periodi multipli del valore impostato come <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel>. Per esempio, per creare una transazione pianificata ogni 3 settimane, impostare la <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> a <guilabel>settimanale</guilabel> e il campo <guilabel>Ogni</guilabel> a <guilabel>3</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Poi il</guilabel> e <guilabel>a eccezione dei fine settimana</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Imposta il giorno del mese in cui è pianificata la transazione e controlla il comportamento di <application>&app;</application> quando la scadenza coincide con un giorno del fine settimana.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<note>
<para>La sottoscrizione è prelevata il 28 di ogni mese, quindi la <guilabel>Data d’inizio</guilabel> sarà il 1° Novembre 2003 (assumendo che Novembre sia il mese prossimo) e la <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> sarà <guilabel>mensile</guilabel>; verrà quindi prelevata il 28 di ogni mese. Dato che nell’esempio l’abbonamento internet viene prelevato automaticamente dal conto, non sarà necessario né creare la transazione in anticipo né impostare una data finale.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>Quando le voci di questa scheda sono state completate, <application>&app;</application> evidenzierà le scadenze future nel calendario sulla parte inferiore della finestra.</para>
<para>Infine, selezionare la scheda del <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel> e inserire la transazione nella parte bassa come si farebbe nel libro mastro, con la sola differenza che non è richiesta una data.</para>
@@ -3089,10 +3096,12 @@ Translators:
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase><guimenuitem>Editor transazioni pianificate</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -3121,7 +3130,7 @@ Translators:
<tip>
<para>Facendo clic nel calendario in corrispondenza del primo giorno del mese, una piccola finestra, che seguirà il mouse, mostrerà ciò che è pianificato in quel giorno. Per far scomparire la finestra è sufficiente fare clic su di essa una volta.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>Ora è possibile chiudere la scheda <guilabel>Transazioni pianificate</guilabel> e salvare il proprio lavoro.</para>
<note>
@@ -3151,7 +3160,7 @@ Translators:
<para>È possibile fare clic nella colonna <guilabel>Stato</guilabel> per modificare lo stato della transazione pianificata, se necessario. Fare poi clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> per chiudere la finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio...</guilabel> e applicare le eventuali modifiche. Selezionare <guilabel>Annulla</guilabel> per scartare le operazioni impostate.</para>
<para>Se il campo <guilabel>Stato</guilabel> era già (o è stato impostato) a <guilabel>Da creare</guilabel>, se si controlla nel registro del conto bancario, si noterà che la transazione è stata creata:</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>Abilitando l’opzione <guilabel>Controlla le transazioni create</guilabel> nella parte inferiore destra della finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio...</guilabel>, <application>&app;</application> aprirà , dopo aver premuto il pulsante <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, la scheda del registro di ogni conto in cui sono state inserite automaticamente le transazioni pianificate.</para>
</tip>
@@ -3383,7 +3392,7 @@ Translators:
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: December 7th 2009
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -3473,7 +3482,7 @@ Translators:
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-open2">
<title>Bilanci d’apertura</title>
-
+
<para>Si cominci aprendo il file salvato nell’ultimo capitolo (<filename>gcashdata_4</filename>). La struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</para>
<screenshot id="cbook-gcashdata4">
@@ -3481,7 +3490,7 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>La struttura dei conti</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -3505,14 +3514,14 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_transferin.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente.</para>
- </caption>
+ </caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
@@ -3525,31 +3534,31 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_checkexamp.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente dopo l’inserimento di altri assegni.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Si supponga ora di dover prelevare del denaro. Nella struttura dei conti, non è ancora presente un conto per i liquidi, così sarà necessario crearne uno. Creare quindi il conto come <guilabel>Liquidi</guilabel> nella categoria di livello principale <guilabel>Attività </guilabel>. Dal registro del conto corrente, inserire un prelievo da ATM per trasferire €100 dal <emphasis>Conto corrente</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Liquidi</emphasis> in data 25 Marzo.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-atm">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_atm.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con un prelievo da ATM.</para>
</caption>
@@ -3558,11 +3567,11 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-reconcile">
<title>Bilanci d’apertura</title>
-
+
<para>A questo punto è possibile procedere alla riconciliazione del <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis>, utilizzando questo semplice estratto conto:</para>
<screenshot id="cbook-bankstmt">
@@ -3570,53 +3579,53 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_bankstmt.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Un semplice estratto conto</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra un semplice estratto conto.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Riconcilia</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu e inserire il bilancio di chiusura di €1.451,79. Premere <guibutton>OK</guibutton> per iniziare la riconciliazione del conto. Marcare le voci come appaiono nell’estratto conto. Quando tutte le voci sono state marcate, la finestra di riconciliazione dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</para>
-
- <screenshot id="cbook-reconexamp">
+
+ <screenshot id="cbook-reconexamp">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconexamp.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>La finestra di riconciliazione</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
+ </textobject>
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra la finestra di riconciliazione con una differenza di €5,00.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>Si noti che il saldo riconciliato differisce dal saldo finale di €5,00. Se si osserva l’estratto conto della banca, si noterà la presenza di un costo di servizio di €5,00 che non è stato aggiunto nel <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Si deve quindi inserire nel registro del <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis> un costo di servizio di €5,00. In una riga vuota del registro del <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis>, inserire una transazione che trasferisca €5,00 dal <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis> a un conto per i <emphasis>costi di servizio</emphasis> (sarà necessario creare questo conto nella categoria delle <guilabel>Uscite</guilabel>). Utilizzare la data di emissione dell’estratto conto come data per la transazione. Il <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis> dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-servch">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_servch.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con l’aggiunta del costo di servizio.</para>
</caption>
@@ -3626,13 +3635,13 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Tornando alla finestra di riconciliazione, dovrebbe ora essere visualizzata la tassa di servizio sotto la voce <guilabel>Fondi in uscita</guilabel>. Fare clic su di essa per marcarla come riconciliata; si noti come l’importo della differenza sia ora pari a 0,00. Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Termina</guibutton> nella <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> per completare la riconciliazione. La colonna di riconciliazione <guilabel>R</guilabel> nel registro del <emphasis>Conto corrente</emphasis>, dovrebbe ora mostrare una <guilabel>s</guilabel> per ogni transazione appena riconciliata. Si osservi anche che la riga delle informazioni nel basso della finestra riporta <guilabel>Riconciliato: EUR 1.451,79</guilabel>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-reconciledCheckAct">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -3643,7 +3652,7 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -3660,8 +3669,8 @@ Translators:
<textobject>
<phrase>La struttura dei conti</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
+ </textobject>
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra la struttura dei conti.</para>
</caption>
@@ -3671,14 +3680,14 @@ Translators:
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-reports">
<title>Resoconti</title>
-
- <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si dia uno sguardo ai resoconti <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e <guilabel>Resoconto delle transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si dia uno sguardo ai resoconti <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e <guilabel>Resoconto delle transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Per primo verrà analizzato il resoconto del <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> per il mese di Marzo.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guisubmenu>Entrate e uscite</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Flusso di liquidi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-Cash">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -3699,7 +3708,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Si controlli ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Resoconto delle transazioni</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-TransactionRptChecking">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -3715,13 +3724,13 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
-
+
+
<listitem>
<para>Cambiare poi il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle <emphasis>Uscite</emphasis>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-TransactionRptExpenses">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -3737,11 +3746,11 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
-
+
<para>Un solo conto, presente nella struttura dei conti realizzata finora, non è ancora stato utilizzato: quello della <guilabel>Carta di credito</guilabel>. Ora che si è in grado di tenere traccia del conto bancario e dei contanti in <application>&app;</application>, si potrebbe voler iniziare a tenere traccia anche della propria carta di credito. <application>&app;</application> fornisce un particolare tipo di conto per le carte di credito che sarà discusso nel prossimo capitolo.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -3754,7 +3763,7 @@ Translators:
Version: 2.6.0
Last modified: September 12th 2016
modified: September 12th 2016
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -3767,71 +3776,71 @@ Translators:
<chapter id="chapter_expenses">
<title>Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
- to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
- how <application>GnuCash</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
+ <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
+ to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
+ how <application>GnuCash</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
categories of transactions.</para>
-
+
<sect1 id="expenses-concepts">
<title>Concetti</title>
- <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
+ <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
expenses. Technically, expense accounts are not a part of traditional accounting,
but have become common with the increased capabilities of computer-based accounting systems.
- Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
- transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>GnuCash</application>, these categories
- are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
- This allows <application>GnuCash</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
- Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
- personal expense tracking. Others use <application>GnuCash</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
- in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>GnuCash</application>,
- you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
+ Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
+ transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>GnuCash</application>, these categories
+ are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
+ This allows <application>GnuCash</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
+ Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
+ personal expense tracking. Others use <application>GnuCash</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
+ in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>GnuCash</application>,
+ you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
transactions around.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-setup">
<title>Impostare i conti</title>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-simple">
<title>Simple Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
- when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
+ <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
+ when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
that users need. See "New Account Hierarchy Setup" in Chapter 3 of the Help guide for more information.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-complex">
<title>Complex Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>,
- or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
- <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
- expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
- to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
- to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
+ <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>,
+ or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
+ <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
+ expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
+ to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
+ to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
to a particular charity).</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-entering">
<title>Entering Expense Transactions</title>
- <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
- not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
- are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
- In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
- you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
+ <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
+ not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
+ are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
+ In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
+ you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
checking account register to the Charity account.</para>
- <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
+ <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
in <application>GnuCash</application>. The informal column headings for the transaction amounts
- are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
+ are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
the right (credit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Rebate</emphasis>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-other">
<title>Other Considerations for Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
- which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
- can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
+ <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
+ which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
+ can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
for future editing.</para>
- <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>GnuCash</application> continues, the
- balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
- reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
- the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
- transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>GnuCash</application> includes
- a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
- not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
+ <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>GnuCash</application> continues, the
+ balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
+ reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
+ the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
+ transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>GnuCash</application> includes
+ a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
+ not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
use various reports to extract that data without zeroing the account out.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -3839,7 +3848,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -4186,22 +4195,22 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cc-puttoget-save">
<title>Salvare il file</title>
<para>In ultimo, salvare il file dei dati di <application>&app;</application> (<filename>gcashdata_6</filename>).</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cc-puttoget-reports">
<title>Resoconti</title>
-
- <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si darà uno sguardo ai resoconti per il <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e per le <guilabel>Transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si darà uno sguardo ai resoconti per il <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e per le <guilabel>Transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Dapprima si analizzi il resoconto del <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> per il conto <guilabel>Visa</guilabel> delle passività per il mese di Marzo.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guisubmenu>Entrate e uscite</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Flusso di liquidi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-Cash">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -4222,7 +4231,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Controllare ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Resoconto delle transazioni</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-TransactionRptVisa">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -4238,13 +4247,13 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
-
+
+
<listitem>
<para>Cambiare ora il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle uscite.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-TransactionRptExpenses">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -4260,13 +4269,13 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
- </sect2>
-
-
+ </sect2>
+
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -4274,7 +4283,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -4516,8 +4525,8 @@ Interesse continuo: <emphasis>i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF]</emphasis>
<emphasis>PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B]</emphasis>
<emphasis>FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)]</emphasis>
-La soluzione per l’interesse è suddivisa in due casi.
-Il caso semplice in cui PMT == 0 fornisce la soluzione:
+The solution for interest is broken into two cases.
+The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:
<emphasis>i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1</emphasis>
</literallayout>
@@ -4658,14 +4667,14 @@ Il caso semplice in cui PMT == 0 fornisce la soluzione:
<para>L’esempio descritto sarà basato sulla seguente struttura dei conti.</para>
<literallayout>
--AttivitÃ
- -Banca
- -Conto bancario
- -Denaro prestato
- -Persona
--Entrate
- -Interessi in entrata
- -Persona
+-Asset
+ -Bank
+ -Bank Account
+ -Money owed to you
+ -Person
+-Income
+ -Interest Income
+ -Person
</literallayout>
<para>Questo esempio mostrerà come gestire un prestito personale di 2.000 EUR (valuta predefinita) al proprio amico di nome Mario</para>
@@ -5051,7 +5060,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Una transazione più complessa</title>
@@ -5075,13 +5084,13 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</literallayout></para>
<para>Si supponga di aver acquistato in passato una casa per €300.000 e che sia stato tenuto sotto controllo il mercato immobiliare registrando il valore della casa a una certa data. Al momento di venderla, è stato determinato un valore di mercato pari a €600.000.</para>
-
+
<para>La differenza tra €600.000 (valore di mercato stimato) e €300.000 (costo di acquisto) è l’attuale valore del guadagno non realizzato. Quindi si ha un valore totale di €300.000 nel proprio conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
-
+
<para>Come registrare questa transazione di vendita?</para>
<para>Per registrala si dovrà aumentare il saldo del conto bancario di €600.000 e diminuire il saldo di un altro conto di €600.000. Prima di tutto occorre cambiare il conto delle entrate da guadagni non realizzati a guadagni realizzati. Infine è sufficiente trasferire l’intero importo dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa</emphasis>.</para>
-
+
<para>La transazione inserita nel conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati:Casa</emphasis> dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -5116,7 +5125,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
-
+
<para>La transazione inserita nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -5147,7 +5156,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
<entry>€300.000</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
@@ -5163,8 +5172,8 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</sect2>
-
-
+
+
</sect1>
<!--
<sect1 id="loans_missing1">
@@ -5192,7 +5201,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
Last modified: December 7th 2009
modified: January 10th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -5487,7 +5496,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</application> (the Price Database - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>). This
contains prices for individual securities (not security accounts). All
- prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a
+ prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a
security is traded in multiple currencies, then a separate security and
separate accounts should be set up of each currency.
</para>
@@ -5784,7 +5793,7 @@ Entrate
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Creare il titolo</emphasis> - premere il pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo...</guibutton> e inserire le informazioni appropriate per l’azione nel modulo <guilabel>Nuovo titolo</guilabel>.</para>
- <!-- Open inter most loop (#3)
+ <!-- Open inner most loop (#3)
-->
<itemizedlist>
@@ -5839,7 +5848,7 @@ Entrate
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <!-- Close inter most loop
+ <!-- Close inner most loop
-->
</listitem>
@@ -5985,7 +5994,7 @@ Entrate
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Titolo</guilabel></term>
+ <term><guilabel>Titolo</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Il nome della commodity, deve essere scelto dall’elenco che compare premendo il pulsante <guibutton>Seleziona...</guibutton>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -6104,7 +6113,7 @@ Entrate
</para>
<para><emphasis role="strong">Mac OS X:</emphasis> è necessario avere installato XCode. XCode è un elemento opzionale del DVD di installazione della distribuzione di OSX. Eseguire l’applicazione <emphasis role="strong">Aggiorna Finance Quote</emphasis> nel dmg di <application>&app;</application>. È possibile eseguirla dal dmg o copiarla nella stessa cartella in cui è stato copiato <application>&app;</application>. Verrà aperta una finestra del terminale ed eseguito uno script che porrà diverse domande. Accettare le risposte predefinite a meno che non si conoscano gli effetti di ogni risposta.</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis role="strong">Linux:</emphasis><itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Chiudere qualsiasi istanza di <application>&app;</application> in esecuzione.</para>
@@ -6220,7 +6229,7 @@ Entrate
<title>Vendere le azioni</title>
<para>Entering an investment you are selling is done in the same way as
- buying one (see <xref linkend="invest-buy-new2"/>) except the total cost
+ buying one (see <xref linkend="invest-buy-new2"/>) except the total cost
of the transaction is entered in the
<emphasis>Sell</emphasis> column and the <emphasis>Shares</emphasis>
column is entered as a negative amount. The net proceeds from the sale
@@ -6231,8 +6240,8 @@ Entrate
<note>
<para>In order to get <application>GnuCash</application> to commit this
- zero-share, zero-price split to the transaction, you *must*
- <keycap>Tab</keycap> out of the split. If you use the
+ zero-share, zero-price split to the transaction, you *must*
+ <keycap>Tab</keycap> out of the split. If you use the
<keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, <application>GnuCash</application>
will convert the split into shares of the commodity.</para>
</note>
@@ -6559,7 +6568,7 @@ Entrate
</tgroup>
</table>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>É possibile anche inserire la perdita come un numero positivo nella colonna <quote>Compra</quote> o come un numero negativo nella colonna <quote>Vendi</quote>; <application>&app;</application> sposterà automaticamente il <quote>profitto negativo</quote> nell’altra colonna.</para>
</note>
@@ -6597,64 +6606,999 @@ Entrate
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
- <title>Dividendi</title>
- <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
+ <sect2 id="invest-sellLots">
+ <title>Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots</title>
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
- <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsIntro">
+ <title>Introduzione</title>
- <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
- transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
- from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
- the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
- transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lot">Wikipedia</ulink>
+ includes the following definition of a lot
+ </para>
- <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
- deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
- to the stock account.</para>
+ <para><quote>a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a
+ quantity of a financial instrument</quote>.
+ </para>
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>
+ <application>GnuCash</application> has a built-in lot management
+ facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses
+ resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into
+ lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More
+ specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell
+ transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and
+ linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and
+ transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and
+ the cost of the securities sold. <application>GnuCash</application>
+ refers to this process as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>.
+ </para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>The term <emphasis>scrub</emphasis> is used because security
+ accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
+ between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
+ them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital
+ gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
+ total credits.
+ </para>
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
+ transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
+ </note>
- <note>
- <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
- </note>
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
+ Wikipedia <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
+ FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
+ Average cost method</ulink>.
+ </para>
- </sect2>
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>GnuCash
+ </application> transactions and splits, please see
+ <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes"/>.
+ </para>
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
- <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
+ <para>
+ The <application>GnuCash</application> lot management facility can be a
+ useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
+ have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
+ involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
+ transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
+ buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
+ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
+ the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
+ the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
- <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
+ <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
- <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
- dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
- </para>
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
- <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
- reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
- simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
- first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
- cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
- corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants,
+ <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
+ Lots in Account
+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
+ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
+
+ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
+ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
+ depending on cost method)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
+ debits balance to total credits</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
+ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
+ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
+ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
+ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
+ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
+ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
+ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
+ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
+ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
+ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
+ cannot be used for average costing.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
+ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
+ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
+ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> can automatically calculate and
+ create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
+ link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
+ correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
+ <application>GnuCash</application> will use any existing lots, and
+ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
+ lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
+ method.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See:</para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
+ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
+ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
+ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
+ GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
+ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
+ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
+ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
+ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
+ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
+ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
+ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
+ report, total debits should equal total credits.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
+ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
+ accounting for capital gain/loss:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
+ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
+ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
+ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
+ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
+ causing the problem.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
+ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
+ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
+ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
+ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
+ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
+ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
+ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
+ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
+ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
+ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
+ <title>Considerations</title>
+
+ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
+ lot management facility.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
+ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
+ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
+ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
+ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
+ the sell split before scrubbing.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
+ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
+ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
+ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
+ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
+ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
+ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
+ must be used in both places.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
+ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
+ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
+ recorded as 2 transactions:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
+ number of shares and (optionally) commission
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Titolo</entry>
+ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
+ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Titolo</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Credit</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
+ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
+ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
+ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
+ be handled manually.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
+ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
+ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
+ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
+ with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
+ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
+ the capital gain/loss transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
+ scrubbing a single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
+ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
+ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
+ window where SSSS is the security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
+ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
+ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
+ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
+ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
+ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
+ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
+ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
+ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
+ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
+ security buys.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot, after manual linking
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
+ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
+ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
+ so no example screen image is supplied.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue to
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
+ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions</title>
+
+ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
+ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
+ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
+ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
+ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
+ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
+ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
+ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
+ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
+ it is possible to have different splits from the same
+ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
+ capital gain/loss.</para>
+
+ <note><para>
+ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
+ transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
+ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
+ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
+ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
+ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
+ future.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
+ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
+ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
+ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
+ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
+ sales on the same day.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
+ is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
+ Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
+ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
+ all the lots show.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
+ return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
+ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
+ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
+ transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
+ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
+ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
+ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
+ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
+ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
+ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>
+ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
+ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
+ sale:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
+ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
+ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
+ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
+ should consult a professional.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
+ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
+ open and return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
+ transaction in the security account register (they will
+ have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
+ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
+ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
+ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
+ tax laws.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
+ <title>Dividendi</title>
+
+ <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
+ <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
+
+ <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
+ transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
+ from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
+ the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
+ transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
+
+ <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
+ deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
+ to the stock account.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
+ <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
+
+ <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
+
+ <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
+ dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
+ reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
+ simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
+ first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
+ cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
+ corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
<screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
<mediaobject>
@@ -6677,34 +7621,34 @@ Entrate
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
<title>Return of Capital</title>
-
+
<para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
</para>
-
+
<para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
by entering the stock split with
</para>
-
+
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
@@ -6815,7 +7759,7 @@ Entrate
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-split3">
@@ -6926,7 +7870,7 @@ Entrate
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-merge3">
@@ -7004,7 +7948,623 @@ Entrate
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+ <chapter id="ch_reports">
+ <title>Resoconti</title>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
+users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
+this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
+helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
+<application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
+<para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
+transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
+questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
+last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
+<para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
+meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
+possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
+not recommended for beginners).</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
+ <title>In generale</title>
+ <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
+ all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
+ <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
+ with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
+the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
+settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
+the options will be different. </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
+ <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
+ <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
+ that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
+ reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
+ <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
+to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
+<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
+you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
+Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
+<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
+Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
+configuration with a new name.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
+Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
+use on multicolumn reports.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
+dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
+<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
+Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
+Configuration.</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
+ <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
+ <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
+ in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
+ description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
+ intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
+<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
+<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
+(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
+<application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
+<application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
+price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
+includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
+about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
+
+ <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
+ <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
+ calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
+ sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
+ losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
+ Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
+ account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
+ income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
+ in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
+ (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
+ will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
+ be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
+ short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
+<title>Asset Barchart</title>
+<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
+<title>Asset Piechart</title>
+<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
+<title>Average Balance</title>
+<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
+<title>Balance Sheet</title>
+<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
+for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
+are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
+of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
+<title>General Journal</title>
+<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
+to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
+totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
+<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
+include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
+to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
+need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
+Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
+<title>General Ledger</title>
+<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
+for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
+<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
+is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
+value information about commodities in the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
+<title>Liability Barchart</title>
+<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
+<title>Liability Piechart</title>
+<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
+<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
+financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
+<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
+period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
+<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
+<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
+another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
+When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
+changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
+Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
+commodity.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
+<title>Budget Group</title>
+<para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
+summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
+these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
+group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
+need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
+<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
+<title>Budget Barchart</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
+<title>Budget Flow</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
+<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
+<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
+<title>Budget Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
+<title>Business Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
+to a business.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
+<title>Customer Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
+<title>Customer Summary</title>
+<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
+comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
+<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
+made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
+Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
+since this is the tag that decides the line to which
+to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
+Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
+invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
+<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
+may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
+<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
+for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
+tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
+expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
+the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
+into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
+<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
+<para>Useful options:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
+<title>Easy Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
+<title>Employee Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
+<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
+<title>Payable Aging</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
+<title>Printable Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
+<title>Receivable Aging</title>
+<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
+how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
+much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
+The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
+<title>Vendor Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
+<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
+<title>Cash Flow</title>
+<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
+over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
+Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
+all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
+other account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
+<title>Equity Statement</title>
+<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
+Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
+specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
+by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
+<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
+capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
+<title>Expense Barchart</title>
+<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
+<title>Expense Piechart</title>
+<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
+<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
+selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
+The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
+display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
+expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
+day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
+the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
+to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
+<title>Income Barchart</title>
+<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
+<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
+<title>Income Piechart</title>
+<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
+<title>Income Statement</title>
+<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
+default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
+sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
+<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
+<para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
+"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
+to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
+<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
+going for a given time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
+<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
+income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
+options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
+and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
+chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
+other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
+considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
+source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
+<title>Trial Balance</title>
+<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
+date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
+used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
+<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
+<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
+or podified to suit personal need.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
+<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
+<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
+reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
+window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
+Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
+multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
+<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
+<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
+<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
+<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
+custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
+<title>Other Reports</title>
+<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
+below.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
+<title>Account Summary</title>
+<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
+particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
+down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
+<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
+You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
+<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
+(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
+consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
+<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
+<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
+<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
+deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
+data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
+downloadable versions.</para>
+<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
+form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
+you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
+<title>Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
+specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
+<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
+<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
+Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
+settings for standard reports.</para>
+<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
+Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
+<title>Account Report</title>
+<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
+the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
+register.</para>
+<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
+results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
+a report for just those transactions.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
+<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
+However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
+(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
+an empty report will be generated.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.0.0
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -7062,19 +8622,19 @@ Entrate
<para>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di due beni, <emphasis>BENE1</emphasis> e <emphasis>BENE2</emphasis>. Il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> mentre il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (lo stesso discorso vale per il BENE2).</para>
<literallayout>
--AttivitÃ
- -Attività correnti
- -Conto risparmio
- -Beni immobili
- -BENE1
- -Costo
- -Guadagni non realizzati
- -BENE2
- -Costo
- -Guadagni non realizzati
--Entrate
- -Guadagni realizzati
- -Guadagni non realizzati
+-Assets
+ -Current Assets
+ -Savings Account
+ -Fixed Assets
+ -ITEM1
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+ -ITEM2
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+-Income
+ -Realized Gains
+ -Unrealized Gains
</literallayout>
</sect1>
@@ -7363,7 +8923,7 @@ Entrate
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.4.0
Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -7384,7 +8944,7 @@ Entrate
<para><application>&app;</application> supporta più di cento valute, dal Franco di Andorra al dollare dello Zimbabwe. Per esempio, si può avere un conto bancario in Euro e un altro in dollari di Hong Kong.</para>
<para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
<para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
@@ -7403,18 +8963,18 @@ Entrate
<para>Per esempio, si imposti un tipico scenario di conto bancario in cui venga utilizzato prevalentemente l’Euro (EUR), ma si possegga anche un conto in una banca negli Stati Uniti che lavori prevalentemente in dollari Americani (USD) e infine un altro conto ad Hong Kong che utilizzi il dollaro di Hong Kong (HKD). Si devono quindi impostare 3 conti, uno con l’Euro, uno con i dollari Americani e uno con i dollari di Hong Kong; una possibile struttura per questa situazione potrebbe essere:</para>
<literallayout>
--Attività (EUR)
- -Attività correnti (EUR)
- -Banca Europea (EUR)
- -Banca USA (USD)
- -Banca di HK (HKD)
--Capitali (EUR)
- -Bilanci di apertura
- -EUR (EUR)
- -USD (USD)
- -HKD (HKD)
-
-Nota: la valuta associata ad ogni conto è mostrata tra parentesi.
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -EUR (HKD)
+
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
<para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
@@ -7778,7 +9338,7 @@ Nota: la valuta di ogni conto è riportata fra parentesi.
<para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
@@ -7789,7 +9349,7 @@ Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
-
+
<para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png">
@@ -7839,7 +9399,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
<para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -7855,7 +9415,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</screenshot>
<para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -7877,7 +9437,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</note>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_invest1">
@@ -8116,7 +9676,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
@@ -8137,11 +9697,11 @@ Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio (EUR)
happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
AUD for that. </para>
-
+
<para>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</para>
<literallayout>
-Capitali:Lotteria (EUR)
-Capitali:Eredità (EUR)
+Equity:Lottery (AUD)
+Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
</literallayout>
@@ -8195,11 +9755,11 @@ Capitali:Eredità (EUR)
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Acquistare una casa</title>
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
+ <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
(with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
<literallayout>
@@ -8252,9 +9812,9 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
+
<para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -8346,7 +9906,7 @@ Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
<entry/>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
+ <entry>0,7593</entry>
<entry>25</entry>
</row>
@@ -8410,7 +9970,7 @@ Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
-
+
<para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
@@ -8538,20 +10098,20 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
-
+
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Come procedere?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
+ <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
+ The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
ponder.</para>
</sect2>
-
-
+
+
</sect1>
-
+
</chapter>
</part>
@@ -8561,7 +10121,7 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 1.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
@@ -8572,27 +10132,27 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
<chapter id="chapter_bus_intro">
<title>Business Introduction</title>
-
+
<!-- <sect1 id="bus-intro">
<title>Introduction to Business Features</title>
-->
<para>Le necessità contabili di un’impresa sono evidentemente differenti da quelle di un singolo individuo. Le imprese devono gestire i clienti (che sono debitori di denaro), i fornitori o venditori (che sono creditori), i libri paga dei dipendenti, una legislazione delle imposte più complessa, ecc... <application>&app;</application> offre delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa per venire incontro a queste necessità .</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> (A/R) are used by businesses to record sales for
which they are not immediately paid. This is represented on the balance sheet as an asset,
because the expectation is that you will receive payment soon.
</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later.
+
+ <para><emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later.
This is represented on the balance sheet as a liability because you will have to pay for them.
</para>
-
+
<para>A/R and A/P accounts are used primarily when you have a lot of bills and receipts
flowing in and out, and do not want to lose track of them just because you
do not pay or get paid right away. For most home users, A/R and A/P are
too complicated to be worthwhile.
</para>
-
+
<!-- </sect1>
-->
</chapter>
@@ -8601,7 +10161,7 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 1.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
@@ -8612,7 +10172,7 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
<chapter id="chapter_bus_setup">
<title>Business Setup</title>
-
+
<para>To set up <application>GnuCash</application> to handle accounts receivable or accounts payable
for a company, these preliminary steps must be done.
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8669,17 +10229,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
customer. <application>GnuCash</application> keeps track of customers internally and provides
per-customer reports based on the internal tracking. The same applies to A/P and vendors.
</para>
-
+
<para>
- If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate
+ If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate
<emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> account for each currency.
</para>
<para>
- If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate
+ If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate
<emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> account for each currency.
</para>
-
+
<para>Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable or Accounts Payable account should not be
added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8687,21 +10247,21 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
<listitem><para>process payment</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
-
+
</note>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setuptaxtables">
<title>Tax Tables</title>
<para>Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills).
</para>
-
+
<para> A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line.</para>
-
+
<para>Set up distinct tax tables for customers and vendors.</para>
- <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
+ <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
line tax table can be assigned to each vendor.
</para>
@@ -8713,10 +10273,10 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</menuchoice>
</para>
- <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
+ <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sales Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Tax Tables</title>
<screenshot id="bus-taxmain">
@@ -8735,7 +10295,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>New Sales Tax Table</title>
<screenshot id="bus-taxnew">
@@ -8754,7 +10314,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> This is the tax table name.</para>
@@ -8782,17 +10342,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setupcname">
<title>Registrare la propria impresa</title>
<para>After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the <application>GnuCash</application>
file as belonging to your company. To register your company, select the <guilabel>Business</guilabel> tab
- in the <guilabel>Book Options</guilabel> window accessible by selecting
+ in the <guilabel>Book Options</guilabel> window accessible by selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Registrare la propria impresa</title>
<screenshot id="bus-co-reg">
@@ -8811,7 +10371,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<para>Here you can:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8827,9 +10387,9 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
<para>Selezionare la tabella imposte predefinita applicabile ai clienti e ai venditori più comuni.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus_setup_pref">
<title>Business Preferences</title>
<para>Set options on the Business tab of the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences, which is
@@ -8837,9 +10397,9 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
See Help manual chapter 10.3.3 Business Book Options Tab.
</para>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setupterms">
<title>Billing Terms</title>
@@ -8848,12 +10408,12 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</para>
<note>
- <para>As of <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only
+ <para>As of <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only
partially supported. Date due is calculated using the Billing Terms
but discount amount is not.
</para>
<para>
- Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
+ Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
professional advise should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -8861,10 +10421,10 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
- sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
+ <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
+ sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -8875,11 +10435,11 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms.
Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms.
</para>
-
- <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
+
+ <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Billing Terms Editor</title>
<screenshot id="bus-termsmain">
@@ -8898,7 +10458,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>New Billing Term</title>
<screenshot id="bus-termsnew">
@@ -8917,7 +10477,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see
@@ -8967,17 +10527,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-
+
</chapter>
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -8988,7 +10548,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
-->
<!--
-A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
+A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
@@ -9004,7 +10564,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-ar-components1">
<title>Componenti del sistema</title>
@@ -9264,7 +10824,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<para>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
Use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, access
the <guilabel>Counters</guilabel> tab, change the <guilabel>Invoice number</guilabel> value to be
- one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
+ one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -9378,7 +10938,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<caption><para>La finestra del foglio di stile <acronym>HTML</acronym> con un esempio di immagine di sfondo, striscione di intestazione e logo.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<note>
<para>Le immagini sono inserite nella fattura con i criteri seguenti: l’<guilabel>Immagine di sfondo</guilabel> è adattata per essere inserita come sfondo, lo <guilabel>Striscione di intestazione</guilabel> viene inserito al di sopra del testo della fattura e il <guilabel>Logo</guilabel> è posizionato nell’angolo in alto a sinistra della fattura a fianco dello striscione di intestazione. Sarà probabilmente necessario provare immagini di dimensioni diverse prima di ottenere una bella fattura. Vengono forniti alcuni suggerimenti su questo argomento: il logo dovrebbe essere di circa 1 cm quadrato mentre lo striscione di intestazione dovrebbe essere largo 15 cm e alto 1cm.</para>
</note>
@@ -9406,7 +10966,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -9417,7 +10977,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
<!--
-A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
+A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
@@ -9426,7 +10986,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to the accounting of products or services which a company has
bought and needs to pay for.
</para>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-ap-setup1">
<title>Configurazione iniziale</title>
<para>Perform set up tasks listed in <xref linkend="chapter_bus_setup"/>.
@@ -9441,7 +11001,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Venditore</guilabel> è un singolo o società dal quale si acquistano prodotti o servizi in credito.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Ricevuta</guilabel> è il documento che il venditore invia per richiedere il pagamento. La ricevuta contiene un elenco di ciò che è stato acquistato.</para>
<para>In addition, GnuCash also has support for <guilabel>Credit Notes</guilabel>
@@ -9450,23 +11010,23 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</para>
<para>Both document types will be set up using the same menu items.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Lavoro</guilabel> (opzionale) è dove vengono registrati i <guilabel>lavori venditore</guilabel>. I lavori sono degli strumenti con i quali è possibile raggruppare le ricevute di un singolo venditore.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Procedura di pagamento</guilabel> permette di registrare i pagamenti in favore di un venditore verso cui si è debitori.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>La sezione seguente tratta individualmente i componenti dell’applicazione per i debiti correnti.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bus-ap-vendors1">
<title>Venditore</title>
<para>Un venditore è un singolo o una società dalla quale si acquista uno o più beni o servizi. I venditori devono essere inseriti nel sistema dei debiti correnti.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="bus-ap-vendornew2">
<title>Registrare un nuovo cliente</title>
<para>To register a new vendor, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
@@ -9486,12 +11046,12 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="bus-ap-vendorfind2">
<title>Trovare e modificare un cliente</title>
<para>To search for an existing vendor, use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
- Find Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> window. You select a vendor to <guibutton>View/Edit</guibutton> from the results of the search.
+ Find Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> window. You select a vendor to <guibutton>View/Edit</guibutton> from the results of the search.
This window is also used to look up a vendor when entering bills and processing payments.
</para>
<screenshot id="bus-ar-vendorfind">
@@ -9555,7 +11115,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</sect2>
<sect2 id="bus-ap-billedit2">
- <title>Modificare una fattura</title>
+ <title>Modificare una fattura</title>
<para>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of
goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account
register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and
@@ -9581,7 +11141,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect2 id="bus-ap-billpost2">
<title>Emettere una fattura</title>
<para>Quando si è terminata la fase di modifica di una ricevuta, la si deve <guilabel>Emettere</guilabel>. Non è necessario emetterla subito, è possibile infatti chiudere la finestra di modifica e ritornarvi in seguito. Prima o poi però la ricevuta dovrà essere emessa. L’emissione di una ricevuta comporta l’inserimento delle necessarie transazioni nel conto per i debiti correnti. La finestra di emissione della ricevuta richiede l’inserimento di alcune informazioni:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="bus-ap-billpost">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -9612,15 +11172,15 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect1 id="bus-ap-jobs1">
<title>Lavori per un venditore</title>
- <para>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.
- The feature is useful when you have multiple <guilabel>jobs</guilabel> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and
+ <para>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.
+ The feature is useful when you have multiple <guilabel>jobs</guilabel> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and
credit notes for a single job.
</para>
- <para>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the
+ <para>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>New Job</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> menu item. You will see the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="bus-ap-jobnew">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -9677,7 +11237,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -9721,11 +11281,11 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
<note>
<para>Si resista alla tentazione di creare dei sottoconti per registrare i salari per ogni dipendente: si verrebbe a creare una lista ingestibile di conti. Si pensi, per esempio, alla lista che si avrebbe dopo diversi anni di attività e vari dipendenti licenziati e assunti. È molto più semplice registrare tutti gli stipendi in un unico conto (per esempio <emphasis>Uscite:Stipendi</emphasis>) e utilizzare i resoconti per visualizzare le informazioni suddivise per dipendente.</para>
-
+
<para>The Transaction report can be used to sort and total by description or
memo (but not by part of them).
</para>
-
+
<para>
To report on the Salaries transactions for a specific employee where the
employee name or code is entered in the transaction description or memo,
@@ -9839,7 +11399,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-pay-example1">
<title>Esempio</title>
<para>Utilizzando la struttura dei conti vista precedentemente, verrà mostrato un esempio. Si assuma di avere due dipendenti (D1 e D2) ognuno dei quali guadagna €1000 di stipendio lordo al mese. Il contributo del dipendente all’imposta1 e all’imposta2 è rispettivamente del 10% e del 5%. Il contributo della società all’imposta1 e all’imposta2 è del 15% e del 10% ognuna sullo stipendio lordo dei dipendenti.</para>
@@ -9986,7 +11546,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Shoemaker <c.shoemaker at cox.net>
Author:
Chris Shoemaker <c.shoemaker at cox.net>
@@ -10031,7 +11591,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
</sect1>
<sect1 id="budget_creation1">
- <title>Creare un bilancio</title>
+ <title>Creare un bilancio</title>
<para>Ancora prima di iniziare la creazione di un bilancio, è importante spendere un po’ di tempo pensando alla struttura dei conti. Per esempio, se si desidera ottenere un bilancio per le proprie spese di elettricità e acqua, non è possibile avere solamente un conto <emphasis>Uscite:Servizi</emphasis>. I conti devono essere dettagliati almeno quanto il bilancio che si vuole ottenere.</para>
@@ -10054,7 +11614,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
<para>Per creare il primo bilancio selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guisubmenu>Nuovo</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Verrà immediatamente visualizzato un nuovo bilancio con le impostazioni predefinite e nessun elemento. Selezionare poi il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. Le opzioni più importantii sono quelle relative al periodo e al numero di occorrenze. Per il periodo del bilancio, selezionare la data d’inizio e il periodo di tempo più corto per il quale si vuole effettuare il conteggio. Poi selezionare il numero di occorrenze.</para>
<para>La pagina del bilancio mostra ora una lista di conti con una colonna per ogni periodo di bilancio. La data visualizzata nel titolo di ogni colonna rappresenta l’inizio di quel periodo di bilancio.</para>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Inserire i valori di bilancio</title>
@@ -10063,7 +11623,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
<para>Se si hanno a disposizione delle transazioni inserite in <application>&app;</application>, il secondo metodo consiste nel far stimare a <application>&app;</application> i valori di bilancio sulla base di queste transazioni. Prima, selezionare il conto che si desidera far stimare a <application>&app;</application>; poi, premere il pulsante <guibutton>Stima</guibutton> sulla <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis>. Nella finestra di <guilabel>Stima dei valori del bilancio</guilabel>, selezionare la data dopo la quale <application>&app;</application> dovrà controllare le transazioni. <application>&app;</application> inizierà da questa data e controllerà nel seguito per il periodo di durata del bilancio. Ad esempio, se si sta facendo un bilancio annuale e si sceglie come data il 1° Gennaio 2005, <application>&app;</application> controllerà tutte le transazioni in quel conto dal 1° Gennaio 2005 al 31 Dicembre 2005.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="budget_reporting1">
<title>Resoconti del bilancio</title>
<para>la parte più complessa è terminata: la creazione del bilancio. Per sapere come appaiono le transazioni attuali nei confronti del proprio piano è necessario creare un resoconto di bilancio.</para>
@@ -10221,7 +11781,7 @@ Translators:
cash in your pocket or the account from which you drew the cash for
the payment made. If you paid by credit card, the debit side would be
the same as just described, but the credit would be an increase to the
- credit card company account on your books.</para>
+ credit card company account on your books.</para>
<para>When you received your reimbursement, then the journal entry (or
transaction) to record receipt of the funds from the employer would be:
@@ -10990,7 +12550,7 @@ Author:
<chapter id="ch_import_bus_data">
<title>Importare i dati dell’impresa</title>
-
+
<sect1 id="import-invoices">
<title>Importare fatture e ricevute</title>
@@ -10999,7 +12559,7 @@ Author:
adding the line:</para>
<para><code>(gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/bi_import" 0)</code></para>
<para>Su sistemi Linux questo file è <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename> e su MacOSX <filename>~/Library/Application Support/GnuCash/config.user</filename>. Se il file non esiste già , lo si dovrà creare. Dopo aver riavviato <application>&app;</application> l’elemento comparirà alla fine del menu <guimenu>Impresa</guimenu>.</para>
-
+
<para>Perchè l’importatore funzioni correttamente, i dati devono essere in formato a lunghezza fissa di campo, o separati da virgole. Uno script di <application>Python</application> è fornito di seguito come esempio.</para>
@@ -11181,13 +12741,13 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="import-customers-vendors">
<title>Importare clienti e venditori</title>
<para>This functionality is only available in the 2.6 versions of GnuCash and is only loaded by default for versions greater than 2.6.</para>
- <para>For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to
+ <para>For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to
enabled by editing the file <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename>,
adding the line:</para>
<para><code>(gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/customer_import" 0)</code></para>
@@ -11197,10 +12757,10 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<para><code>
id, company, name, addr1, addr2, addr3, addr4, phone, fax, email, notes, shipname, shipaddr1, shipaddr2, shipaddr3, shipaddr4, shiphone, shipfax, shipmail
</code> </para>
-
+
<para>
Fields can be separated with commas or semicolons and each field can be in quotes. These options are selectable in the import dialog. Vendors don’t have shipping information so even though the fields have to exist, leave them empty.
- The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor.
+ The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor.
</para>
<para>
The importer does not currently import billing information for customers or vendors, these will have to be edited individually after importing.
@@ -11215,9 +12775,461 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<title>Appendices</title>
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.6.15
+ Last modified: December 6, 2016
+ Author:
+ David T. <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<glossary>
+ <title><application>GnuCash</application> Glossary</title>
+ <para>This is a glossary of common terms used in <application>GnuCash</application>.
+ Some entries here are taken from Wikipedia (<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org"/>).</para>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_account">
+ <glossterm>Conto</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_accountingperiod">
+ <glossterm>Accounting Period</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An accounting period is the period with reference to which accounting
+ books of an entity are prepared. Common accounting
+ periods include month, quarter, and year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_aqbanking">
+ <glossterm>AqBanking</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A library which implements the German Home Banking Computer Interface
+ (HBCI) and Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard (EBICS), OFX
+ Direct Connect and Paypal. It is the successor of openHBCI.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_asset">
+ <glossterm>Asset</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An asset is something you own. Anything tangible or intangible that
+ can be owned or controlled to produce value and that is held to have
+ positive economic value is considered an asset.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_balancesheet">
+ <glossterm>Balance Sheet</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A Balance Sheet is a summary of the financial balances of an individual
+ or organization. It summarizes a company's assets, liabilities and ownership
+ equity at a specific point in time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_book">
+ <glossterm>Book</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A book is a record of all transactions for an individual or organization. In
+ <application>GnuCash</application>, each file contains a book.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Capital Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capstock">
+ <glossterm>Capital stock</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_chartofaccounts">
+ <glossterm>Struttura dei conti</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A listing of all the accounts available in the data file. The chart
+ of accounts consists of balance sheet accounts (assets, liabilities,
+ stockholders' equity) and income statement accounts (revenues, expenses,
+ gains, losses).</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commission">
+ <glossterm>Commissionie</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The fee paid to a broker to buy or sell securities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commodity">
+ <glossterm>Commodity</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A commodity is something of value that is easily tradeable or sellable;
+ for example, currencies, stocks, bonds, grain, copper, and oil are all commodities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commonstock">
+ <glossterm>Azione ordinaria</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_compounding">
+ <glossterm>Interesse composto</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The concept that the reinvested interest can later earn interest of
+ its own (interest on interest). This is often referred to as <emphasis>compound
+ interest</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_costbasis">
+ <glossterm>Cost Basis</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Cost basis is the original cost of property, adjusted for various factors.
+ Its primary use is for tax purposes. Factors that affect the cost basis include:
+ stock splits, dividends, depreciation and return of capital distributions.
+ Cost basis is used to determine the <emphasis>capital gain</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_csv">
+ <glossterm>CSV</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Stands for Comma Separated Values. CSV files are used to store data
+ in plain text. Each line of the file is a record and each record can be
+ comprised of multiple fields separated by commas. CSV is one import format
+ that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_dividends">
+ <glossterm>Dividendi</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Dividends are cash payments a company makes to shareholders. The
+ amount of this payment is usually determined as some amount of the profits
+ of the company. Not all common stocks give dividends.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_equities">
+ <glossterm>Capitali</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Equities are investments in which the investor becomes part (or whole)
+ owner in something.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_fints">
+ <glossterm>Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A banking protocol used by German banks. Developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). The standard is used
+ only by German banks. Prior 2002, it was called Home Banking Computer
+ Interface (HBCI). FinTS is one import format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_hbci">Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_gsettings">
+ <glossterm>GSettings</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Since version 2.5 the tool that stores user configuration data. It
+ uses the native data store of the operating system:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Linux</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>DConf since Gnome 3.0 dropped GConf</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Mac OS X</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Defaults. Use the command-line defaults(1) to modify
+ prefs when GnuCash isn't running.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Finestre</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Registry.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_hbci">
+ <glossterm>Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A bank-independent online banking protocol used by German banks. Home
+ Banking Computer Interface (HBCI) was developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). Since 2002, it has
+ been called Financial Transaction Services (FinTS). HBCI is one import
+ format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_fints">Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_interest">
+ <glossterm>Interesse</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>What a borrower pays a lender for the use of their money. Normally,
+ this is expressed in terms of a percentage of the principal per year. For
+ example, a savings account with 1% interest will pay you $1 for every $100
+ you keep deposited per year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liability">
+ <glossterm>Liability</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A liability is a debt or obligation that an individual or organization
+ owes.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_libofx">
+ <glossterm>LibOFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An open source library for <emphasis>OFX</emphasis>. It was created by one
+ of the <application>GnuCash</application> developers, originally to be the
+ OFX interface for <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_ofx">OFX</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liquidity">
+ <glossterm>Liquidità </glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of how easily convertible an investment is to cash. Money
+ in a savings account is very liquid, while money invested in a house has
+ low liquidity because it takes time to sell a house.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_lot">
+ <glossterm>Lot</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A lot is a means of grouping a commodity so that you later identify that
+ the item bought in one transaction is the same as one sold in a different
+ transaction. Lots are often implemented with stocks, where capital gain can
+ depend on which item is being sold at a given time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_mt940">
+ <glossterm>MT940</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A financial information standard defined by SWIFT and used by several
+ European banks. It is also used internally in HBCI. Unfortunately, you can't
+ download the MT940 standard, but some banks publish it on their web sites.
+ MT940 is one import format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_ofx">
+ <glossterm>OFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Open Financial eXchange format. This is a financial information
+ exchange standard used by many institutions. OFX is one import format
+ that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_pricedb">
+ <glossterm>Price Database</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The price database contains a store of price quotes for stocks, mutual
+ funds, and currencies.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_principal">
+ <glossterm>Somma capitale</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The original amount of money invested or borrowed.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qfx">
+ <glossterm>QFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Financial eXchange format is a proprietary financial
+ information exchange standard promoted by Quicken and used by many institutions.
+ QFX is one import format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qif">
+ <glossterm>QIF</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for
+ reading and writing financial data to files. This is an older format that
+ is still used by many institutions. QIF is one import format
+ that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_realgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Realized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Capital Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_return">
+ <glossterm>Profitto</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The total income plus capital gains or losses of an investment.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Rendimento</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_risk">
+ <glossterm>Rischio</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The probability that the return on investment is different from what
+ was expected. Investments are often grouped on a scale from low risk (e.g.,
+ savings accounts or government bonds) to high risk (e.g., common stocks
+ or junk bonds). As a general rule of thumb, the higher the risk, the
+ higher the possible return.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_schedtxn">
+ <glossterm>Scheduled Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheduled transactions provide a framework for remembering information
+ about transactions that are set to occur in the future, either once or
+ periodically.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Rendimento</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_scheme">
+ <glossterm>Scheme</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheme is a functional programming language based on a dialect of LISP.
+ Reports in <application>GnuCash</application> use the Scheme programming language;
+ thus, users wishing to customize reports must write Scheme.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gnc-gl_shareholder">
+ <glossterm>Azionista</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A shareholder is a person who holds common stock in a company.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_split">
+ <glossterm>Split</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A split, or Ledger Entry, is the fundamental accounting unit.
+ Each split consists of an amount, the value of that amount expressed in a
+ (possibly) different currency, a Memo, a pointer to the parent Transaction,
+ a pointer to the debited Account, a reconciled flag and timestamp, an action
+ field, and a key-value frame which can store arbitrary data.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stock">
+ <glossterm>Stock</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A security that represents a certain fractional ownership of a company.
+ This is what you buy when you <quote>buy stock</quote> in a company on the
+ open market. This is also sometimes known as <emphasis>capital stock</emphasis>,
+ or <emphasis>common stock</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stocksplit">
+ <glossterm>Frazionamento azionario</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Occurs when a company offers to issue some additional multiple of shares
+ for each existing stock. For example, a <quote>2 for 1</quote> stock split
+ means that if you own 100 shares of a stock, you will receive an additional
+ 100 shares at no cost to you. The unit price of the shares will usually be
+ adjusted so there is no net change in the value, so in this example the
+ price per share will be halved. Note that such transactions affect the cost
+ basis per share owned.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_transaction">
+ <glossterm>Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A transaction consists of a date, a description, an ID number, a list
+ of one or more splits, and a key-value frame. Transactions embody the notion
+ of "double entry" accounting.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Unrealized gain or loss is the difference in value between a purchase
+ price and the current value of a given asset. These gains remain unrealized
+ until the asset is sold, at which point they become <emphasis>Realized gains
+ or losses</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_valuation">
+ <glossterm>Valuation</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The process of determining the market value or the price the
+ investment would sell at in a <quote>reasonable time frame</quote>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_xml">
+ <glossterm>XML</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The eXtensible Markup Language is an international markup standard.
+ <application>GnuCash</application> stores its data by default in an XML data
+ structure.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_yield">
+ <glossterm>Rendimento</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of the amount of money you earn from an investment
+ (i.e., how much income you receive from the investment). Typically, this
+ is reported as a percentage of the principal amount. Yield does not include
+ capital gains or losses (see Return). For example, a stock that sells for $100
+ and gives $2 in dividends per year has a yield of 2%.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+</glossary>
+
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -11304,7 +13316,7 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<para>Il beneficio risiede nel fatto che non è necessario scrivere un modulo in Scheme o una nuova routine in C per eseguire la trasformazione. Chiunque conosca o abbia voglia di imparare il linguaggio <acronym>XML</acronym> può cimentarsi in questa operazione: sinceramente, niente di più difficile che scrivere una pagina web....</para>
-<para>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
+<para>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
The process works on 2.6.14 datafiles, and ought to
work on earlier versions, too.</para>
@@ -11316,7 +13328,7 @@ work on earlier versions, too.</para>
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -11454,7 +13466,7 @@ work on earlier versions, too.</para>
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -11583,7 +13595,7 @@ Expenses [E]
|___ Software
|___ Subscriptions
|___ Sundry
- |___ Travel / Accom
+ |___ Travel / Accom
</literallayout>
@@ -11594,7 +13606,7 @@ Expenses [E]
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: March 18th, 2007
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
David Hampton <hampton at employees.org>
@@ -12029,7 +14041,7 @@ Blocking_Chars
</appendix>
</part>
-<!--
+<!--
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais at okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
@@ -12053,52 +14065,52 @@ Blocking_Chars
<sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
<title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
<para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.</para>
-
+
<para>This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.</para>
-
+
<para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section1">
<title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
<para id="fdl-document">This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <quote>you</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-modified">A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-secondary">A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para>
<para id="fdl-invariant">The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-transparent">A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or <acronym>XML</acronym> using a publicly available <acronym>DTD</acronym>, and standard-conforming simple <acronym>HTML</acronym> designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or <acronym>XML</acronym> for which the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by some word processors for output purposes only.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-title-page">The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
<para>If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para>
-
+
<para>If you publish or distribute <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.</para>
-
+
<para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<formalpara>
@@ -12106,91 +14118,91 @@ Blocking_Chars
<para>Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>B</title>
<para>List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
<para>State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the publisher.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>D</title>
<para>Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>E</title>
<para>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
<para>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
<para>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document’s</link> license notice.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>H</title>
<para>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
<para>Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
<para>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
<para>In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section’s title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
<para>Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
<para>Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
@@ -12198,68 +14210,68 @@ Blocking_Chars
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</para>
-
+
<para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.</para>
-
+
<para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</para>
-
+
<para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote></para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
<para>A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
<para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
<para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
<para>The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
-
+
<para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-using">
<title>Addendum</title>
<para>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:</para>
-
+
<blockquote>
<para>Copyright Cristian Marchi.</para>
<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote>.</para>
</blockquote>
-
+
<para>If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>Se il proprio documento contiene esempi di programmazione non immediati, se ne raccomanda il rilascio con una licenza di software libero a propria scelta, quale la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, per permetterne l’utilizzo nel software libero.</para>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
commit 64e1f68ca1c1200e6e042ff1edc670d55a94b3ad
Merge: cd613b3 5157cdc
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Fri Dec 9 13:55:41 2016 -0800
Merge David T's new glossary into maint.
commit 5157cdcfd9355d208e0ece65f7b64d6b5d181aa0
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Tue Dec 6 20:21:23 2016 +0500
Bug-743671: Add glossary to Tutorial and Guide.
diff --git a/guide/C/Makefile.am b/guide/C/Makefile.am
index 1254b6b..9faa529 100644
--- a/guide/C/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/C/Makefile.am
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ entities = \
ch_oth_assets.xml \
ch_python_bindings.xml \
ch_import_business_data.xml \
+ gnc-glossary.xml \
appendixa.xml \
appendixb.xml \
appendixc.xml \
diff --git a/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml b/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d666c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.4.0
+ Last modified: December 6, 2016
+ Author:
+ David T. <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<glossary>
+ <title><application>&app;</application> Glossary</title>
+ <para>This is a glossary of common terms used in <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_account">
+ <glossterm>Account</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_accountingperiod">
+ <glossterm>Accounting Period</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An accounting period is an established range of time in which
+ accounting functions are performed, aggregated and analyzed. Common accounting
+ periods include month, quarter, and year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_aqbanking">
+ <glossterm>AqBanking</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A library which implements the German Home Banking Computer Interface
+ (HBCI) and Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard (EBICS), OFX
+ Direct Connect and Paypal. It is the successor of openHBCI.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_asset">
+ <glossterm>Asset</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An asset is an economic resource. Anything tangible or intangible that
+ can be owned or controlled to produce value and that is held to have
+ positive economic value is considered an asset.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_balancesheet">
+ <glossterm>Balance Sheet</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A Balance Sheet is a financial statement that summarizes a company's
+ assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity at a specific point in time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_book">
+ <glossterm>Book</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A book is a record of all transactions for a person or organization. In
+ <application>&app;</application>, each file contains a book.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Capital Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capstock">
+ <glossterm>Capital stock</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_chartofaccounts">
+ <glossterm>Chart of Accounts</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A listing of all the accounts available in the data file. The chart
+ of accounts consists of balance sheet accounts (assets, liabilities,
+ stockholders' equity) and income statement accounts (revenues, expenses,
+ gains, losses).</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commission">
+ <glossterm>Commission</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The fee paid to a broker to buy or sell securities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commodity">
+ <glossterm>Commodity</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A commodity is something of value that is easily tradeable or sellable;
+ for example, currencies, stocks, bonds, grain, copper, and oil are all commodities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commonstock">
+ <glossterm>Common stock</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_compounding">
+ <glossterm>Compounding</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The concept that the reinvested interest can later earn interest of
+ its own (interest on interest). This is often referred to as <emphasis>compound
+ interest</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_costbasis">
+ <glossterm>Cost Basis</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Cost basis is the original value of an asset for tax purposes,
+ usually the purchase price, adjusted for stock splits, dividends and return
+ of capital distributions. This value is used to determine the <emphasis>capital gain</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_csv">
+ <glossterm>CSV</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Stands for Comma Separated Values. CSV files are used to store data
+ in plain text. Each line of the file is a record and each record can be
+ comprised of multiple fields separated by commas. CSV is one import format
+ that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_dividends">
+ <glossterm>Dividends</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Dividends are cash payments a company makes to shareholders. The
+ amount of this payment is usually determined as some amount of the profits
+ of the company. Not all common stocks give dividends.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_equities">
+ <glossterm>Equities</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Equities are investments in which the investor becomes part (or whole)
+ owner in something.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_fints">
+ <glossterm>Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A banking protocol used by German banks. Developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). The standard is used
+ only by German banks. Prior 2002, it was called Home Banking Computer
+ Interface (HBCI). FinTS is one import format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_hbci">Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_gsettings">
+ <glossterm>GSettings</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Since version 2.5 the tool that stores user configuration data. It
+ uses the native data store of the operating system:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Linux</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>DConf since Gnome 3.0 dropped GConf</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Mac OS X</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Defaults. Use the command-line defaults(1) to modify
+ prefs when GnuCash isn't running.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Windows</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Registry.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_hbci">
+ <glossterm>Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A bank-independent online banking protocol used by German banks. Home
+ Banking Computer Interface (HBCI) was developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). Since 2002, it has
+ been called Financial Transaction Services (FinTS). HBCI is one import
+ format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_fints">Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_interest">
+ <glossterm>Interest</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>What a borrower pays a lender for the use of their money. Normally,
+ this is expressed in terms of a percentage of the principal per year. For
+ example, a savings account with 1% interest will pay you $1 for every $100
+ you keep deposited per year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liability">
+ <glossterm>Liability</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A liability is a financial debt or obligation that arises during the
+ course of operations.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_libofx">
+ <glossterm>LibOFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An open source library for OFX (see below). It was created by one
+ of the <application>&app;</application> developers, originally to be the
+ OFX interface for <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liquidity">
+ <glossterm>Liquidity</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of how easily convertible an investment is to cash. Money
+ in a savings account is very liquid, while money invested in a house has
+ low liquidity because it takes time to sell a house.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_lot">
+ <glossterm>Lot</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A lot is a means of grouping a commodity so that you later identify that
+ the item bought in one transaction is the same as one sold in a different
+ transaction. Lots are often implemented with stocks, where capital gain can
+ depend on which item is being sold at a given time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_mt940">
+ <glossterm>MT940</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A financial information standard defined by SWIFT and used by several
+ European banks. It is also used internally in HBCI. Unfortunately, you can't
+ download the MT940 standard, but some banks publish it on their web sites.
+ MT940 is one import format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_ofx">
+ <glossterm>OFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Open Financial eXchange format. This is a financial information
+ exchange standard used by many institutions. OFX is one import format
+ that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_pricedb">
+ <glossterm>Price Database</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The price database contains a store of price quotes for stocks, mutual
+ funds, and currencies.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_principal">
+ <glossterm>Principal</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The original amount of money invested or borrowed.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qfx">
+ <glossterm>QFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Financial eXchange format. This is a proprietary financial
+ information exchange standard promoted by Quicken and used by many institutions.
+ QFX is one import format that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qif">
+ <glossterm>QIF</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for
+ reading and writing financial data to files. This is an older format that
+ is still used by many institutions. QIF is one import format
+ that <application>&app;</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_realgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Realized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Capital Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_return">
+ <glossterm>Return</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The total income plus capital gains or losses of an investment.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Yield</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_risk">
+ <glossterm>Risk</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The probability that the return on investment is different from what
+ was expected. Investments are often grouped on a scale from low risk (e.g.,
+ savings accounts or government bonds) to high risk (e.g., common stocks
+ or junk bonds). As a general rule of thumb, the higher the risk, the
+ higher the possible return.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_schedtxn">
+ <glossterm>Scheduled Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheduled transactions provide a framework for remembering information
+ about transactions that are set to occur in the future, either once or
+ periodically.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Yield</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_scheme">
+ <glossterm>Scheme</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheme is a functional programming language based on a dialect of LISP.
+ Reports in <application>&app;</application> use the Scheme programming language;
+ thus, users wishing to customize reports must write Scheme.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gnc-gl_shareholder">
+ <glossterm>Shareholder</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A shareholder is a person who holds common stock in a company.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_split">
+ <glossterm>Split</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A split, or Ledger Entry, is the fundamental accounting unit.
+ Each split consists of an amount, the value of that amount expressed in a
+ (possibly) different currency, a Memo, a pointer to the parent Transaction,
+ a pointer to the debited Account, a reconciled flag and timestamp, an action
+ field, and a key-value frame which can store arbitrary data.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stock">
+ <glossterm>Stock</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A security that represents a certain fractional ownership of a company.
+ This is what you buy when you <quote>buy stock</quote> in a company on the
+ open market. This is also sometimes known as <emphasis>capital stock</emphasis>,
+ or <emphasis>common stock</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stocksplit">
+ <glossterm>Stock split</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Occurs when a company offers to issue some additional multiple of shares
+ for each existing stock. For example, a <quote>2 for 1</quote> stock split
+ means that if you own 100 shares of a stock, you will receive an additional
+ 100 shares at no cost to you. The unit price of the shares will usually be
+ adjusted so there is no net change in the value, so in this example the
+ price per share will be halved. Note that such transactions affect the cost
+ basis per share owned.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_transaction">
+ <glossterm>Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A transaction consists of a date, a description, an ID number, a list
+ of one or more splits, and a key-value frame. Transactions embody the notion
+ of "double entry" accounting.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Unrealized gain or loss is the difference in value between a purchase
+ price and the current value of a given asset. These gains remain unrealized
+ until the asset is sold, at which point they become <emphasis>Realized gains
+ or losses</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_valuation">
+ <glossterm>Valuation</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The process of determining the market value or the price the
+ investment would sell at in a <quote>reasonable time frame</quote>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_xml">
+ <glossterm>XML</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The eXtensible Markup Language is an international markup standard.
+ <application>&app;</application> stores its data by default in an XML data
+ structure.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_yield">
+ <glossterm>Yield</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of the amount of money you earn from an investment
+ (i.e., how much income you receive from the investment). Typically, this
+ is reported as a percentage of the principal amount. Yield does not include
+ capital gains or losses (see Return). For example, a stock that sells for $100
+ and gives $2 in dividends per year has a yield of 2%.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+</glossary>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index e2c62fc..4b50b9d 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY gnc-gloss SYSTEM "gnc-glossary.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -515,6 +516,7 @@
</part>
<part>
<title>Appendices</title>
+&gnc-gloss;
&appendixa;
&appendixb;
&appendixc;
diff --git a/guide/it/Makefile.am b/guide/it/Makefile.am
index 1048147..647abef 100644
--- a/guide/it/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/it/Makefile.am
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ COMPONENTS = \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_python_bindings.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml \
+ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixa.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixb.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixc.xml \
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index 10a7004..9e631bd 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY gnc-gloss SYSTEM "gnc-glossary.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -12329,6 +12330,454 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<title>Appendices</title>
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.4.0
+ Last modified: December 6, 2016
+ Author:
+ David T. <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<glossary>
+ <title><application>GnuCash</application> Glossary</title>
+ <para>This is a glossary of common terms used in <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_account">
+ <glossterm>Conto</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_accountingperiod">
+ <glossterm>Accounting Period</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An accounting period is an established range of time in which
+ accounting functions are performed, aggregated and analyzed. Common accounting
+ periods include month, quarter, and year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_aqbanking">
+ <glossterm>AqBanking</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A library which implements the German Home Banking Computer Interface
+ (HBCI) and Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard (EBICS), OFX
+ Direct Connect and Paypal. It is the successor of openHBCI.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_asset">
+ <glossterm>Asset</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An asset is an economic resource. Anything tangible or intangible that
+ can be owned or controlled to produce value and that is held to have
+ positive economic value is considered an asset.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_balancesheet">
+ <glossterm>Balance Sheet</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A Balance Sheet is a financial statement that summarizes a company's
+ assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity at a specific point in time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_book">
+ <glossterm>Book</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A book is a record of all transactions for a person or organization. In
+ <application>GnuCash</application>, each file contains a book.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Capital Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_capstock">
+ <glossterm>Capital stock</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_chartofaccounts">
+ <glossterm>Struttura dei conti</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A listing of all the accounts available in the data file. The chart
+ of accounts consists of balance sheet accounts (assets, liabilities,
+ stockholders' equity) and income statement accounts (revenues, expenses,
+ gains, losses).</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commission">
+ <glossterm>Commissionie</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The fee paid to a broker to buy or sell securities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commodity">
+ <glossterm>Commodity</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A commodity is something of value that is easily tradeable or sellable;
+ for example, currencies, stocks, bonds, grain, copper, and oil are all commodities.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_commonstock">
+ <glossterm>Azione ordinaria</glossterm>
+ <glosssee otherterm="gnc-gl_stock">Stock</glosssee>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_compounding">
+ <glossterm>Interesse composto</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The concept that the reinvested interest can later earn interest of
+ its own (interest on interest). This is often referred to as <emphasis>compound
+ interest</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_costbasis">
+ <glossterm>Cost Basis</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Cost basis is the original value of an asset for tax purposes,
+ usually the purchase price, adjusted for stock splits, dividends and return
+ of capital distributions. This value is used to determine the <emphasis>capital gain</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_csv">
+ <glossterm>CSV</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Stands for Comma Separated Values. CSV files are used to store data
+ in plain text. Each line of the file is a record and each record can be
+ comprised of multiple fields separated by commas. CSV is one import format
+ that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_dividends">
+ <glossterm>Dividendi</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Dividends are cash payments a company makes to shareholders. The
+ amount of this payment is usually determined as some amount of the profits
+ of the company. Not all common stocks give dividends.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_equities">
+ <glossterm>Capitali</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Equities are investments in which the investor becomes part (or whole)
+ owner in something.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_fints">
+ <glossterm>Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A banking protocol used by German banks. Developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). The standard is used
+ only by German banks. Prior 2002, it was called Home Banking Computer
+ Interface (HBCI). FinTS is one import format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_hbci">Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_gsettings">
+ <glossterm>GSettings</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Since version 2.5 the tool that stores user configuration data. It
+ uses the native data store of the operating system:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Linux</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>DConf since Gnome 3.0 dropped GConf</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Mac OS X</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Defaults. Use the command-line defaults(1) to modify
+ prefs when GnuCash isn't running.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Finestre</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem><para>Registry.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_hbci">
+ <glossterm>Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A bank-independent online banking protocol used by German banks. Home
+ Banking Computer Interface (HBCI) was developed by the German Central
+ Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). Since 2002, it has
+ been called Financial Transaction Services (FinTS). HBCI is one import
+ format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_fints">Financial Transaction Services (FinTS)</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_interest">
+ <glossterm>Interesse</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>What a borrower pays a lender for the use of their money. Normally,
+ this is expressed in terms of a percentage of the principal per year. For
+ example, a savings account with 1% interest will pay you $1 for every $100
+ you keep deposited per year.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liability">
+ <glossterm>Liability</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A liability is a financial debt or obligation that arises during the
+ course of operations.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_libofx">
+ <glossterm>LibOFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An open source library for OFX (see below). It was created by one
+ of the <application>GnuCash</application> developers, originally to be the
+ OFX interface for <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_liquidity">
+ <glossterm>Liquidità </glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of how easily convertible an investment is to cash. Money
+ in a savings account is very liquid, while money invested in a house has
+ low liquidity because it takes time to sell a house.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_lot">
+ <glossterm>Lot</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A lot is a means of grouping a commodity so that you later identify that
+ the item bought in one transaction is the same as one sold in a different
+ transaction. Lots are often implemented with stocks, where capital gain can
+ depend on which item is being sold at a given time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_mt940">
+ <glossterm>MT940</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A financial information standard defined by SWIFT and used by several
+ European banks. It is also used internally in HBCI. Unfortunately, you can't
+ download the MT940 standard, but some banks publish it on their web sites.
+ MT940 is one import format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_ofx">
+ <glossterm>OFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Open Financial eXchange format. This is a financial information
+ exchange standard used by many institutions. OFX is one import format
+ that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_pricedb">
+ <glossterm>Price Database</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The price database contains a store of price quotes for stocks, mutual
+ funds, and currencies.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_principal">
+ <glossterm>Somma capitale</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The original amount of money invested or borrowed.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qfx">
+ <glossterm>QFX</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Financial eXchange format. This is a proprietary financial
+ information exchange standard promoted by Quicken and used by many institutions.
+ QFX is one import format that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_qif">
+ <glossterm>QIF</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for
+ reading and writing financial data to files. This is an older format that
+ is still used by many institutions. QIF is one import format
+ that <application>GnuCash</application> supports.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_realgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Realized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment
+ at the time the investment is sold. Also known as
+ <emphasis>Capital Gain/Loss</emphasis>. Before an investment
+ is sold, the difference in value is referred to as
+ <emphasis>Unrealized Gain/Loss</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_return">
+ <glossterm>Profitto</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The total income plus capital gains or losses of an investment.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Rendimento</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_risk">
+ <glossterm>Rischio</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The probability that the return on investment is different from what
+ was expected. Investments are often grouped on a scale from low risk (e.g.,
+ savings accounts or government bonds) to high risk (e.g., common stocks
+ or junk bonds). As a general rule of thumb, the higher the risk, the
+ higher the possible return.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_schedtxn">
+ <glossterm>Scheduled Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheduled transactions provide a framework for remembering information
+ about transactions that are set to occur in the future, either once or
+ periodically.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_yield">Rendimento</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_scheme">
+ <glossterm>Scheme</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Scheme is a functional programming language based on a dialect of LISP.
+ Reports in <application>GnuCash</application> use the Scheme programming language;
+ thus, users wishing to customize reports must write Scheme.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gnc-gl_shareholder">
+ <glossterm>Azionista</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A shareholder is a person who holds common stock in a company.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_split">
+ <glossterm>Split</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A split, or Ledger Entry, is the fundamental accounting unit.
+ Each split consists of an amount, the value of that amount expressed in a
+ (possibly) different currency, a Memo, a pointer to the parent Transaction,
+ a pointer to the debited Account, a reconciled flag and timestamp, an action
+ field, and a key-value frame which can store arbitrary data.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stock">
+ <glossterm>Stock</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A security that represents a certain fractional ownership of a company.
+ This is what you buy when you <quote>buy stock</quote> in a company on the
+ open market. This is also sometimes known as <emphasis>capital stock</emphasis>,
+ or <emphasis>common stock</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_stocksplit">
+ <glossterm>Frazionamento azionario</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Occurs when a company offers to issue some additional multiple of shares
+ for each existing stock. For example, a <quote>2 for 1</quote> stock split
+ means that if you own 100 shares of a stock, you will receive an additional
+ 100 shares at no cost to you. The unit price of the shares will usually be
+ adjusted so there is no net change in the value, so in this example the
+ price per share will be halved. Note that such transactions affect the cost
+ basis per share owned.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_transaction">
+ <glossterm>Transaction</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A transaction consists of a date, a description, an ID number, a list
+ of one or more splits, and a key-value frame. Transactions embody the notion
+ of "double entry" accounting.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_unrealgainloss">
+ <glossterm>Unrealized Gain/Loss</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Unrealized gain or loss is the difference in value between a purchase
+ price and the current value of a given asset. These gains remain unrealized
+ until the asset is sold, at which point they become <emphasis>Realized gains
+ or losses</emphasis>.</para>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_capgainloss">Capital Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ <glossseealso otherterm="gnc-gl_realgainloss">Realized Gain/Loss</glossseealso>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_valuation">
+ <glossterm>Valuation</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The process of determining the market value or the price the
+ investment would sell at in a <quote>reasonable time frame</quote>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_xml">
+ <glossterm>XML</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The eXtensible Markup Language is an international markup standard.
+ <application>GnuCash</application> stores its data by default in an XML data
+ structure.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<glossentry id="gnc-gl_yield">
+ <glossterm>Rendimento</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A measure of the amount of money you earn from an investment
+ (i.e., how much income you receive from the investment). Typically, this
+ is reported as a percentage of the principal amount. Yield does not include
+ capital gains or losses (see Return). For example, a stock that sells for $100
+ and gives $2 in dividends per year has a yield of 2%.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+</glossentry>
+
+<!-- ... -->
+
+</glossary>
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
Maintainers:
commit cd613b37807aaa29f9287bd6a715be7458cccf9e
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Fri Dec 9 13:36:36 2016 -0800
Add new (from bug 633590 change) ch_reports.xml to guide C and it Makefile.am.
diff --git a/guide/C/Makefile.am b/guide/C/Makefile.am
index 32d1c3a..1254b6b 100644
--- a/guide/C/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/C/Makefile.am
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ entities = \
ch_expenses.xml \
ch_loans.xml \
ch_invest.xml \
+ ch_reports.xml \
ch_capgain.xml \
ch_currency.xml \
ch_dep.xml \
diff --git a/guide/it/Makefile.am b/guide/it/Makefile.am
index 3b40a07..1048147 100644
--- a/guide/it/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/it/Makefile.am
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ COMPONENTS = \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_loans.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_invest.xml \
+ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_reports.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_currency.xml \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/ch_dep.xml \
commit 56c7bc11ee4f718acf2e95a18e7988b3e02fc09d
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Fri Dec 9 12:13:07 2016 -0800
Replace defective Italian gnucash-guide.xml with a working one.
diff --git a/guide/it/Makefile.am b/guide/it/Makefile.am
index 545b3eb..3b40a07 100644
--- a/guide/it/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/it/Makefile.am
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ COMPONENTS = \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixd.xml
gnucash-guide.xml: ${COMPONENTS} ${srcdir}/it.po
- xml2po -e -p ${srcdir}/it.po -o $@ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+ xml2po -e -p ${srcdir}/it.po -o $@ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
if test "${srcdir}" != "${buildir}"; then mv $@ ${srcdir}; fi
EXTRA_DIST += it.po
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index 6a16bc2..10a7004 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd" [
<!-- HTML codes unknown to xmllint and xml2po: --><!ENTITY lsquo "‘">
<!ENTITY rsquo "’">
@@ -7780,1944 +7778,115 @@ Entrate
<para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
- <para><quote>a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a
- quantity of a financial instrument</quote>.
- </para>
- <para>
- <application>GnuCash</application> has a built-in lot management
- facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses
- resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into
- lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More
- specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell
- transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and
- linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and
- transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and
- the cost of the securities sold. <application>GnuCash</application>
- refers to this process as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>.
- </para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split4">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>The term <emphasis>scrub</emphasis> is used because security
- accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
- between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
- them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital
- gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance
- (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
- total credits.
- </para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
- transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
- </note>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>
- If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
- Wikipedia <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
- FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
- Average cost method</ulink>.
- </para>
+ <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
- <para>
- If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>GnuCash
- </application> transactions and splits, please see
- <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes"/>.
- </para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>
- The <application>GnuCash</application> lot management facility can be a
- useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
- have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
- involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
- transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
- buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
- Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
- the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
- the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
- <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
- a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
- security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
- transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
- a security and the value received by selling it.
- </para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
- security account register, then select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
+ </sect2>
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
- </title>
- <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
+<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
- </textobject>
+-->
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
+ <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
+ <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
- <para>Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants,
- <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
- Lots in Account
- </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
- <title>Procedure Summary</title>
+ <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
- <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
- capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
- </para>
+ <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
- <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
- depending on cost method)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
- </listitem>
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
- </listitem>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
- debits balance to total credits</para>
- </listitem>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
- <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+ <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
- <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
- <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
- </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
- sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
- use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
- Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
- Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
- transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
- be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
- (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
- concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
- FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
- cannot be used for average costing.
- </para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
+ <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
- <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
- <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
- FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
- <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
- </note>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <para>See:</para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
- </sect3>
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
- <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>
- The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
- automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
- account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
- GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
- should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
- Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
- income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
- account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
- </para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
- <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
- <para>Running a Trial Balance report
- (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
- transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
- correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
- securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
- report, total debits should equal total credits.
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
- determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
- accounting for capital gain/loss:
- </para>
-
- <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
- transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
- the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
- Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
- by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
- causing the problem.
- </para>
-
- <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
- </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
- report with different dates until you find the date it starts
- being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
- for each transaction on the problem date to the following
- day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
- running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
- problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
- sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
- corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
- sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
- <title>Considerations</title>
-
- <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
- lot management facility.
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
- First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
- transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
- always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
- used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
- the sell split before scrubbing.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
- when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
- calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
- <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
- (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
- Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
- gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
- must be used in both places.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
- sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
- part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
- recorded as 2 transactions:
- </para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
- number of shares and (optionally) commission
- </title>
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Titolo</entry>
- <entry>-NumSold</entry>
- <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry>SaleValue</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <table>
- <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
- </title>
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Titolo</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Credit</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
- straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
- any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
- splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
- be handled manually.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
- <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
-
- <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
- the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
- (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
- with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
- scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
- the capital gain/loss transaction.
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
- scrubbing a single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
- <chapter id="ch_reports">
- <title>Resoconti</title>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
-users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
-this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
-helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
-<application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
-<para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
-transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
-questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
-last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
-<para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
-meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
-possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
-not recommended for beginners).</para>
-
- <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
- <title>In generale</title>
- <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
- all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
- <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
- with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
-the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
-settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
-the options will be different. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
- <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
- <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
- that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
- reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
- <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
-to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
-<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
-you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
-Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
-<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
-Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
-configuration with a new name.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
-Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
-use on multicolumn reports.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
-dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
-<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
-Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
-Configuration.</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
- <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
- <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
- in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
- description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
- intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
-<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
-<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
-(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
-<application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
-<application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
-price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
-includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
-about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
-
- <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
- <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
- <para>
- The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
- calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
- sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
- losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
- Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
- account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
- income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
- in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
- (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
- will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
- be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
- short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
-<title>Asset Barchart</title>
-<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
-<title>Asset Piechart</title>
-<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
-<title>Average Balance</title>
-<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
-<title>Balance Sheet</title>
-<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
-for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
-are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
-of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
-<title>General Journal</title>
-<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
-to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
-totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
-<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
-include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
-to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
-need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
-Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
-<title>General Ledger</title>
-<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
-for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
-and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
-<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
-is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
-value information about commodities in the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
-<title>Liability Barchart</title>
-<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
-<title>Liability Piechart</title>
-<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
-<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
-financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
-<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
-period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
-<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
-<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
-another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
-When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
-changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
-Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
-commodity.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
-<title>Budget Group</title>
-<para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
-summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
-these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
-group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
-need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
-<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
-<title>Budget Barchart</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
-<title>Budget Flow</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
-<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
-<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
-<title>Budget Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
-<title>Business Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
-to a business.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
-<title>Customer Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
-<title>Customer Summary</title>
-<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
-comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
-<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
-made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
-Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
-since this is the tag that decides the line to which
-to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
-Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
-invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
-<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
-may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
-<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
-for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
-tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
-expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
-the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
-into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
-<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
-<para>Useful options:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
-<title>Easy Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
-<title>Employee Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
-<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
-<title>Payable Aging</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
-<title>Printable Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
-<title>Receivable Aging</title>
-<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
-how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
-much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
-The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
-<title>Vendor Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
-<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
-<title>Cash Flow</title>
-<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
-over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
-Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
-all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
-other account.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
-<title>Equity Statement</title>
-<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
-Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
-specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
-by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
-<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
-capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
-<title>Expense Barchart</title>
-<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
-<title>Expense Piechart</title>
-<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
-<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
-selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
-The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
-display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
-expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
-day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
-the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
-to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
-<title>Income Barchart</title>
-<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
-<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
-<title>Income Piechart</title>
-<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
-<title>Income Statement</title>
-<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
-default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
-sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
-<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
-<para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
-"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
-to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
-<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
-going for a given time period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
-<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
-income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
-options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
-and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
-chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
-other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
-considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
-source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
-<title>Trial Balance</title>
-<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
-date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
-used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
-<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
-<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
-or podified to suit personal need.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
-<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
-<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
-reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
-window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
-Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
-multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
-<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
-<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
-<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
-<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
-custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
-<title>Other Reports</title>
-<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
-below.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
-<title>Account Summary</title>
-<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
-particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
-down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
-<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
-You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
-<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
-(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
-consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
-<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
-<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
-<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
-deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
-data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
-downloadable versions.</para>
-<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
-form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
-you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
-<title>Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
-specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
-and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
-<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
-<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
-Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
-settings for standard reports.</para>
-<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
-Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
-<title>Account Report</title>
-<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
-the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
-register.</para>
-<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
-results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
-a report for just those transactions.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
-<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
-However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
-(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
-an empty report will be generated.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_capgain">
- <title>Guadagni in conto capitale</title>
-
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
- window where SSSS is the security account.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
- single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
- Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
- Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
- security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
- split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
- Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
- </guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
- that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
- 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
- </guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
- split with the highlighted lot.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
- I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
- of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
- security buys.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
- single lot, after manual linking
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
- single lot
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
- </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
- </para>
-
- <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
- changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
- so no example screen image is supplied.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Continue to
- <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <literallayout>
--Assets
- -Current Assets
- -Savings Account
- -Fixed Assets
- -ITEM1
- -Cost
- -Unrealized Gain
- -ITEM2
- -Cost
- -Unrealized Gain
--Income
- -Realized Gains
- -Unrealized Gains
- </literallayout>
- </sect1>
-
- <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
- splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
- <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
- security account.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
- <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
- transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
- the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
- linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
- using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
- be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
- to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
- into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
- it is possible to have different splits from the same
- transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
- capital gain/loss.</para>
-
- <note><para>
- If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
- transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
- not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
- separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
- that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
- them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
- future.</para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
- <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
-
- <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
- In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
- but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
- for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
- sales on the same day.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
- <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
- security account.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
- is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
- Account
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
- the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
- Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
- all the lots show.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
- return to the security account register.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
- </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
- into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
- has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
- transaction.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
- <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
- <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
- creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
- simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
- bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
- zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
- 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
- </para>
-
- <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
- stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
- </para>
-
- <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
- sale:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
- one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
- distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
- split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
- should consult a professional.
- </para>
-
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
- <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
- open and return to the security account register.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
- single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
- single lot
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
- </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
- transaction in the security account register (they will
- have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
- Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
- income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
- loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
- Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
- taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
- tax laws.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
- <title>Dividendi</title>
-
- <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
- <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
-
- <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
- transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
- from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
- the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
- transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
-
- <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
- deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
- to the stock account.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <note>
- <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
- </note>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
- <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
-
- <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
-
- <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
- dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
- </para>
-
- <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
- reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
- simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
- first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
- cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
- corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
- reinvestment. </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
- <title>Return of Capital</title>
-
- <para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
- the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
- reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
- </para>
-
- <para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
- by entering the stock split with
- </para>
-
- <informaltable>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
- brokerage bank account.
- </para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
- of capital.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
- type of transaction.</para>
- </note>
-
- <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
- <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
- entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
- unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
- </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect1>
-
-<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
-
--->
-
- <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
- <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
-
- <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
- <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
-
- <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.4.0
- Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_currency">
- <title>Valute multiple</title>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
-
- <note>
- <para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
- </note>
- </sect1>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionamento 2 per 1, quindi il numero di quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -EUR (HKD)
-
-Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
- </literallayout>
-
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
-
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split4">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- </sect2>
-
-<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
-
--->
-
- <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
- <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
-
- <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
-
- <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
-
- <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
-
- <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
+ <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
<para>Una schermata finale di <quote>Termine</quote> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare <guimenu>Indietro</guimenu>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di <guimenu>Applica</guimenu> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
@@ -10529,26 +8698,11 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
<para>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas</emphasis>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis>.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
- we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
+ <para>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport)
-Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca (HKD)
-Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
-Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
-Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
- </literallayout>
- </literallayout>
<para><table>
<title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
<tgroup cols="4">
<tbody>
@@ -10574,27 +8728,16 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<row>
<entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
- <para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
- </imageobject>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
<entry>€100.000</entry>
<entry>€0</entry>
</row>
- <para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
- </imageobject>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
<entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
@@ -10605,10 +8748,8 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- </sect1>
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €130.000 ed €30.000.</para>
<screenshot id="capgain_app3main">
<mediaobject>
@@ -10853,16 +8994,16 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
structure for this would be:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -HKD (HKD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -HKD (HKD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -10964,14 +9105,11 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<sect1 id="currency_howto1">
<title>Recording and Updating Currency Exchange Rates</title>
- <para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
- preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
- to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
- decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
- as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
- as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
+
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates
+ both manually and automatically. This process is essentially the
+ same as setting share prices for investments (see <xref linkend="invest-stockprice1"/>).
+ In the following two sections we will work through both methods.</para>
<para>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</para>
@@ -10991,18 +9129,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</screenshot>
<para>As you see, the overall balances do not yet reflect any value for EUR
or HKD holdings. Adding currency exchange rates will fix this.</para>
- <para>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
- that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
- happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
- all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
- AUD for that. </para>
- <para>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</para>
- <literallayout>
-Equity:Lottery (AUD)
-Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
- </literallayout>
- </literallayout>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_Manual">
+ <title>Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</title>
<para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
@@ -11076,19 +9205,9 @@ Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
<para>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio per HKD, <application>&app;</application> non converte l’HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione successiva.</para>
</sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>Acquistare una casa</title>
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
- (with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Beni immobili:Casa (EUR) €300.000
-Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo (EUR) €250.000
-Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo (EUR)
-Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
- </literallayout>
- </literallayout>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_Auto">
+ <title>Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</title>
<para>In the previous section you saw how to manually define a
new currency exchange rate, but <application>GnuCash</application> includes an
@@ -11138,16 +9257,8 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column.
Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange
rate.</para>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_main3.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
@@ -11214,15 +9325,15 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
structure:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
- -Fixed Assets (USD)
- -Boat (JMD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)
+ -Boat (JMD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -11306,8 +9417,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange
rate you have either automatically or manually retrieved.</para>
</sect2>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
+
+ <sect2 id="currency_purchase3">
+ <title>Purchasing Foreign Stocks</title>
<para>This example will show how to purchase stocks that are priced in a
currency other than your primary currency.</para>
@@ -11323,11 +9435,11 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
account structure:</para>
<literallayout>
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
-Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
-Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
-Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
+Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
+Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
+Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
<para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
@@ -11376,12 +9488,21 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
(<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
the following:</para>
-<literallayout>
- Acquisto delle azioni
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca Prelievo 50.000
- Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Boom_HKD Deposito 500
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694 Deposito 49.500 (16.500 quote)
-</literallayout>
+<bridgehead renderas="sect4">Buy Stocks</bridgehead>
+<informaltable frame="none" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="3*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="right"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry><entry>50,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKD</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>500</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage
+ Account:Boom:0694</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>49,500
+ (16,500 shares)</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
<para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
@@ -11394,18 +9515,15 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<textobject>
<phrase>Trasferimento di fondi</phrase>
</textobject>
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </para>
- <para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
- different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
- does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
+ <caption><para>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <para>When you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the
+ purchased shares reflected in the stock account’s total.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
@@ -11447,8 +9565,9 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
structure would suffice:</para>
<literallayout>
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
- Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
<para>You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting
exchange rates as you went.</para>
@@ -11457,10 +9576,11 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as:</para>
<literallayout>
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
<sect2 id="currency_invest12">
<title>Purchasing Currency</title>
@@ -11470,12 +9590,19 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs
to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150.</para>
-<literallayout>
-Buy Currency
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank Withdrawal 10,000
- Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF Deposit 150
- Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF Deposit 49,250
-</literallayout>
+ <bridgehead renderas="sect4">Buy Currency</bridgehead>
+ <informaltable frame="none" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="5*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="2*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="right"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry><entry>10,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>150</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>49,250</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
<para>The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you
leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
@@ -11507,69 +9634,36 @@ Buy Currency
<title>Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
<tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="3*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="center"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="center"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row><entry>Conto</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry></row>
+ </thead>
<tbody>
<row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Deposito</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Prelievo</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry>
-
- <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry>
-
- <entry/>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry>
-
- <entry/>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry/>
-
- <entry>Importo venduto</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>[PERDITA]</entry>
-
- <entry>UTILE</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry>
-
- <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry> <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry> <entry/> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry> <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry> <entry/> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry> <entry/> <entry>Importo venduto</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry> <entry>[PERDITA]</entry> <entry>UTILE</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry> <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry> <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry> </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>Come procedere?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
- ponder.</para>
- </sect2>
</sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
+ <title>Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency</title>
+ <para>Reconciling foreign statement are done in the same manner as when
+ you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of
+ Accounts structure which allows you to have the same currency per account
+ as your statement, it is actually exactly the same as
+ reconciling your local bank statement.</para>
+ <para>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
index a1f977f..62bbc4c 100644
--- a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
Some global declarations which are used in the files. For easier
maintainance they should be collected here.
--><!ENTITY manrevision "2.6.14">
-<!ENTITY date "17 Settembre 2016">
+<!ENTITY date "17 September2016">
<!ENTITY vers-unstable "master">
<!ENTITY vers-stable "2.6.14">
<!ENTITY series-unstable "master">
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
<bookinfo>
<title>Manuale di aiuto di <application>&app;</application></title>
- <edition>v2.6.13</edition>
+ <edition>v2.6.14</edition>
<copyright>
<year>2002-2016</year>
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
(translators put your name and email here)
-->
-<chapter id="Getting-Help">
+<chapter id="Getting-Help">
<title id="Using-Help">Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</title>
<para>Questo documento è consultabile in due modi:</para>
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect1 id="Help-Window">
<title>Accedere all’aiuto</title>
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
<para>Il lato destro della finestra di aiuto mostra la pagina attualmente aperta. Il lato sinistro contiene invece la lista degli argomenti. Selezionando uno degli argomenti dell’aiuto, la corrispondente pagina verrà aperta nella finestra di destra.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="tutorial">
<title>Guida ai concetti e manuale di <application>&app;</application></title>
@@ -526,10 +526,10 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
- <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
+ <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
Join them on #gnucash at irc.gnome.org.</para>
- <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>GnuCash</application> web site </ulink>
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>GnuCash</application> web site </ulink>
has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
to additional useful resources such as the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
and bug tracking system.</para>
@@ -571,15 +571,23 @@
<itemizedlist id="CreateAccounts">
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Creare un nuovo gruppo di conti</guilabel> — Avvia l’assistente per <guilabel>Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel> (<xref linkend="acct-hierarchy"/>). Selezionare questa opzione per essere assistiti nella creazione di un gruppo di conti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Create a new set of accounts:</guilabel> Runs the
+ <guilabel>New Account Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant (see <xref linkend="acct-hierarchy"/>). Select
+ this option if you want to be assisted in creating a set of accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Importare file QIF</guilabel> — Avvia l’assistente per l’<guilabel>Importazione dei file QIF</guilabel> (<xref linkend="import-qif"/>). Selezionare questa opzione se si devono importare in <application>&app;</application> dei file di Quicken (estensione <filename>.qif</filename>) provenienti da un’altra applicazione finanziaria.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Import my QIF files:</guilabel> Runs the
+ <guilabel>Import QIF Files</guilabel> assistant (see <xref linkend="import-qif"/>). Select this option
+ if you already have Quicken files (<filename>.qif</filename> files) from another
+ financial application and wish to import them into <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</guilabel> — Apre la guida ai concetti e manuale di <application>&app;</application>. Selezionare questa opzione se si è alla prima esperienza con <application>&app;</application> e con i concetti di contabilità .</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Open the new user tutorial:</guilabel>
+ Opens the <application>GnuCash</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this
+ option if you are completely new to <application>GnuCash</application> and
+ accounting concepts.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -613,18 +621,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dall’assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel creating
+ a new set of accounts.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> — permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> brings up the next
+ screen so you can continue through the assistant.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -703,18 +714,20 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dall’assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exits the assistant and cancels creating
+ a new set of accounts.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Applica</guibutton> — crea i conti che sono stati selezionati.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Apply:</guibutton> creates the accounts you have selected.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -739,18 +752,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dal processo e annulla l’importazione di file <acronym>QIF</acronym>.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel importing
+ <acronym>QIF</acronym> files.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> — permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> brings up the next
+ screen so you can continue through the assistant.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -958,18 +974,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dal processo e annulla l’importazione di file <acronym>QIF</acronym>.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel importing
+ <acronym>QIF</acronym> files.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> — importa i dati e crea i conti specificati.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> imports the data and creates the
+ accounts you have specified.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1008,7 +1027,7 @@
</variablelist>
<para>L’opzione <guibutton>Visualizza i suggerimenti all’avvio</guibutton> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> all’avvio di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
-
+
<para>È anche possibile configurare l’opzione di avvio del <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> nella scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel>. Il <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> può anche essere avviato manualmente dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Aiuto</guimenu><guimenuitem>Suggerimento del giorno</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -1151,7 +1170,7 @@
<sect2 id="AccTree-menus">
<title>Struttura dei conti - Menu</title>
- <para>La <firstterm>barra del menu</firstterm> per la finestra della struttura dei conti contiene le seguenti opzioni:</para>
+ <para>La <firstterm>barra del menu</firstterm> per la finestra della struttura dei conti contiene le seguenti opzioni:</para>
<sect3 id="AccTree-file-menu">
<title>Struttura dei conti - Menu <guimenu>File</guimenu></title>
@@ -1242,7 +1261,7 @@
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -1916,7 +1935,7 @@
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Ripristina avvisi...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry nameend="c3" namest="c2">
- <para><application>&app;</application> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</guilabel>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <guilabel>Ripristina avvisi</guilabel> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</guilabel>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <guilabel>Ripristina avvisi</guilabel> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -2097,7 +2116,7 @@
<entry align="center" nameend="c3" namest="c2">
<para>Seleziona le operazioni relative al dipendente.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry namest="c2">
<para><guimenuitem>Employees Overview</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -2166,7 +2185,7 @@
<entry namest="c2" nameend="c3">
<para>Visualizza e permette di modificare la lista dei promemoria delle scadenze per le ricevute.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -2945,7 +2964,7 @@
<note>
<para>I metodi di inserimento delle transazioni sono descritti in maggior dettaglio in <xref linkend="trans-sched"/></para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="Trans-menus">
@@ -3041,7 +3060,7 @@
<entry namest="c2">
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -3521,6 +3540,22 @@
<para>Ordina per campo delle note</para></entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="c2">
+ <para><guilabel>Reverse Order</guilabel></para></entry>
+
+ <entry namest="c3">
+ <para>Reverse the sort order.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="c2">
+ <para><guilabel>Save Sort Order</guilabel></para></entry>
+
+ <entry namest="c3">
+ <para>Save the sort order between sessions.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Filtra per...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -3623,7 +3658,7 @@
</row>
<row>
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Open Associated File/Location</guimenuitem></para></entry>
- <entry><para>Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a
+ <entry><para>Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a
file or location was associated to the currently selected transaction.</para></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -4201,7 +4236,7 @@
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -4691,7 +4726,7 @@
<para>The items shown in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu are the same listed in <xref linkend="AccTree-ReportsMenu"/>
with the addition of:
</para>
-
+
<table frame="topbot" id="Report-ReportsMenu">
<title>Report - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu.</title>
@@ -4723,7 +4758,7 @@
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Saved Report Configurations
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry namest="c1">
<para><guimenuitem>Save Report Configuration As...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -4731,7 +4766,7 @@
<entry nameend="c3" namest="c2">
<para>Save the current report configuration with a new name.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -6155,7 +6190,7 @@
<title>Creare un nuovo conto</title>
<para>Per creare un nuovo conto selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo conto...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> o fare clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo</guibutton> della <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> quando è visualizzata la finestra della struttura dei conti. Verrà aperta la finestra per la creazione di un <guilabel>Nuovo conto</guilabel>.</para>
-
+
<para>La finestre di dialogo delle proprietà per un <guilabel>Nuovo conto</guilabel> consta di due schede, quella delle preferenze <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> e quella del <guilabel>Bilancio d’apertura</guilabel>. </para>
<para>Creare un nuovo conto richiede la pianificazione di alcuni dettagli che dovranno essere inseriti nella finestra di dialogo per il <guilabel>nuovo conto</guilabel>.</para>
@@ -6219,7 +6254,7 @@
<para>Se il titolo o il fondo di cui si ha bisogno non compare nell’elenco ma se ne conosce il <guilabel>Tipo</guilabel>, è possibile creare il titolo o il fondo. Per creare una commodity per i fondi comuni e per le azioni, selezionare <guibutton>Nuovo...</guibutton>, nella schermata di <guilabel>Scelta del titolo</guilabel>, per aprire la schermata del <guilabel>Nuovo titolo:</guilabel>. Le opzioni presenti sono descritte in <xref linkend="tool-security-edit"/>. Inserire un <guilabel>Nome</guilabel>, il <guilabel>simbolo</guilabel>, selezionare il <guilabel>Tipo</guilabel> e infine premere il pulsante <guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton> per creare il titolo. Dopo che il titolo è stato creato, selezionare il <guilabel>Tipo:</guilabel> (normalmente la borsa dove il titolo viene scambiato) e il nome nella lista a comparsa <guilabel>Valuta/titolo:</guilabel> e premere <guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton> per chiudere la finestra.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -6233,22 +6268,44 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Note:</guilabel> riquadro per inserire del testo liberamente; è utilizzato per qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al conto.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> This is a free form text box that can be used for any additional notes about
+ the account.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
- <para>Sotto a questi riqaudri, sono presenti delle opzioni: una indica se il conto è <guilabel>Relativo alle tasse</guilabel> (impostabile tramite il menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Opzioni tasse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>), mentre le altre due permettono di marcare il conto come <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel> e <guilabel>Nascosto</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>Below the panes are 3 check-boxes: one to show if the account is <guilabel>Tax
+ Related</guilabel>, one to mark the account as a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>, and one to
+ mark an account <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel>.</para>
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Relativo alle tasse</guilabel> permette di marcare il conto per essere incluso nelle esportazioni relative alle tasse. Questo attributo è visualizzato solamente nella schermata di <guilabel>Modifica conto</guilabel> ed è impostato nella finestra delle <guilabel>Informazioni tasse sulle entrate</guilabel> (<menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Opzioni resoconto tasse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>). Consultare la sezione sui resoconti delle tasse e sull’esportazione dei file <acronym>TXF</acronym> nel capitolo sui resoconti (<xref linkend="report-general"/>).</para>
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel> indica che il conto rappresenta solamente un segnaposto nella struttura; è utilizzato solamente per permettere l’impostazione di una struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Tax Related</guilabel> check-box means that an account has been
+ flagged to be included in the Tax Schedule Report. This flag is only displayed on the <guilabel>Edit
+ Account</guilabel> dialog and is set in the <guilabel>Income Tax Information</guilabel> dialog
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).
+ See the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export section in Reports Chapter (<xref linkend="report-general"/>).</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> check-box sets an account to read-only status and
+ prevents the addition of transaction data to the account.</para>
+
<note id="accts-placeholder">
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel> indica che il conto non deve essere utilizato per contenere i dati sulle transazioni. Se il conto è un <guilabel>segnaposto</guilabel>, non potrà contenere delle transazioni: le transazioni potranno essere inserite solamente negli eventuali suoi sottoconti non identificati anch’essi come <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>Setting an account to <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> will also hide that account in the pop-up
+ account list in a register. Sub-accounts to the placeholder account will still display
+ in the pop-up, however.</para>
</note>
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Nascosto</guilabel> permette di nascondere questo conto (e ogni suo sottoconto) nella struttura dei conti e di non visualizzarlo nella lista a comparsa dei conti nella finestra del registro. Per disabilitare questa opzione occorre andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filtra per...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> nella finestra della struttura dei conti, e abilitare l’opzione <guilabel>Visualizza i conti nascosti</guilabel>. In questo modo sarà possibile selezionare il conto e riaprire questa finestra.</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel> check box hides an account (and any sub-accounts) in
+ the account tree. To reset this option, you will
+ first need to open the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter By...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ dialog for the account tree and check the <guilabel>Show hidden accounts</guilabel> option.
+ Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.</para>
+
+ <note id="accts-hidden">
+ <para>Hidden accounts still appear in the pop-up account list in a register.
+ To remove an account from this pop-up account list as well, check the
+ <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> check box.</para>
+ </note>
- <para>Il riquadro seguente contiene una elenco di <guilabel>Tipi di conto</guilabel>. Selezionarne uno in base alla descrizione fornita in <xref linkend="acct-types"/>.</para>
+ <para>Below these checkboxes is a pane that contains a list of <guilabel>Account Types</guilabel>. Select a type from the
+ descriptions in <xref linkend="acct-types"/>.</para>
<para>Il riquadro successivo contiene un albero dei conti dal quale scegliere il <guilabel>Conto padre</guilabel>. Per creare un nuovo albero dei conti, selezionare <guilabel>Nuovo conto di livello principale</guilabel>. <note>
<para>Le scelte disponibili nel riquadro del <guilabel>Tipo di conto</guilabel> dipendono dalla selezione effettuata nel riquadro del <guilabel>Conto padre</guilabel>. Per esempio se il <guilabel>Conto padre</guilabel> è <guilabel>Capitali</guilabel> verrà mostrato solamente il <guilabel>Tipo di conto</guilabel> <emphasis>Capitale</emphasis>. Questo permette di mantenere una struttura dei conti coerente.</para>
@@ -6260,9 +6317,9 @@
<listitem><para><application>&app;</application> si affida a uno strumento esterno per recuperare le quotazioni via internet. Questo strumento è un modulo di Perl denominato <application>Finance::Quote</application> e deve essere installato sul proprio computer indipendentemente da <application>&app;</application>. Il primo passo per abilitare l’aggiornamento delle quotazioni tramite internet consiste nell’assicurarsi che <application>Finance::Quote</application> sia installato correttamente.</para>
<para>Per sapere se il modulo di Perl <application>Finance::Quote</application> è già installato nel sistema, digitare <quote>perldoc Finance::Quote</quote> in una finestra del terminale e verificare se c’è qualche documentazione disponibile. Se c’è la documentazione allora il modulo è installato, altrimenti no.</para>
-
+
<para>L’installazione di <application>Finance::Quote</application> differisce a seconda del sistema operativo in uso. Per i vari sistemi supportati, è possibile seguire le seguenti linee guida:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Linux:</guilabel> la maggior parte delle distribuzioni (Fedora, openSuse, Mandriva, Ubuntu, ecc... ) forniscono un pacchetto nei propri repository per il modulo di perl <application>Finance::Quote</application>. Quindi nella maggior parte dei casi è sufficiente utilizzare il proprio gestore di pacchetti preferito (yum, apt, rpm, synaptics, yast, ecc...) per installare il modulo. Il nome del pacchetto può variare da distribuzione a distribuzione. In genere ha un nome del tipo <quote>perl-Finance-Quote</quote>.</para></listitem>
@@ -6364,13 +6421,13 @@
the following to your personal crontab:</para>
<para><userinput>0 18 * * 5 /path/to/gnucash --add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1'</userinput></para>
-
+
<para>For Linux, which needs dbus, usually started by the desktop
manager, to communicate with dconf or gconf:</para>
-
+
<para><userinput>0 18 * * 5 env `dbus-launch` sh -c 'trap "kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID" EXIT; /path/to/gnucash
--add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1'</userinput></para>
-
+
<para>Si ricordi che i <quote>prezzi</quote> dei fondi comuni rappresentano dei <quote>valori di capitale netto (NAV)</quote> e richiedono diverse ore dopo la chiusura dei mercati per essere disponibili. Se i NAV vengono scaricati prima del giorno in cui vengono determinati, si riceveranno i valori del giorno precedente.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -6583,14 +6640,14 @@
<para>In <application>&app;</application> la riconciliazioni dei conti con gli estratti conti bancari o di qualsiasi altra istituzione finanziaria, è un modo di controllare l’accuratezza delle proprie transazioni (e di quelle della banca) e il saldo dei propri conti. È anche un’operazione utile per rintracciare gli assegni non riscossi e altre transazioni insolute.</para>
- <para>The reconciling process in <application>GnuCash</application> involves two dialogs: the
- <xref linkend="tool-reconcile"/> dialog followed by the <xref linkend="rec-win"/> window. They provide access
- to various <application>GnuCash</application> functions to make it easy to enter and update
+ <para>The reconciling process in <application>GnuCash</application> involves two dialogs: the
+ <xref linkend="tool-reconcile"/> dialog followed by the <xref linkend="rec-win"/> window. They provide access
+ to various <application>GnuCash</application> functions to make it easy to enter and update
account information during the reconciliation.</para>
<tip>
<para>The Reconcile window is accessed from the account tree window or the account register window by
- going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
or using the menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>, <keycap>R</keycap>.</para>
</tip>
@@ -6607,17 +6664,17 @@
<title>Reconciling Information</title>
<para>The <guilabel>Reconcile Information</guilabel> dialog is used to indicate the closing <guilabel>Statement Date</guilabel>
- and the <guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel> (fixed from last reconciliation) and <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel>
+ and the <guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel> (fixed from last reconciliation) and <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel>
from the statement. The <guilabel>Include Sub-accounts</guilabel> check-box is used if one or more subaccounts are used to track
the account you are reconciling. The <guibutton>Enter Interest Payment</guibutton> button is used to add a transfer to the
- accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
+ accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
<xref linkend="tool-ent-int"/> to the account.</para>
<note>
<para>The <guibutton>Enter Interest Payment</guibutton> button is shown only if you are reconciling an account of
<emphasis>Bank</emphasis> type.</para>
</note>
- <para>When you have entered all relevant data, press <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> to proceed to the
+ <para>When you have entered all relevant data, press <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> to proceed to the
<xref linkend="rec-win"/> dialog or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to discard the reconciliation process.</para>
<sect3 id="tool-ent-int">
@@ -6652,21 +6709,21 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Reconcile Account</guilabel> pane highlights in the tree the account that the
interest payment will be transferred to or from.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Payment From</guilabel> pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source
+ <para>The <guilabel>Payment From</guilabel> pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source
account.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an
- <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then
+ <para>If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an
+ <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then
usually this would be from an <emphasis>Income</emphasis> account.</para>
</note>
<tip>
- <para>The <guibutton>Show Income/Expense</guibutton> check-box shows or hides the
+ <para>The <guibutton>Show Income/Expense</guibutton> check-box shows or hides the
<emphasis>Income</emphasis> and <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> accounts.</para>
</tip>
- <para>Select <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to enter the interest transaction (or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>
+ <para>Select <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to enter the interest transaction (or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>
the payment) and return to the initial reconciliation screen.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -6680,23 +6737,23 @@
<xref linkend="rcn-menu"/>.</para>
</note>
- <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement
+ <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement
to <application>GnuCash</application> data takes place on a per transaction basis.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is composed by a <emphasis>toolbar</emphasis> and three
+ <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is composed by a <emphasis>toolbar</emphasis> and three
panes; <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> on the left, <guilabel>Funds out</guilabel> on the right and a balance pane.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>If you enabled the option <guilabel>Use formal accounting labels</guilabel> in the
- <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> section of the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
- you will see <guilabel>Debits</guilabel> and <guilabel>Credits</guilabel> panes instead of
+ <para>If you enabled the option <guilabel>Use formal accounting labels</guilabel> in the
+ <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> section of the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
+ you will see <guilabel>Debits</guilabel> and <guilabel>Credits</guilabel> panes instead of
<guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> panes.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
- <para>The <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> pane shows all unreconciled
+ <para>The <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> pane shows all unreconciled
deposits to the account. Both panes are composed by five columns.</para>
<tip>
- <para>To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header.
+ <para>To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header.
To reverse the selected order click a second time on the column header.</para>
</tip>
@@ -6743,7 +6800,7 @@
on the relevant <guilabel>R</guilabel> column.</para>
<note>
- <para>Under each pane a <guilabel>Total</guilabel> for
+ <para>Under each pane a <guilabel>Total</guilabel> for
reconciled transactions is shown.</para>
</note>
@@ -6773,7 +6830,7 @@
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel></term>
+ <term><guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>The balance of selected transactions.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -6782,7 +6839,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Difference</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>The difference between the <guilabel>Reconciled</guilabel> and
+ <para>The difference between the <guilabel>Reconciled</guilabel> and
<guilabel>Ending</guilabel> balances.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -6790,7 +6847,7 @@
<para>The set of unreconciled transactions in the <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> panes can
be changed by using the menus and <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> to access the account and transaction
- information. You can create a <guibutton>New</guibutton> transaction, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> a selected transaction,
+ information. You can create a <guibutton>New</guibutton> transaction, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> a selected transaction,
add a <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> transaction (of the same amount as listed under <guilabel>Difference</guilabel> in the balance pane),
and delete the selected transaction.</para>
@@ -6799,9 +6856,9 @@
</tip>
<para>By pressing the <guilabel>Open</guilabel> icon the register of the account to reconcile will be opened.</para>
-
+
<para>If you wish to postpone the reconciliation until later use the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postpone</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postpone</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item (menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>) or pressing the
<guibutton>Postpone</guibutton> icon. If you wish to cancel the reconciliation use the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cancel</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item or press the
@@ -6814,7 +6871,7 @@
selected transaction until the <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel> <emphasis>equals</emphasis>
the <guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Difference</guilabel> is <emphasis>zero</emphasis>.
Once this is done select the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button or
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>) to finish the reconcile process.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -6866,7 +6923,7 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Importing transactions either from a <acronym>QIF</acronym>/<acronym>OFX</acronym> file or via
+ <para>Importing transactions either from a <acronym>QIF</acronym>/<acronym>OFX</acronym> file or via
"<acronym>OFX</acronym> on-line banking".</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7029,15 +7086,15 @@ Translators:
in the <guilabel>date</guilabel> field by default when the register window is opened.</para>
<note>
- <para>When working on transactions in <application>GnuCash</application>, be aware that the
+ <para>When working on transactions in <application>GnuCash</application>, be aware that the
<keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key and the <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key behave
differently, and perform different actions.</para>
<para>The <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key moves to the first field of the next split,
regardless of which field you are in. If there is no next split, proceeds to the next transaction.
- In any case, <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> finishes the transaction edit, and any
+ In any case, <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> finishes the transaction edit, and any
imbalance is posted to <emphasis>Imbalance-CUR</emphasis>, where <emphasis>CUR</emphasis> is the
currency of the transaction.</para>
- <para>The <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key moves to the next field in the current split.
+ <para>The <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key moves to the next field in the current split.
If it's the last field, moves to the next split, creating a new one if there isn't one. If the
split is blank, the <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key finishes the transaction and posts any
imbalance to <emphasis>Imbalance-CUR</emphasis>, as above.</para>
@@ -7067,7 +7124,10 @@ Translators:
<para> Accounts may be selected either by typing them in or
by pressing the small button on the right of the
<guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field, which will display a
- pick list of all non-placeholder accounts.
+ pick list of all non-placeholder accounts. Note that this pick list
+ will still display hidden accounts. If you have hidden an account in
+ your chart of accounts, you may want to set the account also to be
+ a placeholder account so that it doesn't display here.
</para>
<para> When typing, <application>GnuCash</application> will
fill in available accounts as you type. For example, if you
@@ -7089,8 +7149,8 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key to move to the first of the amount fields. The names of the next two columns are different
according to what type of account is opened. For example, <emphasis>Bank</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Deposit</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Withdrawal</guilabel> here, <emphasis>Credit Card</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Payment</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Charge</guilabel>, and <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Shares</guilabel>, <guilabel>Price</guilabel>,
+ <guilabel>Withdrawal</guilabel> here, <emphasis>Credit Card</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Payment</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Charge</guilabel>, and <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Shares</guilabel>, <guilabel>Price</guilabel>,
<guilabel>Buy</guilabel> and <guilabel>Sell</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7294,7 +7354,7 @@ Translators:
<sect1 id="trans-stts">
<title>Setting the reconcile status (<guilabel>R</guilabel> field) of a transaction</title>
- <para>In the <application>GnuCash</application> register there is a column named <guilabel>R</guilabel>. This field
+ <para>In the <application>GnuCash</application> register there is a column named <guilabel>R</guilabel>. This field
indicates the status of a transaction. Possible values are:</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -7315,7 +7375,7 @@ Translators:
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>y</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see <xref linkend="acct-reconcile"/>).
+ <para>Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see <xref linkend="acct-reconcile"/>).
Places limits optionally requiring confirmation on editing fields in that line of a transaction.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -7331,7 +7391,7 @@ Translators:
<term><guilabel>v</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Voided. Status is assigned or released manually through the transaction menu (<xref linkend="Trans-transaction-menu"/>)
- to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them.
+ to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them.
When a transaction is voided a reason entry is required that appears to the right of the description.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -7539,7 +7599,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -7569,14 +7629,14 @@ Translators:
represented on the balance sheet as an asset, because the expectation is
that you will receive payment soon.</para>
- <para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your
+ <para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your
company for which payment has not yet been sent. This is represented on the balance sheet
as a liability because you will have to pay for them.</para>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-setup1">
<title>Initial Setup</title>
- <para>To set up <application>GnuCash</application> to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable
+ <para>To set up <application>GnuCash</application> to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable
for a company the following preliminary steps must be done.
</para>
@@ -7591,7 +7651,7 @@ Translators:
proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select <emphasis>Business
Accounts</emphasis>.</para>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs
exactly. You will need to make adjustments for the hierarchy to function
well with your particular situation. It should be close enough that it
@@ -7599,10 +7659,10 @@ Translators:
</note>
<!--
- <para>To use <application>&app;</application>’s integrated accounts
+ <para>To use <application>&app;</application>’s integrated accounts
payable system, you must first setup an account of the <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis>
- type. The <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis> account is usually a sub-account
- under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system
+ type. The <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis> account is usually a sub-account
+ under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system
places transactions.</para>
<literallayout>
@@ -7616,9 +7676,9 @@ Translators:
-AP Expenses
</literallayout>
- <para>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make
+ <para>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make
this hierarchy useful. The important aspects of this hierarchy are that you need
- an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to
+ an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to
<emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis>.</para>
-->
@@ -7629,10 +7689,10 @@ Translators:
<para>Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills).
</para>
-
+
<para> A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line.</para>
- <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
+ <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
line tax table can be assigned to each vendor.
</para>
@@ -7644,11 +7704,11 @@ Translators:
</menuchoice> tab.
</para>
- <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
+ <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sales Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The following fields should be entered:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> This is the tax table name.</para>
@@ -7676,20 +7736,20 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-setupcname">
<title>Company Registration</title>
<para>After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the <application>GnuCash</application>
- file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in
- the <xref linkend="business-book-options"/> accessible from the
+ file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in
+ the <xref linkend="business-book-options"/> accessible from the
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item.
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-setup-cntrs">
<title>Counters</title>
-
+
<para>Define the format and last used numbers of codes such as customer,
invoice, vendor, bill, employee, expense voucher, job number and
order.
@@ -7703,7 +7763,7 @@ Translators:
accessed via <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
See <xref linkend="prefs-biz"/>.
- </para>
+ </para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-setupterms">
@@ -7715,7 +7775,7 @@ Translators:
<note>
<para>As of <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.7, Billing terms are only partially supported. Date due is calculated but discount amount is not.</para>
<para>
- Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
+ Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
professional advise should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -7723,10 +7783,10 @@ Translators:
and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
- sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
+ <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
+ sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7738,12 +7798,12 @@ Translators:
Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms.
Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms.
</para>
-
- <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
+
+ <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The following fields should be entered:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see
@@ -7793,9 +7853,9 @@ Translators:
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-components1">
@@ -7826,7 +7886,7 @@ Translators:
-Tax
-Tax on Purchases
-Tax on Sales
-
+
</literallayout>
<note>
@@ -7899,7 +7959,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Identification - Customer Number</guilabel> - can be
any number by which you would like to refer to this customer. You
- may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
+ may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8067,7 +8127,7 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Invoice Information - Invoice ID</guilabel> - the
identification number of this invoice. This is your internal number
for this invoice. If you leave it blank, an invoice number will be
- generated automatically. See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/>
+ generated automatically. See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/>
for more info</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8080,23 +8140,23 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Billing Information - Customer</guilabel> - the
customer who is to receive this invoice. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing Information - Job</guilabel> (optional) -
- associates the new invoice with a customer job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ar-jobs1"/>).
+ associates the new invoice with a customer job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ar-jobs1"/>).
If you remember the <emphasis>job name</emphasis>
- you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Job</guilabel> window. This window is the same to the one described in
- <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the job
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Job</guilabel> window. This window is the same to the one described in
+ <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the job
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8242,7 +8302,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>If Tax included is set (<guilabel>X</guilabel>), then
- subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is:
+ subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is:
Subtotal = Total / (1+taxrate) and Tax = Total - Subtotal
= Total - (Total / (1+taxrate)).
</para>
@@ -8282,7 +8342,7 @@ Translators:
are ready to print it. Posting an invoice places the transactions in an
accounts receivable account.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Post Invoice</guilabel> window appears and asks you
+ <para>The <guilabel>Post Invoice</guilabel> window appears and asks you
to enter the following information:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8442,7 +8502,7 @@ Translators:
<para>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
Use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, access
the <guilabel>Counters</guilabel> tab, change the <guilabel>Invoice number</guilabel> value to be
- one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
+ one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -8476,10 +8536,10 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Owner Info - Customer</guilabel> - the customer for
whom the job is created. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8529,7 +8589,7 @@ Translators:
assign a payment to an invoice during the import process, so this must
be done after transactions have been imported.
</para>
-
+
<para>This can best be done starting from the asset account register
holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In
that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS
@@ -8538,13 +8598,13 @@ Translators:
transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper customer
and invoice to complete the payment.
</para>
-
+
<para>One caveat: the logic behind <guilabel>Assign as payment...
</guilabel> won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will
wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a vendor bill.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>The Process Payment application consists of:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8552,20 +8612,20 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Customer</guilabel> - the
customer who paid you. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Invoice</guilabel> - the invoice
for which payment was received. If you remember the <emphasis>invoice ID</emphasis>,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Invoice</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-invoicefind2"/>. Highlight the invoice
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Invoice</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-invoicefind2"/>. Highlight the invoice
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8599,49 +8659,49 @@ Translators:
money will be deposited (a checking account for example).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-overpay2">
<title>Over Payments or Pre-Payments</title>
-
+
<para>If a customer overpays an invoice or pays for goods or services before
they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount received.
<application>GnuCash</application> will then keep track of the over-payment
(or pre-payment) in the A/R account and you can use the residual when
paying the next invoice.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-partpay2">
<title>Partial Payments</title>
-
+
<para>Partial payments are possible too. Select the invoice to pay.
<application>GnuCash</application> will automatically suggest that invoice's
remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you
want to pay.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-baddebt">
<title>Writing Off a Bad Debt</title>
<note><para>Please check with your accountant to ensure the following is
acceptable in your region.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>The usual way to do this is to process a payment for the invoice to a
<emphasis>BadDebt</emphasis> account. Such an account would be an expense
account. However, in <application>GnuCash</application>, you can't process a
payment for an invoice directly to an expense account, so it takes two
steps:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Pay the invoice to an asset or liability account, such as
your checking account.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Change the asset or liability account, in the <emphasis>
non</emphasis> Accounts Receivable split of the payment transaction, to
the BadDebt expense account.</para>
@@ -8650,46 +8710,46 @@ Translators:
</itemizedlist>
<para>Specifically</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Remove all transactions from the A/R account related to
the invoice, except for the invoice's transaction itself. This includes
any payment transactions, and transactions between your BadDebt and A/R
account.</para>
-
+
<para>In case the payment has associated lot link transactions
<link linkend="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot">(1)</link>, remove those as well.
</para>
-
+
<para>If all is well, your <guilabel>Process Payment</guilabel> window
for this customer should list the invoice the customer won't pay, and
no prepayments.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Pay your invoice to an arbitrary asset or liability
account. It can be your checking account. We will fix that in the next
step.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Open the account register for your A/R account. For this
invoice there should now be one payment transaction. If you are using
<application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.0 - 2.6.4 there will also be one
lot link transaction <link linkend="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot">(1)</link>.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para> Select the payment transaction and change the transfer
account to your <emphasis>BadDebt</emphasis> account. Make sure to leave
the transaction (eg by clicking on another transaction) to save the
changes.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If all is well, your <guilabel>Process Payment</guilabel> window
should still be clean: no pre-payments, and the bad debt invoice gone.
</para>
-
+
<note id="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot"><para>(1): <application>GnuCash</application>
versions 2.6.0 to 2.6.4 created lot link transactions which show in the
A/R account register. This came with its own set of subtle issues. It is
@@ -8699,15 +8759,15 @@ Translators:
Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check & Repair</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> on your A/R and A/P accounts to clean up most of the lot
link legacy. Don't forget to make a backup first just in case.</para>
-
+
<para>Lots are used internally for relating payments to invoices. Lots
- themselves are invisible in the account registers.
- To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in
+ themselves are invisible in the account registers.
+ To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>View lots
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> while in any A/R or A/P account register.
- Select a lot to see the <emphasis>Splits in lot</emphasis>.
+ Select a lot to see the <emphasis>Splits in lot</emphasis>.
</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Lot links</emphasis> are <emphasis>transactions</emphasis>
which you can see in your A/R and A/P accounts. They are unusual in the
sense that all their splits are in one account (A/R or A/P). Each split
@@ -8716,12 +8776,12 @@ Translators:
</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>See <ulink url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Business_Features_Issues"/> for more information.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-invoicechange">
@@ -8741,7 +8801,7 @@ Translators:
<guimenuitem>Style Sheets</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select the <guibutton>New</guibutton>
button in the <guilabel>Select HTML Style Sheet</guilabel> window that will appear.</para>
- <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
+ <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
<guilabel>Fancy</guilabel> <guilabel>Template</guilabel>. When you click the
<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, the <guilabel>HTML Style Sheet Properties</guilabel> window is
displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>, <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel>,
@@ -8775,7 +8835,7 @@ Translators:
</sect1>
-<!-- start of A/P
+<!-- start of A/P
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
-->
@@ -8798,12 +8858,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
sub-menu.
</para>
-
+
<para>These A/P components are:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy
+ <para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy
products or services on credit.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8813,12 +8873,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs.
+ <para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs.
Jobs are mechanism by which you can group multiple bills from a particular vendor.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a
+ <para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a
vendor to whom you owe money.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -8828,34 +8888,34 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-vendors1">
<title>Vendors</title>
- <para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services.
+ <para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services.
Vendors must be registered within the A/P system.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-vendornew2">
<title>Nuovo</title>
<para>To register a new vendor, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor,
+ <guimenuitem>New Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor,
such as Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other options: </para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Vendor Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Vendor Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> - differentiates active vendors from inactive
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> - differentiates active vendors from inactive
ones. This is useful when you have many past vendors, and you want to see only those marked active.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Address - Name</guilabel> - is the contact name of the person to
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Address - Name</guilabel> - is the contact name of the person to
receive payments you make.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> - records any additional comments about the vendor.
+ <para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> - records any additional comments about the vendor.
Use it to track names of contact people within the vendor’s company, for example.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8870,14 +8930,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> - specifies the default payment terms
- for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> - specifies the default payment terms
+ for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Included</guilabel> - specifies if tax is included
- in bills from this vendor. You can choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel>, <guilabel>No</guilabel>,
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Included</guilabel> - specifies if tax is included
+ in bills from this vendor. You can choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel>, <guilabel>No</guilabel>,
or <guilabel>Use Global</guilabel>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -8894,16 +8954,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
made in the global preferences accessible through
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>Gnucash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Gnucash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
on Mac OS X).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Table</guilabel> - specifies a default tax
- table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Table</guilabel> - specifies a default tax
+ table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -8932,7 +8992,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
regardless of new search criteria.</para>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -8944,7 +9004,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-bills1">
<title>Ricevute</title>
<para>A bill is a request for payment you receive from a vendor. <application>GnuCash</application> can track bills.</para>
-
+
<para>A credit note is the document you receive from a vendor to correct
products or services rendered that you were incorrectly charged for on a bill. <application>GnuCash</application> can generate and track
credit notes via the same menu entries as bills.</para>
@@ -8974,19 +9034,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing Info - Vendor</guilabel> - the issuing vendor. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Vendor</guilabel> window for this vendor,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
+ Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing Info - Job</guilabel> (optional) - associates a vendor job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ap-jobs1"/>) with this bill.
+ <para><guilabel>Billing Info - Job</guilabel> (optional) - associates a vendor job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ap-jobs1"/>) with this bill.
If you remember the <emphasis>job name</emphasis>
- you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Job</guilabel> window. This window is very similar to the one described in
- <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the job you are looking for with a click
+ Job</guilabel> window. This window is very similar to the one described in
+ <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the job you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -9006,11 +9066,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>When you click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> the <guilabel>Edit Bill</guilabel> opens.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-billedit2">
- <title>Modifica</title>
+ <title>Modifica</title>
<para>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of
goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account
register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and
- services the vendor refunded instead.</para>
+ services the vendor refunded instead.</para>
<para>There are 12 columns in the Invoice Entries area:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -9064,7 +9124,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Due Date</guilabel> - is the date on which payment for the bill is expected.</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>If you specified payment terms when you created the bill,
@@ -9186,13 +9246,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-payment1">
<title>Process Payment</title>
<para>Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Process Payment</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>There is an alternative way of assigning a payment to (one or more)
bills where the payment transaction already exists, say in the case
where transactions are imported from a bank.
</para>
-
+
<para>This can best be done starting from the asset account register
holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In
that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS
@@ -9201,28 +9261,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper vendor
and bill to complete the payment.
</para>
-
+
<para>One caveat: the logic behind <guilabel>Assign as payment...
</guilabel> won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will
wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a customer invoice.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>The Process Payment application consists of:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Vendor</guilabel> - the vendor you wish to pay. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Vendor</guilabel> window for this vendor,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
+ Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Bill</guilabel> - the bill you wish to pay. If you remember the <emphasis>bill ID</emphasis>,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Bill</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-billfind2"/>. Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click
+ Bill</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-billfind2"/>. Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button in the search window.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -9245,10 +9305,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
comes from, such as a checking account.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-overpay2">
<title>Over Payments or Pre-Payments</title>
-
+
<para>If you wish to overpay an invoice or pay for goods or services before
they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount payed.
<application>GnuCash</application> will then keep track of the over-payment
@@ -9259,29 +9319,29 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-partpay2">
<title>Partial Payments</title>
-
+
<para>You may wish to partially pay a bill. Select the bill to pay.
<application>GnuCash</application> will automatically suggest that bill's
remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you
want to pay.
- </para>
+ </para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="busnss-emply">
<title>Employees</title>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a
<xref linkend="busnss-emplynew"/>, <xref linkend="busnss-emplyedit"/> existing employees, create
<xref linkend="busnss-emply-newvchr"/> and <xref linkend="busnss-emply-editvchr"/>.</para>
-
- <para>Expense voucher are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travels, parking, food etc...).
+
+ <para>Expense voucher are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travels, parking, food etc...).
Employees credit notes are the opposite of expense vouchers.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-emplynew">
<title>New Employee</title>
<para>To register a new employee, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Employee</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Employee</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Employee</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>New Employee</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Employee</guilabel>
window will open with two tabs:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><xref linkend="mply-tab1"/></para></listitem>
@@ -9291,18 +9351,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist id="mply-tab1">
<title>Employee tab</title>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Employee Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Employee Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Identification - Username</guilabel> (Mandatory) - a unique username to identify the employee.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive
- ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive
+ ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked
<guilabel>Active</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -9313,21 +9373,21 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Address - Address</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the address of the employee.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Address - Phone, Fax, Email</guilabel> (Optional)- others optionals contact information for the employee.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Interface - Language</guilabel> (Optional) - </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms
- for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms
+ for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing - Default Hours per Day</guilabel> (Optional) - </para>
</listitem>
@@ -9352,14 +9412,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<itemizedlist id="mply-tab2">
<title>Access Control tab</title>
<listitem>
<para>Access Control List</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-emplyedit">
@@ -9375,8 +9435,8 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
results. The current result set is searched when the <guilabel>Refine
Current Search</guilabel> radio button is selected. In fact, <application>GnuCash</application>
selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</para>
-
- <note>
+
+ <note>
<para>If the employee you are searching for does not match the supplied
search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <guilabel>New
Search</guilabel> radio button and then the <guibutton>Find</guibutton>
@@ -9387,7 +9447,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -9397,72 +9457,72 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="busnss-emply-newvchr">
<title>New Expense Voucher/Credit Note</title>
<para>To register a new expense voucher/ Credit Note, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Employee</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Expense Voucher...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Expense Voucher</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>New Expense Voucher...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Expense Voucher</guilabel>
window will open. You can enter the following data:</para>
<itemizedlist>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Type</guilabel> (Optional) - select if you are entering
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Type</guilabel> (Optional) - select if you are entering
a Voucher or a credit note.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Voucher ID</guilabel> (Optional) - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Voucher ID</guilabel> (Optional) - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this voucher. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Date opened</guilabel> - the date of the voucher. Click on
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Date opened</guilabel> - the date of the voucher. Click on
the button on the right of the date to open a calendar.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Employee</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the employee to which
- voucher refers.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Employee</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the employee to which
+ voucher refers.</para>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>GnuCash</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-emplyedit">Find Employee</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-emplyedit">Find Employee</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Billing ID</guilabel> (Optional) - the identification number
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Billing ID</guilabel> (Optional) - the identification number
of the document (f.e. the bill number for a dinner).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement
for this bill. A list of registered terms is available within the pop up menu.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Customer</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer
+ <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Customer</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer
to wich voucher refers.</para>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>GnuCash</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Job</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer Job
+ <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Job</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer Job
to wich voucher refers.</para>
<note>
- <para> you can type in this field only if there is one or more job registered in
+ <para> you can type in this field only if there is one or more job registered in
<application>GnuCash</application> belonging to the selected Customer.</para>
</note>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>GnuCash</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
@@ -9474,7 +9534,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-emply-editvchr">
<title>Find and Edit Expense Voucher/Credit Note</title>
@@ -9490,8 +9550,8 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
results. The current result set is searched when the <guilabel>Refine
Current Search</guilabel> radio button is selected. In fact, <application>GnuCash</application>
selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</para>
-
- <note>
+
+ <note>
<para>If the expense voucher you are searching for does not match the supplied
search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <guilabel>New
Search</guilabel> radio button and then the <guibutton>Find</guibutton>
@@ -9502,7 +9562,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -9535,13 +9595,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para><application>&app;</application> fornisce diversi strumenti specializzati che permettono l’accesso a funzionalità avanzate. Questi strumenti sono selezionabili dal menu <guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu>. Alcuni di essi potrebbero non essere visualizzati se non sono stati configurati alcuni dei supporti quali l’Online Banking, o gli strumenti appropriati per la finestra corrente.</para>
<sect1 id="tool-find"><title>Find</title>
- <para>The <application>GnuCash</application> <emphasis>Find</emphasis> assistant can be used to <link linkend="tool-find-txn">find
+ <para>The <application>GnuCash</application> <emphasis>Find</emphasis> assistant can be used to <link linkend="tool-find-txn">find
transactions</link> or to perform <link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">business related</link> research on your data file.</para>
<sect2 id="tool-find-txn">
<title>Find Transaction</title>
<para><guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> is used to search for transactions in <application>GnuCash</application>
- and display the results in a register window. To open the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog in
+ and display the results in a register window. To open the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog in
<guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> mode, you can type the keyboard shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>f</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
<para>Exactly which transactions are searched depends on
@@ -9559,7 +9619,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>The first row of the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog
indicates that you are performing a <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel>.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>There are two panes in the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog. The top pane contains
the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> buttons and the bottom pane contains the <guilabel>Type of
Search</guilabel> selection.</para>
@@ -9573,12 +9633,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
to have at least one match. The <guilabel>any criteria are met</guilabel> search requires
only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</para>
- <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
+ <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
criteria buttons (see table <xref linkend="tool-find-bttns"/> for a comprehensive list of combinations)</para>
<para>In the <guilabel>Type of Search</guilabel> pane there are five selections. The first option is always enabled, the following
- three are available when you invoke the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> option from a register window or after performing the
- first <guibutton>Find</guibutton> if the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> command was invoked from any other window.
+ three are available when you invoke the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> option from a register window or after performing the
+ first <guibutton>Find</guibutton> if the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> command was invoked from any other window.
Last option is available only for <link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">Business search</link>.</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -9588,33 +9648,33 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Perform a new transaction search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Refine current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search within the results of the previous search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Add results to current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Delete results from current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Discard any results that match the previous search results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search only if data are marked as active. This selector
- is greyed out for the <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> as it is meaningful only for
+ is greyed out for the <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> as it is meaningful only for
<link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">business related search</link></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -10005,11 +10065,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</row>
<row>
- <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Reconcile<footnote><para>The
+ <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Reconcile<footnote><para>The
<guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> option applies the selected criteria to each line
of a transaction individually. Each transaction line may have only one of the indicated values,
- but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may
- not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed
+ but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may
+ not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed
description of transaction statuses see <xref linkend="trans-stts"/>
</para></footnote></para></entry>
@@ -10059,7 +10119,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</row>
<row>
- <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Account<footnote><para>The
+ <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Account<footnote><para>The
<guilabel>Account</guilabel> option performs a search where the accounts selected
in the <guilabel>Choose Accounts</guilabel> dialog will both be searched individually for
results. This means that a match in any of the selected accounts will
@@ -10088,7 +10148,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</row>
<row>
- <entry><para>All Accounts<footnote><para>The <guilabel>All Accounts</guilabel>
+ <entry><para>All Accounts<footnote><para>The <guilabel>All Accounts</guilabel>
option performs a search where accounts selected in the <guilabel>Choose Accounts</guilabel>
dialog will only return results that match in both accounts.</para></footnote></para></entry>
@@ -10148,11 +10208,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="tool-find-bsnss">
<title>Find Customer, Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher</title>
<para>The business find assistant is used to search for business related items (Customer,
- Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog
- select the desired item to <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> from the
+ Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog
+ select the desired item to <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> from the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Customer/Vendor/Employee </guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenus.</para>
- <tip>
+ <tip>
<para>The titlebar and the first row of the assistant dialog reports the item type you are searching for: <guilabel>Customer,
Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher</guilabel>.</para>
</tip>
@@ -10178,7 +10238,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
to have at least one match. The <guilabel>any criteria are met</guilabel> search requires
only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</para>
- <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
+ <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
criteria buttons (see tables <xref linkend="tool-find-cstmr"/>,
<xref linkend="tool-find-nvc"/>, <xref linkend="tool-find-jb"/>, <xref linkend="tool-find-vndr"/>,
<xref linkend="tool-find-bll"/>, <xref linkend="tool-find-mply"/> <xref linkend="tool-find-vx"/>
@@ -10198,28 +10258,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Perform a new search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Refine current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search within the results of the previous search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Add results to current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Delete results from current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Discard any results that match the previous search results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -10232,15 +10292,15 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect3>
<title>The rest of the search dialog</title>
<para>When search criteria are selected, you can press the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button. You will be
- presented with the list of search results in the same <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+ presented with the list of search results in the same <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Aside the results, <application>GnuCash</application> gives you some buttons to manage
+ <para>Aside the results, <application>GnuCash</application> gives you some buttons to manage
the highlighted result.</para>
</tip>
<tip>
- <para>In the bottom right of the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog there is a button that allows to create a
+ <para>In the bottom right of the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog there is a button that allows to create a
<guibutton>New</guibutton> business item.</para>
</tip>
@@ -10248,7 +10308,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Press the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to close the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> assistant dialog.</para>
</note>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>List of search criteria buttons</title>
<table frame="topbot" id="tool-find-cstmr">
@@ -11732,7 +11792,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Il nome assegnato nell’<guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> che identifica la transazione pianificata.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Stato</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -11763,7 +11823,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
transaction after it's created.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Promemoria</guilabel></term>
@@ -11785,11 +11845,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Un campo vuoto significa che non è prevista alcuna operazione per la transazione pianificata.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
+ </variablelist>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<para>Nella parte inferiore della finestra sono presenti due pulsanti:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -11800,7 +11860,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Il pulsante<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> chiude la finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio</guilabel> e applica le operazioni in sospeso.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Nella parte inferiore destra della finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio...</guilabel> è possibile abilitare l’opzione <guilabel>Controlla le transazioni create</guilabel>. Abilitandola, quando sono presenti una o più transazioni <guilabel>Da creare</guilabel>, premendo il tasto <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> verrà aperta una finestra del registro in cui sono visualizzati dettagli della transazione inserita automaticamente da <application>&app;</application></para>
</sect1>
@@ -11809,9 +11869,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<title>Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</title>
<para>Questa procedura guidata crea una transazione pianificata per il rimborso di un prestito. Quando è utilizzato per creare una transazione pianificata, l’assistente crea una formula variabile in modo che l’interesse composto venga correttamente calcolato. Per avviare l’assistente occorre selezionare <menuchoice><guilabel>Operazioni</guilabel><guisubmenu>Transazioni pianificate</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale.’</para>
+ <para>It does not support zero-interest loans, but one doesn't really need an assistant for that: Just create a scheduled transaction for the principal divided by the number of payments that lasts for the number of payments. For example, if one has borrowed $1200 for a year at no interest and promised to pay it back in monthly installments, the repayment schedule is $100 monthly for twelve months.</para>
<para>L’assistente per il rimborso di mutui e ipoteche presenta all’avvio una schermata che descrive brevemente la sua funzione. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra rimarranno invariati in tutte le finestre dell’assistente.</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Il pulsante <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> permette di uscire dall’assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata. Qualunque scelta fatta all’interno dell’assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</para>
@@ -11838,7 +11899,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tasso d’interesse:</guilabel> inserire il tasso di interesse applicato al prestito.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Interest Rate:</guilabel> Enter the loan interest rate in percent per compounding period. The Assistant supports rates between .001% and 100%.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -12517,6 +12578,542 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
accounts.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="tool-lots">
+ <title>Lots in Account</title>
+ <para>
+ <application>GnuCash</application> uses <emphasis>lots</emphasis> in 2 ways:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>To link security buy transactions to sell transactions so
+ the real cost of the sold securities can be used to calculate capital
+ gain or loss. See <xref linkend="tool-lots-cap"/>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>To link payments or credit notes to the invoices to which
+ they apply in the Business Features. See
+ <xref linkend="tool-lots-bus"/>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect2 id="tool-lots-cap">
+ <title>Lots for Security Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ the security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Lots in Account window for Security Capital Gains
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcctStk">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window for a security account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window for a security account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-lots-cap-scr">
+ <title>Screen Elements</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Adjusting the Size of Screen Elements</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>As well as adjusting the size of the whole window, it is
+ possible to adjust the proportions of the window elements both
+ horizontally and vertically.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are 2 bars for adjusting the window horizontally. One
+ between the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Lots in
+ This Account</guilabel> panel, and the other between the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel and the <guilabel>>></guilabel>
+ and <guilabel><<</guilabel> buttons.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The window proportions may be adjusted vertically by
+ dragging the vertical bar located to the right of <guilabel>Show
+ only open lots</guilabel>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>These resizing bars can be hard to see, so move the mouse pointer
+ until it changes to the resize pointer then click and drag the bar.
+ The resize pointers are different depending on your operating system
+ and theme. Here are some examples of resize pointers:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png" format="PNG" width="48px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase><-></phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png" format="PNG" width="48px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>It is not possible to individually adjust the size of panel
+ columns.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Fields</emphasis></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Shows the title for the highlighted
+ (selected) lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This Account </guilabel>
+ panel. When a new lot is created by clicking the <guilabel>New Lot
+ </guilabel> button, it has a default title of <emphasis>Lot n
+ </emphasis> where n is a number starting at 0 (for each security
+ account) and incrementing by 1. Deleting a lot does not reset the
+ next number to be used, but the title can be changed as required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Notes for the highlighted lot.
+ Users are free to enter anything they wish and the notes can be
+ changed as required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Panels</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>The order of the items in all the panels in this window
+ can be adjusted by clicking on the column headings.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Lots in This Account panel</guilabel></para>
+ <para>This panel shows lots for this security account.</para>
+ <para>If <guilabel>Show only open lots</guilabel> is checked, only
+ lots that have not been completely sold are shown.
+ </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Columns</guilabel></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Type:</guilabel> Always
+ blank for security lots. This window is also used for business
+ lots (which link payments to invoices) when coming from an
+ Accounts Payable or Receivable account and in that case,
+ <guilabel>Type</guilabel> will be <emphasis>I</emphasis> for
+ invoice. Credit Notes are also Type I.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Opened:</guilabel> <emphasis>Open
+ </emphasis> if there are no splits in the lot, otherwise the
+ date of the earliest split in this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Closed:</guilabel> <emphasis>
+ Open</emphasis> if the lot is not fully sold, otherwise the
+ date of the last sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Lot Title.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel> Number of unsold
+ securities in this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gains:</guilabel> Calculated
+ gains or losses for this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist> <!-- end of Columns in Lots in This Account -->
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Splits free panel</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>This panel shows buy and sell splits for this security
+ account which are not linked to a lot. Capital Gains splits
+ (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><guilabel>Columns</guilabel></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Date:</guilabel> Transaction Date Posted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Num:</guilabel> Transaction Num.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Description:</guilabel> Transaction
+ Description.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel>
+ Number of shares bought or sold from the transaction split.
+ Positive for buys, negative for sells. If the security
+ transaction split has been split into multiple subsplits
+ (because a split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount
+ will not be the full transaction amount, but only the amount
+ for this split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel> Amount x split price.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gain/Loss:</guilabel>
+ For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will
+ be recalculated during scrubbing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel>
+ Cumulative number of unsold shares for free splits.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem> <!-- end Splits free panel -->
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Splits in Lot panel</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>This panel shows splits linked to the highlighted lot in
+ the <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel. This
+ panel will be empty until a lot is highlighted in the
+ <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel. Capital Gains
+ splits (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Columns</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Date:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Date Posted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Num:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Num.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Description:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Description.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel>
+ Split number of shares bought or sold. Positive for buys,
+ negative for sells. If the security transaction split has been
+ split into multiple subsplits (say by scrubbing because a
+ split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount will not be
+ the full transaction amount, but only the amount for this
+ split.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel>
+ Amount (No of Shares) x split price.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gain/Loss:</guilabel>
+ For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will
+ be recalculated during scrubbing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel>
+ The number of unsold shares in this lot after this
+ transaction.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ </listitem> <!-- end Splits in Lot panel -->
+ </itemizedlist> <!-- end Panels -->
+
+ <para><emphasis>Buttons</emphasis></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel> >>:</guilabel> Links a free split
+ (buy or sell) to a lot. This button is not enabled until both
+ a lot and a free split are highlighted. The split moves from
+ the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>
+ Splits in lot</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Multiple buy splits and multiple sell splits may be linked
+ to the same lot. Refer to following section about the <guilabel>
+ Scrub Account</guilabel> button for details of the capital gains
+ transactions created in these situations.
+ </para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel> <<:</guilabel> Unlinks a split
+ from a lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>Splits in lot
+ </guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ This button is not enabled until a split in the <guilabel>Splits
+ in lot</guilabel> panel is highlighted. When the last split is
+ unlinked from a lot, the lot is automatically deleted
+ if there is no capital gain/loss transaction.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>New Lot:</guilabel> Creates a new
+ lot which shows in the <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel>
+ panel. The new lot is not linked to any split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Scrub Account:</guilabel>
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Creates a lot for each buy transaction split
+ that is not already linked to a lot.</para>
+ <para>A new lot is created for each unlinked buy transaction
+ split because gains on investments, in some jurisdictions,
+ may be taxed at different rates depending on how long they
+ were held before being sold. As a separate capital gains
+ transaction is created for each lot, this makes it easier to
+ determine tax on the capital gains based on the lot opened
+ and closed dates.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you know that the capital gains from a
+ sale are all to be taxed at the same rate, you can manually
+ link multiple buys to a lot so scrubbing will only create
+ 1 capital gains transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is also possible to manually link multiple sell
+ transaction splits to a lot. In this case scrubbing creates
+ a capital gains transaction per sell transaction split
+ based on the average cost of securities held at the time of
+ each sale, assuming acquisitions are allocated to sales
+ using the security account costing method (currently only
+ FIFO). As this makes it complicated to manually verify the
+ costs are correct, it may be wise to limit this to specific
+ situations, say for example if there are multiple sales on
+ the same day.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Links buy and sell transaction splits to lots using FIFO
+ method.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Calculates gain/loss and creates a separate capital
+ gain/loss transaction for each lot that does not already
+ have one.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>If gain/loss splits have been manually entered as
+ part of a sell transaction, scrubbing does not recognize
+ them, so if manually adding gain/loss, always separate
+ the gain/loss splits from the transaction that reduces
+ the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>, by putting them
+ in a separate transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Scrub:</guilabel> Scrub only the
+ highlighted lot. This button is only enabled if a lot is
+ highlighted. If no buy splits are linked to the highlighted lot,
+ nothing is done. The <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button will link
+ any free sell splits to the lot as required until the sum of the
+ sell split amounts equals the sum of the buy split amounts. If
+ the sum of the sell split amounts is greater than the sum of the
+ buy split amounts, a sell split will itself be split into 2
+ splits, with the remaining amount in an unlinked split.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>For both the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> and the
+ <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> buttons:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The Gain/Loss for each lot is recalculated and a capital
+ gain transaction is created if needed. The transaction has
+ 1 split for the security account and the other with
+ account <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> where CCC is
+ the security currency. The <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC
+ </emphasis> account is used because <application>GnuCash
+ </application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss
+ account should be used, so the user must change it to the
+ required income (or expense) gain or loss account.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Delete:</guilabel> Delete the highlighted
+ lot. Any linked splits are automatically freed (unlinked). This
+ button is only enabled if a lot is highlighted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Close:</guilabel> Close the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>See Tutorial and Concepts Guide, <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sellLots.html">
+ Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots</ulink> for
+ more details.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="tool-lots-bus">
+ <title>Lots for Business Features</title>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-bots-bus-intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>For business features, lots are used to link payments or credit
+ notes to the invoices to which they apply. This is for both customer
+ invoices and vendor bills.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are 2 main uses for the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel>
+ window in relation to the business features:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ To enquire about which payments or credit notes offset particular
+ invoices. For each invoice and credit note, <application>GnuCash
+ </application> automatically creates 1 (and only 1) lot. By
+ selecting the lot for the invoice or credit note in the <guilabel>
+ Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel, all the transaction splits
+ for that lot show in the <guilabel>Splits in Lot</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ Alternatively, print the invoice and check the <guilabel>
+ Payments</guilabel> option on the Display tab in the report
+ options. The Tax Invoice always shows payments so does not have
+ the Payments option.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ To correct mistakes that are hard to correct otherwise (either due
+ to bugs in past versions of gnucash or due to unintended use of
+ said features). Some of these use cases are found on
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Business_Features_Issues">
+ this wiki page
+ </ulink>. In the context of the normal operation of business
+ features , the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window is
+ <emphasis>not</emphasis> used to create, delete, link or unlink
+ lots. Lots are usually generated and manipulated internally only
+ by the business features programs.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account AAAA</guilabel> window,
+ where AAAA is the <emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> (AR) or
+ <emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (AP) account, open the
+ <emphasis>AR</emphasis> or <emphasis>AP</emphasis> account register,
+ then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Lots in Account window for business features</title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcctBus">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window for an Accounts
+ Receivable account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <guilabel>Lots in Account
+ </guilabel> window for an Accounts Receivable account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-lots-bus-scr">
+ <title>Screen Elements</title>
+
+ <para>The screen elements of the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel>
+ window for an AR or AP account are the same as for a security account,
+ although the actions and data are different. As this window is only
+ used for creating, deleting, linking or unlinking lots in <emphasis>
+ exceptional</emphasis> circumstances, the differences are not
+ described. See <xref linkend="tool-lots-cap-scr"/> for a description
+ of the screen elements and what the buttons do when used with the lots
+ of a security account.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<!--
@@ -12547,7 +13144,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="report-intro">
<title>Introduction</title>
-
+
<para>Resoconti e diagrammi permettono a <application>&app;</application> di presentare una vista generale dei dati finanziari in vari modi. Questi strumenti vanno da un semplice sommario dei totali del conto ad una visualizzazione avanzata di un portafoglio. Questa sezione presenterà una spiegazione dei principali resoconti di <application>&app;</application> e su come personalizzarli</para>
<para>To run a report or chart, click on the <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports
@@ -12556,28 +13153,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
Saved Report Configuration</guibutton> to select a report you have
previously configured and saved.
</para>
-
+
<para>Once the report has opened, click on the <guibutton>Options
</guibutton> toolbar button to
configure the report as needed, for example to set the report date or
select accounts.
</para>
-
- <tip><para>If you intend to save a report configuration, you
+
+ <tip><para>If you intend to save a report configuration, you
should choose a named report date option such as <emphasis>Today
- </emphasis>rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to
+ </emphasis>rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to
enter a specific date again in future reports.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end of an
accounting period, set the accounting period start and end dates in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Accounting Period</guimenuitem></menuchoice> then select
appropriate report date options.
- See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period"/>.
+ See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period"/>.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<tip>
<para>If you cannot find a specific report to suit your requirements, you
may be able to use the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> assistant
@@ -12588,7 +13185,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
by copying and pasting the report into a spreadsheet.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>After you have configured a report, you can save the configuration for
future use by clicking either the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration
</guibutton> or <guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...</guibutton>
@@ -12597,29 +13194,29 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="report-saving">
<title>Saving a Report Configuration</title>
-
+
<para>To save a report configuration for future use, while the required
report tab is selected, go to the report options, select the
<emphasis>General</emphasis> tab and change the <emphasis>Report Name
</emphasis> to a meaningful unique name. Do not confuse this with the
<emphasis>Report Title</emphasis> which prints at the top of a report.
</para>
-
+
<para>Click the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration</guibutton> or
<guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...</guibutton> button. This will
store your customized report options in a file in your home directory.
E.g. Linux: <emphasis>~/.gnucash/saved-reports-[versioninfo]</emphasis>
</para>
-
+
<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already
been saved, you can use either the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration
</guibutton> or the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...
</guibutton> button. You can modify the report name before saving it.
</para>
-
+
<para>After a report configuration for a specific name has been saved, the
<guibutton>Save Report Configuration</guibutton> button will immediately
- update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to
+ update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to
save the configuration with a new name. Use the <guibutton>Save Report
Configuration As...</guibutton> button to save the current report
configuration with a new name.
@@ -12632,41 +13229,41 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
& Custom</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Custom Multicolumn Report
</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-working">
<title>Working with Saved Report Configurations</title>
-
+
<para>Selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guimenuitem>Saved
- Report Configurations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will open a dialog
+ Report Configurations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will open a dialog
window with a list of the <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations
</emphasis> you have previously created. In this
context <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations</emphasis> means the set of
customized settings for standard reports.
</para>
-
+
<para>The <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations</emphasis> window lists
each of your previously saved report configurations, and 3 small buttons
at the end of each. These buttons perform the following actions
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Load (and run) report configuration. Double clicking a
report configuration also performs this action.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Edit report configuration name. This enables a report
configuration to be renamed.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Delete report configuration.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="report-config">
@@ -12682,17 +13279,17 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="report-opt-btns">
<title>Report Options Buttons</title>
- <para>After modifying report options, either</para>
-
+ <para>After modifying report options, either</para>
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to apply the changes,
regenerate the report and
close the options window.</para>
-
+
<para>or</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button to apply the
changes, regenerate the report and leave the options window open for
@@ -12700,18 +13297,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</guibutton> and <guibutton>OK</guibutton> buttons will be disabled,
indicating changes have been applied, until further changes are made.
</para>
-
+
<para>or</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button to close the
options window without applying any unapplied changes.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-common">
<title>Common Report Options</title>
@@ -12724,15 +13321,15 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para>Opzioni della data: normalmente i resoconti si riferiscono a una specifica data o intervallo di date. Queste possono essere impostate in due modi: direttamente (utilizzando il selettore di data) o selezionando una data relativa dal menu. Le date relative permettono di specificare dei valori quali <guilabel>Inizio di quest’anno</guilabel> o <guilabel>Oggi</guilabel>.</para>
-
- <tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end
+
+ <tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end
of an accounting period, set the accounting period start and end
dates in <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>
Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Accounting Period
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> then select appropriate report date
options. See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period"/>.</para>
</tip>
-
+
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -12771,7 +13368,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para>Valuta del resoconto: seleziona la valuta da utilizzare per il resoconto. Generalmente le valute verranno convertite in questa valuta per la visualizzazione.</para>
-
+
<para>The default Report Currency is defined in <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> Reports tab. See <xref linkend="prefs-reports"/>.
@@ -12802,10 +13399,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="report-classes">
<title>Reports Listed By Class</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> has classified the main types of
reports into major classes. These
are all available under the Reports menu.</para>
@@ -12855,7 +13452,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<title>Opzioni del resoconto</title>
<figure>
- <title><emphasis>Transaction Report — Report Options</emphasis></title>
+ <title><emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options</emphasis></title>
<screenshot id="Help_TxRptOpt_Screen">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -12866,9 +13463,9 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<imagedata fileref="figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
</imageobject>
- <textobject><phrase>Transaction Report — Report Options screen</phrase>
+ <textobject><phrase>Transaction Report, Report Options screen</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>This is an image of the <emphasis>Transaction Report — Report Options — Display tab.</emphasis></para>
+ <caption><para>This is an image of the <emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options, Display tab.</emphasis></para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -12877,7 +13474,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Accounts tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> — Select one or more accounts to be reported.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Accounts:</guilabel> Select one or more accounts to be reported.</para>
<para>There are 4 buttons to aid account selection</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -12891,18 +13488,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts</guilabel> — Show accounts that have been marked hidden.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts:</guilabel> Show accounts that have been marked hidden.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter By</guilabel> — Optionally select accounts to be either included or
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter By:</guilabel> Optionally select accounts to be either included or
excluded depending on Filter type</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts</guilabel> — Show accounts that have been
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts:</guilabel> Show accounts that have been
marked hidden in the Filter By list of accounts</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter Type</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter Type:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12918,7 +13515,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Void Transactions</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Void Transactions:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12930,7 +13527,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -12944,19 +13541,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><guilabel>Num</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Promemoria</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> — Display the notes if the memo is unavailable</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Display the notes if the memo is unavailable</para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name</guilabel> — For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name:</guilabel> For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Other Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares</guilabel> — Display number of shares</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price</guilabel> — Display share prices</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares:</guilabel> Display number of shares</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price:</guilabel> Display share prices</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12971,7 +13568,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><guilabel>Running Balance</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Totals</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sign Reverses</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sign Reverses:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12989,10 +13586,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report name</guilabel> — Enter a descriptive name for this report</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> — Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report name:</guilabel> Enter a descriptive name for this report</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel> Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Start Date</guilabel> — Enter or select a specific Start Date</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel> Enter or select a specific Start Date</para>
<para>or select one of the following named start date options which will be used to determine the start date each time the report is run
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13011,7 +13608,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>End Date</guilabel> — Enter or select a specific End Date,</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>End Date:</guilabel> Enter or select a specific End Date,</para>
<para>or select one of the following named end date options which will be used to determine the end date each time the report is run
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13030,7 +13627,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Style</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Style:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13044,17 +13641,17 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Common Currency</guilabel> — Convert all transactions into a common currency</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> — Select the currency to display values</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Table for Exporting</guilabel> — Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Common Currency:</guilabel> Convert all transactions into a common currency</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel> Select the currency to display values</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Table for Exporting:</guilabel> Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Sorting tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Key</guilabel> — Primary Sort Key. One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Key:</guilabel> Primary Sort Key. One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13076,14 +13673,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Full Account Name</guilabel> — Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Account Code</guilabel> — Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal</guilabel> — Subtotal according to the primary key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal for Date Key</guilabel> — Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Full Account Name:</guilabel> Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Account Code:</guilabel> Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal:</guilabel> Subtotal according to the primary key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal for Date Key:</guilabel> Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Sort Order</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Sort Order:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13094,13 +13691,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Key</guilabel> — Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal</guilabel> — Subtotal according to the secondary key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal for Date Key</guilabel> — Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Key:</guilabel> Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal:</guilabel> Subtotal according to the secondary key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal for Date Key:</guilabel> Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Sort Order</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Sort Order:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13111,7 +13708,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13201,7 +13798,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</sect4>
</sect3>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="report-assets">
@@ -13217,47 +13814,47 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Columns</para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Account</guilabel> — Stock Account</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Account:</guilabel> Stock Account</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Symbol</guilabel> — Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Symbol:</guilabel> Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Listing</guilabel> — Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Listing:</guilabel> Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares</guilabel> — Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares:</guilabel> Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show.
A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price</guilabel> — Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price:</guilabel> Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis</guilabel> — Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis:</guilabel> Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Value</guilabel> — Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel> Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Money In</guilabel> — Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Money In:</guilabel> Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Money Out</guilabel> — Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Money Out:</guilabel> Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Realized Gain</guilabel> — Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Realized Gain:</guilabel> Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Unrealized Gain</guilabel> — Value less Basis for unsold shares</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Unrealized Gain:</guilabel> Value less Basis for unsold shares</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Gain</guilabel> — Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Gain:</guilabel> Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Gain</guilabel> — Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.1 onwards)</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Gain:</guilabel> Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.1 onwards)</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Income</guilabel> — Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Income:</guilabel> Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account.</para>
<note>
<para>To include income from dividends which are not reinvested (if there is no split to the stock account in the income transaction, the report has no way of associating the income with a particular stock) :
</para>
@@ -13285,13 +13882,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Brokerage Fees</guilabel> — Brokerage Fees</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Brokerage Fees:</guilabel> Brokerage Fees</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Return</guilabel> — Total Gain + Income</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Return:</guilabel> Total Gain + Income</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Return</guilabel> — Total Return / Money In * 100</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Return:</guilabel> Total Return / Money In * 100</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13306,7 +13903,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Include accounts with no shares</guilabel> — Unchecked (default) or checked.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Include accounts with no shares:</guilabel> Unchecked (default) or checked.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13317,19 +13914,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show ticker symbols</guilabel> — Checked default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show ticker symbols:</guilabel> Checked default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show listings</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show listings:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show number of shares</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show number of shares:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Share decimal places</guilabel> — The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Share decimal places:</guilabel> The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show prices</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show prices:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13340,16 +13937,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> — Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel> Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis calculation method</guilabel> — Average (default), FIFO or LIFO.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis calculation method:</guilabel> Average (default), FIFO or LIFO.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Set preference for price list data</guilabel> — Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Set preference for price list data:</guilabel> Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>How to report brokerage fees</guilabel> — Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>How to report brokerage fees:</guilabel> Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13367,15 +13964,15 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<application>GnuCash</application> file over time. By default, the report shows all accounts
in <emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis>, <emphasis>Current Assets</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Fixed Assets</emphasis>, <emphasis>Investments</emphasis> and Special Accounts
- (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period.
+ (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period.
This report provides a graphic view of the assets in the file over time.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with
+ <para>Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with
it's selected options for re-use later.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an
option to display a table of the values.</para>
<para>This report calculates and displays a default of 8 bars or up to 24 separate asset
@@ -13384,40 +13981,40 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
selected accounts summed as <emphasis>Other</emphasis>.</para>
<para>The report exploits the outline structure of the chart of accounts to allow the user
- to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected
+ to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected
sub-accounts below the selected depth are automatically <emphasis>summed up</emphasis> into
the next level when it is also selected. The default number of sub-account levels is 2,
giving a summary view. Increasing the number of sub-levels increases the detail available
- to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts
+ to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts
selected to force greater detail to appear in the report.</para>
<para>By default the report includes all <emphasis>asset</emphasis> accounts and sub-accounts,
as well as <emphasis>Imbalance</emphasis> and <emphasis>Orphan</emphasis> Special accounts
- in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the
+ in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the
default currency of the <application>GnuCash</application> file but if the file has data
for multiple currencies, then it can be changed to another currency.</para>
- <para>Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus
+ <para>Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus
on a small subset of data such as current assets or investments.</para>
- <para>The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current
- accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous
+ <para>The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current
+ accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous
other starting choices and ending choices are available.</para>
<para>The first bar shows the selected values at the end of the day on the first date chosen.
- There are a number of choices for step size from <emphasis>day</emphasis> to
- <emphasis>year</emphasis> with the default being <emphasis>month</emphasis>. Note that if any
+ There are a number of choices for step size from <emphasis>day</emphasis> to
+ <emphasis>year</emphasis> with the default being <emphasis>month</emphasis>. Note that if any
step date would fall on the 29th, 30th or 31st in a month that does not have such a date
the next interval will be 31 days later. For that step only the date will <emphasis>slip</emphasis>
up to 3 days into the following month. This is true for releases at least through 2.4.13.
Bug 639049 is open in Bugzilla to modify this behavior.</para>
- <para>Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period.
- There is also no option to show <emphasis>beginning</emphasis> balances or <emphasis>end of
- previous step</emphasis> balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to
+ <para>Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period.
+ There is also no option to show <emphasis>beginning</emphasis> balances or <emphasis>end of
+ previous step</emphasis> balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to
business quarterly reports, for example.</para>
- <para>The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart
+ <para>The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart
report are similar except for the graphic type and default account groups selected.</para>
<para>Other features are customizable in a manner similar to other standard reports.</para>
@@ -13541,28 +14138,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name:</guilabel>
Enter a descriptive name for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel>
Select a style sheet for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>To</guilabel> — Select a date
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>To:</guilabel> Select a date
to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and
including the selected date will be used to calculate the
outstanding aged balances. See common report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel>
Select the currency to display the values in - see common
report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel>
Select the source of price information used for currency
conversion if needed. One of</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13586,12 +14183,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals</guilabel>
- — If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals:</guilabel>
+ If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
currency.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By</guilabel> — Sort
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By:</guilabel> Sort
companies by one of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13611,7 +14208,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order</guilabel> — One of
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order:</guilabel> One of
</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13623,12 +14220,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items</guilabel>
- — Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items:</guilabel>
+ Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
balance.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date:</guilabel>
Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13641,7 +14238,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Payable Account</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Payable Account:</guilabel>
The accounts payable account used to select vendors to be
reported. Vendors are included if they have a posted
business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the
@@ -13653,41 +14250,41 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><emphasis>Display tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name:</guilabel>
Display vendor address name. This, and other fields, may be
useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a
mail merge.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1:</guilabel> Display
address line 1.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2:</guilabel> Display
address line 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3:</guilabel> Display
address line 3.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4:</guilabel> Display
address line 4.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone:</guilabel> Display
address phone number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax:</guilabel> Display
address fax number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Email</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Email:</guilabel> Display
email address.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Active</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Active:</guilabel> Display
vendor active status.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13733,28 +14330,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name:</guilabel>
Enter a descriptive name for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel>
Select a style sheet for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>To</guilabel> — Select a date
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>To:</guilabel> Select a date
to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and
including the selected date will be used to calculate the
outstanding aged balances. See common report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel>
Select the currency to display the values in - see common
report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel>
Select the source of price information used for currency
conversion if needed. One of</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13778,12 +14375,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals</guilabel>
- — If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals:</guilabel>
+ If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
currency.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By</guilabel> — Sort
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By:</guilabel> Sort
companies by one of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13803,7 +14400,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order</guilabel> — One of
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order:</guilabel> One of
</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13815,12 +14412,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items</guilabel>
- — Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items:</guilabel>
+ Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
balance.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date:</guilabel>
Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13833,7 +14430,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Receivables Account</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Receivables Account:</guilabel>
The accounts receivable account used to select customers to be
reported. Customers are included if they have a posted
business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the
@@ -13845,7 +14442,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><emphasis>Display tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Source:</guilabel>
Which customer address fields to display. One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13859,41 +14456,41 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name:</guilabel>
Display customer address name. This, and other fields, may be
useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a
mail merge.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1:</guilabel> Display
address line 1.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2:</guilabel> Display
address line 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3:</guilabel> Display
address line 3.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4:</guilabel> Display
address line 4.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone:</guilabel> Display
address phone number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax:</guilabel> Display
address fax number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Email</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Email:</guilabel> Display
email address.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Active</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Active:</guilabel> Display
vendor active status.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13972,7 +14569,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-sample">
<title>Esempi e personalizzazioni</title>
@@ -13997,32 +14594,32 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="report-budget">
<title>Bilancio</title>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Barchart</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Flow</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Report</title>
<para>This report is used to compare budgeted and real amounts for selected accounts. It allows you to review how well you follow the budget.</para>
@@ -14063,16 +14660,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</sect3>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="report-print">
<title>Printing or Exporting Reports and Charts</title>
<note><para>Da verificare!!! Come personalizzare la stampa con Gnome?</para></note>
<para><application>&app;</application> è in grado di stampare i resoconti e di esportarli nel formato <acronym>HTML</acronym>. La finestra di stampa di un documento di <application>&app;</application> è accessibile dal pulsante <guibutton>Stampa</guibutton> sulla <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> o tramite il menu selezionando la voce <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stampa</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Per esportare un resoconto come pagina internet (<acronym>HTML</acronym>), selezionare il pulsante <guibutton>Esporta</guibutton> sulla barra degli strumenti e inserire il nome da assegnare al file.</para>
-
+
<para>Most reports, being presented in HTML, can also be copied and pasted into a spreadsheet.</para>
<para>La finestra di stampa di un documento di <application>&app;</application> permette di selezionare la stampante alla quale inviare il lavoro di stampa o il file su cui stampare il documento. La finestra fornisce anche un pulsante di <guibutton>Anteprima</guibutton> per controllare il documento prima di inviarlo in stampa. Premendo <guibutton>Stampa</guibutton> il lavoro verrà inviato alla stampante selezionata mentre premendo <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> la finestra verrà chiusa senza effettuare alcuna stampa.</para>
@@ -14087,7 +14684,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<note><para>Questa sezione potrebbe dover essere aggiornata!!!</para> </note>
<para>Se i resoconti forniti da <application>&app;</application> non soddisfano le proprie esigenze, è possibile crearne di nuovi. Per farlo è necessario conoscere Scheme (un linguaggio di programmazione simile a LISP) ed è anche consigliato avere accesso al codice sorgente di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
-
+
<para>L’interfaccia dei resoconti è documentata nel seguente file del codice sorgente <filename>src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt</filename>. Il file <filename>src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm</filename> nella distribuzione sorgente di <application>&app;</application> fornisce un buon esempio di come sviluppare un resoconto.</para>
<sect2 id="report-api">
@@ -14095,14 +14692,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>It is also necessary to access data from the engine to get
information for your report. This is
- <emphasis>since version 2.1.x</emphasis> performed by a set of
+ <emphasis>since version 2.1.x</emphasis> performed by a set of
Scheme wrapper functions that are documented in the file
<filename>src/engine/swig-engine.c</filename>.
<emphasis>Up to version 2.0.5</emphasis> it was
<filename>src/g-wrap/gnc.html</filename>. Examine some of the other
reports in src/scm/report for an indication of how they are used.</para>
-
- <para>Some users started a table in the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
+
+ <para>Some users started a table in the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
<ulink url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Custom_Reports#The_GnuCash_API">
Custom Reports#The GnuCash API</ulink>.
</para>
@@ -14113,7 +14710,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
./configure --enable-doxygen --enable-html-docs
make doc
</screen> on your sources or online
- <ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/</ulink> or
+ <ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/</ulink> or
<ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/</ulink>
to get more information about the functions.
</para>
@@ -14162,15 +14759,15 @@ make doc
<para>La finestra della struttura dei conti, mostra di default solamente la quantità di ogni commodity che si possiede, nella colonna del <guilabel>Totale</guilabel>. Spesso, però, può essere utile visualizzare altri valori; per fare questo si può premere il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton> nella <emphasis>barra del titolo</emphasis> (la piccola freccia verso il basso sul lato destro della <emphasis>barra del titolo</emphasis> nella finestra principale dei conti) e selezionare le voci da visualizzare. Queste scelte influenzano tutte le finestre aperte della struttura dei conti.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="set-prefs">
<title>Impostare le preferenze</title>
- <para>The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window allows you to customize your <application>GnuCash</application>
+ <para>The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window allows you to customize your <application>GnuCash</application>
session by setting several options. From the <application>GnuCash</application> menu
select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
- The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window will open.
+ The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window will open.
Using the tabs on the left make your desired changes. The settings in
this dialog are set per user and not stored with the file. This is
in contrast to the settings described in <xref linkend="book-options"/>,
@@ -14185,7 +14782,7 @@ make doc
</tip>
<note>
<para>The changes you make will be applied at once.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
<para>Per chiudere la finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel>, premere il pulsante <guilabel>Chiudi</guilabel>.</para>
<para>Ogni scheda della finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel> ha una sezione dedicata nel seguito. Per un elenco delle schede, consultare <xref linkend="custom-gnucash"/>.</para>
@@ -14194,7 +14791,9 @@ make doc
<title>Periodo contabile</title>
<figure id="prefs-acct-period-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Periodo contabile</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Accounting Period</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Accounting-Period">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14214,28 +14813,33 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data d’inizio</guilabel> - specifica l’inizio del periodo contabile.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel> This item sets the accounting period’s start date.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Relativa</guilabel> — utilizza la data iniziale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette. L’inizio relativo è definito da: oggi o l’inizio dell’attuale o precedente anno, trimestre o mese.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Relative:</guilabel> Use the specified relative starting date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. Relative defines
+ start by today or start of current/previous year, quarter, month.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Assoluta</guilabel> — utilizza la data iniziale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Absolute:</guilabel> Use the specified absolute starting date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data di termine</guilabel> — specifica la fine del periodo contabile.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>End Date:</guilabel> This item sets the accounting period’s end date.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Relativa</guilabel> — utilizza la data finale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Relative:</guilabel> Use the specified relative ending date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Assoluta</guilabel> — utilizza la data finale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Absolute:</guilabel> Use the specified absolute ending date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14245,11 +14849,14 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Contenuto della barra di riepilogo</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Includi somma complessiva</guilabel> — se attivata, verrà mostrata nella <emphasis>barra di riepilogo</emphasis> una somma complessiva di tutti i conti utilizzando la valuta predefinita.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Include grand total:</guilabel> If checked, show in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a grand total of all
+ accounts converted to the default currency.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Includi i totali diversi dalle valute</guilabel> — se questa opzione è selezionata, <application>&app;</application> includerà nella <emphasis>barra di riepilogo</emphasis> un totale per gli elementi diversi dalla valuta (in pratica il numero di quote).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Include non-currency totals:</guilabel> if this
+ option is selected, <application>GnuCash</application> will include in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a total
+ for non-currency items (for instance number of shares).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14261,7 +14868,9 @@ make doc
<title>Conti</title>
<figure id="prefs-acct-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Conti</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Accounts</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Accounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14270,7 +14879,7 @@ make doc
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>La scheda Conti</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -14280,11 +14889,18 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Carattere separatore</guilabel> — il separatore del conto è il carattere che separa un conto padre dai suoi sottoconti, per esempio Bollette:Elettricità . Il valore predefinito è <keycap>:</keycap> (Colon), ma è anche possibile selezionare <keycap>/</keycap> (Slash), <keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>-</keycap> (Dash), <keycap>.</keycap> (Period) o qualsiasi altro carattere Unicode che non sia una lettra o un numero.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Separator Character:</guilabel> The account
+ separator is the character that separates a parent account from its
+ sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric. The default is a
+ <keycap>:</keycap> (Colon), but you can also select
+ <keycap>/</keycap> (Slash),
+ <keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>-</keycap> (Dash)
+ or <keycap>.</keycap> (Period), or any Unicode character
+ that isn’t a letter or a number.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Reverse Balanced accounts</guilabel> — This option
+ <para><guilabel>Reverse Balanced accounts:</guilabel> This option
lets you determine whether account balances will display as positive
or negative numbers:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -14303,35 +14919,44 @@ make doc
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Etichette</guilabel> — selezionare questa opzione per fare in modo che le colonne del registro riportino i termini <guilabel>Debiti</guilabel> e <guilabel>Crediti</guilabel> invece delle diciture informali come <guilabel>Prelievo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Deposito</guilabel>. </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Labels:</guilabel> Select this option if you want
+ column headings in the register to refer to <guilabel>debits</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>credits</guilabel> instead of the default informal headings such
+ as <guilabel>withdrawal</guilabel>
+ and <guilabel>deposit</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta predefinita</guilabel> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta impostata dal sistema come predefinita per la creazione di nuovi conti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default Currency:</guilabel> This item determines
+ which currency will be selected by default when creating new
+ accounts.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi conti creati.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the system locale currency for
+ all newly created accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Altra:</guilabel> — la valuta da utilizzare, indipendentemente dalle impostazioni di sistema.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Choose:</guilabel> specify the
+ currency to use, independent of your system
+ settings.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Color</guilabel> — This option
- lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
+ <para><guilabel>Account Color:</guilabel> This option
+ lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
<guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> window:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors as background</guilabel> — show the
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors as background:</guilabel> show the
accounts color as account name background in the Accounts Page.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs</guilabel> — show the accounts
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs:</guilabel> show the accounts
color as background in the account register tabs.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14343,7 +14968,8 @@ make doc
<title>Impresa</title>
<figure id="prefs-biz-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Impresa</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Business</guilabel> tab</title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Business">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14365,38 +14991,44 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Generali</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable extra buttons</guilabel> — If checked,
+ <para><guilabel>Enable extra buttons:</guilabel> If checked,
extra toolbar buttons for common business functions are shown.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apri in una nuova finestra</guilabel> — se selzionata, ogni registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra in primo piano. Diversamente, il registro verrà aperto nella finestra corrente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Open in new window:</guilabel> If checked, each
+ invoice will be opened in its own top level window. If clear, the
+ invoice will be opened in the current window.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Accumula suddivisioni all’emissione</guilabel> — se accumulare automaticamente tutte le voci di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto, in un’unica suddivisione.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Accumulate splits on post:</guilabel> Whether
+ multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account
+ should be accumulated into a single split by default.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
-
+ </listitem>
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Fatture</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Report for printing:</guilabel> — Allows to select
+ <para><guilabel>Report for printing:</guilabel> Allows to select
the invoice report to be used for printing.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tasse incluse</guilabel> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle fatture. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Tax Included:</guilabel> Whether tax are
+ included by default in entries on invoices. This setting is
+ inherited by new customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
- time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting:</guilabel> If enabled, at post
+ time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
- <para>Counter documents are documents with
+ <para>Counter documents are documents with
opposite sign. For example for an invoice, customer credit notes and negative
invoices are considered counter documents.</para>
@@ -14411,23 +15043,28 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Ricevute</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notifica scadenze</guilabel> — specifica se si vuole essere notificati all’avvio di <application>&app;</application> delle ricevute in scadenza.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Notify when due:</guilabel> Lets you set whether
+ you want to be notified at <application>GnuCash</application> startup
+ of when a bill is soon to be due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Giorni in anticipo</guilabel> — quanti giorni in anticipo avvisare delle ricevute in scadenza.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Days in advance:</guilabel> How many days before
+ the due date to warn about bills coming due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tasse incluse</guilabel> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle ricevute. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Tax Included:</guilabel> Whether tax are
+ included by default in entries on bills. This setting is inherited
+ by new customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
- time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting:</guilabel> If enabled, at post
+ time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
- <para>Counter documents are documents with
+ <para>Counter documents are documents with
opposite sign. For example for a bill, vendor credit notes and negative
bills are considered counter documents.</para>
@@ -14438,14 +15075,15 @@ make doc
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="prefs-date-time">
<title>Data e ora</title>
<figure id="prefs-date-time-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Data e ora</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Date/Time</guilabel> tab</title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_DateTime">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14467,48 +15105,52 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Formato della data</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Usa orologio a 24 ore</guilabel> — permette di specificare se utilizzare il formato dell’ora a 12 o 24 ore. Cioé se le 11 di notte debbano essere rappresentate come 11PM o 23:00.l’</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Use 24-hour clock:</guilabel> Lets you specify if you
+ want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 11 o’clock at
+ night should be represented as 11PM or 23:00.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Formato della data</guilabel> — questa opzione controlla l’aspetto della data (un’anteprima della data è visualizzata a fianco di ciascuna scelta disponibile). Le scelte disponibili soo:</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Date Format:</guilabel> This option controls the
+ appearance of the date (you could see a preview of the date beside any of the choices).
+ The available choices are:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>US</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data proprio degli Stati Uniti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>US:</guilabel> Use the date format common in the United States.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>UK</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data proprio del Regno Unito.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>UK:</guilabel> Use the date format common in the United Kingdom.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Europa</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data proprio dell’Europa continentale.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Europe:</guilabel> Use the date format common in continental Europe.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>ISO</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data specificato dallo standard ISO-8601.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>ISO:</guilabel> Use the date format specified by the ISO-8601 standard.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — usa il formato di data predefinito del sistema.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the date format specified by the system locale.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Date completion</guilabel> — This option
- lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
+ <para><guilabel>Date completion:</guilabel> This option
+ lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year</guilabel> (Default) — Dates will be completed so that
+ <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year:</guilabel> (Default) Dates will be completed so that
they are within the current calendar year.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
- the current month</guilabel> — Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
+ <para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
+ the current month:</guilabel> Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
date. You can enter the maximum number of months to go backwards in time when completing dates.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14521,7 +15163,9 @@ make doc
<title>Generali</title>
<figure id="prefs-general-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Generali</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ General</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_General">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14543,20 +15187,27 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Generali</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Visualizza la finestra del «suggerimento del giorno»</guibutton> — questa opzione permette di abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione all’avvio di <application>&app;</application> della finestra del <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog:</guilabel> This option displays or hides the
+ <guilabel>Tip of the Day</guilabel> screen when <application>GnuCash</application> is started.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Visualizza i suggerimenti all’avvio</guibutton> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <guilabel>suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> all’avvio di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show splash screen:</guilabel> With this option you
+ can enable or disable the visualization of the startup screen while
+ <application>GnuCash</application> is starting up.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Esegui la procedura guidata per la struttura conti</guilabel> — questa opzione disabilita la visualizzazione dell’assistente per l’<guilabel>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel> quando viene selezionata la voce <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo file</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Perform account list setup on new file:</guilabel>
+ This option turns off the display of the <guilabel>New Account
+ Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant when the entry <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is selected from the
+ <application>GnuCash</application> menu.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Set book option on new files to use split "action"
- field for "Num" field on registers/reports</guilabel> —
+ field for "Num" field on registers/reports:</guilabel>
If selected, the displayed setting on the <guilabel>New Book
Options</guilabel> dialog for the <guilabel>Use Split Action Field
for Number</guilabel> setting will be selected and, if saved, the
@@ -14591,18 +15242,23 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Numeri</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza importi negativi in rosso</guilabel> — Se viene abilitata questa opzione, <application>&app;</application> visualizzerà gli importi negativi in rosso.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Display negative amounts in red:</guilabel> If you
+ turn off this option, <application>GnuCash</application> will display negative numbers in
+ black.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Posizioni decimali automatiche</guilabel> — inserisce automaticamente un punto decimale nei valori che sono digitati senza.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic Decimal Point:</guilabel> This option
+ will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type
+ in.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Posizioni decimali</guilabel> — il numero di posizioni decimali da utilizzare.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Decimal Places:</guilabel> This field allows you
+ to set the number of decimal places to be used.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>File</guilabel></para>
@@ -14611,38 +15267,44 @@ make doc
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Comprimi:</guilabel> — Questa opzione ndica se i file dei dati di <application>&app;</application> debbano essere compressi o meno.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Compress files:</guilabel> This option determines
+ whether the <application>GnuCash</application> data file will be compressed or not.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza la richiesta di conferma per il salvataggio automatico</guilabel> — se abilitata, <application>&app;</application> visualizzerà una schermata di conferma ogni volta che viene avviata la procedura di salvataggio automatico.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show auto-save confirmation question:</guilabel>
+ If this option is enabled, <application>GnuCash</application> will show you a confirmation screen
+ each time the auto-save process is started.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Intervallo di salvataggio automatico</guilabel> — i minuti intercorrenti tra un salvataggio automatico del file e uno successivo. Impostare a 0 per disabilitare la funzione di salvataggio automatrico.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-save time interval:</guilabel>
+ This field sets the number of minutes between each automatic saving of the file.
+ Set to 0 to disable the auto-save feature.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question</guilabel> —
- If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
+ <para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question:</guilabel>
+ If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
limited number of seconds for an answer. If the user didn’t answer within that time,
the changes will be saved automatically and the question window closed.
- You can sete the number of seconds in the <guilabel>Time to wait for answer</guilabel> field.</para>
+ You can sete the number of seconds in the <guilabel>Time to wait for answer</guilabel> field.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Conserva i file di log per:</guilabel> — in questa sezione è possibile impostare le preferenze relative ai file di log.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Retain log files:</guilabel> In this section you could set
+ your preferences about the log files using the provided radio buttons.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Mai</guilabel> — disabilita la creazione dei file di log.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Never:</guilabel> Disable the creation of log files.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Per:</guilabel> — inserire un numero di giorni per cui conservare i file.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>For:</guilabel> Enter a specific number of days for which keep the files.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Per sempre</guilabel> — disabilita la cancellazione automatica dei file di log; conserva i file di log per sempre.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Forever:</guilabel> Disable the auto deletion of log files; retains the log files forever.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14653,10 +15315,11 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Finestra di ricerca</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia per una nuova ricerca</guilabel> — apre una nuova ricerca se il numero di risultati trovati è inferiore al numero impostato qui.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>New search limit:</guilabel> Defaults to "new
+ search" if fewer than this number of items is returned.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -14664,7 +15327,9 @@ make doc
<title>Online Banking</title>
<figure id="prefs-online-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Online Banking</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Online Banking</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_OnlineBanking">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14686,13 +15351,18 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Importazione file QIF</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza la documentazione</guilabel> — la prima volta che si utilizza la procedura di importazione di file <acronym>QIF</acronym> vengono visualizzate delle istruzioni dettagliate su come importare un file. Una volta che si è acquistata familiarità con il procedimento, si potrebbe voler disattivare questa opzione rendendo il processo più veloce.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show documentation:</guilabel> The first time you
+ use the QIF importer you may
+ notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import
+ a file. Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you
+ might want to turn off this option. Turning off the option gives you
+ less detail in the importer screens.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file)</guilabel> —
- In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
- self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file):</guilabel>
+ In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
+ self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Not cleared</guilabel> (Default)</para>
@@ -14714,42 +15384,59 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Importatore generico</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable skip transaction action</guilabel> — Enable the SKIP
+ <para><guilabel>Enable skip transaction action:</guilabel> Enable the SKIP
action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score
is in the yellow zone (above the Auto-ADD threshold but below the Auto-CLEAR threshold)
will be skipped by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable update match action</guilabel> — Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
- action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
- above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
+ <para><guilabel>Enable update match action:</guilabel> Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
+ action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
+ above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
transaction will cause the existing transaction to be updated and cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Utilizza la corrispondenza Bayesiana</guilabel> — opzione per attivare o disattivare l’utilizzo degli algoritmi Bayesiani per trovare le corrispondenze tra le nuove transazioni e i conti esistenti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Use Bayesian matching:</guilabel> Use Bayesian
+ algorithms to match new transactions with existing accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia di visualizzazione</guilabel> — il punteggio minimo che una possibile corrispondenza deve avere per essere visualizzata nella lista delle corrispondenze.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Match display threshold:</guilabel> The minimal
+ score a potential match must have to be displayed in the match
+ list.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia di auto-inserimento</guilabel> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona rossa (al di sopra della soglia di visualizzazione, ma inferiore o uguale alla soglia di auto-inserimento), verrà inserita automaticamente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-add threshold:</guilabel> A transaction whose
+ best match’s score is in the red zone (above display threshold, but
+ below or equal to Auto-add threshold) will be added by
+ default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia di auto-liquidazione</guilabel> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona verde (superiore o al limite uguale al valore della soglia di auto-inserimento) verrà liquidata automaticamente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-clear threshold:</guilabel> A transaction
+ whose best match’s score is in the green zone (above or equal to
+ Auto-clear threshold) will be cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia per i costi degli ATM commerciali</guilabel> — in alcune zone, gli sportelli commerciali ATM (che non fanno capo a una particolare istituzione finanziaria) sono installati in luoghi come i centri commerciali. Questi sportelli addebitano direttamente l’importo sul totale invece di farlo figurare con una transazione separata o nell’estratto conto mensile della banca. Per esempio, se si prelevano €100 si può essere addebitati di €101,50. Se si fosse inserito manualmente l’addebito dei soli €100, gli importi non corrisponderebbero. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere impostata al valore massimo di questa tassa applicato nella propria area (in un’unità della propria valuta), in modo che le transazioni vengano riconosciute nel processo di identificazione delle corrispondenze.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Commercial ATM fees threshold:</guilabel>
+ In some places commercial ATMs (not
+ belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience
+ store. These ATM add its fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a
+ separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw
+ $100, and you are charged $101.50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered
+ that $100, the amounts won’t match. You should set this to whatever is the
+ maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the
+ transaction will be recognized as a match by
+ <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities</guilabel> — Enables the
- automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
+ <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities:</guilabel> Enables the
+ automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
import. If not enabled, the user will be asked what to do with each unknown commodity.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14763,19 +15450,23 @@ make doc
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished</guilabel> — Close the log window
+ <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished:</guilabel> Close the log window
when the operation is completed.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Ricorda PIN</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <application>&app;</application> ricordi il PIN inserito per l’autenticazione all’online banking.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Remember PIN:</guilabel> Enable this option if you
+ want <application>GnuCash</application> to remember the PIN you
+ enter for online banking authentication.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Messaggi di debug prolissi</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <application>&app;</application> mostri informazioni iù dettagliate relativamente alle operazioni di online bancking.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Verbose debug messages:</guilabel> Enable this option if you
+ want <application>GnuCash</application> to show more information about the online
+ banking operations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -14783,7 +15474,9 @@ make doc
<title>Stampa</title>
<figure id="prefs-printing-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Stampa</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Printing</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Printing">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14804,15 +15497,20 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Stampa il formato della data</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare sugli assegni il formato della data (nel tipo a 8 punti) sotto alla data.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Print date format:</guilabel> Enable this option
+ if you want to print on the check, below the actual date, its format in 8 point type.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Stampa i caratteri di blocco</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare una serie di tre asterischi prima e dopo ogni campo di testo sull’assegno.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Print blocking chars:</guilabel> Enable this option to print
+ a series of three asterisks before and after each text field in the check.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Carattere predefinito</guilabel> — premere il pulsante di sinistra per aprire una finestra di <guilabel>Selezione del tipo di carattere</guilabel> in cui è possibile personalizzare il carattere da utilizzare per la stampa su carta degli assegni.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default font:</guilabel> Click the button on the left to open
+ a <guilabel>Pick a Font</guilabel> screen in which you can customize the font
+ that will be used to print checks.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -14821,7 +15519,9 @@ make doc
<title>Registro</title>
<figure id="prefs-reg-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Registro</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Register</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Register">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14843,15 +15543,23 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Operazioni</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>«Invio» inserisce una riga con una transazione vuota</guilabel> — se attivata, premendo il tasto <keycap function="enter">Invio</keycap> il cursore verrà spostato all’ultima transazione vuota alla fine del registro. Diversamente il cursore si sposterà alla riga successiva.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>'Enter' moves to blank transaction:</guilabel> If
+ selected, move the cursor to the blank transaction at the end of the register
+ after the user presses the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key. Otherwise the cursor will be moved
+ down one row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Espandi liste automaticamente</guilabel> — se selzionata, tutte le liste verranno automaticamente espanse quando l’input è focalizzato nel campo lista.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-raise lists:</guilabel> If selected, all lists
+ will automatically be expanded when input focus is in the list
+ field.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>La sequenza di «Tab» include il campo «Trasferimento» per le transazioni memorizzate</guilabel> — se selezionata, quando la transazione è completata automaticamente, premendo il tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap> nel registro, il salto del cursore includerà il campo <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction:</guilabel>
+ If selected, when the transaction is auto filled, pressing the
+ <keycap>Tab</keycap> key in the register the cursor’s jump
+ will include the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14860,19 +15568,29 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Riconciliazione</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Spunta le transazioni liquidate</guilabel> — se selezionata, verranno spuntate automaticamente le transazioni liquidate al momento della riconciliazione.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Check cleared transactions:</guilabel> If selected,
+ automatically check off cleared transactions when
+ reconciling.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Trasferimento automatico degli interessi</guilabel> — se attivata, prima della riconciliazione di un conto che matura o addebita interessi, verrà richiesto se inserire una transazione per gli interessi. Attualmente questa impostazione ha effetto solamente sui seguenti tipi di conti: banca, credito, fondo comune, attività , debiti e crediti correnti e passività .</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic interest transfer:</guilabel> If
+ selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays
+ interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest
+ charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual,
+ Asset, Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Pagamento carta di credito automatico</guilabel> — se selezionata, dopo la riconciliazione del conto della carta di credito, verrà richiesto un pagamento con la carta di credito.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic credit card payment:</guilabel> If
+ selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user
+ to enter a credit card payment.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Riconcilia sempre a oggi</guilabel> — se selezionata, la finestra di riconciliazione viene aperta con la data odierna, indiffirentemente dalla data della riconciliazione precedente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Always reconcile to today:</guilabel> If
+ selected, always open the reconcile screen with today’s date for
+ statement date, regardless of previous reconciliation.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14880,21 +15598,30 @@ make doc
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Grafica</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Utilizza i colori del tema di sistema</guilabel> — se attivata, verranno utilizzati i colori del tema di sistema per la decorazione delle finestre del registro. Se disattivata, verranno utilizzati i colori originali di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Use system theme colors:</guilabel> If selected,
+ the system color theme will be applied to register windows. Otherwise
+ the original <application>GnuCash</application> register color will be used.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>I colori della modalità a doppia linea si alternano tra le transazioni</guilabel> — se attivata, configura la finestra del registro in modo da alternare i colori primario e secondario per ogni transazione, invece che per ogni riga.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Double mode colors alternate with
+ transactions:</guilabel> If selected, configures the register
+ window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with
+ each transaction, instead of each row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Disegna delle linee orizzontali fra le righe</guilabel> — se selezionata, <application>&app;</application> disegnerà delle linee orizzontali tra ogni riga.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Draw horizontal lines between rows:</guilabel> If
+ selected, <application>GnuCash</application> will draw a horizontal line between each
+ row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Disegna delle linee verticali fra le colonne</guilabel> — se selezionata, <application>&app;</application> disegnerà delle linee verticali tra ogni colonna.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Draw vertical lines between columns:</guilabel> If
+ selected, <application>GnuCash</application> will draw a vertical line between the cells in
+ each row.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14906,7 +15633,9 @@ make doc
<title>Predefinite del registro</title>
<figure id="prefs-reg-def-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Predefinite del registro</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Register Defaults</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_RegisterDefaults">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14930,39 +15659,49 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Stile predefinito</guilabel></para>
<para>Qui è possibile scegliere tra 3 diversi stili per la finestra del registro: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Libro mastro basilare</guilabel> — visualizza tutte le transazioni su una riga singola (due nella modalità a doppia linea).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Basic ledger:</guilabel> Show all transactions on one line. (Two in double line
+ mode.)</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Mastro a espansione automatica
-
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-split ledger:</guilabel> Automatically expand the current transaction to show
+ all splits. All other transactions are shown on one line. (Two in double line
+ mode.)</para>
+ </listitem>
-
- Giornale della transazione
-
- </guilabel></para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Transaction journal:</guilabel> All transactions are expanded to show all splits.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Altre predefinite</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Il registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra</guilabel> — se selezionata, il registro del conto verrà aperto in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Register opens in a new window:</guilabel> If
+ selected, register will be in a separate window instead of in a
+ tab.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Modalità a doppia linea</guilabel> — visualizza due righe di informazioni per ogni transazione in luogo di una unica.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Double line mode:</guilabel> If selected, show two
+ lines of information for each transaction instead of one.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza solamente i nomi dei sottoconti</guilabel> — se selezionata, verranno visualizzati solamente i nomi dei sottoconti nel campo di selezione del <guilabel>Conto</guilabel>. Il comportamento predefinito prevede la visualizzazione del nome completo del conto con incluso il suo percorso nella struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Only display leaf account names:</guilabel> If selected, only the name of the leaf
+ accounts will be displayed in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> selection popup.
+ The default behavoir is to display the full account name including the path in the account tree.</para>
<warning>
<para>Abilitare questa opzione presuppone che vengano utilizzati dei nomi unici per i conti figli.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Numero di transazioni</guilabel> — quante transazioni visualizzare nel registro. Un valore nullo significa che verranno visualizzate tutte le transazioni.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Number of transactions:</guilabel> How many
+ transactions to show in a register. Set to 0 to show all transactions.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14973,7 +15712,9 @@ make doc
<title>Resoconti</title>
<figure id="prefs-reports-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Resoconti</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Reports</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Reports">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14994,23 +15735,28 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta predefinita</guilabel> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta da utilizzare come predefinita per creare i resoconti. È possibile scegliere tra:</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default Report Currency:</guilabel> This item
+ determines which currency will be used by default when creating
+ reports. You can choose:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi resoconti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the system locale currency for all
+ newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Altra</guilabel> — utilizza la valuta specificata in questo campo per tuti nuovi resoconti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Choose:</guilabel> Use the specified currency for all
+ newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
+ </itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Posizione</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Il resoconto viene aperto in una nuova finestra</guilabel> — se selezionata, i resoconti verranno aperti in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Report opens in a new window:</guilabel> if you select this option, the
+ reports will open up in a new window, instead of in a tab.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -15021,7 +15767,9 @@ make doc
<title>Transazioni pianificate</title>
<figure id="prefs-sched-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Transazioni pianificate</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_ScheduledTransactions">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -15045,7 +15793,10 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Avvia all’apertura del file</guilabel> — se selezionata verrà visualizzato <guilabel>L’assistente dall’utlimo avvio</guilabel> all’avvio di <application>&app;</application> (o meglio quando <application>&app;</application> aprirà un file).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Run when data file opened:</guilabel> If selected,
+ the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> screen will appear on <application>GnuCash</application> start-up (or
+ rather when <application>GnuCash</application> opens the file).
+ </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -15054,17 +15805,21 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Predefinite dell’editor transazioni</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Crea automaticamente le nuove transazioni</guilabel> — se selezionata, le nuove transazioni pianificate verranno inserite automaticamente nel registro. Se questa opzione viene abilitata, è anche possibile abilitare l’opzione <guilabel>Notifica prima che le transazioni vengano create</guilabel> in modo che sia possibile confermare la creazione delle transazioni.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-Create new transactions:</guilabel> If
+ selected, new scheduled transactions will automatically be entered
+ into the register. If the auto-create option is enabled, you could also check
+ <guilabel>Notify before transactions are created</guilabel> so that you will be
+ able to confirm creating the transactions.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Create in advance</guilabel> — The default
+ <para><guilabel>Create in advance:</guilabel> The default
number of days in advance to create the registered scheduled
transactions.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Remind in advance</guilabel> — The default
+ <para><guilabel>Remind in advance:</guilabel> The default
number of days in advance to remind on new scheduled
transactions.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -15077,7 +15832,9 @@ make doc
<title>Finestre</title>
<figure id="prefs-windows-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Finestre</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Windows</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Windows">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -15099,7 +15856,9 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Geometria finestra</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Salva la dimensione e la posizioen della finestra</guilabel> — se selezionata, al prossimo avvio <application>&app;</application> utilizzerà la dimensione e la posizione della finestra configurate nell’ultimo avvio.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Save window size and position:</guilabel> If
+ selected, next time <application>GnuCash</application> starts will re-use the windows size
+ and position configured in the last run.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -15108,19 +15867,22 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Schede</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza il tasto di chiusura sulle schede</guilabel> — aggiunge una piccola icona per la chiusura su ogni scheda per renderne più semplice la chiusura.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show close button on notebook tabs:</guilabel> Adds
+ a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the
+ various tabs.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Porta la scheda più recente in primo piano</guilabel> — se selezionata, le nuove schede create verranno visualizzate al di sopra delle altre.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Bring the most recent tab to the front:</guilabel> If
+ selected, the newly created tab will be shown over the other tabs.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> — The width of tab label
+ <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> The width of tab label
expressed in characters.
<note>
- <para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
- (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut
+ <para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
+ (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut
and replaced with an ellipsis.
</para>
</note>
@@ -15128,12 +15890,12 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Posizione delle schede</guilabel></para>
<para>Posiziona le schede in <guilabel>Alto</guilabel> (predefinita), in <guilabel>Basso</guilabel>, a <guilabel>Sinistra</guilabel> o a <guilabel>Destra</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Posizione della barra di riepilogo</guilabel></para>
<para>Posiziona la barra di riepilogo <guilabel>In alto</guilabel> o <guilabel>In basso</guilabel> (predefinita) nella finestra principale di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
@@ -15187,7 +15949,7 @@ make doc
changes are reflected in the affected areas of <application>GnuCash</application>
as soon as the button is pressed, so it can be used to 'see' the effect
of a given option without having to re-open the dialog. The
- <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button is not sensitive on the dialog if
+ <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button is not sensitive on the dialog if
it appears during transaction import (that is, 'new book') situations.
The <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button behaves like the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button except that it immediately
@@ -15200,7 +15962,7 @@ make doc
<para>The <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab of this dialog allows
the selection of options that affect how accounting registers function.
</para>
-
+
<sect3 id="trading-accounts-book-option">
<title>Use Trading Accounts</title>
@@ -15229,7 +15991,7 @@ make doc
<note>
<para>This option is only available in <application>GnuCash
</application> version 2.6 or later.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
<para>Check the <guilabel>Use Split Action Field for Number</guilabel>
checkbox to have the split action field of the anchor split used for
the 'Num' column in registers, reports and import/export functions,
@@ -15331,7 +16093,7 @@ make doc
<para>The <guilabel>Business</guilabel> tab allows you to enter values
that are in turn used by the business features of <application>GnuCash</application>:</para>
-
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Company Name</term>
@@ -15370,7 +16132,7 @@ make doc
<varlistentry>
<term>Fancy Date Format</term>
- <listitem><para>The default date format used for fancy printed dates
+ <listitem><para>The default date format used for fancy printed dates
(e.g. on invoices).</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -15414,14 +16176,14 @@ make doc
the number to be printed with leading zeros and 5 characters wide, you
would enter "C - %05li" and the next customer number would be assigned
the number "C - 00006".</para>
-
+
<note><para>For historical reasons <application>GnuCash</application> accepts multiple format specifiers
although they all yield the same end result. You can choose "li", "lli" or I64i".</para>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="change-style">
<title>Modificare i fogli di stile</title>
@@ -15933,7 +16695,7 @@ make doc
<sect3 id="style-tech-images">
<title>Immagini</title>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Immagine di sfondo:</guilabel> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <guibutton>Sfoglia</guibutton>. Il pulsante <guibutton>Pulisci</guibutton> annulla la selezione.</para>
@@ -15977,17 +16739,17 @@ make doc
<sect1 id="set-tax-options">
<title>Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse</title>
- <para>The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options.
+ <para>The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options.
The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export function
- in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to
+ in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that
- the <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large
- downward-pointing arrow and select <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> check box). The <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel>
- column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <guilabel>Schedule D
- Dividend, cap gain distrib.</guilabel>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively,
- it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through
+ <para>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that
+ the <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large
+ downward-pointing arrow and select <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> check box). The <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel>
+ column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <guilabel>Schedule D
+ Dividend, cap gain distrib.</guilabel>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively,
+ it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -16004,7 +16766,7 @@ make doc
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for
+ <para>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for
account type</para>
</listitem>
@@ -16029,19 +16791,19 @@ make doc
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax
+ <para>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax
type "tax_type"</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type
+ <para>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type
"tax_type")</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to
- individual accounts. Click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to set the identity. The Tax Name is
- optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A
+ <para>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to
+ individual accounts. Click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to set the identity. The Tax Name is
+ optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A
<guilabel>Type</guilabel> must be selected in order to activate the tax category
selections. The choices are:</para>
@@ -16067,81 +16829,81 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories
- have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need
- to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious.
- The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing
- the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed
+ <para>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories
+ have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need
+ to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious.
+ The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing
+ the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed
(and highly recommended) that each <application>GnuCash</application> file is for only one tax entity
- and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep,
- for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one <application>GnuCash</application> file
+ and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep,
+ for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one <application>GnuCash</application> file
if you plan to use the Income Tax Reporting features.</para>
- <para>A given <acronym>TXF</acronym> code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule
- Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for
- each account and a summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the total as calculated by the
+ <para>A given <acronym>TXF</acronym> code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule
+ Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for
+ each account and a summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the total as calculated by the
report.</para>
- <para>For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer
- on the <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be based on what is specified here, either the
- account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent
- account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or
+ <para>For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer
+ on the <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be based on what is specified here, either the
+ account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent
+ account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or
mutual funds that pay dividends where the individual payees are shown on
- the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of
- your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks
- that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the
- broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’;
- the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had
- several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each
- broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent
- account named <emphasis>Directly Held</emphasis>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for
- one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each
- stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select
- <guilabel>Current Account</guilabel>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported
- and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a
+ the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of
+ your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks
+ that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the
+ broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’;
+ the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had
+ several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each
+ broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent
+ account named <emphasis>Directly Held</emphasis>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for
+ one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each
+ stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select
+ <guilabel>Current Account</guilabel>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported
+ and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a
subtotal for each stock, along with each stock’s name as the payer.</para>
<para>Some tax Forms/Schedules need to have multiple copies filed under
- some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have
- separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the
- <guilabel>Copy Number</guilabel> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by
+ some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have
+ separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the
+ <guilabel>Copy Number</guilabel> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by
copy number.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an
- account to set a <acronym>TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is
- changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will
+ <para>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an
+ account to set a <acronym>TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is
+ changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will
be set to the selected item. </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an
- account then select the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed
+ <para>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an
+ account then select the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed
on the account edit dialogue but cannot be changed from there.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description
- appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <guilabel>No help
- available</guilabel>), along with the <acronym>TXF</acronym> code for the category and information
- about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are
+ <para>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description
+ appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <guilabel>No help
+ available</guilabel>), along with the <acronym>TXF</acronym> code for the category and information
+ about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are
included in by tax year (used for detailed sort on report).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text
- description that is exported along with the value of the account is
- derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank,
- stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally,
+ <para>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text
+ description that is exported along with the value of the account is
+ derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank,
+ stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally,
it is a description of a deduction.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Copy Number: A copy number that is exported along with the value
- of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different
- copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g.,
- Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the
+ of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different
+ copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g.,
+ Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the
report.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -16172,9 +16934,9 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual
- payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts,
- only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax
+ <para>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual
+ payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts,
+ only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax
enhancement) </para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -16201,11 +16963,11 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem
- for the last payment that is due Jan 15. <application>GnuCash</application> changes the the date of
- the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special
- date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab.
- The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only
+ <para>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem
+ for the last payment that is due Jan 15. <application>GnuCash</application> changes the the date of
+ the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special
+ date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab.
+ The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only
matters if you have to compute the penalty. </para>
<para>TXF Tax eXport Format </para>
@@ -16216,16 +16978,16 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be
- summed for all the accounts generating one detail <acronym>TXF</acronym> record per account
- and one summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer
- Name Source" will generate a separate summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> account with each
- change in payer. Selecting the "Print <acronym>TXF</acronym> export parameters" option will
- cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source
+ <para>Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be
+ summed for all the accounts generating one detail <acronym>TXF</acronym> record per account
+ and one summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer
+ Name Source" will generate a separate summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> account with each
+ change in payer. Selecting the "Print <acronym>TXF</acronym> export parameters" option will
+ cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source
option Y) and, for the accounts assigned to those codes, the Name Source
- each account is set to and the <acronym>TXF</acronym> item number that will be assigned to
- each. A summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be generated for each change in assigned
- item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and
+ each account is set to and the <acronym>TXF</acronym> item number that will be assigned to
+ each. A summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be generated for each change in assigned
+ item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and
TurboTax.</para>
@@ -16235,25 +16997,25 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security;
- generates <acronym>TXF</acronym> output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the
- date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately
+ <para>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security;
+ generates <acronym>TXF</acronym> output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the
+ date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately
added in the tax software). The code can be assigned to either a short-,
- long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales
- transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling
- Shares, of the <application>GnuCash</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the
- transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other
- splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each
- of these found, it generates a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> output record with the
- quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales
- amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction
- split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, <acronym>TXF</acronym> output
- data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will
- fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set
- to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this
+ long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales
+ transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling
+ Shares, of the <application>GnuCash</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the
+ transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other
+ splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each
+ of these found, it generates a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> output record with the
+ quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales
+ amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction
+ split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, <acronym>TXF</acronym> output
+ data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will
+ fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set
+ to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this
reason, there should be no more than one gain/loss account entered per
- transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that
- no amounts are used from <application>GnuCash</application>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement
+ transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that
+ no amounts are used from <application>GnuCash</application>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement
is expected to use this data to provide capital gain reporting).</para>
</sect2>
@@ -17248,7 +18010,7 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
-<para>Source:
+<para>Source:
<ulink url="https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash/blob/maint/src/tax/us/txf-help.scm"/>
</para>
@@ -17261,12 +18023,12 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
<para><application>&app;</application> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</guilabel>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <guilabel>Ripristina avvisi</guilabel> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi. Gli avvisi possono essere abilitati in modo selettivo.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="chang-lang">
<title>Changing the Language</title>
-
+
<para>La lingua dell’interfaccia di <application>&app;</application> non è direttamente modificabile dalle preferenze del programma.</para>
-
+
<para>Il metodo per cambiare lingua del programma dipende dal sistema operativo in cui <application>&app;</application> viene eseguito.</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -17290,7 +18052,7 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
<para><command>defaults delete $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/GnuCash.app)</command></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><trademark>Finestre</trademark></term>
<listitem>
<para>Se si sta eseguendo <application>&app;</application> 2.4.0 (o successivo) su Windows, è possibile impostare la lingua dell’interfaccia modificando il file <filename>environment</filename> con un editor di testo (per esempio <application>Notepad</application>). Di norma questo file è installato nella cartella <filename role="directory">c:\Programmi\gnucash\etc\gnucash</filename>. Modificare il file in modo che le ultime righe siano come le seguenti:</para>
@@ -17304,11 +18066,11 @@ LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<tip>
<para>Maggiori e più aggiornate informazioni relative all’argomento possono essere reperite sulla <ulink type="http" url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Locale_Settings">pagina delle impostazioni della lingua</ulink> nel wiki di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
</tip>
-
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -17319,20 +18081,20 @@ LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
Last modified: August 08th 2016 (reflect updates by F::Q 1.38)
modified: April 11th 2013 (reflect bugfixes by F::Q 1.18)
modified: September 21th 2012
- modified: March 15th 2007
- modified: August 12th 2006
+ modified: March 15th 2007
+ modified: August 12th 2006
modified: February 28th 2005
Maintainers:
- Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
- Previous: Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
+ Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
+ Previous: Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
Author:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
+ (translators put your name and email here)
-->
<appendix id="tips">
@@ -17391,7 +18153,7 @@ LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
</entry>
<entry>
<para> In 2012 happened a modification on the website.
- Make shure, you updated F::Q to version 1.18.
+ Make shure, you updated F::Q to version 1.18.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -21274,7 +22036,7 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
</appendix>
-<!--
+<!--
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais at okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
@@ -21298,52 +22060,52 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
<sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
<title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
<para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.</para>
-
+
<para>This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.</para>
-
+
<para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section1">
<title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
<para id="fdl-document">This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <quote>you</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-modified">A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-secondary">A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para>
<para id="fdl-invariant">The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-transparent">A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-title-page">The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
<para>If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para>
-
+
<para>If you publish or distribute <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.</para>
-
+
<para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<formalpara>
@@ -21351,91 +22113,91 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
<para>Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>B</title>
<para>List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
<para>State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the publisher.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>D</title>
<para>Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>E</title>
<para>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
<para>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
<para>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document’s</link> license notice.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>H</title>
<para>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
<para>Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
<para>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
<para>In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section’s title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
<para>Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
<para>Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
@@ -21443,68 +22205,68 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</para>
-
+
<para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.</para>
-
+
<para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</para>
-
+
<para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote></para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
<para>A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
<para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
<para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
<para>The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
-
+
<para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-using">
<title>Addendum</title>
<para>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:</para>
-
+
<blockquote>
<para>Copyright Cristian Marchi, 2011</para>
<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote>.</para>
</blockquote>
-
+
<para>If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.</para>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
commit be0c7eed1f1aac64b10cb77fc420b3eb125bada6
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Tue Dec 6 22:13:10 2016 +0500
Bug-770371 - Add note to documentation regarding Sort order options. Added to table in Help Section 4.3.2.3
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml
index 381ff0e..2929fee 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml
@@ -2648,6 +2648,22 @@
<para>Sort by notes field.</para></entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="c2" >
+ <para><guilabel>Reverse Order</guilabel></para></entry>
+
+ <entry namest="c3" >
+ <para>Reverse the sort order.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="c2" >
+ <para><guilabel>Save Sort Order</guilabel></para></entry>
+
+ <entry namest="c3" >
+ <para>Save the sort order between sessions.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Filter by ...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
commit a44ac34acb4e68d1143ac92cc52590a7d35bd883
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Dec 6 14:29:55 2016 -0800
Improve ch_currency formatting of tables and charts of accounts.
Attempting to get them to look decent in both HTML and PDF.
Notes: Don't try to make columns with <literallayout> unless you're
going to use a monospace font (class='monospace'). No two proportional
fonts have the same width for spaces and characters and you'll never
get the columns to line up consistently. Use <informaltable> if a true
tablular layout makes sense, but if you need indents it's better to stick
with <literallayout> and forget the columns. Check the results in both
PDF and HTML to make sure that it looks OK.
Tables in PDF don't lay out correctly unless you use <colspec colwidth>,
and the percentage value (e.g. colwidth='10pc') doesn't seem to work. The
proportional (e.g. colwidth='3*') value seems best.
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
index f556722..ef8245f 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
@@ -77,16 +77,16 @@
structure for this would be:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -HKD (HKD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -HKD (HKD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -446,15 +446,15 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
structure:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
- -Fixed Assets (USD)
- -Boat (JMD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)
+ -Boat (JMD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -564,11 +564,11 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
account structure:</para>
<literallayout>
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
-Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
-Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
-Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
+Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
+Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
+Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
<para>The Chart of Accounts looks like this after creating all the
@@ -623,12 +623,21 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
(<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
the following:</para>
-<literallayout>
-Buy Stocks
- Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank Withdrawal 50,000
- Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKD Deposit 500
- Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:0694 Deposit 49,500 (16,500 shares)
-</literallayout>
+<bridgehead renderas='sect4'>Buy Stocks</bridgehead>
+<informaltable frame='none' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <tgroup cols='3'>
+ <colspec colwidth='3*' align='left'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1*' align='left'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1*' align='right'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</entry><entry>Withdrawal</entry><entry>50,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKD</entry><entry>Deposit</entry><entry>500</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage
+ Account:Boom:0694</entry><entry>Deposit</entry><entry>49,500
+ (16,500 shares)</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
<para>If the exchange rate dialog box does not appear automatically,
right-click on the stock row, and select <guilabel>Edit
@@ -707,8 +716,9 @@ Buy Stocks
structure would suffice:</para>
<literallayout>
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
- Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
<para>You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting
exchange rates as you went.</para>
@@ -717,10 +727,11 @@ Buy Stocks
as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as:</para>
<literallayout>
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
- Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
- Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
<sect2 id="currency_invest12">
<title>Purchasing Currency</title>
@@ -730,12 +741,19 @@ Buy Stocks
For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs
to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150.</para>
-<literallayout>
-Buy Currency
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank Withdrawal 10,000
- Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF Deposit 150
- Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF Deposit 49,250
-</literallayout>
+ <bridgehead renderas='sect4'>Buy Currency</bridgehead>
+ <informaltable frame='none' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <tgroup cols='3'>
+ <colspec colwidth='5*' align='left'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='2*' align='left'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1*' align='right'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</entry><entry>Withdrawal</entry><entry>10,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF</entry><entry>Deposit</entry><entry>150</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF</entry><entry>Deposit</entry><entry>49,250</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
<para>The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you
leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
@@ -769,55 +787,19 @@ Buy Currency
<title>Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</title>
<tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth='3*' align='left'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1*' align='center'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1*' align='center'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row><entry>Account</entry><entry>Deposit</entry><entry>Withdrawal</entry></row>
+ </thead>
<tbody>
<row>
- <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Deposit</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Withdrawal</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</entry>
-
- <entry>Sold Amount - Exchange Fee</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>Exchange Fee</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>Sold Amount</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital
- Gains:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>[LOSS]</entry>
-
- <entry>PROFIT</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>PROFIT (with To Amount = 0)</entry>
-
- <entry>[LOSS (with To Amount = 0) ]</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</entry> <entry>Sold Amount - Exchange Fee</entry> <entry></entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</entry> <entry>Exchange Fee</entry> <entry></entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>Sold Amount</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX</entry> <entry>[LOSS]</entry> <entry>PROFIT</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry> <entry>PROFIT (with To Amount = 0)</entry> <entry>[LOSS (with To Amount = 0) ]</entry> </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -839,4 +821,4 @@ Buy Currency
accounts.</para>
</sect1>
-</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
+</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index f1c14cd..6a16bc2 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd" [
<!-- HTML codes unknown to xmllint and xml2po: --><!ENTITY lsquo "‘">
<!ENTITY rsquo "’">
@@ -7778,170 +7780,404 @@ Entrate
<para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
+ <para><quote>a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a
+ quantity of a financial instrument</quote>.
+ </para>
- <screenshot id="invest-split4">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>
+ <application>GnuCash</application> has a built-in lot management
+ facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses
+ resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into
+ lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More
+ specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell
+ transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and
+ linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and
+ transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and
+ the cost of the securities sold. <application>GnuCash</application>
+ refers to this process as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>.
+ </para>
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>The term <emphasis>scrub</emphasis> is used because security
+ accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
+ between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
+ them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital
+ gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
+ total credits.
+ </para>
- <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
+ <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
+ transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
+ </note>
- <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
+ Wikipedia <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
+ FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
+ Average cost method</ulink>.
+ </para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>GnuCash
+ </application> transactions and splits, please see
+ <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes"/>.
+ </para>
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>
+ The <application>GnuCash</application> lot management facility can be a
+ useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
+ have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
+ involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
+ transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
+ buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
+ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
+ the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
+ the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
- </sect2>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
+ <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
-<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
--->
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
- <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
- <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
+ <para>Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants,
+ <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
+ Lots in Account
+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
- <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
+ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
- <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
+ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
+ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
+ </para>
- <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
+ depending on cost method)</para>
+ </listitem>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
+ </listitem>
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
+ debits balance to total credits</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
+ </orderedlist>
- <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
+ </sect3>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
+ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
+ </para>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
+ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
+ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
+ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
+ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
+ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
+ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
+ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
+ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
+ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
+ cannot be used for average costing.
+ </para>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
+ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
+ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
+ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
+ </note>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
+ <para>See:</para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
+ </sect3>
- <para>Una schermata finale di <quote>Termine</quote> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare <guimenu>Indietro</guimenu>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di <guimenu>Applica</guimenu> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
+ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
- <screenshot id="invest-stockmerge1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_stockmerge1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>
+ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
+ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
+ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
+ GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
+ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
+ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazione per un frazionamento azionario di moderata difficoltà , inserita nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del <emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis> dopo aver inserito la transazione relativa al frazionamento azionario che comporta la diminuzione delle azioni.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
+ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
+ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
+ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
+ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
+ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
+ report, total debits should equal total credits.
+ </para>
- </sect2>
+ <tip>
+ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
+ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
+ accounting for capital gain/loss:
+ </para>
- </sect1>
+ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
+ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
+ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
+ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
+ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
+ causing the problem.
+ </para>
+ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
+ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
+ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
+ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
+ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
+ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
+ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
+ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
+ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
+ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
+ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect3>
-<!-- Working Location !!!!!!!!!!!!
- <sect1 id="invest-todo1">
- <title>To-do</title>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
+ <title>Considerations</title>
- <para>These are the remaining documentation sections that originally
- appeared in the 1.8.4 documentation which require being written up.</para>
+ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
+ lot management facility.
+ </para>
- <itemizedlist>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
+ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
+ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
+ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
+ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
+ the sell split before scrubbing.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
+ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
+ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
+ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
+ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
+ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
+ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
+ must be used in both places.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
+ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
+ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
+ recorded as 2 transactions:
+ </para>
--->
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
+ number of shares and (optionally) commission
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Titolo</entry>
+ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
+ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
-<!--
- <listitem>
- <para>Recording Stock Splits and Mergers (How-To)</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Reconciling with the Brokerage Statement (How-To)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Titolo</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Credit</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Recording Employee Stock Plans (Discussion)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
+ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
+ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
+ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
+ be handled manually.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
- <listitem>
- <para>Stock Options (How-To)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
+ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect1>
--->
-</chapter>
+ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
+ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
+ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
+ with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
+ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
+ the capital gain/loss transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
+ scrubbing a single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
@@ -8575,50 +8811,129 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<chapter id="chapter_capgain">
<title>Guadagni in conto capitale</title>
- <para>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <sect1 id="capgain_concepts1">
- <title>Concetti base</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
+ window where SSSS is the security account.
+ </para>
- <para>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Alcuni capitali re investibili possono variare il loro valore nel tempo come, per esempio, le azioni, le obbligazioni, gli immobili o le auto. Alcune attività (es: le azioni) possono aumentare in valore mentre altre (es: un’auto) posso perdere valore. È importante essere in grado di valutare queste variazioni nel valore del capitale: questo capitolo illustrerà come procedere.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Probabilmente tutto ciò che si possiede aumenterà o diminuirà il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo; quindi è importante capire per quali di questi beni sia indicato tracciarne le variazioni del valore. Si consiglia di tracciare il valore solamente per quei beni che potranno essere venduti in futuro in cambio di liquidi o che sono relativi alle imposte.</para>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
- <para>I beni consumabili (es: il cibo, il carburante per l’auto, o la carta per la stampante) ovviamente non risultano interessati dall’argomento; inoltre, anche se il nuovo abito che si è appena acquistato perderà valore, non si desidererà tracciare questa diminuzione dato che non si avrà l’intenzione di rivenderlo e non si dovranno pagare delle imposte per la svalutazione dell’abito. Quindi, per questo esempio, l’acquisto di un nuovo abito dovrebbe essere registrato come una semplice uscita...i soldi spesi sono andati (!).</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
+ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>La rivalutazione (aumento del valore) di un bene avviene quando ciò che si possiede aumenta il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo. Quando si possiede un bene che ha aumentato il proprio valore, la differenza tra il suo prezzo di acquisto e il suo nuovo valore prende il nome di <emphasis>guadagno non realizzato</emphasis>. Quando il bene viene venduto, il profitto che se ne ricava è noto con il nome di <emphasis>guadagno realizzato</emphasis> o <emphasis>guadagno in conto capitale</emphasis>. Un esempio di bene da cui è possibile avere dei guadagni non realizzati ed eventualmente dei guadagni in conto capitale, è una azione di una società pubblicamente scambiata.</para>
- </sect1>
+ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
+ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <sect1 id="capgain_value1">
- <title>Stimare il valore</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
+ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Come ricordato nell’introduzione di questo capitolo, i guadagni in conto capitale sono i profitti ottenuti dalla vendita di un bene. In questa sezione verrà descritto come tracciare i guadagni in capitale in <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
+ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>I metodi contabili per trattare le rivalutazioni di un bene, sono in qualche modo diversi da quelli per le svalutazioni dato che generalmente si è interessati solamente al momento in cui si rivende il bene e si ottiene un guadagno in capitale; questo è in contrasto con la natura continua del deprezzamento. I guadagni in conto capitale sono un argomento importante nella sfera di influenza della tassazione, poiché i governi tendono a essere interessati a far gravare le imposte sui guadagni in conto capitale in un modo o nell’altro.</para>
+ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
+ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
+ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
+ </listitem>
- <note>
- <para>Come sempre, esistono delle eccezioni. Se si possiede un’obbligazione che paga tutti gli interessi a maturazione, le autorità preposte alla tassazione richiedono spesso che venga riconosciuto un interesse ogni anno e si rifiutano di trattarli come un guadagno in conto capitale. Si consultino le normative Nazionali a riguardo dei beni che possono essere tassati nell’eventualità che ne derivi un guadagno in conto capitale.</para>
- </note>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Stimare l’accrescimento del valore di un bene non è generalmente cosa facile dato che spesso è difficoltoso conoscerne il valore prima dell’effettiva vendita.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
+ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>I titoli scambiati quotidianamente nei mercati aperti come le Borse, rappresentano probabilmente la tipologia più semplice di bene per cui predire un valore e vendere il bene al prezzo di mercato è semplice quanto chiamare il proprio Brocker (mediatore). Per contro, la stima del valore di una casa è ben più complesso. Le case sono vendute meno frequentemente delle azioni, e la compravendita consiste di grandi sforzi e negoziazioni per cui le stime tendono a essere meno precise. Allo stesso modo, la vendita di un’auto prevede delle trattative che rendono il prezzo meno prevedibile.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
+ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
+ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
+ security buys.
+ </para>
- <para>Il valore di oggetti da collezione quali gioielli, opere d’arte, figurine e modellini è di ancora più difficile stima. I mercati per questi oggetti sono di nicchia e quindi meno aperti rispetto a quelli delle azioni e delle case. Ancora peggio sono i beni unici nel loro genere; le fabbriche, generalmente, possiedono dei macchinari che costano centinaia di migliaia di euro, costruiti appositamente per realizzare determinati prodotti. Queste apparecchiature non hanno valore al di fuori di un contesto specifico. In questi casi, diverse valutazioni in conflitto tra loro possono essere assegnate al bene e nessuna di esse è <quote>in assoluto</quote> corretta.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot, after manual linking
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Come regola generale della contabilità per quanto riguarda la stima dei guadagni non realizzati (o perdite), si dovrebbe solamente valutare di nuovo dei beni quali le azioni che possono essere rivendute immediatamente e per le quali esistono delle stime affidabili del valore. Per tutti gli altri beni, è meglio attendere semplicemente il momento della vendita, nel quale è possibile determinare esattamente il guadagno in conto capitale. Naturalmente non esiste una regola scritta per questo e infatti diversi contabili adottano diversi comportamenti in questi casi.</para>
- </sect1>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <sect1 id="capgain_accounts1">
- <title>Impostare i conti</title>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Come nella maggior parte delle applicazioni della contabilità , esistono diverse metodologie per configurare i guadagni in conto capitale. Nel seguito verrà presentato un metodo generale sufficientemente versatile per essere applicato nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui si ha bisogno è quello del <emphasis>Costo del bene</emphasis> (conto di <application>&app;</application> del tipo <guilabel>Attività </guilabel>), che rappresenta la posizione in cui verrà registrato l’acquisto originale del bene. Normalmente l’acquisto avviene con una transazione dal proprio conto bancario.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
+ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
+ </para>
- <para>Per tenere traccia della rivalutazione di un bene, saranno necessari tre conti. Il primo è un conto delle attività per i <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> dove verranno inseriti tutti gli importi delle rivalutazioni. Il conto dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> sarà bilanciato da un conto delle entrate per i <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>, in cui saranno registrate tutte le rivalutazioni periodiche. Infine, è necessario un ulteriore conto per le entrate, denominato <emphasis>Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> in cui verranno registrati i guadagni in conto capitale derivanti dalla vendita del bene.</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
+ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
+ so no example screen image is supplied.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di due beni, <emphasis>BENE1</emphasis> e <emphasis>BENE2</emphasis>. Il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> mentre il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (lo stesso discorso vale per il BENE2).</para>
+ <listitem><para>Continue to
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
<literallayout>
-Assets
@@ -8637,286 +8952,573 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
</literallayout>
</sect1>
- <sect1 id="capgain_example1">
- <title>Esempio</title>
+ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
+ </para>
- <para>Si supponga di acquistare un bene per cui si prevede un aumento del valore, quale un quadro di Degas, e di volerne tenere traccia (se ne occuperà la compagnia di assicurazione, anche se nessun altro lo farà ).</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Start with an account hierarchy similar to that shown in <xref linkend="capgain_accounts1"/>, but replace <quote>ITEM1</quote> with <quote>Degas</quote> and you
- can remove the <quote>ITEM2</quote> accounts. We will assume that the Degas painting
- had an initial value of one hundred thousand dollars. Begin by giving your
- self $100,000 in the bank and then transferring that from your bank
- account to your <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</emphasis> account (the asset
- purchase transaction). You should now have a main account window which
- appears like this:</para>
+ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
+ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <screenshot id="capgain_appmain">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_appmain.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
+ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
+ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <caption><para>La finestra principale dell’esempio sulla rivalutazione di un bene</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
+ </para>
- <sect2 id="capgain_exampleunrealized2">
- <title>Guadagni non realizzati</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
+ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
+ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
+ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
+ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
+ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
+ it is possible to have different splits from the same
+ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Un mese dopo, si ha ragione di credere che il valore del quadro sia aumentato di €10.000 (un guadagno non realizzato). Per registrare questo aumento, occorre inserire un trasferimento di €10.000 dal conto dei propri <emphasis>guadagni accumulabili</emphasis> (<emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>) al conto dei <emphasis>guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (<emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>). La finestra principale assomiglierà a questa:</para>
+ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
+ capital gain/loss.</para>
- <screenshot id="capgain_app2main">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app2main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <note><para>
+ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
+ transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
+ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
+ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
+ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
+ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
+ future.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
- <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento del guadagno non realizzato</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </sect2>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
- <sect2 id="capgain_examplesell2">
- <title>Vendere</title>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
+ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
- <para>Si supponga che un altro mese dopo i prezzi dei quadri di Degas siano saliti ancora un po’, in questo caso di circa €20.000, come dalle proprie stime. Puntualmente si registreranno i €20.000 come entrate derivanti da guadagni non realizzati; poi si decide di vendere il quadro.</para>
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
+ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
+ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
+ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
+ sales on the same day.
+ </para>
- <para>Si presentano tre possibilità : si potrebbero aver <emphasis>correttamente stimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati, <emphasis>sottostimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati o <emphasis>sovrastimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Stima accurata</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
- <para>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas</emphasis>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis>.</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.
+ </para>
- <para>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para><table>
- <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
+ is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
- <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
- <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
+ Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
- <entry>€30.000</entry>
+ <note>
+ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
+ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
+ all the lots show.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
+ return to the security account register.
+ </para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>€100.000</entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <note>
+ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
+ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
+ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
+ transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
+ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
+ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
+ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
+ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
+ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
+ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
+ </para>
- <entry>€30.000</entry>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table></para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €130.000 ed €30.000.</para>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
- <screenshot id="capgain_app3main">
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
<mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app3main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento dei guadagni realizzati</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Sottostima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
-
- <para>You were over-optimistic about the value of the painting.
- Instead of the $130000 you thought the painting was worth you are only
- offered $120000. But you still decide to sell, because you value
- $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a
- little bit, but not too dramatically.</para>
+ </figure>
- <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>):</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para><table>
- <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
- <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>
+ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
+ </para>
- <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
+ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
+ </para>
- <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
+ sale:
+ </para>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
+ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
+ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
+ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
+ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
+ should consult a professional.
+ </para>
- <entry>€20.000</entry>
+ </sect3>
- <entry>€10.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
+ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
+ open and return to the security account register.
+ </para>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>€100.000</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
+ transaction in the security account register (they will
+ have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
+ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
+ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <tip>
+ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
+ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
+ tax laws.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <entry>€20.000</entry>
+ <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
+ <title>Dividendi</title>
- <entry>€10.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
+ <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
+ transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
+ from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
+ the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
+ transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
- <entry>€10.000</entry>
+ <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
+ deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
+ to the stock account.</para>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table></para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €120.000 ed €20.000.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Sovrastima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>Si supponga di riuscire a vendere il quadro a un prezzo superiore alle proprie più rosee previsioni: €150.000. Il plusvalore è, di nuovo, trattato come un guadagno, cioè un’entrata.</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
+ </note>
- <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</para>
+ </sect2>
- <para><table>
- <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
+ <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
+ <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
- <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
+ dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
+ </para>
- <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
+ reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
+ simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
+ first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
+ cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
+ corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
- <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
+ reinvestment. </para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>€50.000</entry>
+ </sect2>
- <entry>€-20.000</entry>
- </row>
+ </sect1>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+ <title>Return of Capital</title>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
+ the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
+ reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
+ </para>
- <entry>€100.000</entry>
+ <para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
+ by entering the stock split with
+ </para>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry>€50.000</entry>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
- <entry>€-20.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
+ brokerage bank account.
+ </para>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+ <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
+ of capital.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>€20.000</entry>
+ <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
+ type of transaction.</para>
+ </note>
- <entry>€0</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table></para>
+ <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
+ <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
+ entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
+ unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
+ </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ </tip>
- <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €150.000 ed €50.000.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
</sect1>
- <sect1 id="capgain_tax1">
- <title>Tassazione</title>
+<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
- <para>Le politiche di tassazione variano considerevolmente fra un paese e un altro, quindi è virtualmente impossibile pronunciarsi in modo valido universalmente. Comunque, è possibile affermare che comunemente le entrate generate dai guadagni in conto capitale non sono soggette a tassazione fino al momento in cui il bene viene venduto e a volte nemmeno in questo momento. I proprietari di case nel Nord America, normalmente si ritrovano a non dover pagare nessuna tassa per il guadagno in capitale che ottengono dalla vendita. Altri paesi invece trattano la vendita delle case in modo differente: le autorità tedesche, per esempio, tassano i guadagni in capitale derivanti dalla vendita di una casa, solamente se si è stati proprietari per meno di dieci anni.</para>
+-->
- <para>Chris Browne ha una storia da raccontare relativa a quando era un professionista della preparazione delle tasse; una famiglia che aveva venduto una fattoria, si aspettava una considerevole somma di tasse da pagare che però in realtà , furono quasi nulle per il fatto che avevano ottenuto la proprietà prima del 1971 (in cui è stabilita una data critica per le valutazioni in Canada) e dato che la fattoria era anche un caseificio per cui erano possibili alcune particolari deduzioni. La morale di questa storia è che mentre qui è stato mostrato in modo semplice, la tassazione può divenire molto complicata...</para>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
+ <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
+ <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
+
+ <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
+ <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
+
+ <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-split1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-split2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
@@ -8935,12 +9537,12 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<chapter id="chapter_currency">
<title>Valute multiple</title>
- <para>Questo capitolo mostra come configurare i conti in <application>&app;</application> per l’utilizzo di valute multiple.</para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <sect1 id="currency_concepts1">
- <title>Concetti base</title>
- <para><application>&app;</application> supporta più di cento valute, dal Franco di Andorra al dollare dello Zimbabwe. Per esempio, si può avere un conto bancario in Euro e un altro in dollari di Hong Kong.</para>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
<para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
@@ -8950,18 +9552,29 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
</note>
</sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_acct1">
- <title>Impostare i conti</title>
-
- <para>La valuta predefinita per un conto è impostata nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel>accessibile tramite <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> su Mac OS X). Questo parametro dovrebbe essere settato correttamente da subito al fine di rendere più veloce il processo di creazione di una struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Analogamente, <application>&app;</application> offre un’opzione per impostare la valuta preferita con cui visualizzare i resoconti (come lo stato patrimoniale e il resocont delle entrate). L’opzione è chiamata <guilabel>Valuta predefinita per i resoconti</guilabel> e si trova nella scheda <guilabel>Resoconti</guilabel> delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel>. Si consiglia di impostare entrambe le preferenze quando si inizia a utilizzare <application>&app;</application> dato che se, per esempio, i propri conti sono in dollari canadesi e i resoconti in dollari americani, la finestra del resoconto riporterà un messaggio di errore in cui viene segnalato che <guilabel>I conti selezionati non contengono dati/transazioni (o solo valori nulli) per il periodo di tempo selezionato</guilabel>.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
+ <para>Nell’esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionamento 2 per 1, quindi il numero di quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Quando si crea un nuovo conto, è possibile definire la commodity a esso associata. Per i conti in valuta, si può scegliere fra una delle centinaia di valute supportate da <application>&app;</application> selezionandola semplicemente dalla lista delle commodity in valuta. Si noterà come la valuta predefinita sia sempre quella impostata nelle preferenze; così, se si lavora prevalentemente con l’Euro, ma si ha anche saltuariamente a che fare con il Birr Etiope, conviene impostare la valuta predefinita in Euro.</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>Per esempio, si imposti un tipico scenario di conto bancario in cui venga utilizzato prevalentemente l’Euro (EUR), ma si possegga anche un conto in una banca negli Stati Uniti che lavori prevalentemente in dollari Americani (USD) e infine un altro conto ad Hong Kong che utilizzi il dollaro di Hong Kong (HKD). Si devono quindi impostare 3 conti, uno con l’Euro, uno con i dollari Americani e uno con i dollari di Hong Kong; una possibile struttura per questa situazione potrebbe essere:</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <literallayout>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <literallayout>
-Assets (USD)
-Current Assets (USD)
-US Bank (USD)
@@ -8976,362 +9589,946 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
- <para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
- accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could
- change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. The totals shown in
- the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each
- particular account. Notice, we also set up 3 Starting Balances equity
- accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</para>
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <note>
- <para>È anche possibile impostare un singolo conto per il bilancio d’apertura e utilizzare un trasferimento di valuta per popolare i conti con valuta differente. Comunque questa è un’opzione più avanzata che verrà descritta in una sezione successiva (<xref linkend="currency_purchase2"/>).</para>
- </note>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split3">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Più sotto è visibile il risultato di questo esempio in cui si parte con 10.000 EUR, 10.000 USD e 10.000 HKD nei tre conti bancari. Si noti che il totale dei conti padre mostra solo il saldo dei sottoconti con valute corrispondenti. In futuro si potranno stabilire i tassi di cambio tra le valute e i conti padre calcoleranno il valore convertito di tutti i sottoconti. Consultare la sezione (<xref linkend="currency_howto1"/>) per le istruzioni su come fare.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <screenshot id="currency_main1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
- </textobject>
- <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
- <para>Si noti che la colonna <guilabel>Totale (Resoconto)</guilabel> è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile facendo clic sulla <guibutton>freccia giù</guibutton> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne e selezionando <quote>Totale(EUR)</quote>.</para>
- <sect2 id="currency_acct_user2">
- <title>Valute definite dall’utente</title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split4">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Generalmente parlando, per valuta si intendono le valute che ogni governo utilizza (o più precisamente, le valute definite dallo standard internazionale chimato <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217">ISO 4217</ulink>). <application>&app;</application> non permette di creare una propria valuta. Per tracciare le valute non <acronym>ISO</acronym>, è possibile utilizzare due stratagemmi in funzione dell’uso che se ne deve fare.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>Si supponga per esmepio di voler tracciare <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis> che tiene il conto dei punti accumulati acquistando da una certa compagnia. Il conto che traccia <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis> sia <emphasis>Attività :Altro:GruppoRegaliFedeltà </emphasis>.</para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>Il primo metodo consiste nel definire un nuovo titolo, del tipo <guilabel>FUND</guilabel> chiamato <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis>. Il metodo è molto semplice: dopo aver creato il nuovo conto <emphasis>GruppoRegaliFedeltà </emphasis> del tipo <guilabel>Azione</guilabel> o <guilabel>Fondo comune</guilabel>, premere il pulsante <guibutton>Seleziona...</guibutton> vicino al campo <guilabel>Titolo/Valuta</guilabel>, e fare clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo</guibutton> per definire un nuovo titolo di tipo <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
- <para>Questo non è l’utilizzo per cui sono stati pensati i conti del tipo <emphasis>azione</emphasis> o <emphasis>fondo comune</emphasis>, ma <application>&app;</application> permette all’utente di decidere liberamente come utilizzarli invece di imporsi. Il lato negativo di questo metodo consiste nel fatto che è necessario inserire un <quote>prezzo</quote> per ogni transazione che coinvolge <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis>, poiché <application>&app;</application> ha bisogno del prezzo per capire il valore monetario di <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis> e per considerarli quindi come attività .</para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Il secondo metodo consiste nell’utilizzare una delle valute <quote>fittizie</quote> per tenere traccia di <emphasis>RegaliFedeltà </emphasis>. Le valute fittizie sono <quote>XTS (Code for testing purposes)</quote> e <quote>XXX (No currency)</quote>. Utilizzando una di queste per il proprio conto <emphasis>GruppoRegaliFedeltà </emphasis>, è possibile inserire le transazioni nel conto senza dover inserire i prezzi delle quote per ogni transazione. In più, è possibile utilizzare le medesime due valute fittizie per tenere traccia di tutti gli importi, le ore, i benefici e così via, accumulati e utilizzati fino a quel momento durante l’anno. Si capisce facilmente come <application>&app;</application> possa essere utilizzato come punto di riferimento per tenere traccia di qualsiasi grandezza, oltre che delle proprie finanze.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>The drawback with this second method is that you cannot define exchange rates for
- the dummy currencies to convert them to <acronym>ISO</acronym>
- currencies. If you want to do that, you really should use the first
- method.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <sect1 id="currency_howto1">
- <title>Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</title>
+ </sect2>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates in two
- different ways, manually and automatically. In the following two sections we
- will work through both ways.</para>
+<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
- <para>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</para>
+-->
- <screenshot id="currency_main1a">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
+ <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
- <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
- <sect2 id="currency_howto_Manual">
- <title>Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</title>
+ <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
- <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_peditor">
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_peditor.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi.</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>Scegliere il pulsante <guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton> per aggiungere un nuovo tasso di cambio per la valuta. Verrà aperta una finestra in cui è possibile impostare un nuovo tasso di cambio. La finestra dovrebbe apparire simile a questa:</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_addcurr">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_addcurr.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Impostazione del tasso di cambio per l’euro</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
- <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para> Set the <guilabel>Namespace</guilabel> to
- Currency and the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> to EUR (Euro).
- Then set the exchange rate between the selected security and the
- selected currency. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
- EUR for 1 USD (think of it as: how many units of the currency, in this
- case, USD, do you have to spend to get one unit of the security, in this case,
- the currency EUR).</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
+ <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <screenshot id="currency_manualpriceadded">
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>La Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <screenshot id="currency_main2">
+ <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>Una schermata finale di <quote>Termine</quote> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare <guimenu>Indietro</guimenu>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di <guimenu>Applica</guimenu> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-stockmerge1">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_stockmerge1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti</phrase>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazione per un frazionamento azionario di moderata difficoltà , inserita nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA.</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del <emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis> dopo aver inserito la transazione relativa al frazionamento azionario che comporta la diminuzione delle azioni.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio per HKD, <application>&app;</application> non converte l’HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione successiva.</para>
</sect2>
- <sect2 id="currency_howto_Auto">
- <title>Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</title>
+ </sect1>
- <para>Nella sezione precedente è stato mostrato come sia possibile definire manualmente un nuovo tasso di cambio per una valuta. Esiste però un metodo più semplice per ottenere lo stesso risultato.</para>
- <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+<!-- Working Location !!!!!!!!!!!!
+ <sect1 id="invest-todo1">
+ <title>To-do</title>
- <screenshot id="currency_BeforeGetOnline">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>These are the remaining documentation sections that originally
+ appeared in the 1.8.4 documentation which require being written up.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+
+
+-->
+
+<!--
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Recording Stock Splits and Mergers (How-To)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Reconciling with the Brokerage Statement (How-To)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Recording Employee Stock Plans (Discussion)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Stock Options (How-To)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+-->
+</chapter>
+
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.0.0
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+ <chapter id="ch_reports">
+ <title>Resoconti</title>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
+users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
+this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
+helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
+<application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
+<para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
+transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
+questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
+last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
+<para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
+meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
+possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
+not recommended for beginners).</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
+ <title>In generale</title>
+ <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
+ all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
+ <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
+ with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
+the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
+settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
+the options will be different. </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
+ <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
+ <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
+ that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
+ reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
+ <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
+to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
+<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
+you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
+Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
+<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
+Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
+configuration with a new name.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
+Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
+use on multicolumn reports.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
+dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
+<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
+Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
+Configuration.</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
+ <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
+ <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
+ in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
+ description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
+ intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
+<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
+<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
+(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
+<application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
+<application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
+price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
+includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
+about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
+
+ <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
+ <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
+ calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
+ sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
+ losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
+ Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
+ account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
+ income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
+ in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
+ (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
+ will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
+ be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
+ short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
+<title>Asset Barchart</title>
+<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
+<title>Asset Piechart</title>
+<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
+<title>Average Balance</title>
+<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
+<title>Balance Sheet</title>
+<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
+for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
+are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
+of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
+<title>General Journal</title>
+<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
+to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
+totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
+<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
+include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
+to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
+need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
+Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
+<title>General Ledger</title>
+<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
+for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
+<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
+is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
+value information about commodities in the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
+<title>Liability Barchart</title>
+<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
+<title>Liability Piechart</title>
+<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
+<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
+financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
+<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
+period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
+<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
+<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
+another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
+When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
+changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
+Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
+commodity.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
+<title>Budget Group</title>
+<para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
+summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
+these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
+group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
+need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
+<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
+<title>Budget Barchart</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
+<title>Budget Flow</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
+<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
+<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
+<title>Budget Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
+<title>Business Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
+to a business.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
+<title>Customer Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
+<title>Customer Summary</title>
+<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
+comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
+<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
+made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
+Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
+since this is the tag that decides the line to which
+to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
+Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
+invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
+<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
+may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
+<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
+for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
+tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
+expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
+the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
+into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
+<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
+<para>Useful options:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
+<title>Easy Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
+<title>Employee Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
+<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
+<title>Payable Aging</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
+<title>Printable Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
+<title>Receivable Aging</title>
+<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
+how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
+much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
+The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
+<title>Vendor Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
+<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
+<title>Cash Flow</title>
+<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
+over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
+Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
+all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
+other account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
+<title>Equity Statement</title>
+<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
+Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
+specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
+by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
+<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
+capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
+<title>Expense Barchart</title>
+<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
+<title>Expense Piechart</title>
+<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
+<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
+selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
+The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
+display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
+expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
+day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
+the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
+to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
+<title>Income Barchart</title>
+<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
+<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
+<title>Income Piechart</title>
+<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
+<title>Income Statement</title>
+<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
+default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
+sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
+<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
+<para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
+"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
+to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
+<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
+going for a given time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
+<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
+income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
+options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
+and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
+chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
+other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
+considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
+source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
+<title>Trial Balance</title>
+<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
+date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
+used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
+<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
+<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
+or podified to suit personal need.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
+<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
+<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
+reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
+window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
+Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
+multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
+<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
+<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
+<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
+<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
+custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
+<title>Other Reports</title>
+<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
+below.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
+<title>Account Summary</title>
+<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
+particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
+down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
+<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
+You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
+<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
+(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
+consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
+<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
- </textobject>
+<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
+<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
+<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
+deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
+data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
+downloadable versions.</para>
+<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
+form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
+you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
+</sect3>
- <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi prima di ottenere le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
+<title>Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
+specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per caricare automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
+<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
+<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
+<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
+Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
+settings for standard reports.</para>
+<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
+Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
+</sect3>
- <note><para>Se il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> è disabilitato, significa che il modulo di <application>Perl</application> <application>Finance::Quote</application> non è installato. Per informazioni su come installarlo, consultare <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2"/></para></note>
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
+<title>Account Report</title>
+<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
+the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
+register.</para>
+<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
+results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
+a report for just those transactions.</para>
+</sect3>
- <para><screenshot id="currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
+<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
+However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
+(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
+an empty report will be generated.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
- </textobject>
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.0.0
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<chapter id="chapter_capgain">
+ <title>Guadagni in conto capitale</title>
- <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot></para>
+ <para>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</para>
- <para><application>&app;</application> scaricherà autonomamente i tassi di cambio per tutte le valute utilizzate nei vari conti. Questo accadrà ogni qualvolta verrà premuto il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> o se <application>&app;</application> è stato impostato per scaricare automaticamente le quotazioni o i tassi di cambio come descritto in <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2"/></para>
+ <sect1 id="capgain_concepts1">
+ <title>Concetti base</title>
- <para>Tornando ora alla struttura principale dei conti, si noterà che <application>&app;</application> ha automaticamente convertito l’importo in HKD in EUR nei conti padre che sono in Euro come anche nella colonna del Totale (EUR). Inoltre i conti in dollari USA sono stati aggiornati con gli ultimi tassi di cambio.</para>
+ <para>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_main3.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>Alcuni capitali re investibili possono variare il loro valore nel tempo come, per esempio, le azioni, le obbligazioni, gli immobili o le auto. Alcune attività (es: le azioni) possono aumentare in valore mentre altre (es: un’auto) posso perdere valore. È importante essere in grado di valutare queste variazioni nel valore del capitale: questo capitolo illustrerà come procedere.</para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>Probabilmente tutto ciò che si possiede aumenterà o diminuirà il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo; quindi è importante capire per quali di questi beni sia indicato tracciarne le variazioni del valore. Si consiglia di tracciare il valore solamente per quei beni che potranno essere venduti in futuro in cambio di liquidi o che sono relativi alle imposte.</para>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="currency_howto_disable">
- <title>Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</title>
- <para>Ogni volta che si crea un conto che utilizza una valuta diversa da quella predefinita, verrà automaticamente abilitata la ricezione delle quotazioni online per quella stessa valuta. Comunque, se in seguito il conto viene cancellato, <application>&app;</application> non disabiliterà automaticamente la ricezione delle quotazioni.</para>
- <para>Quando sarà stato cancellato anche l’ultimo conto con una particolare valuta e non si vorrà ricevere più gli aggiornamenti sulla valuta, procedere nel seguente modo:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>aprire la finestra dei titoli selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor titoli</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>assicurarsi che sia attivata l’opzione <guilabel>visualizza le valute Nazionali</guilabel>;</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>espandere la riga denominata <guilabel>CURRENCY</guilabel>;</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>fare doppio clic sulla valuta per cui si desidera disabilitare la ricezione delle quotazioni;</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Deselect the <guilabel>Get Online Quotes</guilabel> box and
- click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
+ <para>I beni consumabili (es: il cibo, il carburante per l’auto, o la carta per la stampante) ovviamente non risultano interessati dall’argomento; inoltre, anche se il nuovo abito che si è appena acquistato perderà valore, non si desidererà tracciare questa diminuzione dato che non si avrà l’intenzione di rivenderlo e non si dovranno pagare delle imposte per la svalutazione dell’abito. Quindi, per questo esempio, l’acquisto di un nuovo abito dovrebbe essere registrato come una semplice uscita...i soldi spesi sono andati (!).</para>
+ <para>La rivalutazione (aumento del valore) di un bene avviene quando ciò che si possiede aumenta il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo. Quando si possiede un bene che ha aumentato il proprio valore, la differenza tra il suo prezzo di acquisto e il suo nuovo valore prende il nome di <emphasis>guadagno non realizzato</emphasis>. Quando il bene viene venduto, il profitto che se ne ricava è noto con il nome di <emphasis>guadagno realizzato</emphasis> o <emphasis>guadagno in conto capitale</emphasis>. Un esempio di bene da cui è possibile avere dei guadagni non realizzati ed eventualmente dei guadagni in conto capitale, è una azione di una società pubblicamente scambiata.</para>
</sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_purchase1">
- <title>Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</title>
-
- <para>È possibile operare in due modi differenti.</para>
+ <sect1 id="capgain_value1">
+ <title>Stimare il valore</title>
- <para>1) utilizzando la funzione fornita da <application>&app;</application> per il cambio della valuta tra i conti quando si effettuano delle transazioni. Questo è utile principalmente per le transazioni che avvengono una volta sola e non per quelle che avvengono ripetutamente.</para>
+ <para>Come ricordato nell’introduzione di questo capitolo, i guadagni in conto capitale sono i profitti ottenuti dalla vendita di un bene. In questa sezione verrà descritto come tracciare i guadagni in capitale in <application>&app;</application>.</para>
- <para>2) Utilizzando conti separati per questi acquisti, dove tutti i conti interessati utilizzano la stessa valuta. Questo è il metodo raccomandato, dato che permette di seguire e tracciare meglio le operazioni. In questo modo, si esegue una sola transazione per il cambio di valuta e dopo di questa si operano delle normali transazioni.</para>
+ <para>I metodi contabili per trattare le rivalutazioni di un bene, sono in qualche modo diversi da quelli per le svalutazioni dato che generalmente si è interessati solamente al momento in cui si rivende il bene e si ottiene un guadagno in capitale; questo è in contrasto con la natura continua del deprezzamento. I guadagni in conto capitale sono un argomento importante nella sfera di influenza della tassazione, poiché i governi tendono a essere interessati a far gravare le imposte sui guadagni in conto capitale in un modo o nell’altro.</para>
- <para>The rest of this section will explain more based upon option
- 2).</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>Come sempre, esistono delle eccezioni. Se si possiede un’obbligazione che paga tutti gli interessi a maturazione, le autorità preposte alla tassazione richiedono spesso che venga riconosciuto un interesse ogni anno e si rifiutano di trattarli come un guadagno in conto capitale. Si consultino le normative Nazionali a riguardo dei beni che possono essere tassati nell’eventualità che ne derivi un guadagno in conto capitale.</para>
+ </note>
- <sect2 id="currency_purchase2">
- <title>Acquistare un bene in valuta estera</title>
+ <para>Stimare l’accrescimento del valore di un bene non è generalmente cosa facile dato che spesso è difficoltoso conoscerne il valore prima dell’effettiva vendita.</para>
- <para>Your normal place of residence is in Florida, therefore you are
- using USD as your default currency. But, you do like to travel to the
- Bahamas and go fishing. You like it so much that you decided to purchase a
- boat there. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some
- money from the US, and then purchased your dream boat (smallest
- version).</para>
+ <para>I titoli scambiati quotidianamente nei mercati aperti come le Borse, rappresentano probabilmente la tipologia più semplice di bene per cui predire un valore e vendere il bene al prezzo di mercato è semplice quanto chiamare il proprio Brocker (mediatore). Per contro, la stima del valore di una casa è ben più complesso. Le case sono vendute meno frequentemente delle azioni, e la compravendita consiste di grandi sforzi e negoziazioni per cui le stime tendono a essere meno precise. Allo stesso modo, la vendita di un’auto prevede delle trattative che rendono il prezzo meno prevedibile.</para>
- <para>To record this in <application>GnuCash</application> we use the following basic account
- structure:</para>
+ <para>Il valore di oggetti da collezione quali gioielli, opere d’arte, figurine e modellini è di ancora più difficile stima. I mercati per questi oggetti sono di nicchia e quindi meno aperti rispetto a quelli delle azioni e delle case. Ancora peggio sono i beni unici nel loro genere; le fabbriche, generalmente, possiedono dei macchinari che costano centinaia di migliaia di euro, costruiti appositamente per realizzare determinati prodotti. Queste apparecchiature non hanno valore al di fuori di un contesto specifico. In questi casi, diverse valutazioni in conflitto tra loro possono essere assegnate al bene e nessuna di esse è <quote>in assoluto</quote> corretta.</para>
- <literallayout>
--Attività (EUR)
- -Attività correnti (EUR)
- -Banca italiana (EUR)
- -Banca Jamaicana (JMD)
- -Beni immobili (EUR)
- -Barca (JMD)
--Capitali (EUR)
- -Bilanci di apertura
- -EUR (EUR)
-
-Nota: la valuta di ogni conto è riportata fra parentesi.
- </literallayout>
+ <para>Come regola generale della contabilità per quanto riguarda la stima dei guadagni non realizzati (o perdite), si dovrebbe solamente valutare di nuovo dei beni quali le azioni che possono essere rivendute immediatamente e per le quali esistono delle stime affidabili del valore. Per tutti gli altri beni, è meglio attendere semplicemente il momento della vendita, nel quale è possibile determinare esattamente il guadagno in conto capitale. Naturalmente non esiste una regola scritta per questo e infatti diversi contabili adottano diversi comportamenti in questi casi.</para>
+ </sect1>
- <para>First you need to transfer some money ($10,000) to Jamaica, and
- you use your normal US bank account (with a balance of $100,000) for
- that. The bank gives you an exchange rate of USD 1 = JMD 64, but charges
- you USD 150 to transfer the money.</para>
+ <sect1 id="capgain_accounts1">
+ <title>Impostare i conti</title>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>Come nella maggior parte delle applicazioni della contabilità , esistono diverse metodologie per configurare i guadagni in conto capitale. Nel seguito verrà presentato un metodo generale sufficientemente versatile per essere applicato nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui si ha bisogno è quello del <emphasis>Costo del bene</emphasis> (conto di <application>&app;</application> del tipo <guilabel>Attività </guilabel>), che rappresenta la posizione in cui verrà registrato l’acquisto originale del bene. Normalmente l’acquisto avviene con una transazione dal proprio conto bancario.</para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Trasferimento di valuta</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>Per tenere traccia della rivalutazione di un bene, saranno necessari tre conti. Il primo è un conto delle attività per i <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> dove verranno inseriti tutti gli importi delle rivalutazioni. Il conto dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> sarà bilanciato da un conto delle entrate per i <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>, in cui saranno registrate tutte le rivalutazioni periodiche. Infine, è necessario un ulteriore conto per le entrate, denominato <emphasis>Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> in cui verranno registrati i guadagni in conto capitale derivanti dalla vendita del bene.</para>
- <caption><para>Trasferimento di denaro in Jamaica</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di due beni, <emphasis>BENE1</emphasis> e <emphasis>BENE2</emphasis>. Il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> mentre il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (lo stesso discorso vale per il BENE2).</para>
- <para>Selezionare la riga della transazione in Jamaica (€9.850,00), premere il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel></para>
+ <literallayout>
+-Assets
+ -Current Assets
+ -Savings Account
+ -Fixed Assets
+ -ITEM1
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+ -ITEM2
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+-Income
+ -Realized Gains
+ -Unrealized Gains
+ </literallayout>
+ </sect1>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <sect1 id="capgain_example1">
+ <title>Esempio</title>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Modifica tasso di cambio</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <para>Si supponga di acquistare un bene per cui si prevede un aumento del valore, quale un quadro di Degas, e di volerne tenere traccia (se ne occuperà la compagnia di assicurazione, anche se nessun altro lo farà ).</para>
- <caption><para>La finestra in cui viene specificato il tasso di cambio per una transazione in valuta</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>Start with an account hierarchy similar to that shown in <xref linkend="capgain_accounts1"/>, but replace <quote>ITEM1</quote> with <quote>Degas</quote> and you
+ can remove the <quote>ITEM2</quote> accounts. We will assume that the Degas painting
+ had an initial value of one hundred thousand dollars. Begin by giving your
+ self $100,000 in the bank and then transferring that from your bank
+ account to your <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</emphasis> account (the asset
+ purchase transaction). You should now have a main account window which
+ appears like this:</para>
- <para>As Exchange Rate, you enter 1 USD = 64 JMD, since this is the rate
- your bank gave. Press ok in the Transfer Funds (Edit Exchange Rate)
- window, and then save this split transaction. Below is how it now looks
- in the main Chart of Accounts.</para>
+ <screenshot id="capgain_appmain">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_appmain.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <caption><para>La finestra principale dell’esempio sulla rivalutazione di un bene</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <sect2 id="capgain_exampleunrealized2">
+ <title>Guadagni non realizzati</title>
- <para>Si supponga di aver trovato la barca e, poiché si tratta di un affare a soli JMD 509.000, si decide di acquistarla. Per registrare questa transazione in <application>&app;</application>, basta inserire una semplice transazione nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Banca Jamaicana</emphasis> prelevando 509.000 JMD e trasferendoli in <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Barca</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Un mese dopo, si ha ragione di credere che il valore del quadro sia aumentato di €10.000 (un guadagno non realizzato). Per registrare questo aumento, occorre inserire un trasferimento di €10.000 dal conto dei propri <emphasis>guadagni accumulabili</emphasis> (<emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>) al conto dei <emphasis>guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (<emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>). La finestra principale assomiglierà a questa:</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png">
+ <screenshot id="capgain_app2main">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app2main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</phrase>
+ <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento del guadagno non realizzato</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>La struttura dei conti mostra ora che il conto in banca è stato ridotto del valore della barca (JMD 509.000), e che il conto della barca nei beni immobili è aumentato dello stesso importo. Se è anche stato attivato nel CoA (scelta delle colonne) la voce <quote>Totale (EUR)</quote>, verrà mostrato il valore corrispondente in EURO. Il valore in EURO rispecchierà sempre l’ultimo tasso di cambio che è stato automaticamente o manualmente aggiornato con <application>&app;</application>.</para>
</sect2>
- <sect2 id="currency_purchase3">
- <title>Acquistare azioni estere</title>
-
- <para>Questo esempio mostra come acquistare azioni scambiate in una valuta differente da quella normale.</para>
+ <sect2 id="capgain_examplesell2">
+ <title>Vendere</title>
- <para>Assume that you live in New York and therefore you have set the
- default currency to USD. You decide to purchase a stock traded in Hong
- Kong that is priced in HKD. You would also like to be able to track the
- various income and expense amounts per stock and broker.</para>
+ <para>Si supponga che un altro mese dopo i prezzi dei quadri di Degas siano saliti ancora un po’, in questo caso di circa €20.000, come dalle proprie stime. Puntualmente si registreranno i €20.000 come entrate derivanti da guadagni non realizzati; poi si decide di vendere il quadro.</para>
- <para>Le azioni che si desidera acquistare sono le Beijing Airport (Hong Kong) (Dopotutto le Olimpiadi del 2008 a Beijing sono terminate e il prezzo è tornato normale).</para>
+ <para>Si presentano tre possibilità : si potrebbero aver <emphasis>correttamente stimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati, <emphasis>sottostimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati o <emphasis>sovrastimato</emphasis> i guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <note><para>Le azioni di cui sopra (Beijing Airport) sono state scelte solo per le finalità di questo esempio, e non dovrebbero essere prese come una pubblicità per l’acquisto delle azioni.</para></note>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Stima accurata</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <para>È necessario trovare quale sia il simbolo ticker dell’azione. Per farlo, è utile un po’ di ricerca su internet e, in particolare, su <ulink url="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup"><citetitle>Yahoo! Finance - Ticker Symbol Lookup</citetitle></ulink> (http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup). Questo porta a:</para>
+ <para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas</emphasis>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
@@ -9348,55 +10545,35 @@ Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
+ </literallayout>
+ <para><table>
+ <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
+ <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
- <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
- <para>Le informazioni sull’azione sono visualizzabili nell’editor titoli (<menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenu>Editor titoli</guimenu></menuchoice>):</para>
+ <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_Commodities.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Titoli Internazionali</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <caption><para>Titoli Internazionali</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
- <para>If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage’s
- cash account (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), do so
- now, either using the Equity (HKD) account, or an existing bank account
- (Currency Transfer).</para>
+ <entry>€30.000</entry>
- <para>Let’s assume that the stock price is HKD 3 per share. To record the
- purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
- (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
- the following:</para>
-<literallayout>
- Acquisto delle azioni
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca Prelievo 50.000
- Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Boom_HKD Deposito 500
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694 Deposito 49.500 (16.500 quote)
-</literallayout>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
<para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
@@ -9404,15 +10581,12 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
+ </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Trasferimento di fondi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <entry>€100.000</entry>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
<para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
@@ -9420,258 +10594,376 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
+ </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Azioni Internazionali acquistate</phrase>
- </textobject>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti con alcune azioni Internazionali</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>Come si può vedere, il totale in Euro potrebbe essere zero se non è stato impostato alcun tasso di cambio tra EUR e HKD. Per porvi rimedio, andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice> e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per far sì che <application>&app;</application> recuperi automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <note>
- <para>Questo esempio mostra come le azioni possano essere acquistate on una valuta qualsiasi inserendo la transazione relativa nel registro del conto dove risiede il denaro utilizzato per pagarle. È anche possibile inserire la transazione dal registro del conto dell’azione, ma si proceda con cautela! Operando in questo secondo modo, <application>&app;</application> assumerà che il prezzo qui inserito sia espresso nella valuta del conto padre dell’azione.</para>
- <para>In questo esempio, il conto padre (<emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom</emphasis>) è impostato in HKD. Dato che si tratta della stessa valuta con cui viene espresso il prezzo dell’azione, l’acquisto può essere inserito tranquillamente nel registro del conto dell’azione.</para>
- </note>
+ <entry>€30.000</entry>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
+ </sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_invest1">
- <title>Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</title>
+ <screenshot id="capgain_app3main">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/capgain_app3main.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in different
- countries' currency, and hope that their currency will raise in value
- relative your own currency.</para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>When you enter these transactions into <application>GnuCash</application>, you will have to
- decide on how much detail you would like to have.</para>
+ <caption><para>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento dei guadagni realizzati</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </listitem>
- <para>If you are not interested in detail at all, a very simple account
- structure would be enough. Something like this;</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Sottostima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <literallayout>
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ <para>You were over-optimistic about the value of the painting.
+ Instead of the $130000 you thought the painting was worth you are only
+ offered $120000. But you still decide to sell, because you value
+ $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a
+ little bit, but not too dramatically.</para>
- <para>Se si vuole essere in grado di tracciare gli aumenti del capitale o le perdite, come anche le varie spese, occorrerà uno schema più complesso; tipo questo:</para>
+ <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei <emphasis>Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>):</para>
- <literallayout>
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ <para><table>
+ <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <para>Dove XXX rappresenta la valuta su cui si sta investendo.</para>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <sect2 id="currency_invest12">
- <title>Acquistare un investimento in valuta</title>
+ <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
- <para>Un tipico ordine di acquisto potrebbe essere il seguente, visto dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</emphasis>.</para>
+ <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
- <para><table>
- <title>Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
+ <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Deposit</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Withdrawal</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>€20.000</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</entry>
+ <entry>€10.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry/>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
- <entry>Invested Amount</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>€100.000</entry>
- <entry>Exchange Fee</entry>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <entry>Invested Amount - Exchange Fee</entry>
+ <entry>€20.000</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>You should get an Exchange Rate window popping up when you
- leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
- window does not pop up, right click on the row, and select <guilabel>Edit
- Exchange Rate</guilabel>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
- exchange rate you got from the bank.</para>
- </sect2>
+ <entry>€10.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <sect2 id="currency_invest13">
- <title>Vendere un investimento in valuta</title>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <para>Entering a currency sale is done in the same way as
- a currency buy except that you are now transferring money from the Currency
- account to your Savings account (very similar to <xref linkend="invest-sell1"/>).</para>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <para>La registrazione corretta della vendita di valuta DEVE essere effettuata utilizzando una transazione suddivisa. In questa, si deve contabilizzare il profitto (o la perdita) come proveniente da un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</emphasis> (o da <emphasis>Uscite:Perdite in capitale</emphasis>). Per bilanciare questa entrata, sarà necessario inserire la valuta due volte nella suddivisione: una volta per registrare la vendita (utilizzando il saldo corretto e il tasso di cambio corretto) e un’altra volta per bilanciare il profitto in entrata (impostando l’importo a 0).</para>
+ <entry>€10.000</entry>
- <para>In breve, una transazione di vendita per la valuta, dovrebbe assomigliare a quella riportata più sotto, vista di nuovo dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</emphasis>.</para>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
- <table>
- <title>Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €120.000 ed €20.000.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>Sovrastima</emphasis> dei guadagni non realizzati.</para>
- <entry><emphasis>Deposito</emphasis></entry>
+ <para>Si supponga di riuscire a vendere il quadro a un prezzo superiore alle proprie più rosee previsioni: €150.000. Il plusvalore è, di nuovo, trattato come un guadagno, cioè un’entrata.</para>
- <entry><emphasis>Prelievo</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
+ <para>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry>
+ <para><table>
+ <title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Trasferimento a</emphasis></entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Importo della transazione</emphasis></entry>
- <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Totale del conto</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</entry>
- <entry/>
+ <entry>€50.000</entry>
- <entry>Importo venduto</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>€-20.000</entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
- <entry>[PERDITA]</entry>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
- <entry>UTILE</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>€100.000</entry>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
- <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
- <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+
+ <entry>€50.000</entry>
+
+ <entry>€-20.000</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
+
+ <entry>€20.000</entry>
+ <entry>€0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table></para>
+
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €150.000 ed €50.000.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
</sect2>
</sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
- <title>Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</title>
+ <sect1 id="capgain_tax1">
+ <title>Tassazione</title>
- <para>La riconciliazione degli estratti conto in valuta estera, avviene con le stesse modalità attraverso le quali si opera la riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario in valuta locale. Se è stata creata una struttura dei conti che permette di avere la stessa valuta dell’estratto conto anche per il conto, allora il procedimento è esattamente lo stesso della riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario in valuta locale a parte il fatto che potrebbe essere utile un dizionario (!).</para>
+ <para>Le politiche di tassazione variano considerevolmente fra un paese e un altro, quindi è virtualmente impossibile pronunciarsi in modo valido universalmente. Comunque, è possibile affermare che comunemente le entrate generate dai guadagni in conto capitale non sono soggette a tassazione fino al momento in cui il bene viene venduto e a volte nemmeno in questo momento. I proprietari di case nel Nord America, normalmente si ritrovano a non dover pagare nessuna tassa per il guadagno in capitale che ottengono dalla vendita. Altri paesi invece trattano la vendita delle case in modo differente: le autorità tedesche, per esempio, tassano i guadagni in capitale derivanti dalla vendita di una casa, solamente se si è stati proprietari per meno di dieci anni.</para>
- <para>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</para>
+ <para>Chris Browne ha una storia da raccontare relativa a quando era un professionista della preparazione delle tasse; una famiglia che aveva venduto una fattoria, si aspettava una considerevole somma di tasse da pagare che però in realtà , furono quasi nulle per il fatto che avevano ottenuto la proprietà prima del 1971 (in cui è stabilita una data critica per le valutazioni in Canada) e dato che la fattoria era anche un caseificio per cui erano possibili alcune particolari deduzioni. La morale di questa storia è che mentre qui è stato mostrato in modo semplice, la tassazione può divenire molto complicata...</para>
</sect1>
+</chapter>
- <sect1 id="currency_examples1">
- <title>In pratica</title>
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.4.0
+ Last modified: March 16th 2010
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
+ Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<chapter id="chapter_currency">
+ <title>Valute multiple</title>
- <para>In questa sezione verrà mostrato un esempio in cui saranno utilizzate le nozioni descritte fino a questo punto, con un livello di complessità maggiore dovuto all’utilizzo di valute multiple.</para>
+ <para>This chapter will show how to set up <application>GnuCash</application> accounts to use
+ multiple currencies.</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Scenario di base</title>
+ <sect1 id="currency_concepts1">
+ <title>Concetti base</title>
- <para>Di seguito sono riportate le ipotesi assunte per l’esempio. Si supponga quindi di:</para>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> supports over a hundred currencies, from the Andorran Franc
+ to the Zimbabwe Dollar. For example, you can have a bank account set up in Euros, and
+ another using Hong Kong Dollars.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>vivere in Italia e di utilizzare l’Euro (EUR) come valuta predefinita;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>aver vinto la lotteria e di aver ereditato del denaro;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <note>
+ <para>An alternative way to manage multiple currency accounts from the one
+ presented in the next sections, is to use the <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
+ capabilities of <application>GnuCash</application>. This feature, which was
+ introduced with <application>GnuCash</application> version 2.3.14, can be enabled by
+ going to the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>
+ Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ <para>For a complete guide on <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts, see
+ <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">
+ this tutorial by Peter Selinger</ulink>.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect1>
- <listitem>
- <para>You pay off your existing house loan</para>
- </listitem>
+ <sect1 id="currency_acct1">
+ <title>Impostare i conti</title>
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in Sweden using SEK (Ericsson
- B-Fria)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Your default account currency is set in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> tab
+ under <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).</para>
+
+ <para>Similarly, <application>GnuCash</application> offers an option to
+ set your preferred currency for displaying reports (like the balance
+ sheet and income statement). The option is called <guilabel>Default
+ Report Currency</guilabel>, and is in the <guilabel>Reports</guilabel>
+ tab of the <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> screen.
+ You’ll want to set both options when you start using
+ <application>GnuCash</application> because if (for example) your accounts
+ are all in Canadian Dollars but the generated reports are all in US
+ Dollars, the reports will just say that there are <quote>no
+ data/transactions (or only zeroes) for the selected time
+ period</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>When you create a new account, you have the option to define the
+ commodity in which that account is denominated. For accounts denominated
+ in a currency, you can specify any of the currencies supported by <application>GnuCash</application>
+ by simply selecting it from the currency commodity list. You will notice
+ that the default currency is the currency that is defined for the parent
+ account of the new account.</para>
+
+ <para>As an example, let’s set up a bank account scenario where
+ you mostly work in US Dollars, but do also have a European bank account
+ using the Euro currency, as well as one bank account in Hong Kong using
+ Hong Kong Dollars. So, set up 3 bank accounts, one denominated in US Dollars,
+ one using Euros, and the third in Hong Kong Dollars. One possible account
+ structure for this would be:</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in HK using HKD (Beijing
- Airport)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <literallayout>
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -HKD (HKD)
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in US using USD (Amazon)</para>
- </listitem>
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
+ </literallayout>
- <!--
- <listitem>
- <para>You invest in Chinese Reminbi</para>
- </listitem>
--->
+ <para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
+ accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could
+ change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. The totals shown in
+ the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each
+ particular account. Notice, we also set up 3 Starting Balances equity
+ accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>prestare una certa somma in Dollari Australiani (AUD) a un amico (Jack);</para>
- </listitem>
+ <note>
+ <para>You could also set up just a single Starting Balance account and
+ use a currency transfer to populate the <quote>different currency</quote> accounts.
+ However, this is more advanced option, which is explained in a later
+ section (<xref linkend="currency_purchase2"/>).</para>
+ </note>
- <listitem>
- <para>chiedere del denaro in prestito da una banca Giapponese;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Below you see the result of this example, in which you start with
+ USD 10,000, EUR 10,000 as well as HKD 10,000 in the three bank accounts.
+ Notice that the total of the parent accounts only shows the value of the
+ currency of sub-accounts with matching currencies. In other words, the
+ Total Assets and Total Equity values only reflect USD amounts, because <application>GnuCash</application>
+ has no way of evaluating the value of EUR or HKD yet. Once you set up
+ exchange rates between the currencies, the parent accounts
+ will calculate the converted value of all sub-accounts. See the later
+ section (<xref linkend="currency_howto1"/>) on ways to do this.</para>
- <listitem>
- <para>acquistare una casa in Nuova Zelanda;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <screenshot id="currency_main1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <listitem>
- <para>utilizzare una carta di credito in Italia;</para>
- </listitem>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <listitem>
- <para>voler raggiungere il massimo controllo possibile delle uscite.</para>
- </listitem>
+ <caption><para>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- </itemizedlist>
- <note>
- <para>Again these examples are not intended as valid and
- accurate advice. They are only to be considered as an example for
- the techniques used in <application>GnuCash</application>, and not as Investment Advice.
- Please consult a proper financial advisor for more information
- regarding international investments/loans.</para>
- </note>
+ <para>Si noti che la colonna <guilabel>Totale (Resoconto)</guilabel> è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile facendo clic sulla <guibutton>freccia giù</guibutton> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne e selezionando <quote>Totale(EUR)</quote>.</para>
+ <sect2 id="currency_acct_user2">
+ <title>Valute definite dall’utente</title>
- </sect2>
+ <para>Usually when we talk about currencies, we mean
+ government-backed currencies (or more precisely, currencies defined
+ in <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217">ISO 4217</ulink>).
+ <application>GnuCash</application> does not allow you to create your
+ own currencies. If you want to track non-<acronym>ISO</acronym>
+ currencies, you can use either of two workarounds, depending on which
+ fits your needs better.</para>
+
+ <para>The first method is is to treat these as if they were a security—that
+ is, like a stock or mutual fund. The second method is to use one of the <quote>dummy</quote>
+ currencies for them.</para>
+
+ <para>Let’s say for example that you want to track loyalty points
+ you’ve earned by buying from a certain group of businesses. The
+ account which tracks your loyalty points will be
+ <emphasis>Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>In the first method, you define a new security, of type <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>,
+ called RewardMiles. This is pretty straightforward—when you
+ create the new <emphasis>LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis> account, just set the account
+ type to <guilabel>Stock</guilabel> or <guilabel>Mutual
+ Fund</guilabel>, click the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button
+ next to the <guilabel>Security/currency:</guilabel> box, and click
+ <guibutton>New</guibutton> to define a new security of type
+ <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para>This is not really what the stock and mutual fund account types
+ are meant for, but <application>GnuCash</application> will allow it. The downside is
+ that you’ll have to enter a <quote>price</quote> for every
+ transaction involving this account, because
+ <application>GnuCash</application> needs the prices to figure out the
+ monetary value of the points and treat them as one of your
+ assets.</para>
+
+ <para>In the second method, you use one of the dummy
+ currencies to track the loyalty points. These currencies are
+ <quote>XTS (Code for testing purposes)</quote> and <quote>XXX (No
+ currency)</quote>. If you use one of these for your
+ LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles account, you can enter transactions into the
+ account without having to enter share prices for every transaction.
+ And, you can keep using the same two dummy currencies to track all
+ sorts of amounts—vacation dollars earned and used so far this
+ year, vacation hours earned and used, health insurance benefits
+ allowance used and remaining, and so on.</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Configurare i conti</title>
+ <para>The drawback with this second method is that you cannot define exchange rates for
+ the dummy currencies to convert them to <acronym>ISO</acronym>
+ currencies. If you want to do that, you really should use the first
+ method.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="currency_howto1">
+ <title>Recording and Updating Currency Exchange Rates</title>
<para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
@@ -9679,18 +10971,26 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
+ as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio (EUR)
- </literallayout>
-
- <para/>
- </sect2>
+ <para>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_main1a">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect2>
- <title>Bilancio di apertura</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ <caption><para>Initial set up of 3 bank accounts with different
+ currencies. </para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ <para>As you see, the overall balances do not yet reflect any value for EUR
+ or HKD holdings. Adding currency exchange rates will fix this.</para>
<para>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
@@ -9702,59 +11002,80 @@ Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio (EUR)
Equity:Lottery (AUD)
Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
</literallayout>
+ </literallayout>
+ <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>Le transazioni da inserire nel proprio conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> dovrebbero essere come queste:</para>
+ <screenshot id="currency_peditor">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_peditor.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <table>
- <title>Ricevere del denaro extra</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>Aumento</entry>
+ <para>Click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to add a new
+ currency exchange rate. A window will appear in which you can set up a new
+ exchange rate. This window should appear like this:</para>
- <entry>Diminuzione</entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="currency_addcurr">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_addcurr.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Equity:Lottery</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Set up Euro Exchange Rate</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>€250,000</entry>
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <para> Set the <guilabel>Namespace</guilabel> to
+ Currency and the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> to EUR (Euro).
+ Then set the exchange rate between the selected security and the
+ selected currency. The price box defines how many units of currency are
+ required to purchase one unit of the security. In this case, how many dollars
+ it will take to purchase on Euro. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
+ EUR for 1 USD.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>Equity:Inheritance</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_manualpriceadded">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>€500,000</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
+ <caption><para>La Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>E la struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni descritte più sopra.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_main2">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Struttura dei conti</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo aver ricevuto alcuni soldi</para></caption>
+
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+ <para>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio per HKD, <application>&app;</application> non converte l’HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione successiva.</para>
</sect2>
-
<sect2>
<title>Acquistare una casa</title>
@@ -9767,45 +11088,56 @@ Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo (EUR) €250.000
Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo (EUR)
Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
</literallayout>
+ </literallayout>
- <para>After you have had a small chat with your Mortgage bank, they
- agree to let you pay it all off in one go, plus some interest (AUD
- 30,000). You should enter the following split transaction into
- <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</emphasis> account.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Pagare il mutuo sulla casa</title>
+ <para>In the previous section you saw how to manually define a
+ new currency exchange rate, but <application>GnuCash</application> includes an
+ automatic price update feature, which will now be described.</para>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <entry>Aumento</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_BeforeGetOnline">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>Diminuzione</entry>
- </row>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi prima di ottenere le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry/>
+ <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per caricare automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
- <entry>280.000</entry>
- </row>
+ <note><para>Se il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> è disabilitato, significa che il modulo di <application>Perl</application> <application>Finance::Quote</application> non è installato. Per informazioni su come installarlo, consultare <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2"/></para></note>
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo</entry>
+ <para><screenshot id="currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>30.000</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</entry>
+ <caption><para>Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot></para>
- <entry>250.000</entry>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> downloads exchange rates for all
+ currencies that are in use in your various accounts. This will happen
+ every time you click on <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> or request <application>GnuCash</application>
+ to download quotes as per <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2"/></para>
+ <para>Now when you check the main Chart of Accounts you will see that
+ <application>GnuCash</application> has automatically converted the HKD amount to USD amount on the
+ parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column.
+ Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange
+ rate.</para>
<entry/>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -9815,154 +11147,253 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
<para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
<screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Mutuo per la casa</phrase>
+ <phrase>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Libro mastro della transazione per il mutuo sulla casa</para></caption>
+
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_disable">
+ <title>Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</title>
+ <para>Ogni volta che si crea un conto che utilizza una valuta diversa da quella predefinita, verrà automaticamente abilitata la ricezione delle quotazioni online per quella stessa valuta. Comunque, se in seguito il conto viene cancellato, <application>&app;</application> non disabiliterà automaticamente la ricezione delle quotazioni.</para>
+ <para>Quando sarà stato cancellato anche l’ultimo conto con una particolare valuta e non si vorrà ricevere più gli aggiornamenti sulla valuta, procedere nel seguente modo:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>aprire la finestra dei titoli selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor titoli</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>assicurarsi che sia attivata l’opzione <guilabel>visualizza le valute Nazionali</guilabel>;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>espandere la riga denominata <guilabel>CURRENCY</guilabel>;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>fare doppio clic sulla valuta per cui si desidera disabilitare la ricezione delle quotazioni;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Deselect the <guilabel>Get Online Quotes</guilabel> box and
+ click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <sect2>
- <title>Purchasing Stock</title>
+ <sect1 id="currency_purchase1">
+ <title>Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency</title>
- <para>Since you quite suddenly have a lot of money in your bank account,
- you decide to visit a Financial Advisor, and after his recommendation
- (remember, this is fictional - not genuine stock purchase advice) you
- decide to purchase Telecommunication (Ericsson in Sweden), Beijing
- Airport (Hong Kong), and Amazon (USA).</para>
+ <para>Purchases in a foreign currency can be managed in two different ways.</para>
- <para>The needed accounts to track these investments look like
- this:</para>
+ <para>1) Use <application>GnuCash</application>'s built-in currency exchange functions when you
+ do your transactions. This is mainly used for one-time transactions, and
+ nothing which happens regularly.</para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:ERIC.ST (STOCK ERIC.ST Yahoo)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca (SEK)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker HK:0694.HK (STOCK 0694.HK Yahoo)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker HK:Banca (HKD)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker US:AMZN (STOCK AMZN Nasdaq)
-Attività :Investimenti:Brocker US:Banca (USD)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker Svedese:ERIC.ST (SEK)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker HK:0694.HK (HKD)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker US:AMZN (USD)
-Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
-</literallayout>
+ <para>2) Use separate accounts to track transactions, where all involved
+ accounts use the same currency. This is the recommended method, since it
+ allows much better tracking and follow up. In this way, you do one
+ currency exchange transaction, and after that you do normal
+ transactions in the native currency.</para>
- <para>Si decide di investire €100.000 in ogni titolo; per farlo è prima necessario eseguire una transazione di valuta ai vari conti bancari associati alle azioni.</para>
+ <para>The rest of this section will explain more based upon option 2).</para>
- <para>La transazione da inserire nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> è la seguente:</para>
+ <sect2 id="currency_purchase2">
+ <title>Purchase of an Asset with Foreign Currency</title>
- <table>
- <title>Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta multipla.</title>
+ <para>You are using USD as your default currency. But, you decide to purchase a
+ boat in Jamaica. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some
+ money from the US, and then purchased your boat.</para>
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <para>To record this in <application>GnuCash</application> we use the following basic account
+ structure:</para>
- <entry>Deposito</entry>
+ <literallayout>
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)
+ -Boat (JMD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances
+ -USD (USD)
- <entry>Prelievo</entry>
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
+ </literallayout>
- <entry>Tasso di cambio</entry>
+ <para>First you need to transfer some money ($10,000) to Jamaica, and
+ you use your US bank account (with a balance of $100,000) for
+ that. The bank gives you an exchange rate of USD 1 = JMD 64, but charges
+ you USD 150 to transfer the money.</para>
- <entry>Costo della transazione</entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Trasferimento di valuta</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>100.000</entry>
+ <caption><para>Trasferimento di denaro in Jamaica</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry/>
+ <para>Selezionare la riga della transazione in Jamaica (€9.850,00), premere il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel></para>
- <entry>5,5869</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>35</entry>
- </row>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Modifica tasso di cambio</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Brocker HK:Banca</entry>
+ <caption><para>La finestra in cui viene specificato il tasso di cambio per una transazione in valuta</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>100.000</entry>
+ <para>As Exchange Rate, you enter 1 USD = 64 JMD, since this is the rate
+ your bank gave. Press ok in the Transfer Funds (Edit Exchange Rate)
+ window, and then save this split transaction. Below is how it now looks
+ in the main Chart of Accounts.</para>
- <entry/>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry>5,8869</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>30</entry>
- </row>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Brocker USD:Banca</entry>
+ <para>You choose to buy a boat for JMD 509,000. To record this transaction
+ in <application>GnuCash</application>, you will need to enter a simple
+ transaction in <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Jamaican Bank</emphasis>
+ withdrawing JMD 509,000 and transferring it to <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Boat</emphasis></para>
- <entry>100.000</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <entry/>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ <para>The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been
+ reduced by JMD 509,000, and that your Fixed Assets boat account has been
+ increased by the same amount. If you also have turned
+ on the CoA (Column Choice) "Total (USD)" you will see the corresponding
+ value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange
+ rate you have either automatically or manually retrieved.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <entry>0,7593</entry>
<entry>0,7593</entry>
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>Now when there is some money in the various stock brokerage
- accounts, you ask each broker to buy shares of stock for the specified amount.
- Remember to execute the transaction from the bank account associated with the
- stock, and if the Exchange Rate window does not pop up, right click the
- row and manually select it. Enter the number of shares you purchase in
- the last entry (To Amount:).</para>
+ <para>This example will show how to purchase stocks that are priced in a
+ currency other than your primary currency.</para>
- <para>
- <table>
- <title>Acquistare azioni oltreoceano</title>
+ <para>Assume that you live in New York and therefore you have set the
+ default currency to USD. You decide to purchase a stock traded in Hong
+ Kong that is priced in HKD. You would also like to be able to track the
+ various income and expense amounts per stock and broker.</para>
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Simbolo azione</entry>
+ <para>You decide to purchase stock in the Beijing Airport (Hong Kong).
+ The ticker for this stock is 0694.HK on Yahoo! Since you wanted to
+ track all various income and expense amounts, here is the necessary
+ account structure:</para>
- <entry>Numero di quote</entry>
+ <literallayout>
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
+Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
+Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
+Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
+ </literallayout>
- <entry>Importo</entry>
+ <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
- <entry>Commissionie</entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>ERIC.ST</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>15.000</entry>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>270.000</entry>
+ <para>Le informazioni sull’azione sono visualizzabili nell’editor titoli (<menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenu>Editor titoli</guimenu></menuchoice>):</para>
- <entry>400</entry>
- </row>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_Commodities.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <row>
- <entry>0694.HK</entry>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Titoli Internazionali</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <entry>70.000</entry>
+ <caption><para>Titoli Internazionali</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <entry>280.000</entry>
+ <para>If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage
+ cash account (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), do so
+ now, either using the Equity (HKD) account, or an existing bank account
+ (Currency Transfer).</para>
- <entry>300</entry>
- </row>
+ <para>There are two ways to enter the actual purchase transaction: you can
+ enter it from the cash account (shown below), or you can enter it
+ from the stock account. <emphasis>If entered from the stock account, the stock is
+ assumed to be priced in the currency of the parent account</emphasis>.</para>
- <row>
- <entry>AMZN</entry>
+ <para>Let’s assume that the stock price is HKD 3 per share. To record the
+ purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
+ (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
+ the following:</para>
+<literallayout>
+ Acquisto delle azioni
+ Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca Prelievo 50.000
+ Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Boom_HKD Deposito 500
+ Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694 Deposito 49.500 (16.500 quote)
+</literallayout>
- <entry>1.000</entry>
+ <para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
- <entry>32.000</entry>
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Trasferimento di fondi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
<entry>25</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -9974,139 +11405,169 @@ Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
<screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto delle azioni</phrase>
+ <phrase>Azioni Internazionali acquistate</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Alcuni dei conti nella struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto delle azioni</para></caption>
+ <caption><para>Struttura dei conti con alcune azioni Internazionali</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>The next section will ensure you get the various exchange rates so that <application>GnuCash</application> can show your
- total worth in the local currency (AUD in this case),</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Ricevere le quotazioni online</title>
+ <para>Come si può vedere, il totale in Euro potrebbe essere zero se non è stato impostato alcun tasso di cambio tra EUR e HKD. Per porvi rimedio, andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice> e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton> per far sì che <application>&app;</application> recuperi automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</para>
- <para>Per ricevere i tassi di cambio e le quotazioni azionarie attuali, andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice> e premere poi il pulsante <guibutton>Ricevi quotazioni</guibutton>.</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>To reiterate, this example shows how stock can be purchased in any currency
+ by entering the transaction in the register of the cash account used
+ to make payment. It is also possible to enter the purchase
+ in the stock account’s register, but be aware that the stock is
+ assumed to be priced in the currency of the stock account’s parent.</para>
+ <para>In questo esempio, il conto padre (<emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom</emphasis>) è impostato in HKD. Dato che si tratta della stessa valuta con cui viene espresso il prezzo dell’azione, l’acquisto può essere inserito tranquillamente nel registro del conto dell’azione.</para>
+ </note>
- <para/>
</sect2>
+ </sect1>
- <sect2>
- <title>Prestare denaro a un amico</title>
+ <sect1 id="currency_invest1">
+ <title>Tracking Currency Investments</title>
- <para>Peter sta attraversando un periodo difficile oltreoceano. Dato che è un caro amico, si decide di aiutarlo con un prestito personale di 40.000 AUD.</para>
+ <para>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in a different
+ country's currency, and hope that it will rise in value
+ relative your own currency.</para>
- <para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Denaro prestato:Peter (AUD)
-Entrate:Interessi in entrata:Peter (AUD)
-Uscite:Spese bancarie (EUR)
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>Si tratta di una semplice transazione dal proprio conto dei risparmi (EUR), al conto Attività :Denaro prestato:Peter (AUD). Sia il tasso di cambio pari a 0,606161 (prelievo di EUR 65.989,10) e la spesa per il servizio di 35 EUR.</para>
- </sect2>
+ <para>When you enter these transactions into <application>GnuCash</application>, you will have to
+ decide on how much detail you would like to have.</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone</title>
+ <para>If you are not interested in detail at all, a very simple account
+ structure would suffice:</para>
- <para>Your long-time Japanese friend offers you a Japanese house loan if
- you purchase a property overseas, with only AUD 50,000 as deposit. After
- having discussed this with your Financial Advisor in Australia and gone
- through the various risks and benefits related to your situation, you
- decide to accept his offer. </para>
+ <literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
- <note>
- <para>Again, this should not be taken as financial advice. Please
- consult with a registered financial advisor before undertaking
- investing (or speculating) in overseas markets, or local markets for
- that matter.</para>
-
- <para>A word of warning might be of interest here, taking a loan
- overseas for a very low interest rate might seem like a very good
- deal. Do keep in mind though that the exchange rate might change and
- can change drastically. If you take a loan in your local currency, you
- only have to worry about the interest rate. If you take a loan overseas,
- you then have to worry about the interest rate and the exchange rate.
- </para>
- </note>
+ <para>You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting
+ exchange rates as you went.</para>
+
+ <para>But, if you do want to be able to track capital gains or losses,
+ as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as:</para>
- <para>Si immagini di aver trovato una piccola e confortevole villetta in una cittadina costiera vicino ad Auckland che potrebbe essere una casa estiva perfetta, e si decida di utilizzare il denaro in Giappone per acquistarla.</para>
+ <literallayout>
+ Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
+ Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
+ Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
+ Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
- <para>Per questo esempio occorrono i seguenti conti:</para>
+ <sect2 id="currency_invest12">
+ <title>Purchasing Currency</title>
- <literallayout>
-Passività :Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese (JPY)
-Uscite:Interessi:Prestito Giapponese (JPY)
-Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese (JPY)
-Attività :Attività correnti:Banca Giapponese (JPY)
-Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
+ <para>When purchasing another currency, you will buy a certain number of
+ units of foreign currency with your own currency, at a particular rate.
+ For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs
+ to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150.</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+Buy Currency
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank Withdrawal 10,000
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF Deposit 150
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF Deposit 49,250
</literallayout>
+ <para>The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you
+ leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
+ window does not pop up, right click on the row or select
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>, and select <guilabel>Edit
+ Exchange Rate</guilabel>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
+ exchange rate you got from the bank.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="currency_invest13">
+ <title>Vendere un investimento in valuta</title>
+
+ <para>Entering a currency sale is done in the same way as
+ a currency buy except that you are now transferring money from the Currency
+ account to your Savings account (very similar to <xref linkend="invest-sell1"/>).</para>
+
+ <para>The proper recording of the currency sale *must* account for realized
+ gains or losses. This can be done using a
+ split transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the
+ profit (or loss) as coming from an <emphasis>Income:Capital Gains</emphasis> account (or
+ <emphasis>Expenses:Capital Loss</emphasis>). To balance this income, you will need to enter
+ the Currency asset twice in the split—once to record the actual sale
+ (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate), and once to balance
+ the income profit (setting the amount to 0).</para>
+
+ <para>In breve, una transazione di vendita per la valuta, dovrebbe assomigliare a quella riportata più sotto, vista di nuovo dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</emphasis>.</para>
+
<table>
- <title>Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa in NZ</title>
+ <title>Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Conto</entry>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry>Aumento</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Deposito</emphasis></entry>
- <entry>Diminuzione</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Prelievo</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa in NZ</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry>
- <entry>300.000 (NZD)</entry>
+ <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry>
- <entry/>
+ <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry>
- <entry>50.000 (EUR) (1,18926)</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Passività :Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
- <entry/>
+ <entry/>
- <entry>28.000.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>Importo venduto</entry>
+ </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese</entry>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry>
- <entry>300.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</entry>
+ <entry>[PERDITA]</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
+ <entry>UTILE</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
+
+ <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry>
+
+ <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
</table>
</sect2>
-
<sect2>
<title>Come procedere?</title>
<para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
ponder.</para>
</sect2>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
commit 87c816c52320a25f896a96a17340c07728c15482
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Tue Dec 6 15:21:11 2016 +0500
Bug 775592 - General Rewrite of Guide Chapter on Multiple Currencies
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
index 1d27765..f556722 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
<chapter id="chapter_currency">
<title>Multiple Currencies</title>
- <para>This chapter will show you how to setup your <application>&app;</application> accounts to use
+ <para>This chapter will show how to set up <application>&app;</application> accounts to use
multiple currencies.</para>
<sect1 id="currency_concepts1">
<title>Basic Concepts</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> supports over a hundred currencies, from the Andorran Franc
- to the Zimbabwe Dollar. For example, you can have a bank account setup in Euros, and
+ to the Zimbabwe Dollar. For example, you can have a bank account set up in Euros, and
another using Hong Kong Dollars.</para>
<para>Some of the issues which arise when using multiple currencies are, how
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@
<note>
<para>An alternative way to manage multiple currency accounts from the one
presented in the next sections, is to use the <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
- capabilities of <application>&app;</application>. This feature, which has been
+ capabilities of <application>&app;</application>. This feature, which was
introduced with <application>&app;</application> version 2.3.14, can be enabled by
going to the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>
Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>For a complete guide on <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
- you can take a look <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">
- at this tutorial by Peter Selinger</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>For a complete guide on <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts, see
+ <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">
+ this tutorial by Peter Selinger</ulink>.</para>
</note>
</sect1>
@@ -48,9 +48,7 @@
<para>Your default account currency is set in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> tab
under <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
- You should set this parameter correctly, as it will save you much time when building
- your account structure.</para>
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).</para>
<para>Similarly, <application>&app;</application> offers an option to
set your preferred currency for displaying reports (like the balance
@@ -60,36 +58,35 @@
You’ll want to set both options when you start using
<application>&app;</application> because if (for example) your accounts
are all in Canadian Dollars but the generated reports are all in US
- Dollars, the reports will just say that there is <quote>no
+ Dollars, the reports will just say that there are <quote>no
data/transactions (or only zeroes) for the selected time
period</quote>.</para>
<para>When you create a new account, you have the option to define the
- commodity. For currency accounts, you can specify any one of the hundreds
- of currencies supported by <application>&app;</application> by simply selecting it from the
- currency commodity list. You will notice that the default currency is
- always whatever you have defined in the preferences. So, if you mostly
- work with Euros, but have the occasional Ethiopian Birr account, be sure
- to set your preferences to Euro.</para>
-
- <para>As an example, let’s set up a typical bank account scenario where
+ commodity in which that account is denominated. For accounts denominated
+ in a currency, you can specify any of the currencies supported by <application>&app;</application>
+ by simply selecting it from the currency commodity list. You will notice
+ that the default currency is the currency that is defined for the parent
+ account of the new account.</para>
+
+ <para>As an example, let’s set up a bank account scenario where
you mostly work in US Dollars, but do also have a European bank account
using the Euro currency, as well as one bank account in Hong Kong using
- Hong Kong Dollars. So, setup 3 bank accounts, one using the Euro currency,
- one in US Dollars, and another in Hong Kong Dollars. One possible account
+ Hong Kong Dollars. So, set up 3 bank accounts, one denominated in US Dollars,
+ one using Euros, and the third in Hong Kong Dollars. One possible account
structure for this would be:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
-Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -EUR (HKD)
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -HKD (HKD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -102,19 +99,21 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</para>
<note>
- <para>You could also setup just a single Starting Balance account and
+ <para>You could also set up just a single Starting Balance account and
use a currency transfer to populate the <quote>different currency</quote> accounts.
However, this is more advanced option, which is explained in a later
- section (<xref linkend="currency_purchase2" />.</para>
+ section (<xref linkend="currency_purchase2" />).</para>
</note>
<para>Below you see the result of this example, in which you start with
USD 10,000, EUR 10,000 as well as HKD 10,000 in the three bank accounts.
- Notice that the total of the parent accounts only show the value of the
- currency of sub-accounts with matching currencies. In the future you can
- setup the exchange rates between the currencies, and the parent accounts
+ Notice that the total of the parent accounts only shows the value of the
+ currency of sub-accounts with matching currencies. In other words, the
+ Total Assets and Total Equity values only reflect USD amounts, because <application>&app;</application>
+ has no way of evaluating the value of EUR or HKD yet. Once you set up
+ exchange rates between the currencies, the parent accounts
will calculate the converted value of all sub-accounts. See the later
- section (<xref linkend="currency_howto1" />) on how to do this.</para>
+ section (<xref linkend="currency_howto1" />) on ways to do this.</para>
<screenshot id="currency_main1">
<mediaobject>
@@ -141,20 +140,24 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<para>Usually when we talk about currencies, we mean
government-backed currencies (or more precisely, currencies defined
- in the international standard called <ulink
+ in <ulink
url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217">ISO 4217</ulink>).
<application>&app;</application> does not allow you to create your
own currencies. If you want to track non-<acronym>ISO</acronym>
currencies, you can use either of two workarounds, depending on which
fits your needs better.</para>
-
- <para>Let’s say for example that you want to track RewardMiles,
- which count how many loyalty points you’ve earned by buying
- from a certain group of businesses. The account which tracks your
- RewardMiles will be <emphasis>Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis>.</para>
-
- <para>The first method is to define a new security, of type <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>,
- called RewardMiles. This is pretty straightforward–when you
+
+ <para>The first method is is to treat these as if they were a security—that
+ is, like a stock or mutual fund. The second method is to use one of the <quote>dummy</quote>
+ currencies for them.</para>
+
+ <para>Let’s say for example that you want to track loyalty points
+ you’ve earned by buying from a certain group of businesses. The
+ account which tracks your loyalty points will be
+ <emphasis>Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>In the first method, you define a new security, of type <guilabel>FUND</guilabel>,
+ called RewardMiles. This is pretty straightforward—when you
create the new <emphasis>LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</emphasis> account, just set the account
type to <guilabel>Stock</guilabel> or <guilabel>Mutual
Fund</guilabel>, click the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button
@@ -163,26 +166,23 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<guilabel>FUND</guilabel>.</para>
<para>This is not really what the stock and mutual fund account types
- are meant for, but <application>&app;</application> usually lets you
- decide how you want to use it, instead of dictating. The downside is
+ are meant for, but <application>&app;</application> will allow it. The downside is
that you’ll have to enter a <quote>price</quote> for every
- transaction involving RewardMiles, because
+ transaction involving this account, because
<application>&app;</application> needs the prices to figure out the
- monetary value of RewardMiles and treat them as one of your
+ monetary value of the points and treat them as one of your
assets.</para>
- <para>The second method is to use one of the <quote>dummy</quote>
- currencies to track the RewardMiles. The dummy currencies are
+ <para>In the second method, you use one of the dummy
+ currencies to track the loyalty points. These currencies are
<quote>XTS (Code for testing purposes)</quote> and <quote>XXX (No
currency)</quote>. If you use one of these for your
LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles account, you can enter transactions into the
account without having to enter share prices for every transaction.
And, you can keep using the same two dummy currencies to track all
- sorts of amounts–vacation dollars earned and used so far this
+ sorts of amounts—vacation dollars earned and used so far this
year, vacation hours earned and used, health insurance benefits
- allowance used and remaining, and so on. You can well imagine that
- <application>&app;</application> can be used as a hub for all sorts
- of personal metrics, in addition to finances.</para>
+ allowance used and remaining, and so on.</para>
<para>The drawback with this second method is that you cannot define exchange rates for
the dummy currencies to convert them to <acronym>ISO</acronym>
@@ -192,11 +192,12 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_howto1">
- <title>Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</title>
+ <title>Recording and Updating Currency Exchange Rates</title>
- <para><application>&app;</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates in two
- different ways, manually and automatically. In the following two sections we
- will work through both ways.</para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates
+ both manually and automatically. This process is essentially the
+ same as setting share prices for investments (see <xref linkend="invest-stockprice1"/>).
+ In the following two sections we will work through both methods.</para>
<para>Before we start, let’s have a quick look at the Chart of
Accounts</para>
@@ -212,10 +213,12 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<phrase>Initial multi currency Account Bank Setup</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Initial setup of 3 bank accounts with different
+ <caption><para>Initial set up of 3 bank accounts with different
currencies. </para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
+ <para>As you see, the overall balances do not yet reflect any value for EUR
+ or HKD holdings. Adding currency exchange rates will fix this.</para>
<sect2 id="currency_howto_Manual">
<title>Manually Updating Exchange Rates</title>
@@ -239,7 +242,7 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</screenshot>
<para>Click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to add a new
- currency exchange. A window will appear in which you can setup a new
+ currency exchange rate. A window will appear in which you can set up a new
exchange rate. This window should appear like this:</para>
<screenshot id="currency_addcurr">
@@ -250,7 +253,7 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Setup Euro Exchange Rate</phrase>
+ <phrase>Set up Euro Exchange Rate</phrase>
</textobject>
<caption><para>Add Price Editor Window</para></caption>
@@ -260,10 +263,10 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<para> Set the <guilabel>Namespace</guilabel> to
Currency and the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> to EUR (Euro).
Then set the exchange rate between the selected security and the
- selected currency. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
- EUR for 1 USD (think of it as: how many units of the currency, in this
- case, USD, do you have to spend to get one unit of the security, in this case,
- the currency EUR).</para>
+ selected currency. The price box defines how many units of currency are
+ required to purchase one unit of the security. In this case, how many dollars
+ it will take to purchase on Euro. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
+ EUR for 1 USD.</para>
<screenshot id="currency_manualpriceadded">
<mediaobject>
@@ -305,9 +308,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<sect2 id="currency_howto_Auto">
<title>Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)</title>
- <para>In the previous section you saw how you could manually define a
- new currency exchange rate, but there must be an easier way to do it.
- And there is.</para>
+ <para>In the previous section you saw how to manually define a
+ new currency exchange rate, but <application>&app;</application> includes an
+ automatic price update feature, which will now be described.</para>
<para>Open the <guilabel>Price Editor</guilabel> by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
@@ -354,13 +357,12 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</mediaobject>
</screenshot></para>
- <para>You can observe that <application>&app;</application> will download exchange rates for all
- currencies you are using in your various accounts. This will happen
- every time you click on <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> or have <application>&app;</application>
- downloading quotes/exchange rates automatically as per <xref
- linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2" /></para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> downloads exchange rates for all
+ currencies that are in use in your various accounts. This will happen
+ every time you click on <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> or request <application>&app;</application>
+ to download quotes as per <xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2" /></para>
- <para>And if you check the main Chart of Accounts you will see that
+ <para>Now when you check the main Chart of Accounts you will see that
<application>&app;</application> has automatically converted the HKD amount to USD amount on the
parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column.
Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange
@@ -414,56 +416,51 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_purchase1">
- <title>Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</title>
+ <title>Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency</title>
- <para>You can do it in two different ways.</para>
+ <para>Purchases in a foreign currency can be managed in two different ways.</para>
- <para>1) Use <application>&app;</application> build in currency exchange between accounts when you
- do your transactions. This is mainly used for one time transactions, and
+ <para>1) Use <application>&app;</application>'s built-in currency exchange functions when you
+ do your transactions. This is mainly used for one-time transactions, and
nothing which happens regularly.</para>
- <para>2) Use separate accounts for this Purchase, where all involved
+ <para>2) Use separate accounts to track transactions, where all involved
accounts use the same currency. This is the recommended method, since it
allows much better tracking and follow up. In this way, you do one
currency exchange transaction, and after that you do normal
- transactions.</para>
+ transactions in the native currency.</para>
- <para>The rest of this section will explain more based upon option
- 2).</para>
+ <para>The rest of this section will explain more based upon option 2).</para>
<sect2 id="currency_purchase2">
- <title>Purchase of an asset with foreign currency</title>
+ <title>Purchase of an Asset with Foreign Currency</title>
- <para>Your normal place of residence is in Florida, therefore you are
- using USD as your default currency. But, you do like to travel to the
- Bahamas and go fishing. You like it so much that you decided to purchase a
- boat there. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some
- money from the US, and then purchased your dream boat (smallest
- version).</para>
+ <para>You are using USD as your default currency. But, you decide to purchase a
+ boat in Jamaica. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some
+ money from the US, and then purchased your boat.</para>
<para>To record this in <application>&app;</application> we use the following basic account
structure:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
- -Fixed Assets (USD)
- -Boat (JMD)
--Equity (USD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)
+ -Boat (JMD)
+-Equity (USD)
-Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
<para>First you need to transfer some money ($10,000) to Jamaica, and
- you use your normal US bank account (with a balance of $100,000) for
+ you use your US bank account (with a balance of $100,000) for
that. The bank gives you an exchange rate of USD 1 = JMD 64, but charges
you USD 150 to transfer the money.</para>
@@ -522,10 +519,10 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>You find the boat, and since it’s a bargain at JMD 509,000 you
- decide to buy it. To record this transaction in <application>&app;</application>, you will need
- to enter a simple transaction in <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Jamaican Bank</emphasis>
- withdrawing 509,000 and transferring it to <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Boat</emphasis></para>
+ <para>You choose to buy a boat for JMD 509,000. To record this transaction
+ in <application>&app;</application>, you will need to enter a simple
+ transaction in <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Jamaican Bank</emphasis>
+ withdrawing JMD 509,000 and transferring it to <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Boat</emphasis></para>
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png">
<mediaobject>
@@ -543,53 +540,31 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been
- reduced with the value of the boat (JMD 509,000), and that your Fixed Assets
- boat account has been increased with the same amount. If you also have turned
+ reduced by JMD 509,000, and that your Fixed Assets boat account has been
+ increased by the same amount. If you also have turned
on the CoA (Column Choice) "Total (USD)" you will see the corresponding
value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange
- rate you have either automatically or manually updated <application>&app;</application> with.
- </para>
+ rate you have either automatically or manually retrieved.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="currency_purchase3">
- <title>Purchasing foreign stocks</title>
+ <title>Purchasing Foreign Stocks</title>
<para>This example will show how to purchase stocks that are priced in a
- different currency than your normal currency.</para>
+ currency other than your primary currency.</para>
<para>Assume that you live in New York and therefore you have set the
default currency to USD. You decide to purchase a stock traded in Hong
Kong that is priced in HKD. You would also like to be able to track the
various income and expense amounts per stock and broker.</para>
- <para>You decide to purchase stock in the Beijing Airport (Hong Kong).
- (After all, the 2008 Olympics in Beijing have finished and the price has
- returned to Earth.)</para>
-
- <note><para>
- The above stock (Beijing Airport) has been chosen only as an example,
- and should not be taken as any kind of stock purchase advice.
- </para></note>
-
- <para>You need to find out what the stock ticker is for this
- stock. To do this, you do a bit of investigation on the Internet, and
- in particular on <ulink
- url="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup"><citetitle>Yahoo! Finance - Ticker
- Symbol Lookup</citetitle></ulink> (http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup).
- This gives you the following:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> has the Stock Symbol
- 0694.HK at Yahoo</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
- we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
+ <para>You decide to purchase stock in the Beijing Airport (Hong Kong).
+ The ticker for this stock is 0694.HK on Yahoo! Since you wanted to
+ track all various income and expense amounts, here is the necessary
+ account structure:</para>
<literallayout>
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
@@ -634,11 +609,16 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage’s
+ <para>If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage
cash account (<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), do so
now, either using the Equity (HKD) account, or an existing bank account
(Currency Transfer).</para>
+ <para>There are two ways to enter the actual purchase transaction: you can
+ enter it from the cash account (shown below), or you can enter it
+ from the stock account. <emphasis>If entered from the stock account, the stock is
+ assumed to be priced in the currency of the parent account</emphasis>.</para>
+
<para>Let’s assume that the stock price is HKD 3 per share. To record the
purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
(<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
@@ -671,7 +651,7 @@ Buy Stocks
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>If you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the
+ <para>When you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the
purchased shares reflected in the stock account’s total.</para>
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
@@ -698,12 +678,11 @@ Buy Stocks
automatically retrieve the exchange rates you need.</para>
<note>
- <para>This example shows how stock can be purchased in any currency
+ <para>To reiterate, this example shows how stock can be purchased in any currency
by entering the transaction in the register of the cash account used
to make payment. It is also possible to enter the purchase
- in the stock account’s register, but proceed with caution!
- When doing it that way, the stock is assumed to be priced
- in the currency of the stock account’s parent.</para>
+ in the stock account’s register, but be aware that the stock is
+ assumed to be priced in the currency of the stock account’s parent.</para>
<para>In this example, the stock account’s parent
(<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom</emphasis>) is denominated in HKD.
Since this is same currency as the stock price, the purchase
@@ -715,25 +694,27 @@ Buy Stocks
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_invest1">
- <title>Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</title>
+ <title>Tracking Currency Investments</title>
- <para>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in different
- countries' currency, and hope that their currency will raise in value
+ <para>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in a different
+ country's currency, and hope that it will rise in value
relative your own currency.</para>
<para>When you enter these transactions into <application>&app;</application>, you will have to
decide on how much detail you would like to have.</para>
<para>If you are not interested in detail at all, a very simple account
- structure would be enough. Something like this;</para>
+ structure would suffice:</para>
<literallayout>
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
- Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
- <para>But, if you do want to be able to track the Capital Gains or Losses,
- as well as the various fees, you do need a bit more complexed layout.
- Something like this;</para>
+ <para>You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting
+ exchange rates as you went.</para>
+
+ <para>But, if you do want to be able to track capital gains or losses,
+ as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as:</para>
<literallayout>
Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
@@ -741,55 +722,25 @@ Buy Stocks
Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
- <para>Where XXX is the currency you are investing in.</para>
-
<sect2 id="currency_invest12">
- <title>Purchasing a currency investment</title>
+ <title>Purchasing Currency</title>
- <para>A typical purchase order might be something like this, seen from
- the <emphasis>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</emphasis>.</para>
-
- <para><table>
- <title>Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Deposit</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Withdrawal</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>Invested Amount</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>Exchange Fee</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>Invested Amount - Exchange Fee</entry>
+ <para>When purchasing another currency, you will buy a certain number of
+ units of foreign currency with your own currency, at a particular rate.
+ For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs
+ to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150.</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+Buy Currency
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank Withdrawal 10,000
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF Deposit 150
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF Deposit 49,250
+</literallayout>
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>You should get an Exchange Rate window popping up when you
+ <para>The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you
leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
- window does not pop up, right click on the row, and select <guilabel>Edit
+ window does not pop up, right click on the row or select
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>, and select <guilabel>Edit
Exchange Rate</guilabel>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
exchange rate you got from the bank.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -802,12 +753,13 @@ Buy Stocks
account to your Savings account (very similar to <xref
linkend="invest-sell1" />).</para>
- <para>The proper recording of the currency sale *must* be done using a
+ <para>The proper recording of the currency sale *must* account for realized
+ gains or losses. This can be done using a
split transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the
profit (or loss) as coming from an <emphasis>Income:Capital Gains</emphasis> account (or
<emphasis>Expenses:Capital Loss</emphasis>). To balance this income, you will need to enter
- the Currency asset twice in the split. Once to record the actual sale
- (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate) and once to balance
+ the Currency asset twice in the split—once to record the actual sale
+ (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate), and once to balance
the income profit (setting the amount to 0).</para>
<para>In short, a selling Currency transaction should look something
@@ -874,565 +826,17 @@ Buy Stocks
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
- <title>Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</title>
+ <title>Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency</title>
<para>Reconciling foreign statement are done in the same manner as when
you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of
- Accounts structure which allows you to have the same Currency per account
- as your Reconcile Statement, it is actually exactly the same as
- reconciling your local bank statement, apart from the fact you might need
- a dictionary</para>
+ Accounts structure which allows you to have the same currency per account
+ as your statement, it is actually exactly the same as
+ reconciling your local bank statement.</para>
<para>If you have different currencies you might have to manually convert
the amounts from one currency to another while you reconcile the
accounts.</para>
</sect1>
- <sect1 id="currency_examples1">
- <title>Putting It All Together (Examples)</title>
-
- <para>In this Putting It All Together you will use quite a bit of what you
- have learned so far in this guide with a bit of a twist. The twist being
- a lot of different currencies.</para>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Basic scenario</title>
-
- <para>The following are the basic scenarios.</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>You live in Australia and use AUD as our default
- currency</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You win the lottery as well as inherit some money</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You pay off your existing house loan</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in Sweden using SEK (Ericsson
- B-Fria)</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in HK using HKD (Beijing
- Airport)</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You purchase some stock in US using USD (Amazon)</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <!--
- <listitem>
- <para>You invest in Chinese Reminbi</para>
- </listitem>
--->
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You lend some EURO to a friend (Peter)</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You borrow some money from a Japanese bank</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You buy a house in New Zealand</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You use a credit card in Australia</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>You would like to have maximum control of your expenses</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- <note>
- <para>Again these examples are not intended as valid and
- accurate advice. They are only to be considered as an example for
- the techniques used in <application>&app;</application>, and not as Investment Advice.
- Please consult a proper financial advisor for more information
- regarding international investments/loans.</para>
- </note>
-
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Configure Accounts</title>
-
- <para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>&app;</application> data file, so
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
- preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
- to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
- decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
- as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account (AUD)
- </literallayout>
-
- <para></para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Opening Balance</title>
-
- <para>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
- that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
- happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
- all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
- AUD for that. </para>
-
- <para>To record these transaction we need the following accounts</para>
- <literallayout>
-Equity:Lottery (AUD)
-Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
- </literallayout>
-
-
- <para>The transactions you enter into your
- <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>
- should look like this.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>You come into some extra money</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Account</entry>
-
- <entry>Increase</entry>
-
- <entry>Decrease</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Equity:Lottery</entry>
-
- <entry>$250,000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Equity:Inheritance</entry>
-
- <entry>$500,000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>And the Chart of Accounts looks like this after above transactions have been entered.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png"
- format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Chart Of Accounts</phrase>
- </textobject>
- <caption><para>
- Chart Of Accounts after receiving some money
- </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Purchase a house</title>
-
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
- (with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Assets:Fixed Assets:House (AUD) $300,000
-Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage (AUD) $250,000
-Expenses:Interest:Mortgage Interest (AUD)
-Equity:Opening Balance (AUD) $50,000
- </literallayout>
-
- <para>After you have had a small chat with your Mortgage bank, they
- agree to let you pay it all off in one go, plus some interest (AUD
- 30,000). You should enter the following split transaction into
- <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</emphasis> account.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Paying of the house mortgage</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Account</entry>
-
- <entry>Increase</entry>
-
- <entry>Decrease</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>280000</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Expenses:Interest:Mortgage Interest</entry>
-
- <entry>30000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</entry>
-
- <entry>250000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</emphasis> account Transaction Ledger looks like
- this after the transactions have been entered</para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png"
- format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>House Mortgage</phrase>
- </textobject>
- <caption><para>
- Transaction Ledger of the House Loan
- </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Purchasing Stock</title>
-
- <para>Since you quite suddenly have a lot of money in your bank account,
- you decide to visit a Financial Advisor, and after his recommendation
- (remember, this is fictional - not genuine stock purchase advice) you
- decide to purchase Telecommunication (Ericsson in Sweden), Beijing
- Airport (Hong Kong), and Amazon (USA).</para>
-
- <para>The needed accounts to track these investments look like
- this:</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:ERIC.ST (STOCK ERIC.ST Yahoo)
-Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:Bank (SEK)
-Assets:Investments:HK Broker:0694.HK (STOCK 0694.HK Yahoo)
-Assets:Investments:HK Broker:Bank (HKD)
-Assets:Investments:US Broker:AMZN (STOCK AMZN Nasdaq)
-Assets:Investments:US Broker:Bank (USD)
-Expenses:Investments:Commissions:Swedish Broker:ERIC.ST (SEK)
-Expenses:Investments:Commissions:HK Broker:0694.HK (HKD)
-Expenses:Investments:Commissions:US Broker:AMZN (USD)
-Expenses:Investments:Currency Transfer (AUD)
-</literallayout>
-
- <para>You decide to invest $100,000 into each stock, and to do this
- we first do a currency transaction to the various bank accounts
- associated with the stock. </para>
-
- <para>The transaction you enter into your
- <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>
- should look like this.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
- split.</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Account</entry>
-
- <entry>Deposit</entry>
-
- <entry>Withdrawal</entry>
-
- <entry>Exchange Rate</entry>
-
- <entry>Transaction Fee</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:Bank</entry>
-
- <entry>100000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>5.5869</entry>
-
- <entry>35</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:HK Broker:Bank</entry>
-
- <entry>100000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>5.8869</entry>
-
- <entry>30</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Investments:USD Broker:Bank</entry>
-
- <entry>100000</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>0.7593</entry>
-
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>Now when there is some money in the various stock brokerage
- accounts, you ask each broker to buy shares of stock for the specified amount.
- Remember to execute the transaction from the bank account associated with the
- stock, and if the Exchange Rate window does not pop up, right click the
- row and manually select it. Enter the number of shares you purchase in
- the last entry (To Amount:).</para>
-
- <para>
- <table>
- <title>Purchasing oversea stocks</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="4">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Stock Symbol</entry>
-
- <entry>Number of shares</entry>
-
- <entry>Amount</entry>
-
- <entry>Commission</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>ERIC.ST</entry>
-
- <entry>15000</entry>
-
- <entry>270000</entry>
-
- <entry>400</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>0694.HK</entry>
-
- <entry>70000</entry>
-
- <entry>280000</entry>
-
- <entry>300</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>AMZN</entry>
-
- <entry>1000</entry>
-
- <entry>32000</entry>
-
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </para>
-
- <para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
- different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
- does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png"
- format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Chart of Account after Stocks</phrase>
- </textobject>
- <caption><para>
- Some of the accounts in Chart of Accounts after the stock purchase
- </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>The next section will ensure you get the various exchange rates so that <application>&app;</application> can show your
- total worth in the local currency (AUD in this case),</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Get the online quotes</title>
-
- <para>To get the current exchange rates and stock quotes, go to
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and then
- click on <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton>. </para>
-
- <para></para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Lending money to a friend</title>
-
- <para>Peter has run into some difficulties all the way over in Europe
- Land. Since he is a very dear pal of yours, you decide to help him out
- with a personal loan of 40,000 Euro.</para>
-
- <para>
- <literallayout>
-Assets:Money owed to me:Euro:Peter (Euro)
-Income:Interest Income:Peter (Euro)
-Expenses:Bank Charge (AUD)
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>This is a
- simple currency transaction from your Savings Account (AUD), to your
- Assets:Money owed to me:Peter (EURO) account. You got the exchange rate
- of 0.606161, which means you need to withdraw AUD 65,989.10, as well as
- pay the service fee of 35 AUD.</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</title>
-
- <para>Your long-time Japanese friend offers you a Japanese house loan if
- you purchase a property overseas, with only AUD 50,000 as deposit. After
- having discussed this with your Financial Advisor in Australia and gone
- through the various risks and benefits related to your situation, you
- decide to accept his offer. </para>
-
- <note>
- <para>Again, this should not be taken as financial advice. Please
- consult with a registered financial advisor before undertaking
- investing (or speculating) in overseas markets, or local markets for
- that matter.</para>
-
- <para>A word of warning might be of interest here, taking a loan
- overseas for a very low interest rate might seem like a very good
- deal. Do keep in mind though that the exchange rate might change and
- can change drastically. If you take a loan in your local currency, you
- only have to worry about the interest rate. If you take a loan overseas,
- you then have to worry about the interest rate and the exchange rate.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>You found a nice small cottage in a small coastal town near
- Auckland which would be a perfect summer house, and you decide to use
- the money from Japan for this purpose.</para>
-
- <para>We need the following accounts for this example;</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Liabilities:Loans:Japan Loan (JPY)
-Expenses:Interest:Japan Loan (JPY)
-Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan (JPY)
-Assets:Current Assets:Japan Bank (JPY)
-Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House (NZ)
-</literallayout>
-
- <table>
- <title>Buying a NZ House Split Transaction</title>
-
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Account</entry>
-
- <entry>Increase</entry>
-
- <entry>Decrease</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House</entry>
-
- <entry>300000 (NZD)</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>50000 (AUD) (1.18926)</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Liabilities:Loans:Japan Loan</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
-
- <entry>28000000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan</entry>
-
- <entry>300000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</entry>
-
- <entry></entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2>
- <title>Whats next?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
- ponder.</para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
-</chapter>
+</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
commit 1506575856df4c2541dd3158c794196a823ca5c7
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Dec 6 09:13:20 2016 -0800
Update guide/it/gnucash.xml with new chapter 10 'Reports'.
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index a1c141f..f1c14cd 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -13,18 +13,19 @@
<!ENTITY chapter7 SYSTEM "ch_cc.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter8 SYSTEM "ch_loans.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter9 SYSTEM "ch_invest.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_reports.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -109,12 +110,12 @@
<year>2003-2004</year>
<holder>Jon Lapham</holder>
</copyright>
-
+
<copyright>
<year>2002</year>
<holder>Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
-
+
<copyright>
<year>2001</year>
<holder>Carol Champagne e Chris Lyttle</holder>
@@ -492,7 +493,7 @@
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/oview_intro.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase><application>GnuCash</application> struttura dei conti - anteprima</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -772,11 +773,11 @@
<listitem>
<para><xref linkend="ch_python_bindings"/></para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><xref linkend="ch_import_bus_data"/></para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist></para>
<para>This manual also includes several appendices, which contains extra information
@@ -824,8 +825,8 @@
modified: October 25th 2010
modified: January 12th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Cristian Marchi <cri.penta at gmail.com>
+ Maintainers:
+ Cristian Marchi <cri.penta at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -932,14 +933,14 @@
<para>L’equazione di bilancio appena descritta costituisce il cuore di un <firstterm>sistema di registrazione a partita doppia</firstterm>. A ogni cambio di valore di un termine dell’equazione deve corrispondere la variazione di un altro termine per rispettare l’uguaglianza. Questo concetto è noto con il nome di <firstterm>principio del bilancio</firstterm> ed è di fondamentale importanza per capire come funziona <application>&app;</application> ma anche gli altri programmi che usano uno schema a partita doppia. Quando si lavora con <application>&app;</application>, si dovranno sempre considerare almeno due conti al fine di mantenere equilibrata l’equazione fondamentale della contabilità </para>
<para>Si ricordano ancora i termini debito e credito discussi nella <xref linkend="basics-accounting1"/>? Contrariamente a quanto si possa credere e alle definizioni sui dizionari, <firstterm>debiti<firstterm> e <firstterm>crediti<firstterm> non significano <quote>diminuzione</quote> o <quote>aumento</quote>. L’unica definizione costante di debiti e crediti è che i debiti sono inseriti nella colonna di sinistra (chiamata anche dare) mentre i crediti in quella di destra (chiamata anche avere). Infatti entrambi possono far aumentare certi tipi di conti e farne diminuire altri. Nei conti delle attività e delle uscite, i debiti ne aumentano il saldo mentre i crediti lo diminuiscono. Nei conti delle passività , del capitale e delle entrate, i crediti ne aumentano il saldo mentre i debiti lo diminuiscono.</firstterm></firstterm></firstterm></firstterm></para>
-
+
<para>In traditional double-entry accounting, the left column in the
register is used for debits, while the right column is used for credits.
Accountants record increases in asset and expense accounts on the
debit (left) side, and they record increases in liability, revenue, and equity
accounts on the credit (right) side. <application>GnuCash</application>
- follows this convention in the register.</para>
-
+ follows this convention in the register.</para>
+
<note>
<para>This accounting terminology can be confusing to new users,
which is why <application>GnuCash</application> allows you to use the
@@ -953,8 +954,8 @@
</note>
<warning>
- <para>Common use of the words <emphasis>debit</emphasis> and <emphasis>credit</emphasis>
- does not match how accountants use these words. In common use,
+ <para>Common use of the words <emphasis>debit</emphasis> and <emphasis>credit</emphasis>
+ does not match how accountants use these words. In common use,
<emphasis>credit</emphasis> generally has positive associations; in accounting,
<emphasis>credit</emphasis> means
<emphasis>affecting the right column</emphasis> of the ledger sheet of an account.
@@ -1010,8 +1011,8 @@
<para>Esempi di transazioni sono: pagare la bolletta del telefono, trasferire denaro dal conto bancario al proprio portafoglio, prelevare denaro, depositare un assegno. L’inserimento delle transazioni è discusso in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/></para>
- <para>In <link linkend="basics-accountingdouble2">double entry accounting</link>,
- transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source
+ <para>In <link linkend="basics-accountingdouble2">double entry accounting</link>,
+ transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source
account and a destination account.
<application>GnuCash</application> manages this by inserting a line
into the transaction for every account that is affected, and
@@ -1019,7 +1020,7 @@
transaction that records the account and amount of money involved is
called a <firstterm>split</firstterm>. A transaction can contain an
arbitrary number of splits.</para>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>Le suddivisioni per le transazioni verranno descritte in <xref linkend="txns-registers-multiaccount2"/></para>
</note>
</sect2> <!-- basics-transactions2 -->
@@ -1085,14 +1086,14 @@
<tip>
<para>Clicking the small triangle to the left of an account that has children will expand the tree view showing child accounts.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>At the top of this window is the <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis>, which displays the
file name for this set of accounts (once you have saved the file.) Below that is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>.
You can access the menu options by either clicking on these menu
- headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see <xref linkend="basics-shortcut2"/>).
+ headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see <xref linkend="basics-shortcut2"/>).
Next is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>, which contains buttons
for the most common functions.</para>
-
+
<para>L’albero dei conti è posto al si sotto della <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis>. Una volta creati dei conti, i nomi a essi assegnati verranno inseriti in questa finestra. È possibile scegliere quali intestazioni delle colonne visualizzare utilizzando la <guiicon>freccia-giù</guiicon> all’estrema destra posizionata immediatamente sopra alla struttura ad albero.</para>
<para>Nella parte inferiore si trova la <emphasis>barra di stato</emphasis> che fornisce informazioni su cosa si possiede (attività nette) e quanto denaro è stato guadagnato (profitto).</para>
@@ -1112,7 +1113,7 @@
<imageobject role="html">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" width="510"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
@@ -1128,9 +1129,9 @@
</screenshot>
<para>In <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/> sono fornite ulteriori informazioni sulle finestre del registro e su come immettere i dati in esse. Per ora, si noti che le parti che compongono una finestra del registro di un conto sono simili a quelle di cui è composta la finestra della struttura dei conti descritta precedentemente. La <emphasis>barra del titolo</emphasis> in alto contiene il nome del conto; sotto di questa, la <emphasis>barra del menu</emphasis> contiene delle opzioni relative al registro del conto. La <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> semplifica l’esecuzione delle operazioni più comuni. La <emphasis>barra di stato</emphasis> nella parte bassa della finestra, mostra alcuni saldi del conto descritti in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>. In basso nella finestra del registro del conto, vengono visualizzate delle informazioni sulla posizione occupata in quel momento dal cursore.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that
+ <para>In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that
<application>GnuCash</application> displays, <emphasis>but keep in mind that
the Description and Balance columns behave differently from other columns</emphasis>.</para>
<para>The <guilabel>Description</guilabel> column is designed to expand
@@ -1140,7 +1141,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> column must be resized by
double-clicking on the column heading.</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="basics-toolbar2">
@@ -1173,18 +1174,18 @@
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<para>Register-specific buttons are discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="basics-tabbar">
<title>Tab Bar</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> uses a tabbed model that allows you to open multiple account registers and reports simultaneously. Each open window (which can include account registers, reports, or Scheduled Transactions windows) is given a tab on this bar that you can click to view that window. Tabs can be configured in Preferences to appear along any side of the <application>GnuCash</application> window.</para>
-
+
<para>To see the full name for a tab, hover the mouse pointer over an account window tab.</para>
-
+
<para>If more screens are open than can be displayed across the screen, some tabs
will not display. You can move through all tabs by clicking the arrows on
either end of the tab bar. A complete list of tabs can be viewed by
@@ -1248,7 +1249,7 @@
<title>Conservare i propri dati finanziari</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> è in grado di <link linkend="basics-store-data">conservare</link> i propri dati finanziari in file o in database <acronym>SQL</acronym> in modo che possano essere <link linkend="basics-open-data">aperti</link> e modificati in tempi successivi. Prima di tutto è però necessario <link linkend="basics-create-data">creare</link> un <quote>contenitore</quote> per i propri dati.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-create-data">
<title>Creare un file</title>
<para>Per creare un nuovo file di <application>&app;</application> procedere nel seguente modo:</para>
@@ -1257,8 +1258,8 @@
<listitem>
<para>Dalla <emphasis>barra del menu</emphasis> di <application>&app;</application>, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. L’assistente per la <guilabel>Creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel> verrà avviato.</para>
<note>
- <para>If you are running <application>GnuCash</application> for the first time, you will be presented
- with the <guilabel>Welcome to GnuCash!</guilabel> screen. This screen is described in detail in the
+ <para>If you are running <application>GnuCash</application> for the first time, you will be presented
+ with the <guilabel>Welcome to GnuCash!</guilabel> screen. This screen is described in detail in the
<application>GnuCash</application> manual.</para>
</note>
</listitem>
@@ -1269,7 +1270,7 @@
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-store-data">
<title>Salvare i dati</title>
<para>Seguire i passi seguenti per salvare il file con un nome preferito:</para>
@@ -1281,7 +1282,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>Selezionare il <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> del file che si sta per salvare dalla lista a comparsa. La selezione predefinita è il formato <acronym>XML</acronym> ma se è stato impostato un backend per un database è possibile selezionare quest’ultimo formato</para>
- <para>A seconda del <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> selezionato, la finestra può cambiare come descritto nel seguito.</para>
+ <para>A seconda del <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> selezionato, la finestra può cambiare come descritto nel seguito.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -1322,12 +1323,12 @@
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Crea Cartellai</guibutton> per caricare una nuova cartella con un nome personalizzato nel percorso selezionato</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Se è stato selezionato il <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel> <acronym>mysql</acronym> o <acronym>postgres</acronym>. verrà mostrata una schermata come questa:</para>
<figure>
- <title>Schermata di salvataggio quando è selezionao <acronym>mysql</acronym> o <acronym>postgres</acronym>.</title>
+ <title>Schermata di salvataggio quando è selezionao <acronym>mysql</acronym> o <acronym>postgres</acronym>.</title>
<screenshot id="basics-SaveSQL">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1368,7 +1369,7 @@
<para>Salvare frequentemente i propri dati finanziari è molto importante per evitare di perderli per una qualsiasi ragione e per questo <application>&app;</application> è in grado di salvare automaticamente il file aperto a intervalli regolari di tempo. L’ampiezza di questo intervallo può essere impostata nella scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> raggiungibile tramite il menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> su Mac OS X). Questa opzione ha rilevanza esclusivamente se si salva nel formato <acronym>XML</acronym>. Se si sta lavorando con un database, il pulsante <guibutton>Salva</guibutton> e la voce di menu <guimenuitem>Salva</guimenuitem> saranno disabilitati dato che le modifiche vengono immediatamente applicate al database.</para>
</note></para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-open-data">
<title>Aprire i dati</title>
<para>Per aprire un file o un database esistenti, selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apri</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu. Nella finestra che si aprirà , selezionare il <guilabel>Formato dati</guilabel>. Se è stata selezionata l’opzione <guilabel>File</guilabel>, scegliere il file da aprire sfogliando le cartelle nel riquadro inferiore. Diversamente, inserire le informazioni di <guilabel>Connessione al database</guilabel> richieste.</para>
@@ -1379,15 +1380,15 @@
<sect2 id="basics-expt-acct">
<title>Duplicare una struttura dei conti</title>
- <para>In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file.
- For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual
+ <para>In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file.
+ For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual
accounting data, or you might need to follow accounting guidelines that require you to close your books at the end
of the year and begin each year with a fresh set of books.</para>
<para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to create an empty copy of your Chart of Accounts simply by selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Export</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Export Accounts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
When you select this command, you are asked to provide the name for the new empty file, and <application>GnuCash</application>
- creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data).
+ creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data).
Once saved, the new file can be opened like any other <application>GnuCash</application> data file as described above.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -1397,22 +1398,22 @@
<title>Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> crea diversi tipi di file per assicurarsi che i dati non vadano persi. Controllando nella cartella in cui è stato salvato il proprio file, saranno probabilmente presenti altri file generati automaticamente da <application>&app;</application> con le seguenti estensioni: <filename>.gnucash</filename>, <filename>.log</filename>, <filename>.LCK</filename>, <filename>.LNK</filename>. La descrizione delle caratteristiche fornite da ogni formato è riportata di seguito.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>Le seguenti sezioni hanno rilevanza solamente se si stanno salvando i propri dati finanziari nel formato <acronym>XML</acronym>.</para>
</note>
-
+
<programlisting>
- $ ls
- ilmiofile.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414223248.log
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415154508.log
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash
- ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415194251.log
- ilmiofile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK
- ilmiofile.gnucash.LCK
+ $ ls
+ myfile.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100414223248.log
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415154508.log
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash
+ myfile.gnucash.20100415194251.log
+ myfile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK
+ myfile.gnucash.LCK
</programlisting>
<sect2 id="basics-backupxac2">
@@ -1421,11 +1422,11 @@
<para>Ogni volta che si salva un file dei dati, viene creata anche una copia di sicurezza con estendione <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>. Questo file è una copia completa del file dei dati precedente e il suo nome fa riferimento al nome del file dei dati, all’anno, al mese, al giorno e all’ora del backup. Per esempio, il file di nome <filename>ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash</filename> indica che si tratta di una copia di sicurezza del file <filename>miofile</filename> salvata nell’anno 2010, il 14 Aprile alle 18:57:47.</para>
<para>Per recuperare un vecchio file di backup, basta aprire il file <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> con la data che si desidera ripristinare. Assicurarsi di salvare il file con un nome differente una volta aperto.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>
- <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename> instead of the actual extension <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>.
- So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename>
+ <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename> instead of the actual extension <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>.
+ So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename>
and <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> backup files in your directory.</para>
</note>
</sect2>
@@ -1476,7 +1477,7 @@
<note>
<para><application>&app;</application> cancella automaticamente qualsiasi file di backup <filename>.log</filename> e <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> più vecchio di 30 giorni. Questo comportamento può essere modificato dalle preferenze di <application>&app;</application> nella scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> raggiungibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferenze</guimenuitem></menuchoice> su Mac OS X).</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -1493,17 +1494,17 @@
<sect2 id="migrate-prefs">
<title>Migrare le preferenze</title>
- <para>Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
+ <para>Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
one for reports, and one for online banking settings. Preferences are managed by
- <application>gsettings</application>, reports are managed by <application>GnuCash</application>
+ <application>gsettings</application>, reports are managed by <application>GnuCash</application>
itself, and online banking is managed by <application>aqbanking</application>. If you do not use online banking,
then you will not have this folder on your machine.</para>
<para>Where the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences are stored varies
- depending on your operating system (see <xref linkend="App-sett-loc"/>, <xref linkend="Report-loc"/>, and
+ depending on your operating system (see <xref linkend="App-sett-loc"/>, <xref linkend="Report-loc"/>, and
<xref linkend="OB-sett-loc"/>). To back up and transfer your entire installation, you must copy
these preferences as well.</para>
-
+
<table id="App-sett-loc"><title>Posizione delle impostazioni dell’applicazione</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
<thead>
@@ -1514,7 +1515,7 @@
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
- <entry>Unix</entry>
+ <entry>Unix</entry>
<entry><application>GnuCash</application> preferences are stored in <application>dconf</application>.
You can use the commands <code>dconf dump /org/gnucash/</code> on the old machine
and <code>dconf load /org/gnucash/</code> on the new machine to migrate your preferences.</entry>
@@ -1578,7 +1579,7 @@
<row>
<entry>Finestre</entry>
<entry><filename class="directory">Documents and Settings/Nomeutente/.aqbanking</filename></entry>
- </row>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -1620,7 +1621,7 @@
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>L’assistente per la nuova struttura conti</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1630,7 +1631,7 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>La prima schermata dell’assistente fornisce una descrizione dell’assistente stesso. Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per procedere alla schermata successiva.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1639,7 +1640,7 @@
<note>
<para>La valuta selezionata in questa fase, verrà assegnata a tutti i <guilabel>conti</guilabel> creati con questo assistente.</para>
</note>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewAccountHierarchySetup-currency">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1666,10 +1667,10 @@
then press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button.
You can also update these options later using <menuchoice><guimenu>File
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- For details of these options, see the <application>GnuCash</application>
- Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options.
+ For details of these options, see the <application>GnuCash</application>
+ Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewBookOptions">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1694,7 +1695,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>In the fourth screen select the <guilabel>Common Accounts</guilabel> group in the
+ <para>In the fourth screen select the <guilabel>Common Accounts</guilabel> group in the
<guilabel>Categories</guilabel> pane. Then press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button to
proceed.</para>
<note>
@@ -1722,15 +1723,15 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para>In the fifth screen you will be able to set an <guilabel>Opening
Balance</guilabel> on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if
- the account should be a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>. As these features will be
- described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <application>GnuCash</application>
+ the account should be a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>. As these features will be
+ described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <application>GnuCash</application>
and click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> to open the last screen of the assistant.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewAccountHierarchySetup-Setup.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1788,7 +1789,7 @@
<imageobject role="html">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
@@ -1799,9 +1800,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
-
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -1809,7 +1810,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.2.1
Last modified: September 26, 2010
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Tom Bullock <tbullock at nd.edu>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Authors:
@@ -1884,7 +1885,7 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Entrate</guilabel> rappresentano il compenso che si riceve per il proprio tempo, per i servizi che si forniscono, o per l’utilizzo del proprio denaro. Quando si riceve lo stipendio, per esempio, viene pagato il lavoro fornito al proprio datore di lavoro. Altri esempi di entrate possono essere le mance, i dividendi provenienti da azioni e gli interessi sul denaro depositato in banca. Le entrate contribuiscono sempre ad aumentare il valore delle attività e di conseguenza quello del capitale.</para>
<para><guilabel>Expense</guilabel> refers to money you spend to purchase
- goods or services provided by someone else
+ goods or services provided by someone else
<emphasis>for early consumption</emphasis>. Examples of expenses are a
meal at a restaurant, rent, groceries, gas for your car, or tickets to
see a play. Expenses will always decrease your Equity. If you pay for
@@ -1893,7 +1894,7 @@ Translators:
<!--
Translators:
Your language might have a generic term for 'income and expense'.
- Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph
+ Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph
and replace 'income and expense' by it in the latter sections of this book.
-->
</sect2>
@@ -1938,7 +1939,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>fondi comuni</guilabel>: questo tipo di conto è simile al precedente, tranne per il fatto che deve essere utilizzato per registrare i fondi. Il registro di immissione dati prevede due colonne per l’inserimento delle quote e dei prezzi. I fondi rappresentano delle proprietà comuni di investimenti e, come le azioni, non garantiscono un valore minimo del capitale;</para>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> treats account types Stock and
Mutual Fund the same.
</para>
@@ -1947,7 +1948,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>crediti correnti</guilabel>: questo conto è dedicato tipicamente alla gestione dell’impresa e in esso vengono registrati i crediti. È considerato come un capitale dato che si dovrebbe poter contare sull’arrivo di questo denaro.</para>
-
+
<para>Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should not be added,
changed or deleted in any way other than by using
</para>
@@ -1967,7 +1968,7 @@ Translators:
<para><application>GnuCash</application> treats account types Cash,
Bank and Asset the same.
</para>
-
+
<para>I conti sono contenitori di informazioni utilizzati per tracciare e registrare tutte le azioni correlate al motivo per cui il conto è stato creato.</para>
<para>Per le imprese, le attività da tracciare e di cui effettuare i resoconti, sono spesso suddivise con maggiore dettaglio rispetto a quanto considerato finora. Per una discussione più approfondita delle possibilità , riferirsi alle nozioni descritte nella <xref linkend="chapter_other_assets"/> di questa guida.</para>
@@ -2003,7 +2004,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>passività </guilabel>: utilizzare questo conto per tutti gli altri prestiti, generalmente di entità maggiore e di durata superiore come un mutuo o le rate dell’auto. Questo conto aiuta anche a conoscere quanto denaro si deve ancora e quanto è stato già restituito.</para>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> treats account types Credit
Card and Liability the same.
</para>
@@ -2018,7 +2019,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Il conto finale del bilancio patrimoniale è quello del <emphasis>capitale</emphasis>, che è sinonimo di valore netto o capitale netto. Rappresenta ciò che rimane dopo aver sottratto le passività dalle attività , ed è quindi la porzione di patrimonio che si possiede e sulla quale non grava alcun debito. In <application>&app;</application> si consiglia di utilizzare questa tipologia di conto come fonte per i bilanci di apertura dei conti bancari, dato che questo saldo rappresenta il valore netto iniziale.</para>
<para>There is usually only a single <application>GnuCash</application> equity account, called naturally
- enough, <guilabel>Equity</guilabel>.
+ enough, <guilabel>Equity</guilabel>.
For companies, cooperatives etc. you can create a subaccount for each partner.</para>
<tip>
@@ -2050,7 +2051,7 @@ Translators:
</note>
<para>Qui sotto vengono mostrati i conti standard per le <guilabel>entrate</guilabel> e per le <guilabel>uscite</guilabel> così come vengono creati scegliendo l’opzione <guilabel>conti comuni</guilabel> nell’assistente per l’impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti (<menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuova struttura conti...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="accts-DefaultIncomeAccounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -2065,7 +2066,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Questa immagine mostra i conti predefiniti delle <emphasis>Entrate</emphasis></para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ </screenshot>
<screenshot id="accts-DefaultExpenseAccounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -2082,24 +2083,24 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="accts-other-types">
<title>Other Account Types</title>
-
+
<para>There are some special other account types.</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Trading</emphasis> Multiple currency transactions have
splits in <quote>Trading</quote> accounts to make the transaction
balance in each currency as well as in total value. See
<xref linkend="chapter_currency"/> for more information.
</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Money Market</emphasis> and <emphasis>Credit Line
</emphasis>are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for
completeness with the specification.
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="accts-examples1">
@@ -2121,7 +2122,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Occorre ora decidere come raggruppare i conti. Probabilmente si vorranno raggruppare i conti delle <emphasis>attività </emphasis> in uno unico, così come anche quelli delle <emphasis>passività </emphasis>, del <emphasis>capitale</emphasis>, delle <emphasis>entrate</emphasis> e delle <emphasis>uscite</emphasis>. Questo rappresenta il metodo più ovvio per creare una struttura dei conti in <application>&app;</application> e si raccomanda di ragionare comunque sempre in questi termini.</para>
<para>Si parta da un un nuovo file vuoto di <application>&app;</application> selezionando <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo file</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu. Verrà avviato l’assistente per l’<guilabel>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel>. Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Annulla dato che non si intende utilizzare una delle strutture predefinite; verr selezionare VisualizzaNuova pagina dei conti dal menu: verrConti. Selezionare quindi OperazioniNuovo conto... dal menu.</guibutton></para>
-
+
<para>Si è ora pronti per costruire questa semplice struttura dei conti</para>
<orderedlist>
@@ -2278,7 +2279,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: 2014-09-26 (fell)
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -2324,14 +2325,14 @@ Translators:
<para>The <emphasis>account register</emphasis> is the <application>GnuCash</application> window, which allows you to view or edit preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. To open an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account name, right click the account name and select Open Account from the menu, or use the Open button on the toolbar. <application>GnuCash</application> will display the account register window.</para>
<sect2 id="txns-registers-features2">
<title>Caratteristiche del registro del conto</title>
-
+
<para>The <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis> of the account register displays the account name. Below the <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> displays the menu items available within the account register, and the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> contains handy buttons that help you work with the account register.</para>
-
+
<para>In basso a sinistra nella finestra del registro, <application>&app;</application> visualizza degli utili messaggi mentre ci si muove nel registro. A destra, invece, è possibile leggere il saldo attuale del conto e il totale delle suddivisioni liquidate.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="txns-regstyle1">
<title>Scegliere uno stile per il registro</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> offers several options for viewing your registers. The
default style is <guilabel>Basic Ledger</guilabel> mode, which displays
only the summary of splits affecting the current account. This is the
@@ -2345,33 +2346,33 @@ Translators:
<listitem><para><menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Transaction
Journal</guimenuitem></menuchoice> style shows all splits for all transactions in the register, which is more like an accounting journal.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or
double-line format. Select <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Double Line</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and you will see your transaction
line expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the transaction-level Notes field.</para>
-
+
<para>Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal views differ.
</para>
<para>For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans for $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each pair entered on a separate split.</para>
<para>The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes.</para>
-
+
<para>First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit4">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Acquisto di 3 Jeans</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra la transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di 3 Jeans</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>Now, let's open the <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account, and look at it in Basic view.</para>
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit5">
@@ -2379,37 +2380,37 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit5.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Uno sguardo al conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis></phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra il conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis> nella modalità a libro mastro basilare.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different amount, $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view reflects a single split from the original transaction.</para>
<para>Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split transaction.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit6">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit6.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Uno sguardo al conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis></phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra il conto <emphasis>Uscite:Abbigliamento</emphasis> nella modalità giornale della transazione.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="txns-shortcuts1">
<title>Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your
data. When you type the first few characters of a description that you
have used before, the QuickFill feature automatically fills in the rest of
@@ -2428,94 +2429,93 @@ Translators:
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Accounts</guisubmenu>
<guilabel>Character</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para></tip>
<para>Anche le scorciatoie da tastiera per il registro permettono di risparmiare tempo e <application>&app;</application> ne fornisce diverse. Nel campo della data si può premere:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>+</keycap> o <keycap>=</keycap> per aumentare la data e <keycap>-</keycap> o <keycap>_</keycap> per diminuire la data</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>]</keycap> o <keycap>}</keycap> per aumentare il mese e <keycap>[</keycap> o <keycap>{</keycap> per diminuire il mese</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>M</keycap> o <keycap>m</keycap> per inserire la prima data del mese</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>H</keycap> o <keycap>h</keycap> per inserire l’ultima data del mese</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Y</keycap> o <keycap>y</keycap> per inserire la prima data dell’anno</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>R</keycap> o <keycap>r</keycap> per inserire l’ultima data dell’anno</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>T</keycap> o <keycap>t</keycap> per inserire la data odierna</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<tip><para>These date shortcuts not only work in the account register but everywhere
you can enter a date.</para></tip>
<tip><para>Specifically for dates there's another way you can save time: you can enter
partial dates. For example if you only enter one number, <application>GnuCash</application>
will interpret it as the day in the current month of the current year. If you only enter
- a day and month, <application>GnuCash</application> will automatically append the year. The
- default this to take such a date in a sliding window starting 11 months before the current
- month. This means that if you enter 1/5 (January 5th) as date while the current date is
- in December 2015, the date will be completed as 1/5/16. This default can be changed via
+ a day and month, <application>GnuCash</application> will automatically append the year. By
+ default this is the current year. You can however also configure
+ <application>GnuCash</application> to take such a date in a sliding window starting
+ a number of months before the current month. This can be done via
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Date/Time</guisubmenu>
- <guilabel>Date Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>. You can change it to either always
- evaluate a date in the current calendar year or change the start of the sliding window.</para></tip>
+ <guilabel>Date Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para></tip>
<para>Nel campo <guilabel>Nr.</guilabel> nella linea di una transazione, è possibile premere <keycap>+</keycap> per incrementare il numero della transazione, mentre premendo <keycap>-</keycap> verrà diminuito il numero. Questo funzionerà anche nel campo <guilabel>Operazione</guilabel> nella linea della suddivisione, se si sceglie di immettere i numeri della suddivisione qui. Il campo <guilabel>Operazione</guilabel> supporta anche <emphasis>Quickfill</emphasis>: se si digitano i primi caratteri di una operazione comune (come <emphasis>Deposito</emphasis>), <application>&app;</application> completerà il resto.</para>
-
+
<para>Il campo <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel> supporta il <emphasis>Quickfill</emphasis> dei nomi dei conti. Iniziando a digitare il nome di un conto, <application>&app;</application> completerà la parte restante del nome con quello di un conto esistente. Digitando il carattere separatore in qualsiasi momento, verrà completato il livello corrente del nome del conto, lasciando il cursore posizionato all’inizio del successivo livello di nomi di conti. Digitando, per esempio, <keycap>A:C</keycap> con il gruppo standard di conti, verrà selezionato il conto <emphasis>Attività :Conto corrente</emphasis>. Si possono anche selezionare i tasti <keycap>Menu</keycap> o <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Giù</keycap></keycombo> in questo campo per visualizzare la lista a comparsa dei nomi dei conti.</para>
-
+
<para>In ognuno dei campi per l’importo, si può usare una calcolatrice incorporata. Digitare semplicemente il primo valore, seguito da un <keycap>+</keycap>, <keycap>-</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> o <keycap>/</keycap>, poi inserire il secondo valore. <application>&app;</application> eseguirà i calcoli e restituirà il valore risultante nel campo dell’importo alla pressione del tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap>.</para>
-
+
<para>Per tutte le voci del menu sono definite delle chiavi di accesso che sono indicate da caratteri sottolineati nei nome del menu. Premere <keycap>Alt</keycap> + [carattere sottolineato] per aprire il menu desiderato e selezionare poi una voce digitando il carattere sottolineato corrispondente. Per esempio, premere <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo> per far comparire il menu <guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu>, poi premere <keycap>S</keycap> per suddividere la transazione. Alcune delle voci del menu hanno anch’esse delle scorciatoie che immediatamente invocano il comando (normalmente utilizzando il tasto <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>). Queste scorciatoie sono riportate a fianco della voce.</para>
-
+
<para>Per muoversi nel registro, utilizzare questi tasti per risparmiare tempo:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> per spostarsi al prossimo campo, <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> per spostarsi nel campo precedente</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Home</keycap> per spostarsi all’inizio del campo, <keycap>Fine</keycap> per spostarsi alla fine del campo</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap function="enter">Invio</keycap> o <keycap>↓</keycap> per spostarsi alla transazione successiva, <keycap>↑</keycap> per spostarsi alla transazione precedente</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Pag Sù</keycap> per muoversi verso l’alto di una schermata, <keycap>Pg giù</keycap> per muoversi verso il basso di una schermata</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Pag Sù</keycap></keycombo> per raggiungere la prima transazione, <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Pag Giù</keycap></keycombo> per raggiungere l’ultima transazione</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Nella finestra <guilabel>Riconcilia</guilabel> possono essere usate le seguenti scorciatoie da tastiera:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> sposta al riquadro successivo e <keycombo><keycap>Maiusc</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> sposta al riquadro precedente</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>La barra spaziatrice alterna lo stato tra riconciliata e non riconciliata</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>↑</keycap> e <keycap>↓</keycap> permettono di spostarsi tra gli elementi nel riquadro selezionato</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2524,19 +2524,19 @@ Translators:
</sect1>
<sect1 id="txns-registers-txntypes">
<title>Simple vs. Split Transactions</title>
-
+
<para>Every transaction in <application>GnuCash</application> has at least two splits, but a transaction can have more than two splits. A transaction with only two splits is called a <emphasis>simple transaction</emphasis>, since it only involves the current account and a single remote account. A transaction with three or more accounts is called a <emphasis>split transaction</emphasis>.</para>
<para>When the register is in Basic view, you will see a summary of the splits affecting the current account. For a simple transaction, the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will display the other account from which money is <emphasis>transferred</emphasis>. For a split transaction, the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will display <guilabel>-- Split Transaction --</guilabel>. You can see the individual splits of each
transaction by clicking the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button in the
<emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> while selecting the appropriate transaction.</para>
-
+
<para>Per le transazioni suddivise, la prima linea rappresenta la <emphasis>linea della transazione</emphasis>; essa contiene una <guilabel>Data</guilabel>, un <guilabel>Nr.</guilabel> opzionale (ad esempio il numero dell’assegno), la <guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> della transazione, l’importo totale che interessa il conto selezionato (<guilabel>Deposito Tot</guilabel> in questo caso) e il <guilabel>Saldo</guilabel> aggiornato dopo la transazione corrente. Si noti che nella vista espansa, l’intestazione della colonna <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel> scompare, e non viene visualizzato nessun nome di conto in questo campo. Questa riga mostra solamente un sommario degli effetti della transazione sul conto selezionato. Per avere informazioni più dettagliate, occorre visualizzare le suddivisioni che compongono la transazione.</para>
<note>
- <para>Note: An account register displays a transaction when that
- transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction
- has more than one split assigned to a single account, then in Basic and
- Auto-Split view modes that transaction will appear in the register one
- time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal
+ <para>Note: An account register displays a transaction when that
+ transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction
+ has more than one split assigned to a single account, then in Basic and
+ Auto-Split view modes that transaction will appear in the register one
+ time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal
mode, such a transaction will only appear once in the register.</para>
</note>
@@ -2547,11 +2547,11 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Come cambiano le intestazioni per una suddivisione</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra come le intestazioni cambino per una suddivisione.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -2567,11 +2567,11 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Uno sguardo al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Stipendio</emphasis></phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>Questa immagine mostra un salto al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Stipendio</emphasis>.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ Translators:
<para>To add the paycheck split transaction from the<emphasis role="italic"> Assets:Checking</emphasis> account register window, click on a new transaction line and click <guilabel>Split</guilabel>. Note that if you have set your register view to Auto-Split or Transaction Journal, the splits will be opened for you. Enter the description of this transaction on the first line(e.g. “Employers R Usâ€). In the split lines below this, enter the various splits that make up this transaction, one by one. To enter the splits, first choose the account, then enter the amount by which to change the account. Keep in mind that when in an asset account register, amounts entered in the left column increase the account balance, while amounts entered in the right column decrease the balance (for more about this, see <xref linkend="basics-transactions2"/>). Tab or click the next split line and repeat the process. Note that if you are using the keyboard to navigate the transaction, use<keycap> Tab</keycap> to move from field to field, as using <keycap>Enter</keycap> will commit the transaction and create splits to an Imbalance account.</para>
<note>
<para>When creating a transaction in <application>GnuCash</application>, splits can be entered in any order.
- However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when
+ However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when
pressing the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key), all debit splits will jump ahead of all credit splits.</para>
</note>
@@ -2670,11 +2670,11 @@ Translators:
been cleared, but not reconciled. A split marked cleared signifies that you got some kind of confirmation
that the institution accepted the order (e.g. you have the restaurant's receipt for your credit card purchase).
You can toggle the reconciliation status
- between <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>c</emphasis> by clicking in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field; you can set
+ between <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>c</emphasis> by clicking in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field; you can set
it to <emphasis>y</emphasis> by using <xref linkend="txns-reconcile-window2"/>.</para>
-
+
<para>At the bottom of the account window, there are (among others) two running
- balances (the <guilabel>cleared</guilabel> and <guilabel>reconciled</guilabel> balance), and the
+ balances (the <guilabel>cleared</guilabel> and <guilabel>reconciled</guilabel> balance), and the
<guilabel>total</guilabel> balance. The former balances should correspond to how much money
the bank thinks you have in your account, while the latter includes outstanding transactions.</para>
@@ -2688,11 +2688,11 @@ Translators:
change to include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can
then compare it to what you’ve recorded in <application>GnuCash</application> by opening the reconciliation
window. There, you will be able to change the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field to <emphasis>y</emphasis> (reconciled).</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>You cannot reconcile directly in a register window by clicking in the <emphasis>R</emphasis> field. You must use the
reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked <emphasis>reconciled</emphasis>,
- it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the
+ it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the
<link linkend="rec-start-blnc"><guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel></link> of the next reconciliation.</para>
</note>
@@ -2778,14 +2778,14 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Premendo questo pulsante verrà aperta una finestra che permette di inserire una transazione per gli interessi nel conto che sta per essere riconciliato.</para>
<tip>
- <para>The <guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation
- for an account of the type <emphasis>Bank</emphasis>, <emphasis>Credit</emphasis>,
+ <para>The <guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation
+ for an account of the type <emphasis>Bank</emphasis>, <emphasis>Credit</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Mutual</emphasis>, <emphasis>Asset</emphasis>, <emphasis>Receivable</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Payable</emphasis>, and <emphasis>Liability</emphasis>. If you want to disable
- this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <guilabel>Register</guilabel> tab of the
+ this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <guilabel>Register</guilabel> tab of the
<guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> and uncheck the <guilabel>Automatic interest transfer</guilabel>
- option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the
- <guibutton>No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</guibutton> button in the
+ option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the
+ <guibutton>No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</guibutton> button in the
<guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
@@ -2812,7 +2812,7 @@ Translators:
</screenshot>
<para>I due riquadri chiamati <guilabel>Fondi in ingresso</guilabel> e <guilabel>Fondi in uscita</guilabel> elencano tutte le transazioni non riconciliate. La colonna <guilabel>R</guilabel> mostra se le transazioni sono state riconciliate.</para>
-
+
<para>Si esamini ora ogni voce dell’estratto conto e si ricerchi l’elemento corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione.</para>
<para>Se non si è in grado di trovarne una, è probabile che ci si sia dimenticati di immetterla oppure non si era al corrente della transazione. È possibile utilizzare il pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo</guibutton> sulla <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis>, o la voce di menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Transazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, per aprire la finestra del registro e inserire la transazione mancante. La nuova transazione apparirà nella finestra di riconciliazione alla pressione del pulsante <guibutton>Inserisci</guibutton> dopo aver immesso la transazione.</para>
@@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ Translators:
<para>Quando si trova la voce corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione, confrontarne l’importo con quello che compare sull’estratto conto. Nel caso fossero diversi, potrebbe essere stato commesso un errore nell’immissione della transazione in <application>&app;</application>. È possibile utilizzare il pulsante <guibutton>Modifica</guibutton> nella barra degli strumenti o la voce del menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Transazione</guimenu><guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, per aprire la finestra del registro e correggere la transazione.</para>
<para>Se gli importi corrispondono, fare clic sull’elemento nella finestra di <guilabel>Riconciliazione</guilabel>. Apparirà un segno di spunta nella colonna <guilabel>R</guilabel> a fianco della transazione selezionata. <application>&app;</application> aggiornerà automaticamente gli importi nel riquadro di ripilogo in basso a destra.</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>È possibile utilizzare i tasti delle freccie <keycap>su</keycap>/<keycap>giù</keycap> per scorrere gli elementi, la <keycap>barra spaziatrice</keycap> per marcare l’elemento come riconciliato e il tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap> per cambiare riquadro.</para>
</tip>
@@ -2828,12 +2828,12 @@ Translators:
<para>Ripetere quindi queste operazioni per ogni voce presente nell’estratto conto della banca, verificando che l’importo corrisponda con quello in <application>&app;</application> e marcando le transazioni in <application>&app;</application> quando sono riconciliate.</para>
<para>In basso nella finestra di riconciliazione viene riportata la <guilabel>Differenza</guilabel>, che dovrebbe visualizzare €0,00 quando la riconciliazione è terminata. Se riporta qualche altro valore, o si è dimenticata una o più transazioni oppure alcuni importi potrebbero essere errati in <application>&app;</application> (o, più difficilmente, la banca ha fatto un errore).</para>
-
+
<note><para>Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to determine why an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct the discrepancy between your books and a statement, <application>GnuCash</application> includes a <guibutton>Balance</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> that will automatically create a balancing entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled.</para>
<para>To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all transactions that you can identify) and then click this button. <application>GnuCash</application> will create a balancing entry for the remaining discrepancy that uses the <emphasis>Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX</emphasis> account (where "XXX" represents your currency). The Reconcile window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created balancing entry and finish the process.</para></note>
<para>When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement and the difference is 0.00, press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or
- select <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu.
+ select <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu.
The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window will close.
In the register window, the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field of the reconciled transactions will
change to <emphasis>y</emphasis>.</para>
@@ -2977,10 +2977,13 @@ Translators:
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>In generale</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase>
+ <guimenuitem>Editor transazioni pianificate</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>In generale</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -2990,7 +2993,7 @@ Translators:
</note>
<para>Nel riquadro <guilabel>Opzioni</guilabel> della scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> sono disponibili quattro opzioni:</para>
-
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Attiva</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -3009,18 +3012,18 @@ Translators:
<para>Imposta il tempo in anticipio con cui la transazione pianificata verrà creata.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Ricorda in anticipo di</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Imposta l’anticipo con cui notificare la scadenza della transazione. È utile, per esempio, quando si deve pagare con un assegno; <application>&app;</application> può ricordare l’incombenza una settimana prima così da poter inviare l’assegno prima della scadenza.</para>
</listitem>
- </varlistentry>
+ </varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>Il riquadro <guilabel>Scadenze</guilabel> permette di dire a <application>&app;</application> che questa transazione non durerà per sempre; per esempio se si sta ripagando un prestito, si può selezionare la data di termine del prestito o il numero di rate rimanenti.</para>
-
+
<para>Selezionare poi la scheda della <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> nell’<guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel>. Qui è possibile impostare le opzioni relative al tempo per la transazione.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-editor-3-frequency">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -3032,13 +3035,16 @@ Translators:
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase>
+ <guimenuitem>Editor transazioni pianificate</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
+ </screenshot>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -3054,24 +3060,24 @@ Translators:
<para>Imposta l’inizio della transazione. Nell’esempio, questa sarà l’inizio del mese prossimo.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Ogni</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Questa opzione permette di pianificare letransazioni in periodi multipli del valore impostato come <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel>. Per esempio, per creare una transazione pianificata ogni 3 settimane, impostare la <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> a <guilabel>settimanale</guilabel> e il campo <guilabel>Ogni</guilabel> a <guilabel>3</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Poi il</guilabel> e <guilabel>a eccezione dei fine settimana</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Imposta il giorno del mese in cui è pianificata la transazione e controlla il comportamento di <application>&app;</application> quando la scadenza coincide con un giorno del fine settimana.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<note>
<para>La sottoscrizione è prelevata il 28 di ogni mese, quindi la <guilabel>Data d’inizio</guilabel> sarà il 1° Novembre 2003 (assumendo che Novembre sia il mese prossimo) e la <guilabel>Frequenza</guilabel> sarà <guilabel>mensile</guilabel>; verrà quindi prelevata il 28 di ogni mese. Dato che nell’esempio l’abbonamento internet viene prelevato automaticamente dal conto, non sarà necessario né creare la transazione in anticipo né impostare una data finale.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>Quando le voci di questa scheda sono state completate, <application>&app;</application> evidenzierà le scadenze future nel calendario sulla parte inferiore della finestra.</para>
<para>Infine, selezionare la scheda del <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel> e inserire la transazione nella parte bassa come si farebbe nel libro mastro, con la sola differenza che non è richiesta una data.</para>
@@ -3089,10 +3095,12 @@ Translators:
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase><guimenuitem>Editor transazioni pianificate</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> — scheda <guilabel>Modello di transazione</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -3121,7 +3129,7 @@ Translators:
<tip>
<para>Facendo clic nel calendario in corrispondenza del primo giorno del mese, una piccola finestra, che seguirà il mouse, mostrerà ciò che è pianificato in quel giorno. Per far scomparire la finestra è sufficiente fare clic su di essa una volta.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>Ora è possibile chiudere la scheda <guilabel>Transazioni pianificate</guilabel> e salvare il proprio lavoro.</para>
<note>
@@ -3151,7 +3159,7 @@ Translators:
<para>È possibile fare clic nella colonna <guilabel>Stato</guilabel> per modificare lo stato della transazione pianificata, se necessario. Fare poi clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> per chiudere la finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio...</guilabel> e applicare le eventuali modifiche. Selezionare <guilabel>Annulla</guilabel> per scartare le operazioni impostate.</para>
<para>Se il campo <guilabel>Stato</guilabel> era già (o è stato impostato) a <guilabel>Da creare</guilabel>, se si controlla nel registro del conto bancario, si noterà che la transazione è stata creata:</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>Abilitando l’opzione <guilabel>Controlla le transazioni create</guilabel> nella parte inferiore destra della finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio...</guilabel>, <application>&app;</application> aprirà , dopo aver premuto il pulsante <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, la scheda del registro di ogni conto in cui sono state inserite automaticamente le transazioni pianificate.</para>
</tip>
@@ -3383,7 +3391,7 @@ Translators:
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: December 7th 2009
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -3473,7 +3481,7 @@ Translators:
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-open2">
<title>Bilanci d’apertura</title>
-
+
<para>Si cominci aprendo il file salvato nell’ultimo capitolo (<filename>gcashdata_4</filename>). La struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</para>
<screenshot id="cbook-gcashdata4">
@@ -3481,7 +3489,7 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>La struttura dei conti</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -3505,14 +3513,14 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_transferin.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente.</para>
- </caption>
+ </caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
@@ -3525,31 +3533,31 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_checkexamp.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente dopo l’inserimento di altri assegni.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Si supponga ora di dover prelevare del denaro. Nella struttura dei conti, non è ancora presente un conto per i liquidi, così sarà necessario crearne uno. Creare quindi il conto come <guilabel>Liquidi</guilabel> nella categoria di livello principale <guilabel>Attività </guilabel>. Dal registro del conto corrente, inserire un prelievo da ATM per trasferire €100 dal <emphasis>Conto corrente</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Liquidi</emphasis> in data 25 Marzo.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-atm">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_atm.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con un prelievo da ATM.</para>
</caption>
@@ -3558,11 +3566,11 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-reconcile">
<title>Bilanci d’apertura</title>
-
+
<para>A questo punto è possibile procedere alla riconciliazione del <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis>, utilizzando questo semplice estratto conto:</para>
<screenshot id="cbook-bankstmt">
@@ -3570,53 +3578,53 @@ Translators:
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_bankstmt.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Un semplice estratto conto</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra un semplice estratto conto.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Riconcilia</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu e inserire il bilancio di chiusura di €1.451,79. Premere <guibutton>OK</guibutton> per iniziare la riconciliazione del conto. Marcare le voci come appaiono nell’estratto conto. Quando tutte le voci sono state marcate, la finestra di riconciliazione dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</para>
-
- <screenshot id="cbook-reconexamp">
+
+ <screenshot id="cbook-reconexamp">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconexamp.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>La finestra di riconciliazione</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
+ </textobject>
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra la finestra di riconciliazione con una differenza di €5,00.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>Si noti che il saldo riconciliato differisce dal saldo finale di €5,00. Se si osserva l’estratto conto della banca, si noterà la presenza di un costo di servizio di €5,00 che non è stato aggiunto nel <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Si deve quindi inserire nel registro del <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis> un costo di servizio di €5,00. In una riga vuota del registro del <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis>, inserire una transazione che trasferisca €5,00 dal <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis> a un conto per i <emphasis>costi di servizio</emphasis> (sarà necessario creare questo conto nella categoria delle <guilabel>Uscite</guilabel>). Utilizzare la data di emissione dell’estratto conto come data per la transazione. Il <emphasis>conto corrente</emphasis> dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-servch">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_servch.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con l’aggiunta del costo di servizio.</para>
</caption>
@@ -3626,13 +3634,13 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Tornando alla finestra di riconciliazione, dovrebbe ora essere visualizzata la tassa di servizio sotto la voce <guilabel>Fondi in uscita</guilabel>. Fare clic su di essa per marcarla come riconciliata; si noti come l’importo della differenza sia ora pari a 0,00. Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Termina</guibutton> nella <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> per completare la riconciliazione. La colonna di riconciliazione <guilabel>R</guilabel> nel registro del <emphasis>Conto corrente</emphasis>, dovrebbe ora mostrare una <guilabel>s</guilabel> per ogni transazione appena riconciliata. Si osservi anche che la riga delle informazioni nel basso della finestra riporta <guilabel>Riconciliato: EUR 1.451,79</guilabel>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-reconciledCheckAct">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>Il registro del conto corrente</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -3643,7 +3651,7 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -3660,8 +3668,8 @@ Translators:
<textobject>
<phrase>La struttura dei conti</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
+ </textobject>
+
<caption>
<para>Questa immagine mostra la struttura dei conti.</para>
</caption>
@@ -3671,14 +3679,14 @@ Translators:
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-reports">
<title>Resoconti</title>
-
- <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si dia uno sguardo ai resoconti <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e <guilabel>Resoconto delle transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si dia uno sguardo ai resoconti <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e <guilabel>Resoconto delle transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Per primo verrà analizzato il resoconto del <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> per il mese di Marzo.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guisubmenu>Entrate e uscite</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Flusso di liquidi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-Cash">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -3699,7 +3707,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Si controlli ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Resoconto delle transazioni</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-TransactionRptChecking">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -3715,13 +3723,13 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
-
+
+
<listitem>
<para>Cambiare poi il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle <emphasis>Uscite</emphasis>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-TransactionRptExpenses">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -3737,11 +3745,11 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
-
+
<para>Un solo conto, presente nella struttura dei conti realizzata finora, non è ancora stato utilizzato: quello della <guilabel>Carta di credito</guilabel>. Ora che si è in grado di tenere traccia del conto bancario e dei contanti in <application>&app;</application>, si potrebbe voler iniziare a tenere traccia anche della propria carta di credito. <application>&app;</application> fornisce un particolare tipo di conto per le carte di credito che sarà discusso nel prossimo capitolo.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -3754,7 +3762,7 @@ Translators:
Version: 2.6.0
Last modified: September 12th 2016
modified: September 12th 2016
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -3767,71 +3775,71 @@ Translators:
<chapter id="chapter_expenses">
<title>Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
- to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
- how <application>GnuCash</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
+ <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
+ to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
+ how <application>GnuCash</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
categories of transactions.</para>
-
+
<sect1 id="expenses-concepts">
<title>Concetti</title>
- <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
+ <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
expenses. Technically, expense accounts are not a part of traditional accounting,
but have become common with the increased capabilities of computer-based accounting systems.
- Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
- transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>GnuCash</application>, these categories
- are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
- This allows <application>GnuCash</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
- Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
- personal expense tracking. Others use <application>GnuCash</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
- in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>GnuCash</application>,
- you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
+ Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
+ transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>GnuCash</application>, these categories
+ are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
+ This allows <application>GnuCash</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
+ Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
+ personal expense tracking. Others use <application>GnuCash</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
+ in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>GnuCash</application>,
+ you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
transactions around.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-setup">
<title>Impostare i conti</title>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-simple">
<title>Simple Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
- when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
+ <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
+ when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
that users need. See "New Account Hierarchy Setup" in Chapter 3 of the Help guide for more information.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-complex">
<title>Complex Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>,
- or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
- <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
- expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
- to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
- to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
+ <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/>,
+ or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
+ <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
+ expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
+ to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
+ to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
to a particular charity).</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-entering">
<title>Entering Expense Transactions</title>
- <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
- not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
- are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
- In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
- you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
+ <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
+ not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
+ are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
+ In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
+ you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
checking account register to the Charity account.</para>
- <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
+ <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
in <application>GnuCash</application>. The informal column headings for the transaction amounts
- are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
+ are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
the right (credit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Rebate</emphasis>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-other">
<title>Other Considerations for Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
- which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
- can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
+ <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
+ which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
+ can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
for future editing.</para>
- <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>GnuCash</application> continues, the
- balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
- reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
- the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
- transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>GnuCash</application> includes
- a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
- not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
+ <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>GnuCash</application> continues, the
+ balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
+ reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
+ the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
+ transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>GnuCash</application> includes
+ a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
+ not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
use various reports to extract that data without zeroing the account out.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -3839,7 +3847,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -4186,22 +4194,22 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cc-puttoget-save">
<title>Salvare il file</title>
<para>In ultimo, salvare il file dei dati di <application>&app;</application> (<filename>gcashdata_6</filename>).</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cc-puttoget-reports">
<title>Resoconti</title>
-
- <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si darà uno sguardo ai resoconti per il <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e per le <guilabel>Transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
+
+ <para>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si darà uno sguardo ai resoconti per il <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> e per le <guilabel>Transazioni</guilabel>.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Dapprima si analizzi il resoconto del <guilabel>Flusso di liquidi</guilabel> per il conto <guilabel>Visa</guilabel> delle passività per il mese di Marzo.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guisubmenu>Entrate e uscite</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Flusso di liquidi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-Cash">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -4222,7 +4230,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Controllare ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa.</para>
<para>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Resoconti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Resoconto delle transazioni</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-TransactionRptVisa">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -4238,13 +4246,13 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
-
+
+
<listitem>
<para>Cambiare ora il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle uscite.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-TransactionRptExpenses">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -4260,13 +4268,13 @@ Translators:
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
- </sect2>
-
-
+ </sect2>
+
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -4274,7 +4282,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -4516,8 +4524,8 @@ Interesse continuo: <emphasis>i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF]</emphasis>
<emphasis>PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B]</emphasis>
<emphasis>FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)]</emphasis>
-La soluzione per l’interesse è suddivisa in due casi.
-Il caso semplice in cui PMT == 0 fornisce la soluzione:
+The solution for interest is broken into two cases.
+The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:
<emphasis>i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1</emphasis>
</literallayout>
@@ -4658,14 +4666,14 @@ Il caso semplice in cui PMT == 0 fornisce la soluzione:
<para>L’esempio descritto sarà basato sulla seguente struttura dei conti.</para>
<literallayout>
--AttivitÃ
- -Banca
- -Conto bancario
- -Denaro prestato
- -Persona
--Entrate
- -Interessi in entrata
- -Persona
+-Asset
+ -Bank
+ -Bank Account
+ -Money owed to you
+ -Person
+-Income
+ -Interest Income
+ -Person
</literallayout>
<para>Questo esempio mostrerà come gestire un prestito personale di 2.000 EUR (valuta predefinita) al proprio amico di nome Mario</para>
@@ -5051,7 +5059,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Una transazione più complessa</title>
@@ -5075,13 +5083,13 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</literallayout></para>
<para>Si supponga di aver acquistato in passato una casa per €300.000 e che sia stato tenuto sotto controllo il mercato immobiliare registrando il valore della casa a una certa data. Al momento di venderla, è stato determinato un valore di mercato pari a €600.000.</para>
-
+
<para>La differenza tra €600.000 (valore di mercato stimato) e €300.000 (costo di acquisto) è l’attuale valore del guadagno non realizzato. Quindi si ha un valore totale di €300.000 nel proprio conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
-
+
<para>Come registrare questa transazione di vendita?</para>
<para>Per registrala si dovrà aumentare il saldo del conto bancario di €600.000 e diminuire il saldo di un altro conto di €600.000. Prima di tutto occorre cambiare il conto delle entrate da guadagni non realizzati a guadagni realizzati. Infine è sufficiente trasferire l’intero importo dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa</emphasis>.</para>
-
+
<para>La transazione inserita nel conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati:Casa</emphasis> dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -5116,7 +5124,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
-
+
<para>La transazione inserita nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -5147,7 +5155,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
<entry>€300.000</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
@@ -5163,8 +5171,8 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</sect2>
-
-
+
+
</sect1>
<!--
<sect1 id="loans_missing1">
@@ -5192,7 +5200,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
Last modified: December 7th 2009
modified: January 10th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -5487,7 +5495,7 @@ Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR
</application> (the Price Database - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>). This
contains prices for individual securities (not security accounts). All
- prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a
+ prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a
security is traded in multiple currencies, then a separate security and
separate accounts should be set up of each currency.
</para>
@@ -5784,7 +5792,7 @@ Entrate
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Creare il titolo</emphasis> - premere il pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo...</guibutton> e inserire le informazioni appropriate per l’azione nel modulo <guilabel>Nuovo titolo</guilabel>.</para>
- <!-- Open inter most loop (#3)
+ <!-- Open inner most loop (#3)
-->
<itemizedlist>
@@ -5839,7 +5847,7 @@ Entrate
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <!-- Close inter most loop
+ <!-- Close inner most loop
-->
</listitem>
@@ -5985,7 +5993,7 @@ Entrate
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Titolo</guilabel></term>
+ <term><guilabel>Titolo</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Il nome della commodity, deve essere scelto dall’elenco che compare premendo il pulsante <guibutton>Seleziona...</guibutton>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -6104,7 +6112,7 @@ Entrate
</para>
<para><emphasis role="strong">Mac OS X:</emphasis> è necessario avere installato XCode. XCode è un elemento opzionale del DVD di installazione della distribuzione di OSX. Eseguire l’applicazione <emphasis role="strong">Aggiorna Finance Quote</emphasis> nel dmg di <application>&app;</application>. È possibile eseguirla dal dmg o copiarla nella stessa cartella in cui è stato copiato <application>&app;</application>. Verrà aperta una finestra del terminale ed eseguito uno script che porrà diverse domande. Accettare le risposte predefinite a meno che non si conoscano gli effetti di ogni risposta.</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis role="strong">Linux:</emphasis><itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Chiudere qualsiasi istanza di <application>&app;</application> in esecuzione.</para>
@@ -6220,7 +6228,7 @@ Entrate
<title>Vendere le azioni</title>
<para>Entering an investment you are selling is done in the same way as
- buying one (see <xref linkend="invest-buy-new2"/>) except the total cost
+ buying one (see <xref linkend="invest-buy-new2"/>) except the total cost
of the transaction is entered in the
<emphasis>Sell</emphasis> column and the <emphasis>Shares</emphasis>
column is entered as a negative amount. The net proceeds from the sale
@@ -6231,8 +6239,8 @@ Entrate
<note>
<para>In order to get <application>GnuCash</application> to commit this
- zero-share, zero-price split to the transaction, you *must*
- <keycap>Tab</keycap> out of the split. If you use the
+ zero-share, zero-price split to the transaction, you *must*
+ <keycap>Tab</keycap> out of the split. If you use the
<keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, <application>GnuCash</application>
will convert the split into shares of the commodity.</para>
</note>
@@ -6559,7 +6567,7 @@ Entrate
</tgroup>
</table>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>É possibile anche inserire la perdita come un numero positivo nella colonna <quote>Compra</quote> o come un numero negativo nella colonna <quote>Vendi</quote>; <application>&app;</application> sposterà automaticamente il <quote>profitto negativo</quote> nell’altra colonna.</para>
</note>
@@ -6597,70 +6605,1005 @@ Entrate
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
- <title>Dividendi</title>
+ <sect2 id="invest-sellLots">
+ <title>Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots</title>
- <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsIntro">
+ <title>Introduzione</title>
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
- <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lot">Wikipedia</ulink>
+ includes the following definition of a lot
+ </para>
- <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
- transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
- from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
- the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
- transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
+ <para><quote>a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a
+ quantity of a financial instrument</quote>.
+ </para>
- <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
- deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
- to the stock account.</para>
+ <para>
+ <application>GnuCash</application> has a built-in lot management
+ facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses
+ resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into
+ lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More
+ specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell
+ transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and
+ linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and
+ transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and
+ the cost of the securities sold. <application>GnuCash</application>
+ refers to this process as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>.
+ </para>
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <para>The term <emphasis>scrub</emphasis> is used because security
+ accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
+ between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
+ them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital
+ gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
+ total credits.
+ </para>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
- </textobject>
+ <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
+ transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
+ </note>
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
+ Wikipedia <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
+ FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
+ Average cost method</ulink>.
+ </para>
- <note>
- <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
- </note>
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>GnuCash
+ </application> transactions and splits, please see
+ <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes"/>.
+ </para>
- </sect2>
+ <para>
+ The <application>GnuCash</application> lot management facility can be a
+ useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
+ have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
+ involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
+ transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
+ buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
+ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
+ the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
+ the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
- <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
+ <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
- <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
- <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
- dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
- </para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
- reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
- simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
- first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
- cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
- corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants,
+ <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
+ Lots in Account
+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
+ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
+
+ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
+ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
+ depending on cost method)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
+ debits balance to total credits</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
+ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
+ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
+ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
+ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
+ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
+ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
+ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
+ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
+ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
+ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
+ cannot be used for average costing.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
+ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
+ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
+ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> can automatically calculate and
+ create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
+ link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
+ correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
+ <application>GnuCash</application> will use any existing lots, and
+ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
+ lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
+ method.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See:</para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
+ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
+ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
+ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
+ GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
+ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
+ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
+ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
+ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
+ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
+ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
+ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
+ report, total debits should equal total credits.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
+ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
+ accounting for capital gain/loss:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
+ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
+ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
+ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
+ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
+ causing the problem.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
+ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
+ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
+ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
+ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
+ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
+ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
+ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
+ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
+ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
+ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
+ <title>Considerations</title>
+
+ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
+ lot management facility.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
+ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
+ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
+ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
+ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
+ the sell split before scrubbing.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
+ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
+ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
+ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
+ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
+ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
+ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
+ must be used in both places.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
+ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
+ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
+ recorded as 2 transactions:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
+ number of shares and (optionally) commission
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Titolo</entry>
+ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
+ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Titolo</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry>Credit</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
+ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
+ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
+ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
+ be handled manually.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
+ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
+ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
+ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
+ with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
+ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
+ the capital gain/loss transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
+ scrubbing a single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
+ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
+ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
+ window where SSSS is the security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
+ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
+ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
+ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
+ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
+ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
+ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
+ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
+ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
+ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
+ security buys.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot, after manual linking
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
+ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
+ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
+ so no example screen image is supplied.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue to
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
+ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions</title>
+
+ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
+ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
+ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
+ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
+ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
+ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
+ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
+ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
+ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
+ it is possible to have different splits from the same
+ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
+ capital gain/loss.</para>
+
+ <note><para>
+ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
+ transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
+ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
+ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
+ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
+ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
+ future.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
+ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
+ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
+ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
+ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
+ sales on the same day.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
+ is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
+ Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
+ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
+ all the lots show.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
+ return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
+ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
+ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
+ transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
+ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
+ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
+ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
+ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
+ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
+ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>
+ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
+ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
+ sale:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
+ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
+ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
+ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
+ should consult a professional.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
+ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
+ open and return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
+ transaction in the security account register (they will
+ have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
+ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
+ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
+ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
+ tax laws.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
+ <title>Dividendi</title>
+
+ <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
+ <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
+
+ <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
+ transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
+ from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
+ the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
+ transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
+
+ <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
+ deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
+ to the stock account.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
+ <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
+
+ <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
+
+ <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
+ dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
+ reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
+ simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
+ first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
+ cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
+ corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
@@ -6677,34 +7620,34 @@ Entrate
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
<title>Return of Capital</title>
-
+
<para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
</para>
-
+
<para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
by entering the stock split with
</para>
-
+
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
@@ -6815,7 +7758,7 @@ Entrate
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-split3">
@@ -6926,7 +7869,7 @@ Entrate
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-merge3">
@@ -7004,7 +7947,623 @@ Entrate
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+ <chapter id="ch_reports">
+ <title>Resoconti</title>
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
+users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
+this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
+helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
+<application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
+<para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
+transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
+questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
+last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
+<para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
+meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
+possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
+not recommended for beginners).</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
+ <title>In generale</title>
+ <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
+ all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
+ <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
+ with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
+the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
+settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
+the options will be different. </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
+ <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
+ <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
+ that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
+ reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
+ <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
+to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
+<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
+you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
+Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
+<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
+Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
+configuration with a new name.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
+Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
+use on multicolumn reports.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
+dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
+<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
+Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
+Configuration.</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
+ <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
+ <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
+ in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
+ description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
+ intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
+<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
+<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
+(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
+<application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
+<application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
+price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
+includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
+about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
+
+ <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
+ <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
+ calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
+ sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
+ losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
+ Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
+ account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
+ income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
+ in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
+ (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
+ will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
+ be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
+ short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
+<title>Asset Barchart</title>
+<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
+<title>Asset Piechart</title>
+<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
+<title>Average Balance</title>
+<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
+<title>Balance Sheet</title>
+<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
+for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
+are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
+of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
+<title>General Journal</title>
+<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
+to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
+totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
+<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
+include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
+to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
+need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
+Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
+<title>General Ledger</title>
+<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
+for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
+<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
+is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
+value information about commodities in the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
+<title>Liability Barchart</title>
+<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
+<title>Liability Piechart</title>
+<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
+<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
+financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
+<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
+period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
+<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
+<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
+another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
+When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
+changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
+Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
+commodity.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
+<title>Budget Group</title>
+<para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
+summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
+these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
+group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
+need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
+<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
+<title>Budget Barchart</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
+<title>Budget Flow</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
+<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
+<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
+<title>Budget Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
+<title>Business Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
+to a business.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
+<title>Customer Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
+<title>Customer Summary</title>
+<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
+comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
+<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
+made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
+Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
+since this is the tag that decides the line to which
+to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
+Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
+invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
+<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
+may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
+<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
+for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
+tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
+expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
+the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
+into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
+<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
+<para>Useful options:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
+<title>Easy Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
+<title>Employee Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
+<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
+<title>Payable Aging</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
+<title>Printable Invoice</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
+<title>Receivable Aging</title>
+<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
+how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
+much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
+The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
+<title>Vendor Report</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
+<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
+<title>Cash Flow</title>
+<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
+over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
+Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
+all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
+other account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
+<title>Equity Statement</title>
+<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
+Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
+specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
+by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
+<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
+capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
+<title>Expense Barchart</title>
+<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
+<title>Expense Piechart</title>
+<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
+<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
+selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
+The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
+display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
+expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
+day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
+the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
+to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
+<title>Income Barchart</title>
+<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
+<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
+<title>Income Piechart</title>
+<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
+<title>Income Statement</title>
+<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
+default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
+sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
+<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
+<para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
+"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
+to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
+<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
+going for a given time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
+<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
+income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
+options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
+and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
+chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
+other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
+considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
+source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
+<title>Trial Balance</title>
+<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
+date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
+used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
+<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
+<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
+or podified to suit personal need.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
+<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
+<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
+reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
+window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
+Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
+multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
+<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
+<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
+<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
+<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
+custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
+<title>Other Reports</title>
+<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
+below.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
+<title>Account Summary</title>
+<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
+particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
+down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
+<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
+You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
+<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
+(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
+consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
+<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
+<para/>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
+<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
+<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
+deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
+data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
+downloadable versions.</para>
+<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
+form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
+you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
+<title>Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
+specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
+<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
+<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
+Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
+settings for standard reports.</para>
+<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
+Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
+<title>Account Report</title>
+<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
+the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
+register.</para>
+<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
+results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
+a report for just those transactions.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
+<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
+However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
+(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
+an empty report will be generated.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.0.0
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -7062,19 +8621,19 @@ Entrate
<para>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di due beni, <emphasis>BENE1</emphasis> e <emphasis>BENE2</emphasis>. Il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> mentre il conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:BENE1:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> è bilanciato dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> (lo stesso discorso vale per il BENE2).</para>
<literallayout>
--AttivitÃ
- -Attività correnti
- -Conto risparmio
- -Beni immobili
- -BENE1
- -Costo
- -Guadagni non realizzati
- -BENE2
- -Costo
- -Guadagni non realizzati
--Entrate
- -Guadagni realizzati
- -Guadagni non realizzati
+-Assets
+ -Current Assets
+ -Savings Account
+ -Fixed Assets
+ -ITEM1
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+ -ITEM2
+ -Cost
+ -Unrealized Gain
+-Income
+ -Realized Gains
+ -Unrealized Gains
</literallayout>
</sect1>
@@ -7363,7 +8922,7 @@ Entrate
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.4.0
Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -7384,7 +8943,7 @@ Entrate
<para><application>&app;</application> supporta più di cento valute, dal Franco di Andorra al dollare dello Zimbabwe. Per esempio, si può avere un conto bancario in Euro e un altro in dollari di Hong Kong.</para>
<para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
<para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
@@ -7403,18 +8962,18 @@ Entrate
<para>Per esempio, si imposti un tipico scenario di conto bancario in cui venga utilizzato prevalentemente l’Euro (EUR), ma si possegga anche un conto in una banca negli Stati Uniti che lavori prevalentemente in dollari Americani (USD) e infine un altro conto ad Hong Kong che utilizzi il dollaro di Hong Kong (HKD). Si devono quindi impostare 3 conti, uno con l’Euro, uno con i dollari Americani e uno con i dollari di Hong Kong; una possibile struttura per questa situazione potrebbe essere:</para>
<literallayout>
--Attività (EUR)
- -Attività correnti (EUR)
- -Banca Europea (EUR)
- -Banca USA (USD)
- -Banca di HK (HKD)
--Capitali (EUR)
- -Bilanci di apertura
- -EUR (EUR)
- -USD (USD)
- -HKD (HKD)
-
-Nota: la valuta associata ad ogni conto è mostrata tra parentesi.
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -EUR (HKD)
+
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
<para>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
@@ -7778,7 +9337,7 @@ Nota: la valuta di ogni conto è riportata fra parentesi.
<para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
@@ -7789,7 +9348,7 @@ Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
-
+
<para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png">
@@ -7839,7 +9398,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
<para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -7855,7 +9414,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</screenshot>
<para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -7877,7 +9436,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</note>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_invest1">
@@ -8116,7 +9675,7 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
@@ -8137,11 +9696,11 @@ Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio (EUR)
happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
AUD for that. </para>
-
+
<para>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</para>
<literallayout>
-Capitali:Lotteria (EUR)
-Capitali:Eredità (EUR)
+Equity:Lottery (AUD)
+Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
</literallayout>
@@ -8195,11 +9754,11 @@ Capitali:Eredità (EUR)
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Acquistare una casa</title>
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
+ <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
(with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
<literallayout>
@@ -8252,9 +9811,9 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
+
<para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -8346,7 +9905,7 @@ Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
<entry/>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
+ <entry>0,7593</entry>
<entry>25</entry>
</row>
@@ -8410,7 +9969,7 @@ Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta (EUR)
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
-
+
<para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
@@ -8538,20 +10097,20 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
-
+
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Come procedere?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
+ <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
+ The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
ponder.</para>
</sect2>
-
-
+
+
</sect1>
-
+
</chapter>
</part>
@@ -8561,7 +10120,7 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 1.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
@@ -8572,27 +10131,27 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
<chapter id="chapter_bus_intro">
<title>Business Introduction</title>
-
+
<!-- <sect1 id="bus-intro">
<title>Introduction to Business Features</title>
-->
<para>Le necessità contabili di un’impresa sono evidentemente differenti da quelle di un singolo individuo. Le imprese devono gestire i clienti (che sono debitori di denaro), i fornitori o venditori (che sono creditori), i libri paga dei dipendenti, una legislazione delle imposte più complessa, ecc... <application>&app;</application> offre delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa per venire incontro a queste necessità .</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> (A/R) are used by businesses to record sales for
which they are not immediately paid. This is represented on the balance sheet as an asset,
because the expectation is that you will receive payment soon.
</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later.
+
+ <para><emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later.
This is represented on the balance sheet as a liability because you will have to pay for them.
</para>
-
+
<para>A/R and A/P accounts are used primarily when you have a lot of bills and receipts
flowing in and out, and do not want to lose track of them just because you
do not pay or get paid right away. For most home users, A/R and A/P are
too complicated to be worthwhile.
</para>
-
+
<!-- </sect1>
-->
</chapter>
@@ -8601,7 +10160,7 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 1.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
@@ -8612,7 +10171,7 @@ Attività :Beni immobili:Casa NZ (NZ)
<chapter id="chapter_bus_setup">
<title>Business Setup</title>
-
+
<para>To set up <application>GnuCash</application> to handle accounts receivable or accounts payable
for a company, these preliminary steps must be done.
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8669,17 +10228,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
customer. <application>GnuCash</application> keeps track of customers internally and provides
per-customer reports based on the internal tracking. The same applies to A/P and vendors.
</para>
-
+
<para>
- If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate
+ If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate
<emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> account for each currency.
</para>
<para>
- If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate
+ If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate
<emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> account for each currency.
</para>
-
+
<para>Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable or Accounts Payable account should not be
added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8687,21 +10246,21 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
<listitem><para>process payment</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
-
+
</note>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setuptaxtables">
<title>Tax Tables</title>
<para>Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills).
</para>
-
+
<para> A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line.</para>
-
+
<para>Set up distinct tax tables for customers and vendors.</para>
- <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
+ <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
line tax table can be assigned to each vendor.
</para>
@@ -8713,10 +10272,10 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</menuchoice>
</para>
- <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
+ <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sales Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Tax Tables</title>
<screenshot id="bus-taxmain">
@@ -8735,7 +10294,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>New Sales Tax Table</title>
<screenshot id="bus-taxnew">
@@ -8754,7 +10313,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> This is the tax table name.</para>
@@ -8782,17 +10341,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setupcname">
<title>Registrare la propria impresa</title>
<para>After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the <application>GnuCash</application>
file as belonging to your company. To register your company, select the <guilabel>Business</guilabel> tab
- in the <guilabel>Book Options</guilabel> window accessible by selecting
+ in the <guilabel>Book Options</guilabel> window accessible by selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Registrare la propria impresa</title>
<screenshot id="bus-co-reg">
@@ -8811,7 +10370,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<para>Here you can:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8827,9 +10386,9 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
<para>Selezionare la tabella imposte predefinita applicabile ai clienti e ai venditori più comuni.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus_setup_pref">
<title>Business Preferences</title>
<para>Set options on the Business tab of the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences, which is
@@ -8837,9 +10396,9 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
See Help manual chapter 10.3.3 Business Book Options Tab.
</para>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setupterms">
<title>Billing Terms</title>
@@ -8848,12 +10407,12 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</para>
<note>
- <para>As of <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only
+ <para>As of <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only
partially supported. Date due is calculated using the Billing Terms
but discount amount is not.
</para>
<para>
- Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
+ Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
professional advise should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -8861,10 +10420,10 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
- sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
+ <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
+ sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -8875,11 +10434,11 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms.
Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms.
</para>
-
- <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
+
+ <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Billing Terms Editor</title>
<screenshot id="bus-termsmain">
@@ -8898,7 +10457,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>New Billing Term</title>
<screenshot id="bus-termsnew">
@@ -8917,7 +10476,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see
@@ -8967,17 +10526,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-
+
</chapter>
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -8988,7 +10547,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
-->
<!--
-A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
+A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
@@ -9004,7 +10563,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-ar-components1">
<title>Componenti del sistema</title>
@@ -9264,7 +10823,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<para>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
Use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, access
the <guilabel>Counters</guilabel> tab, change the <guilabel>Invoice number</guilabel> value to be
- one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
+ one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -9378,7 +10937,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<caption><para>La finestra del foglio di stile <acronym>HTML</acronym> con un esempio di immagine di sfondo, striscione di intestazione e logo.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<note>
<para>Le immagini sono inserite nella fattura con i criteri seguenti: l’<guilabel>Immagine di sfondo</guilabel> è adattata per essere inserita come sfondo, lo <guilabel>Striscione di intestazione</guilabel> viene inserito al di sopra del testo della fattura e il <guilabel>Logo</guilabel> è posizionato nell’angolo in alto a sinistra della fattura a fianco dello striscione di intestazione. Sarà probabilmente necessario provare immagini di dimensioni diverse prima di ottenere una bella fattura. Vengono forniti alcuni suggerimenti su questo argomento: il logo dovrebbe essere di circa 1 cm quadrato mentre lo striscione di intestazione dovrebbe essere largo 15 cm e alto 1cm.</para>
</note>
@@ -9406,7 +10965,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -9417,7 +10976,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
<!--
-A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
+A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
@@ -9426,7 +10985,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to the accounting of products or services which a company has
bought and needs to pay for.
</para>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-ap-setup1">
<title>Configurazione iniziale</title>
<para>Perform set up tasks listed in <xref linkend="chapter_bus_setup"/>.
@@ -9441,7 +11000,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Venditore</guilabel> è un singolo o società dal quale si acquistano prodotti o servizi in credito.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Ricevuta</guilabel> è il documento che il venditore invia per richiedere il pagamento. La ricevuta contiene un elenco di ciò che è stato acquistato.</para>
<para>In addition, GnuCash also has support for <guilabel>Credit Notes</guilabel>
@@ -9450,23 +11009,23 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</para>
<para>Both document types will be set up using the same menu items.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Lavoro</guilabel> (opzionale) è dove vengono registrati i <guilabel>lavori venditore</guilabel>. I lavori sono degli strumenti con i quali è possibile raggruppare le ricevute di un singolo venditore.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Procedura di pagamento</guilabel> permette di registrare i pagamenti in favore di un venditore verso cui si è debitori.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>La sezione seguente tratta individualmente i componenti dell’applicazione per i debiti correnti.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bus-ap-vendors1">
<title>Venditore</title>
<para>Un venditore è un singolo o una società dalla quale si acquista uno o più beni o servizi. I venditori devono essere inseriti nel sistema dei debiti correnti.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="bus-ap-vendornew2">
<title>Registrare un nuovo cliente</title>
<para>To register a new vendor, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
@@ -9486,12 +11045,12 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="bus-ap-vendorfind2">
<title>Trovare e modificare un cliente</title>
<para>To search for an existing vendor, use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
- Find Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> window. You select a vendor to <guibutton>View/Edit</guibutton> from the results of the search.
+ Find Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> window. You select a vendor to <guibutton>View/Edit</guibutton> from the results of the search.
This window is also used to look up a vendor when entering bills and processing payments.
</para>
<screenshot id="bus-ar-vendorfind">
@@ -9555,7 +11114,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</sect2>
<sect2 id="bus-ap-billedit2">
- <title>Modificare una fattura</title>
+ <title>Modificare una fattura</title>
<para>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of
goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account
register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and
@@ -9581,7 +11140,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect2 id="bus-ap-billpost2">
<title>Emettere una fattura</title>
<para>Quando si è terminata la fase di modifica di una ricevuta, la si deve <guilabel>Emettere</guilabel>. Non è necessario emetterla subito, è possibile infatti chiudere la finestra di modifica e ritornarvi in seguito. Prima o poi però la ricevuta dovrà essere emessa. L’emissione di una ricevuta comporta l’inserimento delle necessarie transazioni nel conto per i debiti correnti. La finestra di emissione della ricevuta richiede l’inserimento di alcune informazioni:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="bus-ap-billpost">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -9612,15 +11171,15 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect1 id="bus-ap-jobs1">
<title>Lavori per un venditore</title>
- <para>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.
- The feature is useful when you have multiple <guilabel>jobs</guilabel> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and
+ <para>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.
+ The feature is useful when you have multiple <guilabel>jobs</guilabel> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and
credit notes for a single job.
</para>
- <para>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the
+ <para>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>New Job</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> menu item. You will see the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="bus-ap-jobnew">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -9677,7 +11236,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -9721,11 +11280,11 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
<note>
<para>Si resista alla tentazione di creare dei sottoconti per registrare i salari per ogni dipendente: si verrebbe a creare una lista ingestibile di conti. Si pensi, per esempio, alla lista che si avrebbe dopo diversi anni di attività e vari dipendenti licenziati e assunti. È molto più semplice registrare tutti gli stipendi in un unico conto (per esempio <emphasis>Uscite:Stipendi</emphasis>) e utilizzare i resoconti per visualizzare le informazioni suddivise per dipendente.</para>
-
+
<para>The Transaction report can be used to sort and total by description or
memo (but not by part of them).
</para>
-
+
<para>
To report on the Salaries transactions for a specific employee where the
employee name or code is entered in the transaction description or memo,
@@ -9839,7 +11398,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-pay-example1">
<title>Esempio</title>
<para>Utilizzando la struttura dei conti vista precedentemente, verrà mostrato un esempio. Si assuma di avere due dipendenti (D1 e D2) ognuno dei quali guadagna €1000 di stipendio lordo al mese. Il contributo del dipendente all’imposta1 e all’imposta2 è rispettivamente del 10% e del 5%. Il contributo della società all’imposta1 e all’imposta2 è del 15% e del 10% ognuna sullo stipendio lordo dei dipendenti.</para>
@@ -9986,7 +11545,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Shoemaker <c.shoemaker at cox.net>
Author:
Chris Shoemaker <c.shoemaker at cox.net>
@@ -10031,7 +11590,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
</sect1>
<sect1 id="budget_creation1">
- <title>Creare un bilancio</title>
+ <title>Creare un bilancio</title>
<para>Ancora prima di iniziare la creazione di un bilancio, è importante spendere un po’ di tempo pensando alla struttura dei conti. Per esempio, se si desidera ottenere un bilancio per le proprie spese di elettricità e acqua, non è possibile avere solamente un conto <emphasis>Uscite:Servizi</emphasis>. I conti devono essere dettagliati almeno quanto il bilancio che si vuole ottenere.</para>
@@ -10054,7 +11613,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
<para>Per creare il primo bilancio selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guisubmenu>Nuovo</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Verrà immediatamente visualizzato un nuovo bilancio con le impostazioni predefinite e nessun elemento. Selezionare poi il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. Le opzioni più importantii sono quelle relative al periodo e al numero di occorrenze. Per il periodo del bilancio, selezionare la data d’inizio e il periodo di tempo più corto per il quale si vuole effettuare il conteggio. Poi selezionare il numero di occorrenze.</para>
<para>La pagina del bilancio mostra ora una lista di conti con una colonna per ogni periodo di bilancio. La data visualizzata nel titolo di ogni colonna rappresenta l’inizio di quel periodo di bilancio.</para>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Inserire i valori di bilancio</title>
@@ -10063,7 +11622,7 @@ Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:
<para>Se si hanno a disposizione delle transazioni inserite in <application>&app;</application>, il secondo metodo consiste nel far stimare a <application>&app;</application> i valori di bilancio sulla base di queste transazioni. Prima, selezionare il conto che si desidera far stimare a <application>&app;</application>; poi, premere il pulsante <guibutton>Stima</guibutton> sulla <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis>. Nella finestra di <guilabel>Stima dei valori del bilancio</guilabel>, selezionare la data dopo la quale <application>&app;</application> dovrà controllare le transazioni. <application>&app;</application> inizierà da questa data e controllerà nel seguito per il periodo di durata del bilancio. Ad esempio, se si sta facendo un bilancio annuale e si sceglie come data il 1° Gennaio 2005, <application>&app;</application> controllerà tutte le transazioni in quel conto dal 1° Gennaio 2005 al 31 Dicembre 2005.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="budget_reporting1">
<title>Resoconti del bilancio</title>
<para>la parte più complessa è terminata: la creazione del bilancio. Per sapere come appaiono le transazioni attuali nei confronti del proprio piano è necessario creare un resoconto di bilancio.</para>
@@ -10221,7 +11780,7 @@ Translators:
cash in your pocket or the account from which you drew the cash for
the payment made. If you paid by credit card, the debit side would be
the same as just described, but the credit would be an increase to the
- credit card company account on your books.</para>
+ credit card company account on your books.</para>
<para>When you received your reimbursement, then the journal entry (or
transaction) to record receipt of the funds from the employer would be:
@@ -10990,7 +12549,7 @@ Author:
<chapter id="ch_import_bus_data">
<title>Importare i dati dell’impresa</title>
-
+
<sect1 id="import-invoices">
<title>Importare fatture e ricevute</title>
@@ -10999,7 +12558,7 @@ Author:
adding the line:</para>
<para><code>(gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/bi_import" 0)</code></para>
<para>Su sistemi Linux questo file è <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename> e su MacOSX <filename>~/Library/Application Support/GnuCash/config.user</filename>. Se il file non esiste già , lo si dovrà creare. Dopo aver riavviato <application>&app;</application> l’elemento comparirà alla fine del menu <guimenu>Impresa</guimenu>.</para>
-
+
<para>Perchè l’importatore funzioni correttamente, i dati devono essere in formato a lunghezza fissa di campo, o separati da virgole. Uno script di <application>Python</application> è fornito di seguito come esempio.</para>
@@ -11181,13 +12740,13 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="import-customers-vendors">
<title>Importare clienti e venditori</title>
<para>This functionality is only available in the 2.6 versions of GnuCash and is only loaded by default for versions greater than 2.6.</para>
- <para>For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to
+ <para>For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to
enabled by editing the file <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename>,
adding the line:</para>
<para><code>(gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/customer_import" 0)</code></para>
@@ -11197,10 +12756,10 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<para><code>
id, company, name, addr1, addr2, addr3, addr4, phone, fax, email, notes, shipname, shipaddr1, shipaddr2, shipaddr3, shipaddr4, shiphone, shipfax, shipmail
</code> </para>
-
+
<para>
Fields can be separated with commas or semicolons and each field can be in quotes. These options are selectable in the import dialog. Vendors don’t have shipping information so even though the fields have to exist, leave them empty.
- The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor.
+ The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor.
</para>
<para>
The importer does not currently import billing information for customers or vendors, these will have to be edited individually after importing.
@@ -11217,7 +12776,7 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -11304,7 +12863,7 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<para>Il beneficio risiede nel fatto che non è necessario scrivere un modulo in Scheme o una nuova routine in C per eseguire la trasformazione. Chiunque conosca o abbia voglia di imparare il linguaggio <acronym>XML</acronym> può cimentarsi in questa operazione: sinceramente, niente di più difficile che scrivere una pagina web....</para>
-<para>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
+<para>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
The process works on 2.6.14 datafiles, and ought to
work on earlier versions, too.</para>
@@ -11316,7 +12875,7 @@ work on earlier versions, too.</para>
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -11454,7 +13013,7 @@ work on earlier versions, too.</para>
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -11583,7 +13142,7 @@ Expenses [E]
|___ Software
|___ Subscriptions
|___ Sundry
- |___ Travel / Accom
+ |___ Travel / Accom
</literallayout>
@@ -11594,7 +13153,7 @@ Expenses [E]
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: March 18th, 2007
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
David Hampton <hampton at employees.org>
@@ -12029,7 +13588,7 @@ Blocking_Chars
</appendix>
</part>
-<!--
+<!--
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais at okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
@@ -12053,52 +13612,52 @@ Blocking_Chars
<sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
<title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
<para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.</para>
-
+
<para>This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.</para>
-
+
<para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section1">
<title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
<para id="fdl-document">This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <quote>you</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-modified">A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-secondary">A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para>
<para id="fdl-invariant">The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-transparent">A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or <acronym>XML</acronym> using a publicly available <acronym>DTD</acronym>, and standard-conforming simple <acronym>HTML</acronym> designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <acronym>SGML</acronym> or <acronym>XML</acronym> for which the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by some word processors for output purposes only.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-title-page">The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
<para>If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para>
-
+
<para>If you publish or distribute <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.</para>
-
+
<para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<formalpara>
@@ -12106,91 +13665,91 @@ Blocking_Chars
<para>Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>B</title>
<para>List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
<para>State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the publisher.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>D</title>
<para>Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>E</title>
<para>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
<para>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
<para>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document’s</link> license notice.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>H</title>
<para>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
<para>Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
<para>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
<para>In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section’s title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
<para>Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
<para>Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
@@ -12198,68 +13757,68 @@ Blocking_Chars
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</para>
-
+
<para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.</para>
-
+
<para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</para>
-
+
<para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote></para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
<para>A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
<para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
<para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
<para>The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
-
+
<para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-using">
<title>Addendum</title>
<para>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:</para>
-
+
<blockquote>
<para>Copyright Cristian Marchi.</para>
<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote>.</para>
</blockquote>
-
+
<para>If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>Se il proprio documento contiene esempi di programmazione non immediati, se ne raccomanda il rilascio con una licenza di software libero a propria scelta, quale la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, per permetterne l’utilizzo nel software libero.</para>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
commit 8560fa16d1aca4cc6fd5abd8a1803895eff51709
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Dec 6 09:11:00 2016 -0800
Fix build-script error in Italian help.
diff --git a/help/it/Makefile.am b/help/it/Makefile.am
index db29190..1819441 100644
--- a/help/it/Makefile.am
+++ b/help/it/Makefile.am
@@ -33,6 +33,6 @@ COMPONENTS = \
gnucash-help.xml: ${COMPONENTS} ${srcdir}/it.po
xml2po -e -p ${srcdir}/it.po -o $@ ${top_srcdir}/help/C/gnucash-help.xml
- if test "${srcdir}" != "${builddir}"; then mv $@ ${srcdir} fi
+ if test "${srcdir}" != "${builddir}"; then mv $@ ${srcdir}; fi
EXTRA_DIST += it.po
commit fd51c5e9a0ed218e26323c58bb80c8967c77b009
Author: fell <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
Date: Wed Nov 30 15:27:26 2016 +0100
Review of PR #74: Update translation
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_accts.xml b/guide/de/ch_accts.xml
index 4d9612b..a1e4ee9 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_accts.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_accts.xml
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
Immobiliendarlehen oder Autokredite. Dieser Kontentyp hilft Ihnen
dabei, die Übersicht darüber zu behalten, wie viel Sie anderen noch
schulden und wie viel Sie bereits zurückgezahlt haben.</para>
- <para><application>&app;</application> behandelt die Kontentypen Keditkate und
+ <para><application>&app;</application> behandelt die Kontentypen Kreditkarte und
Verbindlichkeiten auf die gleiche Weise.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
@@ -415,15 +415,15 @@
<para>Es gibt einige weitere Kontentypen.</para>
- <para>Der <emphasis>Handel</emphasis> in mehreren Währungen wird in
- <quote>Handels-</quote>konten aufgeteilt, um den Rechnungsabschluss
+ <para>Der <emphasis>Handel</emphasis> mit verschiedenen Währungen wird auf Wunsch in
+ <quote>Handels-</quote>konten protokolliert, um den Rechnungsabschluss
sowohl in jeder Währung als auch im Gesamtwert zu erstellen. Mehr Informationen unter
<xref linkend="chapter_currency" />
</para>
- <para><emphasis>Money Market</emphasis> and <emphasis>Credit Line
- </emphasis>are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for
- completeness with the specification.
+ <para><emphasis>Money Market</emphasis> und <emphasis>Credit Line</emphasis>
+ werden nur vom OFX-Importmodul verwendet, offensichtlich aus Gründen der
+ Vollständigkeit der Spezifikation.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_basics.xml b/guide/de/ch_basics.xml
index 03c9c33..3de85fc 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_basics.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_basics.xml
@@ -462,9 +462,9 @@
<para>Im Tabellenfenster können Sie die Breite aller Spalten der
Tabelle verändern, die <application>&app;</application> anzeigt. <emphasis>Aber beachten Sie, dass sich die
Spalten Beschreibung und Saldo anders als die anderen Spalten verhalten</emphasis>.</para>
- <para>Die Spalte <guilabel>Beschreibung</guilabel> anpasst sich automatich an,
+ <para>Die Spalte <guilabel>Beschreibung</guilabel> passt sich automatich an,
um den freien Platz zu füllen. Sie sollten daher die Breite aller
- anderen Spalten zuerst anpassen bevor Sie die Spaltenbeite der Beschreibung anpassen. </para>
+ anderen Spalten zuerst anpassen, bevor Sie die Spaltenbeite der Beschreibung anpassen. </para>
<para>Die Spalte <guilabel>Saldo</guilabel> muss dann durch Doppelklicken
der Trennlinie die Spalte angepasst werden.
</para>
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
index 8e88c6f..1659fc5 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
@@ -11,7 +11,6 @@
Updated: Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
Originally written by Carol Champagne.
Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
Mechtilde Stehmann<ooo at mechtilde.de>
-->
@@ -48,7 +47,7 @@
<title>Einfache Einrichtung der Aufwandskonten</title>
<para>Für viele Nutzer ist der einfachste Weg, Aufwandskonten einzurichten, die
<quote>Allgemeinen Konten</quote> zu prüfen, wenn Sie eine neue kontenhierarchie erstellen.
- Dies wird Ihnen die meisten Aufwandskonten erstelen, die Sie benötigen.
+ Dies wird Ihnen die meisten Aufwandskonten erstellen, die Sie benötigen.
Für mehr Informationen schauen Sie auch unter "New Account Hierarchy Setup"
in Kapitel 3 der Hilfe (en).</para>
</sect2>
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@
Buchungen für ein Aufwandskonto hinzugefügt, wenn der Nutzer Daten in ein
anderesn Konto in der Buchung eingibt. Mit anderen Worten: wenn Sie ein Aufwandskonto
für gemeinnützige Spenden haben (z.B. Aufwendungen:Spenden), werden Sie normalerweise
- eine Buchung derm Aufwandskonto hinzufügen, indem Sie die Buchung auf dem Girokonto dem
+ eine Buchung dem Aufwandskonto hinzufügen, indem Sie die Buchung auf dem Girokonto dem
Spendenkonto zuweisen.</para>
<para>Wenn Sie ein Aufwandskonto öffnen, werden Sie ein Kontenblatt sehen, wie Sie
es auch an den anderen Stellen in <application>&app;</application> finden. Die
@@ -82,15 +81,15 @@
<title>Weitere Überlegungen für Aufwandskonten</title>
<para>Weil Aufwandskonten ganz von Ihnen erstellt werden, gibt es keine Bankauszüge,
gegen die Sie Ihre Daten abgleichen können. Daher gibt es streng genommen nichts abzugleichen.
- Sie können den Abgleichprozedere für Aufwandskonten dazu nnutzen, dass die
+ Sie können das Abgleichprozedere für Aufwandskonten dazu nutzen, dass die
Buchungen vor spätere Eingaben geschützt sind. </para>
<para>Eins sollten Sie bedenken, dass durch Ihre weitere Nutzung von <application>&app;</application>
der Saldo dieser Konten wächst, weil es nur sehr wenige Erstattungsbuchungen gibt,
die den Saldo erniedrigen. Daran ist nichts falsch. Aber einige Nutzer möchten regelmäßig
die Salden ihrer Aufwandskonten leeren. Solche Buchungen können eingegeben werden, indem
- der Kontensaldo auf ein Eigenkapitalskonto ü+bertragen wird. <application>&app;</application>
+ der Kontensaldo auf ein Eigenkapitalskonto übertragen wird. <application>&app;</application>
beinhaltet auch ein Verfaren zum Buchungsabschluss, dass die Aufwandskonten auf Null (0,00) setzt.
- Beachten Sie, dass dies nit notwendig ist. Wenn Sie dies benötigen, um bestimmte
+ Beachten Sie, dass dies nicht notwendig ist. Wenn Sie dies benötigen, um bestimmte
Informationen von einem Aufwandskonto zu erhalten, können Sie auch die verschiedenen Reporte nutzen.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index 8a81fc3..33fd949 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -723,10 +723,10 @@ Einnahmen
Aktie zu nutzen, müssen Sie die Aktie als ein neues Wertpapier
erstellen.</para>
- <note><para>Stellen sie icher, zuerst den Kontentyp <emphasis>Aktien
+ <note><para>Stellen sie sicher, zuerst den Kontentyp <emphasis>Aktien
</emphasis> oder <emphasis>Investmentfond</emphasis> zu wählen, sodass
- die Schaltfläche <guilabel>Auswählen …</guilabel> zur Anzege einer Liste
- Wertpapieren anstelle von Währungen führt.</para>
+ die Schaltfläche <guilabel>Auswählen …</guilabel> zur Anzeige einer Liste
+ von Wertpapieren statt Währungen führt.</para>
</note>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ Einnahmen
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Type</emphasis> - Wählen Sie die Börse, wo das Wertpapier
+ <para><emphasis>Typ</emphasis> - Wählen Sie die Börse, an der das Wertpapier gehandelt wird
(in diesem Beispiel EUREX).</para>
<para>Wählen Sie die <guibutton>Neu</guibutton>-Schaltfläche aus, um das <guilabel>Neues Wertpapier</guilabel>-Fenster zu
@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ Einnahmen
die genutzt werden kann, um die Gewinne oder Verluste zu verfolgen, die
aus Aktienverkäufen herrühren. An- und Verkaufsbuchungen werden
zum Zweck der Berechnung der Kosten der Veräußerung in Losen zusammengefasst.
- Noch genauer wird ein Lo dazu benutzt, einzelne Kauf- und Verkaufsteilbuchungen
+ Noch genauer wird ein Los dazu benutzt, einzelne Kauf- und Verkaufsteilbuchungen
zu verbinden. Lose können automatisch oder händisch erstellt und verbunden
werden. Kapitalgewinne oder -verluste können automatisch berechnet und
Buchungen für die Unterschiede zwischen dem Veräußerungswerte und den
@@ -1836,10 +1836,10 @@ Einnahmen
<para>Der Begriff <emphasis>Aufräumen</emphasis> wird genutzt, weil
Wertpapierkonten nach Verkäufen bereinigt werden müssen, um sicherzustellen,
- dass der Unterschied zwischen den Kosten, die für Wertpapeire bezahlt wurden
+ dass der Unterschied zwischen den Kosten, die für Wertpapiere bezahlt wurden
und dem Wert, den man beim Verkauf derselben erlangt hat, wird gebucht als
Kapitalgewinn oder -verlust. Wenn die Kapitalerträge oder -verluste nicht
- correct sind, zeigt die Rohbilanz
+ korrekt sind, zeigt die Rohbilanz
(<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Berichte</guimenu>
<guisubmenu>Ertrag & Aufwand</guisubmenu>
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ Einnahmen
Verkaufsbuchungen verbunden werden, in dem die FIFO Kostenmethode genutzt
wird und man händisch einzelne Kaufbuchungen mit Verkaufsbuchungen verbinden kann,
um LIFO zu nutzen.
- Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and Gewinne oder Verluste werden mit
+ Im erweitertes Portfolio Bericht werden <guilabel>Basis</guilabel> und <guilabel>Gewinne oder Verluste</guilabel> mit
den Kosten und den Gewinn- oder Verlustbuchungen, die beim Aufräumen
erstellt werden, übereinstimmen, wenn entweder die FIFO oder die LIFO
Kostenmethode genutz wird.</para>
@@ -1940,14 +1940,19 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<para>Die Nutzung des Los-Management-Einrichtung für die automatische
Berechnung der Katpialgewinne oder -verluste folgt üblicherweise diesen
Schritten: </para>
+<caution><title>Baustelle</title>
+<para>
+Der folgende Teil befindet sich gerade in Bearbeitung.
+</para>
+</caution>
+<!-- <orderedlist> -->
- <orderedlist>
<!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
- <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> (Optional
+<!-- <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> (Optional
- hängt von der Kostenmethode ab)</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
+ <listitem> -->
<!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
<!-- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
</listitem>
@@ -1960,9 +1965,10 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<listitem> -->
<!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
<!-- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> Bericht, um sicherzustellen,
- dass die Gesamtaktiva die Gesamtpassiva ausgleichen.</para> -->
+ dass die Gesamtaktiva die Gesamtpassiva ausgleichen.</para>
</listitem>
- </orderedlist>
+ </orderedlist> -->
+
</sect3>
<!--
<sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
@@ -2868,9 +2874,9 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
<title>Kapitalrückzahlung</title>
- <para>Dies bezieht sich auf eine Buchung, in der ein Kapitalrückzahlung an den
- Kapitalgeber hat keine weiteren buchhalterische Auswirkungen als die Reduzierung
- der Kostenbasis. Die zahl der gehaltenen Aktien ändert sich nicht.
+ <para>Dies bezieht sich auf eine Buchung, in der eine Kapitalrückzahlung an die
+ Kapitalgeber erfolgt. Sie hat keine weiteren buchhalterische Auswirkungen als die Reduzierung
+ der Kostenbasis. Die Zahl der gehaltenen Aktien ändert sich nicht.
</para>
<para>Eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung kann in das Aktienkontenblatt eingegeben
@@ -2896,7 +2902,7 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
- <para>Die andere Seite des eintrages der doppelten Buchführung wird in der Regel
+ <para>Die andere Seite des Eintrages der doppelten Buchführung wird in der Regel
ein Maklerbankkonto (Aufwand) sein. </para>
<screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
@@ -2910,19 +2916,19 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
srccredit="Chris Good"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Beispiel vür eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung</phrase>
+ <phrase>Beispiel für eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung</phrase>
</textobject>
<caption><para>Ein Screenshot des Aktienkontos nach der Kapitalrückzahlung.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <note><para>Es ist nicht möglich, den Asistenten zur Aktieonteilung für diese Art der Buchung zu nutzen.</para>
+ <note><para>Es ist nicht möglich, den Asistenten zur Aktienteilung für diese Art der Buchung zu nutzen.</para>
</note>
<tip><para>Wenn Sie zufällig einen Preis ungleich Null in die Aktienteilung eingeben, wird
<application>&app;</application> einen unerwünschten Eintrag in die Kurs-Datenbank
- erstellen, der in fehlerhaften Reporten mündet. Prüfen und entfernen Sie solch einen
+ erstellen, der in fehlerhaften Berichten mündet. Prüfen und entfernen Sie solch einen
unerwünschten Eintrag in der Kurs-Datenbank, in dem Sie <menuchoice><guimenu>Werkzeuge
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Kurs-Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> nutzen.</para>
</tip>
@@ -2940,7 +2946,7 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<para>Unternehmen können ihre Aktien aus vielerlei Gründen aufteilen. Aber ein Hauptgrund ist, dass der Preis höher gestiegen ist,
als dies nach Annahme des Managements ein vernünftiger Preis für viele Investoren ist.
Einige dieser Aufteilungen sind einfache Tauschaktionen (z.B. 2 für 1 oder 3 für 2) und einige sind komplexe Tauschaktionen mit Barabfindungen.
- Aufteilungen können auch zu weniger Anteilen führen, wenn der Tauschquote ein Rücktausch ist (z.B. 1 für 3 oder 0,75 für 1).
+ Aufteilungen können auch zu weniger Anteilen führen, wenn die Tauschquote ein Rücktausch ist (z.B. 1 für 3 oder 0,75 für 1).
</para>
@@ -3192,8 +3198,8 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<phrase>Beispiel einer mäßig schwierigen Buchung einer Aktienteilung im Reiter Aktien</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Ein Bild vom Reiter <emphasis>Investment:T</emphasis> nach einer Bucung eienr Aktienteilung,
- die die Aktien vermindert. </para></caption>
+ <caption><para>Ein Bild vom Reiter <emphasis>Investment:T</emphasis> nach der Buchung einer Aktienteilung,
+ welche die Aktien vermindert. </para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
index 689e7f0..7fd39e5 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>Zuerst tragen wir oben im Fenster einen Namen für die neu erstellte
+ <para>Zuerst tragen wir oben im Fenster einen Namen für die neu erstellte
terminierte Buchung ein.</para>
<note>
<para>Dieser Name dient nur der Kennzeichnung der Buchung in der Liste der
@@ -1042,11 +1042,11 @@
<textobject>
<phrase><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> —
- <guimenuitem>Häufigkeit</guimenuitem> Karteikarte</phrase>
+ Karteikarte <guimenuitem>Häufigkeit</guimenuitem></phrase>
</textobject>
<caption><para><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> —
- <guimenuitem>Häufigkeit</guimenuitem> Karteikarte</para></caption>
+ Karteikarte <guimenuitem>Häufigkeit</guimenuitem></para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -1126,11 +1126,11 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> Karteikarte
+ <phrase><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> — Karteikarte
<guimenuitem>Buchungsvorlage</guimenuitem></phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> Karteikarte
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> — Karteikarte
<guimenuitem>Buchungsvorlage</guimenuitem></para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
commit 4944b3e972f9a8521e43771c77012eff8081a40c
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Mon Nov 28 07:46:05 2016 +0100
prepared for PR
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index 9c476a7..8a81fc3 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1960,11 +1960,11 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<listitem> -->
<!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
<!-- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> Bericht, um sicherzustellen,
- dass die Gesamtaktiva die Gesamtpassiva ausgleichen.</para>
+ dass die Gesamtaktiva die Gesamtpassiva ausgleichen.</para> -->
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect3>
-
+<!--
<sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
<title>Händische Erstellung und Verbinden der Lose</title>
@@ -2767,8 +2767,7 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
</tip>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
--->
- </sect3>
+ </sect3> -->
</sect2>
</sect1>
commit e6ae81c68d8636a24a20e8a81e94252188fa3e9a
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sun Nov 27 20:35:09 2016 +0100
mask links which can't refer to
diff --git a/guide/de/Makefile.am b/guide/de/Makefile.am
index 6aa7f49..20a8376 100644
--- a/guide/de/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/de/Makefile.am
@@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ entities = \
ch_oth_assets.xml \
ch_oview.xml \
ch_python_bindings.xml \
- ch_reports
ch_txns.xml \
appendixa.xml \
appendixb.xml \
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index 470e702..9c476a7 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1949,17 +1949,17 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<listitem>
<!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
+<!-- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
+ <listitem> -->
<!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
+<!-- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
+ <listitem> -->
<!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> Bericht, um sicherzustellen,
+<!-- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> Bericht, um sicherzustellen,
dass die Gesamtaktiva die Gesamtpassiva ausgleichen.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<para>Bevor Sie diese Funktion nutzen, sollten Sie
<xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" /> gelesen haben.
</para>
-<!--
+
NEED TO BE Translated
<para>Diese Funktionsweise erlaubt die händische Verbindung spezifischen Kaufs-
und Verkaufsbuchungen. Dies wird in solchen Fällen genutzt, in denen der
commit de0d58f37ebd20035a8b0a009e38fcca3e44d8a9
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sun Nov 27 20:07:18 2016 +0100
adoption to the first pull request
diff --git a/guide/de/Makefile.am b/guide/de/Makefile.am
index 0531e8d..6aa7f49 100644
--- a/guide/de/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/de/Makefile.am
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ entities = \
ch_oth_assets.xml \
ch_oview.xml \
ch_python_bindings.xml \
- ch_reports \
+ ch_reports
ch_txns.xml \
appendixa.xml \
appendixb.xml \
diff --git a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
index dcaa37f..96d0268 100644
--- a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -14,11 +14,13 @@
<!ENTITY chapter3 SYSTEM "ch_accts.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter4 SYSTEM "ch_txns.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter5 SYSTEM "ch_cbook.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter6 SYSTEM "ch_expenses.xml>
+<!ENTITY chapter6 SYSTEM "ch_expenses.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter7 SYSTEM "ch_cc.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter8 SYSTEM "ch_loans.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter9 SYSTEM "ch_invest.xml">
+<!--
<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_reports.xml>
+-->
<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
@@ -518,7 +520,8 @@
&chapter7;
&chapter8;
&chapter9;
-&chapter10;
+<!--&chapter10;
+-->
&chapter11;
&chapter12;
</part>
commit f264daa5fefb040f0d1b310f6c91ab0fcc3ae7c6
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sun Nov 27 19:19:04 2016 +0100
Part II - translation of commit 1d753e94eebb107470514a67f246a767736ad572
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index a39e65c..470e702 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1827,946 +1827,949 @@ Einnahmen
zum Zweck der Berechnung der Kosten der Veräußerung in Losen zusammengefasst.
Noch genauer wird ein Lo dazu benutzt, einzelne Kauf- und Verkaufsteilbuchungen
zu verbinden. Lose können automatisch oder händisch erstellt und verbunden
- werden. Kapitalgewinne oder -verluste können automatisch berechnet und Buchungen für die Unterschiede zwischen dem Veräußerungswerte und den Kosten der verkauften Wertpapiere erstellt werden. <application>&app;</application> bezeichnet diesen Prozess als
- <emphasis>Wertberichtigung</emphasis>.
+ werden. Kapitalgewinne oder -verluste können automatisch berechnet und
+ Buchungen für die Unterschiede zwischen dem Veräußerungswerte und den
+ Kosten der verkauften Wertpapiere erstellt werden.
+ <application>&app;</application> bezeichnet diesen Prozess als
+ <emphasis>Aufrümen</emphasis>.
</para>
- <para>Der Begriff <emphasis>Wertberichtigung</emphasis> wird genutzt, weil
- Wertpapierkonten because security
- accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
- between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
- them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. Wenn die Kapitalerträge
- und -verluste nicht correct sind, zeigt die Rohbilanz
+ <para>Der Begriff <emphasis>Aufräumen</emphasis> wird genutzt, weil
+ Wertpapierkonten nach Verkäufen bereinigt werden müssen, um sicherzustellen,
+ dass der Unterschied zwischen den Kosten, die für Wertpapeire bezahlt wurden
+ und dem Wert, den man beim Verkauf derselben erlangt hat, wird gebucht als
+ Kapitalgewinn oder -verlust. Wenn die Kapitalerträge oder -verluste nicht
+ correct sind, zeigt die Rohbilanz
(<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Berichte</guimenu>
<guisubmenu>Ertrag & Aufwand</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Rohbilanz</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
- total credits.
+ </menuchoice>) im Ergebnis, dass die Gesamtaktiva nicht die Gesamtpassiva
+ ausgleichen.</para>
+
+ <note><para>Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie die Kapitalertrags-
+ und -verlustbuchungen und Lose löschen und neu eingeben.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ Wenn Sie mit FIFO, LIFO oder Durchschnittskosten nicht vertraut sind,
+ schauen Sie bitte in der Wikipedia unter <ulink
+ url="https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/First_In_-_First_Out">
+ FIFO (First In - First OUT</ulink>, <ulink
+ url="https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Last_In_-_First_Out">
+ LIFO (Last In - First OUT</ulink> und <ulink
+ url="https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Durchschnittskosten">
+ Durchschnitts- oder Stückkosten</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Wenn Sie mit den Unterschieden zwischen <application>&app;
+ </application> Buchungen und Teilbuchungen nicht vertraut sind,
+ schauen Sie bitte unter <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes" />.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Die <application>&app;</application> Los-Management-Einrichtung kann eine
+ nützliche Funktion sein, um die händische Berechnung zu reduzieren,
+ besonders wenn Dividenen über Jahre wiederinvestiert wurden, und viele
+ verschiedene Kosten beteiligt sind. Es können automatisch Kauf- und
+ Verkaufsbuchungen verbunden werden, in dem die FIFO Kostenmethode genutzt
+ wird und man händisch einzelne Kaufbuchungen mit Verkaufsbuchungen verbinden kann,
+ um LIFO zu nutzen.
+ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and Gewinne oder Verluste werden mit
+ den Kosten und den Gewinn- oder Verlustbuchungen, die beim Aufräumen
+ erstellt werden, übereinstimmen, wenn entweder die FIFO oder die LIFO
+ Kostenmethode genutz wird.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
+ <title>Lose im Kontenfenster</title>
+ <para>
+ Die <guilabel>Lose im Konto SSSS</guilabel>-Fenster, bei dem SSSS das
+ Wertpapierkonto ist. Es wird genutzt, um automatisch oder händisch die
+ Wertpapierteilbuchungen mit den Losen zu verbinden und Kapitalertrags- oder
+ verlustbuchunge zu erstellen, die die Difference zwischen den Ankaufkosten
+ eines Wertpapieres und den erhaltenen Wert eim Verkauf auszuweisen.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Um das Fenster <guilabel>Posten in <Konto></guilabel> zu öffnen,
+ öffnen Sie das Kontenblatt Werpapiere und wählen
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Aktionen</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Posten anzeigen…</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Aktienverkauf - Kapitalgewinn - Lose im Fenster Posten anzeigen…
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Beispiel: Lose im Fenster Posten anzeigen…</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Screenshot von<emphasis>Lose in Fenster Posten anzeigen…
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+<!-- Link to future (soon!) new Help section
+ <para>Refer to the <ulink
+url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
+ Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants, Lots in Account
+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
+ </para>
+-->
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
+ <title>Zusammenfassung des Verfahrens</title>
+
+ <para>Die Nutzung des Los-Management-Einrichtung für die automatische
+ Berechnung der Katpialgewinne oder -verluste folgt üblicherweise diesen
+ Schritten: </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> (Optional
+ - hängt von der Kostenmethode ab)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> Bericht, um sicherzustellen,
+ dass die Gesamtaktiva die Gesamtpassiva ausgleichen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
+ <title>Händische Erstellung und Verbinden der Lose</title>
+
+ <para>Bevor Sie diese Funktion nutzen, sollten Sie
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" /> gelesen haben.
+ </para>
+<!--
+ NEED TO BE Translated
+ <para>Diese Funktionsweise erlaubt die händische Verbindung spezifischen Kaufs-
+ und Verkaufsbuchungen. Dies wird in solchen Fällen genutzt, in denen der
+ Nutzer verschiedene Kostnemethoden nutzen möchte gegenüber der automatischen
+ Verbindungsmethode (FIFO). Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
+ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
+ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
+ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
+ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
+ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
+ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
+ cannot be used for average costing.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample" />.
</para>
-+
-+ <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
-+ transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
-+ </note>
-+
-+ <para>
-+ If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
-+ Wikipedia <ulink
-+ url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
-+ FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink
-+ url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
-+ Average cost method</ulink>.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>
-+ If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>&app;
-+ </application> transactions and splits, please see
-+ <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes" />.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>
-+ The <application>&app;</application> lot management facility can be a
-+ useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
-+ have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
-+ involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
-+ transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
-+ buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
-+ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
-+ the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
-+ the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
-+ </para>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
-+ <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
-+ <para>
-+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
-+ a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
-+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
-+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
-+ a security and the value received by selling it.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
-+ security account register, then select
-+ <menuchoice>
-+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
-+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
-+ </menuchoice>.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
-+ </emphasis> window.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+<!-- Link to future (soon!) new Help section
-+ <para>Refer to the <ulink
-+url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
-+ Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants, Lots in Account
-+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
-+ </para>
-+-->
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
-+ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
-+
-+ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
-+ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <orderedlist>
-+ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
-+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> (Optional
-+ depending on cost method)</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
-+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
-+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
-+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> report to ensure total
-+ debits balance to total credits</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ </orderedlist>
-+
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
-+ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
-+
-+ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
-+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" />.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
-+ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
-+ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
-+ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
-+ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
-+ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
-+ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
-+ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
-+ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
-+ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
-+ cannot be used for average costing.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample" />.
-+ </para>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
-+ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
-+ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
-+ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
-+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" /></para>
-+ </note>
-+
-+ <para><application>&app;</application> can automatically calculate and
-+ create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
-+ link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
-+ correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
-+ <application>&app;</application> will use any existing lots, and
-+ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
-+ lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
-+ method.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>See:</para>
-+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample" /></para>
-+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2" /></para>
-+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit" /></para>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
-+ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
-+
-+ <para>
-+ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
-+ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
-+ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
-+ &app;</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
-+ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
-+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
-+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
-+ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample" />.
-+ </para>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
-+ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
-+ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
-+ (<menuchoice>
-+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
-+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
-+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
-+ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
-+ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
-+ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
-+ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
-+ report, total debits should equal total credits.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <tip>
-+ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
-+ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
-+ accounting for capital gain/loss:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
-+ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
-+ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
-+ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
-+ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
-+ causing the problem.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
-+ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
-+ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
-+ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
-+ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
-+ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
-+ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
-+ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
-+ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
-+ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
-+ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
-+ </para>
-+ </tip>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
-+ <title>Considerations</title>
-+
-+ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
-+ lot management facility.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <orderedlist>
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para><application>&app;</application> implements only the First In/
-+ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
-+ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
-+ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
-+ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
-+ the sell split before scrubbing.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
-+ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
-+ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
-+ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
-+ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
-+ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
-+ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
-+ must be used in both places.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
-+ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
-+ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
-+ recorded as 2 transactions:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <table>
-+ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
-+ number of shares and (optionally) commission
-+ </title>
-+ <tgroup cols="5">
-+ <tbody>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
-+ </row>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry>Debit</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ </row>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry>Debit</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ </row>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry>Security</entry>
-+ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
-+ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
-+ </row>
-+ </tbody>
-+ </tgroup>
-+ </table>
-+
-+ <table>
-+ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
-+ </title>
-+ <tgroup cols="5">
-+ <tbody>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
-+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
-+ </row>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry>Debit</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ </row>
-+ <row>
-+ <entry>Security</entry>
-+ <entry>0</entry>
-+ <entry>0</entry>
-+ <entry></entry>
-+ <entry>Credit</entry>
-+ </row>
-+ </tbody>
-+ </tgroup>
-+ </table>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
-+ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
-+ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
-+ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
-+ be handled manually.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+ </orderedlist>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
-+ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
-+
-+ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
-+ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
-+ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
-+ with the sell transaction, and the <application>&app;</application>
-+ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
-+ the capital gain/loss transaction.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <orderedlist>
-+ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
-+ scrubbing a single lot
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
-+ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
-+ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
-+ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
-+
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Select
-+ <menuchoice>
-+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
-+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
-+ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
-+ window where SSSS is the security account.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
-+ single lot
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
-+ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
-+ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
-+ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
-+ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
-+ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
-+ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
-+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
-+ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
-+ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
-+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
-+ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
-+ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
-+ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
-+ security buys.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
-+ single lot, after manual linking
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
-+ single lot
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
-+ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
-+ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
-+ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
-+ so no example screen image is supplied.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Continue to
-+ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
-+ </listitem>
-+ </orderedlist>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
-+ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
-+ Transactions</title>
-+
-+ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <orderedlist>
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
-+ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
-+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
-+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
-+ security account.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
-+ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> to create a lot for each sell
-+ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
-+ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <itemizedlist>
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
-+ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
-+ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
-+ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
-+ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
-+ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
-+ it is possible to have different splits from the same
-+ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
-+ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
-+ capital gain/loss.</para>
-+
-+ <note><para>
-+ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
-+ transaction, <application>&app;</application> scrubbing does
-+ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
-+ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
-+ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
-+ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
-+ future.</para>
-+ </note>
-+ </listitem>
-+ </itemizedlist>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ </orderedlist>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
-+ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
-+ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
-+
-+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
-+ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
-+ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
-+ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
-+ sales on the same day.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
-+ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+ <orderedlist>
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Select <menuchoice>
-+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
-+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
-+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
-+ security account.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
-+ is used.
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
-+ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
-+ Account
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
-+ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+ <note>
-+ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
-+ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
-+ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
-+ all the lots show.
-+ </para>
-+ </note>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
-+ return to the security account register.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
-+ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+ <note>
-+ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
-+ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
-+ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
-+ transaction.
-+ </para>
-+ </note>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" />
-+ </para>
-+ </listitem>
-+ </orderedlist>
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
-+ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
-+ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
-+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
-+ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
-+ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
-+ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
-+ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
-+ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
-+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
-+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
-+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+
-+ <para>
-+ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
-+ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
-+ sale:
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <itemizedlist>
-+ <listitem><para>
-+ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+ <listitem><para>
-+ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
-+ </listitem>
-+ </itemizedlist>
-+
-+ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
-+ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
-+ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
-+ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
-+ should consult a professional.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ </sect3>
-+
-+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
-+ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
-+
-+ <orderedlist>
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
-+ open and return to the security account register.
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <figure pgwide="1">
-+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
-+ single lot
-+ </title>
-+ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
-+ <mediaobject>
-+ <imageobject role="html">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+ <imageobject role="fo">
-+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
-+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
-+ </imageobject>
-+
-+ <textobject>
-+ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
-+ single lot
-+ </phrase>
-+ </textobject>
-+
-+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
-+ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
-+ </caption>
-+ </mediaobject>
-+ </screenshot>
-+ </figure>
-+ </listitem>
-+
-+ <listitem>
-+ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
-+ transaction in the security account register — they will
-+ have the same date as the sell transactions. Edit the <emphasis>
-+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
-+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
-+ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
-+ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
-+ </para>
-+
-+ <tip>
-+ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
-+ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
-+ tax laws.
-+ </para>
-+ </tip>
-+ </listitem>
-+ </orderedlist>
-+ </sect3>
-+ </sect2>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
+ <title>Automatische Erstellung der Kapitalertrags- und -verlustbuchungen</title>
+ <note><para>Machen Sie dies <emphasis>NICHT</emphasis> bis Sie
+ FIFO oder LIFO für die Verkaufskostennutzen. Siehe auch
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" /></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><application>&app;</application> kann Kapitalertrags- oder
+ -verlustbuchungen des Wertpapierveräußerung automatisch berechnen erstelle.
+ Lose werden genutzt, um Ankaufsteilbuchungen mit Verkaufsteilbuchungen
+ zu verbinden, dass die korrekten Kosten für den Wertpapierverkauf
+ ermittelt werdne kann.
+ <application>&app;</application> will use any existing lots, and
+ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
+ lot. An- und Verkaufsteilbuchungen werden in Lose verbunden , in dem die
+ FIFO Methode genutzt wird. </para>
+
+ <para>Siehe auch:</para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample" /></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2" /></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit" /></para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
+ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
+ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
+ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
+ &app;</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
+ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
+ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Siehe auch <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample" />.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
+ <title>Die Rohbilanz aufrufen</title>
+ <para>Aufrufen der Rohbilanz
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Berichte</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Ertrag & Aufwand</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Rohbilanz</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
+ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
+ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
+ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
+ report, total debits should equal total credits.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
+ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
+ accounting for capital gain/loss:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
+ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
+ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
+ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
+ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
+ causing the problem.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
+ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
+ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
+ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
+ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
+ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
+ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
+ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
+ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
+ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
+ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
+ <title>Considerations</title>
+
+ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
+ lot management facility.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> implements only the First In/
+ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
+ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
+ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
+ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
+ the sell split before scrubbing.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
+ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
+ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
+ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
+ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
+ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
+ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
+ must be used in both places.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
+ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
+ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
+ recorded as 2 transactions:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
+ number of shares and (optionally) commission
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Security</entry>
+ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
+ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Security</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Credit</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
+ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
+ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
+ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
+ be handled manually.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
+ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
+ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
+ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
+ with the sell transaction, and the <application>&app;</application>
+ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
+ the capital gain/loss transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
+ scrubbing a single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
+ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
+ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
+ window where SSSS is the security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
+ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
+ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
+ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
+ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
+ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
+ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
+ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
+ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
+ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
+ security buys.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot, after manual linking
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
+ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
+ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
+ so no example screen image is supplied.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue to
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
+ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions</title>
+
+ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
+ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> to create a lot for each sell
+ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
+ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
+ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
+ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
+ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
+ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
+ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
+ it is possible to have different splits from the same
+ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
+ capital gain/loss.</para>
+
+ <note><para>
+ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
+ transaction, <application>&app;</application> scrubbing does
+ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
+ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
+ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
+ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
+ future.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
+ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
+ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
+ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
+ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
+ sales on the same day.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
+ is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
+ Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
+ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
+ all the lots show.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
+ return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
+ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
+ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
+ transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" />
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
+ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
+ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
+ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
+ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
+ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
+ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>
+ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
+ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
+ sale:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
+ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
+ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
+ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
+ should consult a professional.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
+ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
+ open and return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
+ transaction in the security account register — they will
+ have the same date as the sell transactions. Edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
+ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
+ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Sie möchten die Kapitalerträge und -verluste in steuerpflichtige
+ und steuerfreie Anteile aufteilen, wenn dies mit Ihren Steuergesetzen
+ übereinstimmt.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+-->
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
diff --git a/guide/de/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png b/guide/de/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..870ab3b
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/de/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png differ
commit 6facf6fd8bdedc99da9fe07ecbe4af28f8689fd7
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 21:10:21 2016 +0100
Part I from commit 1d753e94eebb107470514a67f246a767736ad572
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index f2bae85..a39e65c 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1809,6 +1809,964 @@ Einnahmen
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-sellLots">
+ <title>Automatische Kalkulation der Gewinne oder Verluste bei der Nutzung von Losen</title>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsIntro">
+ <title>Einführung</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Lose bedeuten hier Quantitäten finanzieller Instrumente
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <application>&app;</application> hat eine eingebaute Los-Management-Einrichtung,
+ die genutzt werden kann, um die Gewinne oder Verluste zu verfolgen, die
+ aus Aktienverkäufen herrühren. An- und Verkaufsbuchungen werden
+ zum Zweck der Berechnung der Kosten der Veräußerung in Losen zusammengefasst.
+ Noch genauer wird ein Lo dazu benutzt, einzelne Kauf- und Verkaufsteilbuchungen
+ zu verbinden. Lose können automatisch oder händisch erstellt und verbunden
+ werden. Kapitalgewinne oder -verluste können automatisch berechnet und Buchungen für die Unterschiede zwischen dem Veräußerungswerte und den Kosten der verkauften Wertpapiere erstellt werden. <application>&app;</application> bezeichnet diesen Prozess als
+ <emphasis>Wertberichtigung</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Der Begriff <emphasis>Wertberichtigung</emphasis> wird genutzt, weil
+ Wertpapierkonten because security
+ accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
+ between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
+ them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. Wenn die Kapitalerträge
+ und -verluste nicht correct sind, zeigt die Rohbilanz
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Berichte</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Ertrag & Aufwand</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Rohbilanz</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
+ total credits.
+ </para>
++
++ <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
++ transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
++ </note>
++
++ <para>
++ If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
++ Wikipedia <ulink
++ url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
++ FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink
++ url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
++ Average cost method</ulink>.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>
++ If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>&app;
++ </application> transactions and splits, please see
++ <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes" />.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>
++ The <application>&app;</application> lot management facility can be a
++ useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
++ have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
++ involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
++ transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
++ buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
++ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
++ the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
++ the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
++ </para>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
++ <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
++ <para>
++ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
++ a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
++ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
++ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
++ a security and the value received by selling it.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
++ security account register, then select
++ <menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
++ </menuchoice>.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++<!-- Link to future (soon!) new Help section
++ <para>Refer to the <ulink
++url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
++ Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants, Lots in Account
++ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
++ </para>
++-->
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
++ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
++
++ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
++ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
++ </para>
++
++ <orderedlist>
++ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
++ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> (Optional
++ depending on cost method)</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> report to ensure total
++ debits balance to total credits</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ </orderedlist>
++
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
++ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
++
++ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" />.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
++ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
++ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
++ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
++ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
++ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
++ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
++ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
++ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
++ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
++ cannot be used for average costing.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample" />.
++ </para>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
++ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
++ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
++ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" /></para>
++ </note>
++
++ <para><application>&app;</application> can automatically calculate and
++ create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
++ link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
++ correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
++ <application>&app;</application> will use any existing lots, and
++ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
++ lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
++ method.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>See:</para>
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample" /></para>
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2" /></para>
++ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit" /></para>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
++ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
++
++ <para>
++ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
++ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
++ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
++ &app;</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
++ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
++ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
++ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
++ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
++ </para>
++
++ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample" />.
++ </para>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
++ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
++ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
++ (<menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
++ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
++ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
++ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
++ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
++ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
++ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
++ report, total debits should equal total credits.
++ </para>
++
++ <tip>
++ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
++ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
++ accounting for capital gain/loss:
++ </para>
++
++ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
++ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
++ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
++ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
++ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
++ causing the problem.
++ </para>
++
++ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
++ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
++ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
++ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
++ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
++ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
++ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
++ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
++ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
++ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
++ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
++ </para>
++ </tip>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
++ <title>Considerations</title>
++
++ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
++ lot management facility.
++ </para>
++
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para><application>&app;</application> implements only the First In/
++ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
++ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
++ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
++ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
++ the sell split before scrubbing.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
++ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
++ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
++ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
++ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
++ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
++ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
++ must be used in both places.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
++ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
++ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
++ recorded as 2 transactions:
++ </para>
++
++ <table>
++ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
++ number of shares and (optionally) commission
++ </title>
++ <tgroup cols="5">
++ <tbody>
++ <row>
++ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry>Debit</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry>Debit</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Security</entry>
++ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
++ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
++ </row>
++ </tbody>
++ </tgroup>
++ </table>
++
++ <table>
++ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
++ </title>
++ <tgroup cols="5">
++ <tbody>
++ <row>
++ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
++ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry>Debit</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ </row>
++ <row>
++ <entry>Security</entry>
++ <entry>0</entry>
++ <entry>0</entry>
++ <entry></entry>
++ <entry>Credit</entry>
++ </row>
++ </tbody>
++ </tgroup>
++ </table>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
++ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
++ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
++ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
++ be handled manually.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
++ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
++
++ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
++ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
++ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
++ with the sell transaction, and the <application>&app;</application>
++ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
++ the capital gain/loss transaction.
++ </para>
++
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
++ scrubbing a single lot
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
++ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
++ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
++
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Select
++ <menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
++ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
++ window where SSSS is the security account.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
++ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
++ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
++ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
++ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
++ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
++ </guilabel> panel.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
++ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
++ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
++ </guilabel> panel.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
++ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
++ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
++ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
++ security buys.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
++ single lot, after manual linking
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
++ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
++ </para>
++
++ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
++ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
++ so no example screen image is supplied.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Continue to
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
++ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
++ Transactions</title>
++
++ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
++ </para>
++
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
++ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
++ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
++ security account.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
++ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> to create a lot for each sell
++ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
++ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
++ </para>
++
++ <itemizedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
++ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
++ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
++ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
++ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
++ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
++ it is possible to have different splits from the same
++ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
++ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
++ capital gain/loss.</para>
++
++ <note><para>
++ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
++ transaction, <application>&app;</application> scrubbing does
++ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
++ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
++ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
++ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
++ future.</para>
++ </note>
++ </listitem>
++ </itemizedlist>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
++ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
++ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
++
++ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
++ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
++ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
++ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
++ sales on the same day.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Select <menuchoice>
++ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
++ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
++ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
++ security account.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
++ is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
++ Account
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
++ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++ <note>
++ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
++ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
++ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
++ all the lots show.
++ </para>
++ </note>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
++ return to the security account register.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
++ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++ <note>
++ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
++ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
++ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
++ transaction.
++ </para>
++ </note>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" />
++ </para>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
++ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
++ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
++ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
++ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
++ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
++ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
++ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
++ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
++ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++
++ <para>
++ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
++ </para>
++
++ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
++ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
++ </para>
++
++ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
++ sale:
++ </para>
++
++ <itemizedlist>
++ <listitem><para>
++ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
++ </listitem>
++ <listitem><para>
++ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
++ </listitem>
++ </itemizedlist>
++
++ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
++ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
++ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
++ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
++ should consult a professional.
++ </para>
++
++ </sect3>
++
++ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
++ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
++
++ <orderedlist>
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
++ open and return to the security account register.
++ </para>
++
++ <figure pgwide="1">
++ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </title>
++ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
++ <mediaobject>
++ <imageobject role="html">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++ <imageobject role="fo">
++ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
++ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
++ </imageobject>
++
++ <textobject>
++ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
++ single lot
++ </phrase>
++ </textobject>
++
++ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
++ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
++ </caption>
++ </mediaobject>
++ </screenshot>
++ </figure>
++ </listitem>
++
++ <listitem>
++ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
++ transaction in the security account register — they will
++ have the same date as the sell transactions. Edit the <emphasis>
++ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
++ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
++ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
++ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
++ </para>
++
++ <tip>
++ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
++ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
++ tax laws.
++ </para>
++ </tip>
++ </listitem>
++ </orderedlist>
++ </sect3>
++ </sect2>
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
commit f3cfef5ba421d837865bd4fe0c4ae66dca6e5d59
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 15:08:29 2016 +0100
translate commit 2ba657161c81c66afc8ecabb79c1d6df2b4010b4
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index 1998103..f2bae85 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -358,6 +358,29 @@
um die Kapitalanlage selbst aufzuzeichnen; ein Ertragskonto, um die
Dividendenbuchungen aufzuzeichnen und ein Aufwandskonto, um die
Investitionskosten und die Provisionen aufzuzeichnen.</para>
+
+ <para>In einer üblichen Kontenstruktur sind Wertpapierkonten Unterkonten des
+ Aktivkontos, das nach dem Konto der Maklerfirma benannt ist. Das Maklerkonto
+ würde in Ihrer lokalen Währung ausgewiesen und würde Unterkonten für jedes Wertpapier
+ entalten, welches Sie dort handeln. </para>
+
+ <para>Die dazugehörigen An- und Verkaufskonten, Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten
+ sollten auch in der gleichen Währung wie das Maklerkonto sein.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Die Wertpapierunterkonten würden jeweils eingerichtet werden, um Einheiten
+ eines einzelnen Wertpapieres zu enthalten, welches aus der (nutzerdefinierten) Master-Wertpapierliste
+ ausgewählt wird; es wird erwartet, dass sie die gleiche Währung nutzen wie das Maklerkonto.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Wertpapierkurse werden in einem separaten Bereich von <application>&app;
+ </application> gehalten (die Kurs-Datenbank - <menuchoice><guimenu>Werkzeuge
+ </guimenu><guimenuitem>Kurs-Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>). Diese enthält
+ die Kurse für individuelle Wertpapiere (nicht Wertpapierkonten). Alle
+ Kurse für ein individuelles Wertpapier sind ein einer einzelnen Währung. Wenn ein
+ Wertpapier in mehreren Währungen gehandelt wird, dann sollte ein separates Wertpapier
+ und separate Konten für jede Währung eingerichtet werden.
+ </para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="invest_custom2">
@@ -699,6 +722,12 @@ Einnahmen
<para><emphasis>Neues Wertpapier erstellen</emphasis> - Um eine neue
Aktie zu nutzen, müssen Sie die Aktie als ein neues Wertpapier
erstellen.</para>
+
+ <note><para>Stellen sie icher, zuerst den Kontentyp <emphasis>Aktien
+ </emphasis> oder <emphasis>Investmentfond</emphasis> zu wählen, sodass
+ die Schaltfläche <guilabel>Auswählen …</guilabel> zur Anzege einer Liste
+ Wertpapieren anstelle von Währungen führt.</para>
+ </note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -711,8 +740,8 @@ Einnahmen
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Typ</emphasis> - Wechseln Sie den
- <guilabel>Typ</guilabel> vom angezeigten zu der Börse, an der das Wertpapier gehandelt wird (in diesem Beispiel EUREX).</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Type</emphasis> - Wählen Sie die Börse, wo das Wertpapier
+ (in diesem Beispiel EUREX).</para>
<para>Wählen Sie die <guibutton>Neu</guibutton>-Schaltfläche aus, um das <guilabel>Neues Wertpapier</guilabel>-Fenster zu
öffnen.</para>
commit 927df2f2dc064fe8aa4dadffcdfc4028da13eeea
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 13:08:10 2016 +0100
translate commit c768b012db3216d835f1f4e3220ce75323cf7904 and add Englih screenshot
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
index 5e4208c..1998103 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: December 7th 2009 (Englisch 2015-09-20)
+ Last modified: December 7th 2009 (Englisch 2016-10-27)
modified: January 10th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
Maintainers:
@@ -1876,6 +1876,70 @@ Einnahmen
</sect1>
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+ <title>Kapitalrückzahlung</title>
+
+ <para>Dies bezieht sich auf eine Buchung, in der ein Kapitalrückzahlung an den
+ Kapitalgeber hat keine weiteren buchhalterische Auswirkungen als die Reduzierung
+ der Kostenbasis. Die zahl der gehaltenen Aktien ändert sich nicht.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung kann in das Aktienkontenblatt eingegeben
+ werden, durch Eingabe einer Aktienteilung mit:
+ </para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Aktien</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Preis</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Verkauf</entry><entry>Wert der Kapitalrückzahlung</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+
+ <para>Die andere Seite des eintrages der doppelten Buchführung wird in der Regel
+ ein Maklerbankkonto (Aufwand) sein. </para>
+
+ <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG"
+ srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG"
+ srccredit="Chris Good"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Beispiel vür eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>Ein Screenshot des Aktienkontos nach der Kapitalrückzahlung.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <note><para>Es ist nicht möglich, den Asistenten zur Aktieonteilung für diese Art der Buchung zu nutzen.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <tip><para>Wenn Sie zufällig einen Preis ungleich Null in die Aktienteilung eingeben, wird
+ <application>&app;</application> einen unerwünschten Eintrag in die Kurs-Datenbank
+ erstellen, der in fehlerhaften Reporten mündet. Prüfen und entfernen Sie solch einen
+ unerwünschten Eintrag in der Kurs-Datenbank, in dem Sie <menuchoice><guimenu>Werkzeuge
+ </guimenu><guimenuitem>Kurs-Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> nutzen.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ </sect1>
+
<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
-->
diff --git a/guide/de/figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png b/guide/de/figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e24d711
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/de/figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png differ
commit b326b2b5418ce20df57af7b3a35ba63bc2c2bf35
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 12:05:43 2016 +0100
corrected Makefile.am
diff --git a/guide/de/Makefile.am b/guide/de/Makefile.am
index 6aa7f49..0531e8d 100644
--- a/guide/de/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/de/Makefile.am
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ entities = \
ch_oth_assets.xml \
ch_oview.xml \
ch_python_bindings.xml \
- ch_reports
+ ch_reports \
ch_txns.xml \
appendixa.xml \
appendixb.xml \
commit 966f7b9dd3483204831c3ef3c555963ccebcde58
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 12:03:43 2016 +0100
update gnucash-guide.xml
diff --git a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
index 523653e..dcaa37f 100644
--- a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -14,21 +14,23 @@
<!ENTITY chapter3 SYSTEM "ch_accts.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter4 SYSTEM "ch_txns.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter5 SYSTEM "ch_cbook.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter6 SYSTEM "ch_cc.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter7 SYSTEM "ch_loans.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter8 SYSTEM "ch_invest.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter9 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter6 SYSTEM "ch_expenses.xml>
+<!ENTITY chapter7 SYSTEM "ch_cc.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter8 SYSTEM "ch_loans.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter9 SYSTEM "ch_invest.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_reports.xml>
+<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -517,12 +519,12 @@
&chapter8;
&chapter9;
&chapter10;
+&chapter11;
+&chapter12;
</part>
<part>
<title>Geschäftliche Finanzen handhaben</title>
-&chapter11;
-&chapter12;
&chapter13;
&chapter14;
&chapter15;
@@ -531,13 +533,10 @@
&chapter18;
&chapter19;
&chapter20;
+&chapter21;
+&chapter22;
+
</part>
-<!--
-<part>
-<title>Berichte</title>
-&chapter20;
-</part>
--->
<part>
<title>Anhänge</title>
&appendixa;
commit 01686a732d53c1da8c119dcc4ff17986ab2197fd
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 11:55:54 2016 +0100
translation of chapter Expense Accounts
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
index b7aa481..8e88c6f 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
@@ -2,85 +2,95 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.6.0
Last modified: September 12th 2016
- modified: September 12th 2016
+ modified: September 12th 2016 (English 27.10.2016)
Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Updated: Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
Originally written by Carol Champagne.
Translators:
(translators put your name and email here)
+ Mechtilde Stehmann<ooo at mechtilde.de>
+
-->
<chapter id="chapter_expenses">
- <title>Expense Accounts</title>
+ <title>Aufwandskonten</title>
- <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
- to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
- how <application>&app;</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
- categories of transactions.</para>
+ <para>Um Ihr Girokonto zu bewirtschaften, ist der erste Schritt, Ihre Finanzen
+ zu verfolgen. Der naheliegende zweite Schritt, um zu sehen, wo Sie Geld
+ ausgeben, ist die Nutzung von Aufwandskonten. Dieses Kapitel vermittelt Ihnen,
+ wie <application>&app;</application> Aufwandskonten nutzt,
+ um Ihnen zu helfen, die Übersicht über die verschiedenen Buchungskategorien
+ zu behalten.</para>
<sect1 id="expenses-concepts">
- <title>Concepts</title>
- <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
- expenses. Technically, expense accounts are not a part of traditional accounting,
- but have become common with the increased capabilities of computer-based accounting systems.
- Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
- transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>&app;</application>, these categories
- are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
- This allows <application>&app;</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
- Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
- personal expense tracking. Others use <application>&app;</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
- in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>&app;</application>,
- you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
- transactions around.</para>
+ <title>Konzepte</title>
+ <para>Ein Aufwandskontentyp erlaubt Ihnen aufzuzeichnen, wie viel Sie für bestimmte
+ Ausgaben aufwenden. Formal sind Aufwandskonten kein Teil der herkömmlichen Buchhaltung;
+ aber sie wurden mit der zunehmenden Verfügbarkeit computergestützter Buchhaltungssysteme
+ gebräuchlich. Die erste Erfahrung mit der Aufzeichnung des Aufwandes machten viele mit
+ Quicken(tm). Dort können die Buchungen einer oder mehreren Kategorien zugeordnet werden.
+ In <application>&app;</application> sind diese Kategorien als separate Konten eingerichtet.
+ Das erlaubt <application>&app;</application>, die Regeln der doppelten Buchführung
+ einheitlich anzuwenden. Aufwandskonten können so allgemein oder detailliert sein,
+ wie Sie es benötigen. einige Nutzer benötigen nur wenige Konten für ihre persönliche
+ Aufzeichnung des Aufwandes. Andere nutzen Aufwandskonten in <application>&app;</application>,
+ um ihren Aufwand in allen Einzelheiten zu kontrollieren. Die Detailtiefe bestimmen
+ Sie selber. Beachten Sie, dass Sie mit <application>&app;</application> die Konten
+ für die Buchungen ändern können, wenn Sie später Änderungen benötigen. Dann ist es noch möglich,
+ Buchungen zu verschieben.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-setup">
- <title>Setting Up Accounts</title>
+ <title>Konteneinrichten</title>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-simple">
- <title>Simple Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
- when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
- that users need. See "New Account Hierarchy Setup" in Chapter 3 of the Help guide for more information.</para>
+ <title>Einfache Einrichtung der Aufwandskonten</title>
+ <para>Für viele Nutzer ist der einfachste Weg, Aufwandskonten einzurichten, die
+ <quote>Allgemeinen Konten</quote> zu prüfen, wenn Sie eine neue kontenhierarchie erstellen.
+ Dies wird Ihnen die meisten Aufwandskonten erstelen, die Sie benötigen.
+ Für mehr Informationen schauen Sie auch unter "New Account Hierarchy Setup"
+ in Kapitel 3 der Hilfe (en).</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-complex">
- <title>Complex Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>,
- or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
- <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
- expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
- to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
- to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
- to a particular charity).</para>
+ <title>Umfangreiche Einrichtung der Aufwandskonten</title>
+ <para>Wenn Sie verschieden Aufwandskonten benötigen, können Sie sich auf <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>
+ oder Kapitel 5.4 in der Hilfe (en) beziehen.</para>
+ <para>Klassische Gründe, neue oder verschiedne Konten hinzuzufügen, schließen ein:
+ aufzeichnen bestimmter Geschäftsvorfälle (z.B. spezielle Arten des Beschaffungsaufwandes),
+ aufzeichnen bestimmter Steuertatbestände (z.B. Steueraufwand muss anderen berichtet werden),
+ oder einfach Aufwand aufzeichnen, das es für Sie aussagekräftig ist (z.B. Zahlung an eine
+ bestimmte gemeinützige Organisation).</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-entering">
- <title>Entering Expense Transactions</title>
- <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
- not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
- are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
- In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
- you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
- checking account register to the Charity account.</para>
- <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
- in <application>&app;</application>. The informal column headings for the transaction amounts
- are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
- the right (credit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Rebate</emphasis>.</para>
+ <title>Eingabe der Aufwandsbuchungen</title>
+ <para>Während es möglich ist, Buchungen direkt in die Aufwandskonten einzugeben,
+ ist es, ist es nicht normal, wie diese einzugeben sind. Für die meisten Leute werden die
+ Buchungen für ein Aufwandskonto hinzugefügt, wenn der Nutzer Daten in ein
+ anderesn Konto in der Buchung eingibt. Mit anderen Worten: wenn Sie ein Aufwandskonto
+ für gemeinnützige Spenden haben (z.B. Aufwendungen:Spenden), werden Sie normalerweise
+ eine Buchung derm Aufwandskonto hinzufügen, indem Sie die Buchung auf dem Girokonto dem
+ Spendenkonto zuweisen.</para>
+ <para>Wenn Sie ein Aufwandskonto öffnen, werden Sie ein Kontenblatt sehen, wie Sie
+ es auch an den anderen Stellen in <application>&app;</application> finden. Die
+ formlosen Spaltenköpfe für die Buchungsbeträge sind ein wenige verschieden.
+ Die linke Spalte (Aufwand) wird als <emphasis>Gesamtaufwand</emphasis> gelesen, während
+ die rechte Spalte (Erstattung) als <emphasis>Gesamterstattung</emphasis> gelesen wird.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-other">
- <title>Other Considerations for Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
- which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
- can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
- for future editing.</para>
- <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>&app;</application> continues, the
- balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
- reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
- the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
- transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>&app;</application> includes
- a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
- not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
- use various reports to extract that data without zeroing the account out.</para>
+ <title>Weitere Überlegungen für Aufwandskonten</title>
+ <para>Weil Aufwandskonten ganz von Ihnen erstellt werden, gibt es keine Bankauszüge,
+ gegen die Sie Ihre Daten abgleichen können. Daher gibt es streng genommen nichts abzugleichen.
+ Sie können den Abgleichprozedere für Aufwandskonten dazu nnutzen, dass die
+ Buchungen vor spätere Eingaben geschützt sind. </para>
+ <para>Eins sollten Sie bedenken, dass durch Ihre weitere Nutzung von <application>&app;</application>
+ der Saldo dieser Konten wächst, weil es nur sehr wenige Erstattungsbuchungen gibt,
+ die den Saldo erniedrigen. Daran ist nichts falsch. Aber einige Nutzer möchten regelmäßig
+ die Salden ihrer Aufwandskonten leeren. Solche Buchungen können eingegeben werden, indem
+ der Kontensaldo auf ein Eigenkapitalskonto ü+bertragen wird. <application>&app;</application>
+ beinhaltet auch ein Verfaren zum Buchungsabschluss, dass die Aufwandskonten auf Null (0,00) setzt.
+ Beachten Sie, dass dies nit notwendig ist. Wenn Sie dies benötigen, um bestimmte
+ Informationen von einem Aufwandskonto zu erhalten, können Sie auch die verschiedenen Reporte nutzen.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
commit 1c34f7d74e64234ffea66c9a74ccad1b5de1597b
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 10:14:07 2016 +0100
initial commit of guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7aa481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!--
+ (Do not remove this comment block.)
+ Version: 2.6.0
+ Last modified: September 12th 2016
+ modified: September 12th 2016
+ Maintainers:
+ Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
+ Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Author:
+ Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
+ Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
+ Originally written by Carol Champagne.
+ Translators:
+ (translators put your name and email here)
+-->
+<chapter id="chapter_expenses">
+ <title>Expense Accounts</title>
+
+ <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
+ to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
+ how <application>&app;</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
+ categories of transactions.</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="expenses-concepts">
+ <title>Concepts</title>
+ <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
+ expenses. Technically, expense accounts are not a part of traditional accounting,
+ but have become common with the increased capabilities of computer-based accounting systems.
+ Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
+ transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>&app;</application>, these categories
+ are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
+ This allows <application>&app;</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
+ Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
+ personal expense tracking. Others use <application>&app;</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
+ in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>&app;</application>,
+ you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
+ transactions around.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="expenses-setup">
+ <title>Setting Up Accounts</title>
+ <sect2 id="expenses-su-simple">
+ <title>Simple Expense Account Setup</title>
+ <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
+ when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
+ that users need. See "New Account Hierarchy Setup" in Chapter 3 of the Help guide for more information.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="expenses-su-complex">
+ <title>Complex Expense Account Setup</title>
+ <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>,
+ or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
+ <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
+ expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
+ to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
+ to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
+ to a particular charity).</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="expenses-entering">
+ <title>Entering Expense Transactions</title>
+ <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
+ not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
+ are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
+ In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
+ you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
+ checking account register to the Charity account.</para>
+ <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
+ in <application>&app;</application>. The informal column headings for the transaction amounts
+ are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
+ the right (credit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Rebate</emphasis>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="expenses-other">
+ <title>Other Considerations for Expense Accounts</title>
+ <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
+ which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
+ can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
+ for future editing.</para>
+ <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>&app;</application> continues, the
+ balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
+ reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
+ the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
+ transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>&app;</application> includes
+ a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
+ not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
+ use various reports to extract that data without zeroing the account out.</para>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
commit 7ffb0b6593c2bef6e33832410da52ff9f20b3781
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 09:59:02 2016 +0100
translation of commit 09b13337cb88a80d832c20509ce5e3a09845d739
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
index a2f8637..689e7f0 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
@@ -964,16 +964,16 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Fenster <guilabel>Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten</guilabel> —
+ <phrase>Fenster <guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten</guimenuitem> —
Karteikarte <guilabel>Ãœbersicht</guilabel></phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>Fenster <guilabel>Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten</guilabel> —
+ <caption><para>Fenster <guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten</guimenuitem> —
Karteikarte <guilabel>Ãœbersicht</guilabel></para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
- <para>Zuerst tragen wir oben im Fenster einen Namen für die neu erstellte
+
+ <para>Zuerst tragen wir oben im Fenster einen Namen für die neu erstellte
terminierte Buchung ein.</para>
<note>
<para>Dieser Name dient nur der Kennzeichnung der Buchung in der Liste der
@@ -1041,12 +1041,12 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Häufigkeit</guilabel> Karteikarte</phrase>
+ <phrase><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> —
+ <guimenuitem>Häufigkeit</guimenuitem> Karteikarte</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Häufigkeit</guilabel> Karteikarte</para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> —
+ <guimenuitem>Häufigkeit</guimenuitem> Karteikarte</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -1126,12 +1126,12 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guilabel> Karteikarte
- <guilabel>Buchungsvorlage</guilabel></phrase>
+ <phrase><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> Karteikarte
+ <guimenuitem>Buchungsvorlage</guimenuitem></phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guilabel> Karteikarte
- <guilabel>Buchungsvorlage</guilabel></para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</guimenuitem> Karteikarte
+ <guimenuitem>Buchungsvorlage</guimenuitem></para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
commit b1d52e843124ff88844ff716f97a2869679ceb0f
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 09:44:14 2016 +0100
translation of commit 25d860df72259f48bf532a401ad25a238c6105d5
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
index 0dd3f04..a2f8637 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@
<sect1 id="txns-registers-txntypes">
<title>Einfache oder mehrteiligen Buchungen</title>
- <para>Jede Buchung in <application>&app;</application> hat zuletzt zwei Teilbuchungen, aber eine Buchung kann mehr als zwei Teilbuchungen haben.
- Eine Buchung mit nur zwei Teilbuchungen wird ein <emphasis>einfache Buchung</emphasis> genannt, weil nur das laufende Konto und ein einzelnes entferntes Konto beteiligt ist.
+ <para>Jede Buchung in <application>&app;</application> hat zumindet zwei Teilbuchungen, aber eine Buchung kann mehr als zwei Teilbuchungen haben.
+ Eine Buchung mit nur zwei Teilbuchungen wird eine <emphasis>einfache Buchung</emphasis> genannt, weil nur das laufende Konto und ein einzelnes entferntes Konto beteiligt ist.
Eine Buchung mit drei oder mehr Konten wird eine <emphasis>mehrteilige Buchung</emphasis> genannt.</para>
<para>In der einfachen Ansicht sehen Sie eine Zusammenfassung der Teilbuchungen bezogen auf das laufende Konto.
@@ -332,6 +332,15 @@
Diese Zeile zeigt Ihnen nur eine Zusammenfassung der Auswirkung der Buchung auf dem laufenden Konto.
Für mehr Informationen können Sie in die einzelnen Teilbuchungen schauen, die die mehrteilige Buchung ausmachen.</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>Anmerkung: Ein Kontenblatt zeigt eine Buchung an, wenn eine Teilbuchung
+ dieser Buchung diesem Konto zugeordnet ist. Wenn eine gegebene Buchung mehr
+ als eine (Teil-)Buchung hat, die einem einzelnen Konto zugeordnet ist, dann
+ wird diese Buchung in der Buchungsansicht einmal für jede Teilbuchung
+ erscheinen, die diesem Konto zugeordnet ist. Im Bucungsjournal wird eine
+ solche Buchung nur einmal angezeigt.</para>
+ </note>
+
<para>Die eingerückten Zeilen unter der Buchungszeile sind die <emphasis>Teilbuchungszielen</emphasis>. Sie sind grauen Zeilen unterteilt.
Wenn Sie eine der Teilbuchungszeilen hervorheben, wechseln die Spaltenköpfe, um die teilbuchungsrelevanten Felder zu benennen:</para>
commit e9ce16741865739d77c3f5fe305f66e19c7432cb
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 08:39:24 2016 +0100
translation of commit bb525f98b551ac5ab18ba6512f385cbc1af1b184
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
index 9258a6a..0dd3f04 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
<!--
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0 (2.6 maint)
- Last modified: July 9th 2006 (September 14th 2014 - Englisch 02.08.2015)
+ Last modified: July 9th 2006 (September 14th 2014 - Englisch 27.10.2016)
Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
@@ -203,6 +203,19 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+ <tip><para>Diese Datumskürzel funktionieren nicht nur im Kontenblatt, sondern
+ überall, wo Sie ein Datum eingeben können.</para></tip>
+
+ <tip><para>Besonders für Kalenderdaten gibt es einen anderen Weg, wie Sie
+ Zeit sparen können, indem Sie nur einen Teil des Datums eingeben.
+ Zum Beispiel geben Sie nur eine Zahl ein <application>&app;</application>
+ wird dies als den Tag im laufenden Monat des laufenden Jahres interpretieren.
+ Wenn Sie nur einen Tag und Monat eingeben, wird <application>&app;</application>
+ automatisch das Jahr anhängen. Standardmäßig ist dies das laufende Jahr.
+ sie können <application>&app;</application> auch so konfigurieren, dass ein Datum
+ im Schiebefenster eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor dem laufenden Monat
+ genommen wird. Dies wird unter <menuchoice><guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu><guisubmenu>Einstellungen</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Datum und Zeit</guisubmenu><guilabel>Datum vervollständigen</guilabel></menuchoice> konfiguriert werden.</para></tip>
+
<para>Im Feld <guilabel>Nr.</guilabel> einer Buchungszeile können Sie die Taste <keycap>+</keycap>
verwenden, um die nächsthöheren Buchungsnummer einzugeben, genauso wie die Taste <keycap>-</keycap>,
um die Buchungsnummer um eins zu vermindern. Das funktioniert auch im Feld <guilabel>Aktion</guilabel>
commit 1a6616c0637d9726945e0dbd90138581fecd5d92
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Sat Nov 26 08:17:44 2016 +0100
translation of commit commit df47fc56e6a94d275962366a93fcc977754ad1dd
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_accts.xml b/guide/de/ch_accts.xml
index 0492df8..4d9612b 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_accts.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_accts.xml
@@ -212,8 +212,11 @@
die Eingabe der Anzahl der Fondsanteile und ihres Preises zur Verfügung wie beim
Aktienkonto. Investmentfonds stellen einen Miteigentumsanteil für eine Vielzahl
von Geldanlagen dar, und wie Aktien garantieren sie keinen festen Geldwert.</para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> behandelt die Kontentypen
+ Aktien und Investmentfonds auf die gleiche Weise. </para>
</listitem>
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Forderungen</guilabel>: Dieser Kontentyp wird normalerweise
nur im Geschäftsleben verwendet, da Sie hier noch nicht eingegangene
@@ -223,10 +226,13 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Sonstiges Vermögen:</guilabel> Unabhängig davon, wie unterschiedlich
+ <para><guilabel>Vermögen:</guilabel> Unabhängig davon, wie unterschiedlich
dieses Vermögen ist, kann <application>&app;</application> einfach viele
- unterschiedliche Situationen verwalten. Der Bereich <quote>Sonstiges Vermögen</quote>
+ unterschiedliche Situationen verwalten. Der Kontentyp <quote>Vermögen</quote>
deckt alle Aktiva ab, die oben noch nicht aufgezählt wurden.</para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> behandelt die Kontentypen Barvermögen,
+ Bank und Aktiva auf die gleiche Weise.
+ </para>
<para>Konten sind Informationsspeicher, die dazu benutzt werden, um
die Art von auftretenden Vorgängen aufzuzeichnen oder zu verfolgen,
@@ -280,6 +286,8 @@
Immobiliendarlehen oder Autokredite. Dieser Kontentyp hilft Ihnen
dabei, die Übersicht darüber zu behalten, wie viel Sie anderen noch
schulden und wie viel Sie bereits zurückgezahlt haben.</para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> behandelt die Kontentypen Keditkate und
+ Verbindlichkeiten auf die gleiche Weise.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
@@ -401,6 +409,23 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="accts-other-types">
+ <title>Weitere Kontentypen</title>
+
+ <para>Es gibt einige weitere Kontentypen.</para>
+
+ <para>Der <emphasis>Handel</emphasis> in mehreren Währungen wird in
+ <quote>Handels-</quote>konten aufgeteilt, um den Rechnungsabschluss
+ sowohl in jeder Währung als auch im Gesamtwert zu erstellen. Mehr Informationen unter
+ <xref linkend="chapter_currency" />
+ </para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Money Market</emphasis> and <emphasis>Credit Line
+ </emphasis>are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for
+ completeness with the specification.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="accts-examples1">
commit 1cbd128b55cdf5c1b5494f3a635092c20e4250a0
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Wed Nov 23 18:17:53 2016 +0100
translation of commit 1259a0c4006827fc8b6418a65c8d780c0b26ea14
diff --git a/guide/de/ch_basics.xml b/guide/de/ch_basics.xml
index d028d37..03c9c33 100644
--- a/guide/de/ch_basics.xml
+++ b/guide/de/ch_basics.xml
@@ -460,12 +460,13 @@
Kontenansicht erscheinen Informationen über den aktuellen Standort des Cursors.</para>
<note>
<para>Im Tabellenfenster können Sie die Breite aller Spalten der
- Tabelle verändern, die <application>&app;</application> anzeigt. Aber beachten Sie, dass die
- Spalte <quote>Beschreibung</quote> sich automatisch anpasst,
+ Tabelle verändern, die <application>&app;</application> anzeigt. <emphasis>Aber beachten Sie, dass sich die
+ Spalten Beschreibung und Saldo anders als die anderen Spalten verhalten</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Die Spalte <guilabel>Beschreibung</guilabel> anpasst sich automatich an,
um den freien Platz zu füllen. Sie sollten daher die Breite aller
- anderen Spalten zuerst anpassen und dann durch Doppelklicken
- der Trennlinie die Spalte <quote>Beschreibung</quote>
- anpassen.
+ anderen Spalten zuerst anpassen bevor Sie die Spaltenbeite der Beschreibung anpassen. </para>
+ <para>Die Spalte <guilabel>Saldo</guilabel> muss dann durch Doppelklicken
+ der Trennlinie die Spalte angepasst werden.
</para>
</note>
</sect2>
commit 981d6a7553159f87cbb9b25459602297ddad8db3
Author: Mechtilde <ooo at mechtilde.de>
Date: Mon Oct 31 19:18:51 2016 +0100
added ch_expenses.xml and ch_reports.xml
diff --git a/guide/de/Makefile.am b/guide/de/Makefile.am
index 05451a4..6aa7f49 100644
--- a/guide/de/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/de/Makefile.am
@@ -16,12 +16,14 @@ entities = \
ch_cc.xml \
ch_currency.xml \
ch_dep.xml \
+ ch_expenses.xml \
ch_import_business_data.xml \
ch_loans.xml \
ch_invest.xml \
ch_oth_assets.xml \
ch_oview.xml \
ch_python_bindings.xml \
+ ch_reports
ch_txns.xml \
appendixa.xml \
appendixb.xml \
commit 3ae39890251732afeeeae07bf4f89560d078241e
Author: Pedro Albuquerque <palbuquerque73 at gmail.com>
Date: Wed Nov 30 08:56:19 2016 +0100
pt section of l10n.xml
diff --git a/xsl/l10n.xml b/xsl/l10n.xml
index 43e61e9..ccdaedc 100644
--- a/xsl/l10n.xml
+++ b/xsl/l10n.xml
@@ -131,5 +131,21 @@
<l:template name="articleinfo" text="Informazioni su questo documento"/>
</l:context>
</l:l10n>
+
+<!-- ************ Portuguese **************** -->
+<l:l10n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0" language="pt">
+ <l:gentext key="Title" text="Título"/>
+ <l:gentext key="Author" text="Autor"/>
+ <l:gentext key="Authors" text="Autores"/>
+ <l:gentext key="Affiliation" text="Afiliação"/>
+ <l:gentext key="History" text="Histórico"/>
+ <l:gentext key="Email" text="Email"/>
+ <l:gentext key="Publisher" text="Editora"/>
+ <l:gentext key="Date" text="Data"/>
+ <l:context name="title">
+ <l:template name="bookinfo" text="Sobre este documento"/>
+ <l:template name="articleinfo" text="Sobre este documento"/>
+ </l:context>
+</l:l10n>
</i18n>
commit 3d9790267ccedfbce1a2a1f3ce310c25a663f01a
Merge: c32ae27 d62968a
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Thu Nov 17 12:03:22 2016 -0800
Merge suplementary account-setup change from Dave T.
commit d62968a8a79c9a5f06e35749b016caf583d36198
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Wed Nov 16 09:57:50 2016 +0500
Bug-397145 - Second change on this bug, as I overlooked issue noted in comment 6 on Bugzilla.
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml
index bac3d0a..817acb5 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml
@@ -372,38 +372,43 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Free form text box. This is used for any additional notes about
+ <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> This is a free form text box that can be used for any additional notes about
the account.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
- <para>Below the panes are check-boxes: one to show if the account is <guilabel>Tax
- Related</guilabel> (which is set through the <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report
- Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dialog), and
- two to mark the account as a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>, and/or a
- <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel> account.</para>
+ <para>Below the panes are 3 check-boxes: one to show if the account is <guilabel>Tax
+ Related</guilabel>, one to mark the account as a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>, and one to
+ mark an account <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel>.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Tax Related</guilabel> check-box means that this account has been
+ <para>The <guilabel>Tax Related</guilabel> check-box means that an account has been
flagged to be included in the Tax Schedule Report. This flag is only displayed on the <guilabel>Edit
Account</guilabel> dialog and is set in the <guilabel>Income Tax Information</guilabel> dialog
(<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).
See the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export section in Reports Chapter (<xref linkend="report-general"></xref>).</para>
- <para>The check-box <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> marks this account as solely a placeholder in the
- hierarchy, it is used to enable a hierarchy or chart of accounts to be setup.</para>
+
+ <para>The <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> check-box sets an account to read-only status and
+ prevents the addition of transaction data to the account.</para>
<note id="accts-placeholder">
- <para>A <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> means this
- account is not used for transaction data. Transactions may not be posted to this account, only to
- sub-accounts of this account not marked themselves as <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>Setting an account to <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> will also hide that account in the pop-up
+ account list in a register. Sub-accounts to the placeholder account will still display
+ in the pop-up, however.</para>
</note>
- <para>The check box <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel> marks this account (and any sub-accounts) to be hidden in
- the account tree and not appear in the pop-up account list in the register. To reset this option, you will
+ <para>The <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel> check box hides an account (and any sub-accounts) in
+ the account tree. To reset this option, you will
first need to open the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter By...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- dialog for the account tree and check the <guilabel>show hidden accounts</guilabel> option.
+ dialog for the account tree and check the <guilabel>Show hidden accounts</guilabel> option.
Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.</para>
+
+ <note id="accts-hidden">
+ <para>Hidden accounts still appear in the pop-up account list in a register.
+ To remove an account from this pop-up account list as well, check the
+ <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> check box.</para>
+ </note>
- <para>The next pane contains a list of <guilabel>Account Types</guilabel>. Select a type from the
+ <para>Below these checkboxes is a pane that contains a list of <guilabel>Account Types</guilabel>. Select a type from the
descriptions in <xref linkend="acct-types" />.</para>
<para>The next pane contains an account tree to choose a <guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel>. To create a
commit c32ae27e4939e1b0788ee5b8f23c9be9b9bab3ed
Merge: 2825931 4be1e74
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Tue Nov 15 09:43:34 2016 -0800
Merge Sunfish's Bug 397135 doc update about hidden accounts in pick lists.
commit 282593184c5eb720c468ed2ab66f747318654931
Merge: dde2cb7 09b1333
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sun Nov 13 09:16:26 2016 -0800
Merge Pull Request 71, Bug 755174 Help Document Lots in Account window, into maint
commit 09b13337cb88a80d832c20509ce5e3a09845d739
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Thu Nov 10 17:56:10 2016 +1100
Fix incorrect use of mdash
See discussion https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/pull/71
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
index 610a634..bcce28f 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
@@ -2757,8 +2757,8 @@ url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html
<listitem>
<para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
- transaction in the security account register — they will
- have the same date as the sell transactions. Edit the <emphasis>
+ transaction in the security account register (they will
+ have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_txns.xml b/guide/C/ch_txns.xml
index 1c01232..2ea8d52 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_txns.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_txns.xml
@@ -966,12 +966,13 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab</phrase>
+ <phrase>
+ <guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -1037,12 +1038,13 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</phrase>
+ <phrase>
+ <guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -1114,12 +1116,12 @@
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab</phrase>
+ <phrase><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
- <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
+ <caption><para><guimenuitem>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guimenuitem>
+ window, <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml
index edc09c6..2e14a2e 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml
@@ -81,7 +81,9 @@
<title>Accounting Period</title>
<figure id="prefs-acct-period-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Accounting Period</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Accounting Period</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Accounting-Period">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -103,16 +105,16 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Start Date</guilabel> — This item sets the accounting period’s start date.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel> This item sets the accounting period’s start date.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Relative</guilabel> — Use the specified relative starting date for profit/loss
+ <para><guilabel>Relative:</guilabel> Use the specified relative starting date for profit/loss
calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. Relative defines
start by today or start of current/previous year, quarter, month.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Absolute</guilabel> — Use the specified absolute starting date for profit/loss
+ <para><guilabel>Absolute:</guilabel> Use the specified absolute starting date for profit/loss
calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -120,15 +122,15 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>End Date</guilabel> — This item sets the accounting period’s end date.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>End Date:</guilabel> This item sets the accounting period’s end date.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Relative</guilabel> — Use the specified relative ending date for profit/loss
+ <para><guilabel>Relative:</guilabel> Use the specified relative ending date for profit/loss
calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Absolute</guilabel> — Use the specified absolute ending date for profit/loss
+ <para><guilabel>Absolute:</guilabel> Use the specified absolute ending date for profit/loss
calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -139,12 +141,12 @@
<para><guilabel>Summarybar content</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Include grand total</guilabel> — If checked, show in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a grand total of all
+ <para><guilabel>Include grand total:</guilabel> If checked, show in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a grand total of all
accounts converted to the default currency.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Include non-currency totals</guilabel> — if this
+ <para><guilabel>Include non-currency totals:</guilabel> if this
option is selected, <application>&app;</application> will include in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a total
for non-currency items (for instance number of shares).</para>
</listitem>
@@ -158,7 +160,9 @@
<title>Accounts</title>
<figure id="prefs-acct-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Accounts</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Accounts</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Accounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -179,18 +183,18 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Separator Character</guilabel> — The account
+ <para><guilabel>Separator Character:</guilabel> The account
separator is the character that separates a parent account from its
sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric. The default is a
<keycap>:</keycap> (Colon), but you can also select
<keycap>/</keycap> (Slash),
- <keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>—</keycap> (Dash)
+ <keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>-</keycap> (Dash)
or <keycap>.</keycap> (Period), or any Unicode character
that isn’t a letter or a number.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Reverse Balanced accounts</guilabel> — This option
+ <para><guilabel>Reverse Balanced accounts:</guilabel> This option
lets you determine whether account balances will display as positive
or negative numbers:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -218,7 +222,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Labels</guilabel> — Select this option if you want
+ <para><guilabel>Labels:</guilabel> Select this option if you want
column headings in the register to refer to <guilabel>debits</guilabel> and
<guilabel>credits</guilabel> instead of the default informal headings such
as <guilabel>withdrawal</guilabel>
@@ -226,18 +230,18 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default Currency</guilabel> — This item determines
+ <para><guilabel>Default Currency:</guilabel> This item determines
which currency will be selected by default when creating new
accounts.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the system locale currency for
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the system locale currency for
all newly created accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Choose</guilabel> — specify the
+ <para><guilabel>Choose:</guilabel> specify the
currency to use, independent of your system
settings.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -245,17 +249,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Color</guilabel> — This option
+ <para><guilabel>Account Color:</guilabel> This option
lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
<guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> window:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors as background</guilabel> — show the
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors as background:</guilabel> show the
accounts color as account name background in the Accounts Page.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs</guilabel> — show the accounts
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs:</guilabel> show the accounts
color as background in the account register tabs.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -267,7 +271,8 @@
<title>Business</title>
<figure id="prefs-biz-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Business</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Business</guilabel> tab</title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Business">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -291,18 +296,18 @@
<para><guilabel>General</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable extra buttons</guilabel> — If checked,
+ <para><guilabel>Enable extra buttons:</guilabel> If checked,
extra toolbar buttons for common business functions are shown.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Open in new window</guilabel> — If checked, each
+ <para><guilabel>Open in new window:</guilabel> If checked, each
invoice will be opened in its own top level window. If clear, the
invoice will be opened in the current window.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Accumulate splits on post</guilabel> — Whether
+ <para><guilabel>Accumulate splits on post:</guilabel> Whether
multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account
should be accumulated into a single split by default.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -313,18 +318,18 @@
<para><guilabel>Invoices</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Report for printing:</guilabel> — Allows to select
+ <para><guilabel>Report for printing:</guilabel> Allows to select
the invoice report to be used for printing.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tax Included</guilabel> — Whether tax are
+ <para><guilabel>Tax Included:</guilabel> Whether tax are
included by default in entries on invoices. This setting is
inherited by new customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting:</guilabel> If enabled, at post
time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
@@ -343,24 +348,24 @@
<para><guilabel>Bills</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notify when due</guilabel> — Lets you set whether
+ <para><guilabel>Notify when due:</guilabel> Lets you set whether
you want to be notified at <application>&app;</application> startup
of when a bill is soon to be due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Days in advance</guilabel> — How many days before
+ <para><guilabel>Days in advance:</guilabel> How many days before
the due date to warn about bills coming due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tax Included</guilabel> — Whether tax are
+ <para><guilabel>Tax Included:</guilabel> Whether tax are
included by default in entries on bills. This setting is inherited
by new customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting:</guilabel> If enabled, at post
time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
@@ -382,7 +387,8 @@
<title>Date/Time</title>
<figure id="prefs-date-time-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Date/Time</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Date/Time</guilabel> tab</title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_DateTime">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -406,7 +412,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Time Format</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Use 24-hour clock</guilabel> — Lets you specify if you
+ <para><guilabel>Use 24-hour clock:</guilabel> Lets you specify if you
want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 11 o’clock at
night should be represented as 11PM or 23:00.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -414,44 +420,44 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Date Format</guilabel> — This option controls the
+ <para><guilabel>Date Format:</guilabel> This option controls the
appearance of the date (you could see a preview of the date beside any of the choices).
The available choices are:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>US</guilabel> — Use the date format common in the United States.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>US:</guilabel> Use the date format common in the United States.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>UK</guilabel> — Use the date format common in the United Kingdom.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>UK:</guilabel> Use the date format common in the United Kingdom.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Europe</guilabel> — Use the date format common in continental Europe.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Europe:</guilabel> Use the date format common in continental Europe.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>ISO</guilabel> — Use the date format specified by the ISO-8601 standard.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>ISO:</guilabel> Use the date format specified by the ISO-8601 standard.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the date format specified by the system locale.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the date format specified by the system locale.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Date completion</guilabel> — This option
+ <para><guilabel>Date completion:</guilabel> This option
lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year</guilabel> (Default) — Dates will be completed so that
+ <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year:</guilabel> (Default) Dates will be completed so that
they are within the current calendar year.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
- the current month</guilabel> — Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
+ the current month:</guilabel> Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
date. You can enter the maximum number of months to go backwards in time when completing dates.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -464,7 +470,9 @@
<title>General</title>
<figure id="prefs-general-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — General</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ General</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_General">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -488,18 +496,18 @@
<para><guilabel>General</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog</guilabel> — This option displays or hides the
+ <para><guilabel>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog:</guilabel> This option displays or hides the
<guilabel>Tip of the Day</guilabel> screen when <application>&app;</application> is started.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show splash screen</guilabel> — With this option you
+ <para><guilabel>Show splash screen:</guilabel> With this option you
can enable or disable the visualization of the startup screen while
<application>&app;</application> is starting up.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Perform account list setup on new file</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Perform account list setup on new file:</guilabel>
This option turns off the display of the <guilabel>New Account
Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant when the entry <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is selected from the
@@ -508,7 +516,7 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Set book option on new files to use split "action"
- field for "Num" field on registers/reports</guilabel> —
+ field for "Num" field on registers/reports:</guilabel>
If selected, the displayed setting on the <guilabel>New Book
Options</guilabel> dialog for the <guilabel>Use Split Action Field
for Number</guilabel> setting will be selected and, if saved, the
@@ -544,19 +552,19 @@
<para><guilabel>Numbers</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Display negative amounts in red</guilabel> — If you
+ <para><guilabel>Display negative amounts in red:</guilabel> If you
turn off this option, <application>&app;</application> will display negative numbers in
black.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatic Decimal Point</guilabel> — This option
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic Decimal Point:</guilabel> This option
will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type
in.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Decimal Places</guilabel> — This field allows you
+ <para><guilabel>Decimal Places:</guilabel> This field allows you
to set the number of decimal places to be used.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -569,24 +577,24 @@
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Compress files</guilabel> — This option determines
+ <para><guilabel>Compress files:</guilabel> This option determines
whether the <application>&app;</application> data file will be compressed or not.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show auto-save confirmation question</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Show auto-save confirmation question:</guilabel>
If this option is enabled, <application>&app;</application> will show you a confirmation screen
each time the auto-save process is started.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto-save time interval</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-save time interval:</guilabel>
This field sets the number of minutes between each automatic saving of the file.
Set to 0 to disable the auto-save feature.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question:</guilabel>
If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
limited number of seconds for an answer. If the user didn’t answer within that time,
the changes will be saved automatically and the question window closed.
@@ -594,19 +602,19 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Retain log files</guilabel> — In this section you could set
+ <para><guilabel>Retain log files:</guilabel> In this section you could set
your preferences about the log files using the provided radio buttons.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Never</guilabel> — Disable the creation of log files.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Never:</guilabel> Disable the creation of log files.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>For:</guilabel> — Enter a specific number of days for which keep the files.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>For:</guilabel> Enter a specific number of days for which keep the files.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Forever</guilabel> — Disable the auto deletion of log files; retains the log files forever.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Forever:</guilabel> Disable the auto deletion of log files; retains the log files forever.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -617,7 +625,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Search Dialog</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>New search limit:</guilabel> — Defaults to "new
+ <para><guilabel>New search limit:</guilabel> Defaults to "new
search" if fewer than this number of items is returned.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -629,7 +637,9 @@
<title>Online Banking</title>
<figure id="prefs-online-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Online Banking</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Online Banking</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_OnlineBanking">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -653,7 +663,7 @@
<para><guilabel>QIF Import</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show documentation</guilabel> — The first time you
+ <para><guilabel>Show documentation:</guilabel> The first time you
use the QIF importer you may
notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import
a file. Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you
@@ -662,7 +672,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file)</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file):</guilabel>
In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -686,45 +696,45 @@
<para><guilabel>Generic Importer</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable skip transaction action</guilabel> — Enable the SKIP
+ <para><guilabel>Enable skip transaction action:</guilabel> Enable the SKIP
action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score
is in the yellow zone (above the Auto-ADD threshold but below the Auto-CLEAR threshold)
will be skipped by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable update match action</guilabel> — Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
+ <para><guilabel>Enable update match action:</guilabel> Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
transaction will cause the existing transaction to be updated and cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Use Bayesian matching</guilabel> — Use Bayesian
+ <para><guilabel>Use Bayesian matching:</guilabel> Use Bayesian
algorithms to match new transactions with existing accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Match display threshold</guilabel> — The minimal
+ <para><guilabel>Match display threshold:</guilabel> The minimal
score a potential match must have to be displayed in the match
list.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto-add threshold</guilabel> — A transaction whose
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-add threshold:</guilabel> A transaction whose
best match’s score is in the red zone (above display threshold, but
below or equal to Auto-add threshold) will be added by
default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto-clear threshold</guilabel> — A transaction
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-clear threshold:</guilabel> A transaction
whose best match’s score is in the green zone (above or equal to
Auto-clear threshold) will be cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Commercial ATM fees threshold</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Commercial ATM fees threshold:</guilabel>
In some places commercial ATMs (not
belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience
store. These ATM add its fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a
@@ -737,7 +747,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities</guilabel> — Enables the
+ <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities:</guilabel> Enables the
automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
import. If not enabled, the user will be asked what to do with each unknown commodity.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -752,18 +762,18 @@
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished</guilabel> — Close the log window
+ <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished:</guilabel> Close the log window
when the operation is completed.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Remember PIN</guilabel> — Enable this option if you
+ <para><guilabel>Remember PIN:</guilabel> Enable this option if you
want <application>&app;</application> to remember the PIN you
enter for online banking authentication.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Verbose debug messages</guilabel> — Enable this option if you
+ <para><guilabel>Verbose debug messages:</guilabel> Enable this option if you
want <application>&app;</application> to show more information about the online
banking operations.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -776,7 +786,9 @@
<title>Printing</title>
<figure id="prefs-printing-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Printing</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Printing</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Printing">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -801,18 +813,18 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Print date format</guilabel> — Enable this option
+ <para><guilabel>Print date format:</guilabel> Enable this option
if you want to print on the check, below the actual date, its format in 8 point type.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Print blocking chars</guilabel> — Enable this option to print
+ <para><guilabel>Print blocking chars:</guilabel> Enable this option to print
a series of three asterisks before and after each text field in the check.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default font:</guilabel> — Click the button on the left to open
+ <para><guilabel>Default font:</guilabel> Click the button on the left to open
a <guilabel>Pick a Font</guilabel> screen in which you can customize the font
that will be used to print checks.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -823,7 +835,9 @@
<title>Register</title>
<figure id="prefs-reg-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Register</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Register</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Register">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -847,20 +861,20 @@
<para><guilabel>Actions</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>'Enter' moves to blank transaction</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>'Enter' moves to blank transaction:</guilabel> If
selected, move the cursor to the blank transaction at the end of the register
after the user presses the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key. Otherwise the cursor will be moved
down one row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto-raise lists</guilabel> — If selected, all lists
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-raise lists:</guilabel> If selected, all lists
will automatically be expanded when input focus is in the list
field.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction:</guilabel>
If selected, when the transaction is auto filled, pressing the
<keycap>Tab</keycap> key in the register the cursor’s jump
will include the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field.</para>
@@ -872,13 +886,13 @@
<para><guilabel>Reconciling</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Check cleared transactions</guilabel> — If selected,
+ <para><guilabel>Check cleared transactions:</guilabel> If selected,
automatically check off cleared transactions when
reconciling.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatic interest transfer</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic interest transfer:</guilabel> If
selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays
interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest
charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual,
@@ -886,13 +900,13 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatic credit card payment</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic credit card payment:</guilabel> If
selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user
to enter a credit card payment.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Always reconcile to today</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Always reconcile to today:</guilabel> If
selected, always open the reconcile screen with today’s date for
statement date, regardless of previous reconciliation.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -904,26 +918,26 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Use system theme colors</guilabel> — If selected,
+ <para><guilabel>Use system theme colors:</guilabel> If selected,
the system color theme will be applied to register windows. Otherwise
the original <application>&app;</application> register color will be used.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Double mode colors alternate with
- transactions</guilabel> — If selected, configures the register
+ transactions:</guilabel> If selected, configures the register
window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with
each transaction, instead of each row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Draw horizontal lines between rows</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Draw horizontal lines between rows:</guilabel> If
selected, <application>&app;</application> will draw a horizontal line between each
row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Draw vertical lines between columns</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Draw vertical lines between columns:</guilabel> If
selected, <application>&app;</application> will draw a vertical line between the cells in
each row.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -937,7 +951,9 @@
<title>Register Defaults</title>
<figure id="prefs-reg-def-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Register Defaults</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Register Defaults</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_RegisterDefaults">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -967,18 +983,18 @@
different styles for register windows:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Basic ledger</guilabel> — Show all transactions on one line. (Two in double line
+ <para><guilabel>Basic ledger:</guilabel> Show all transactions on one line. (Two in double line
mode.)</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto-split ledger</guilabel> — Automatically expand the current transaction to show
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-split ledger:</guilabel> Automatically expand the current transaction to show
all splits. All other transactions are shown on one line. (Two in double line
mode.)</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Transaction journal</guilabel> — All transactions are expanded to show all splits.
+ <para><guilabel>Transaction journal:</guilabel> All transactions are expanded to show all splits.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -989,18 +1005,18 @@
<para><guilabel>Other Defaults</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Register opens in a new window</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Register opens in a new window:</guilabel> If
selected, register will be in a separate window instead of in a
tab.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Double line mode</guilabel> — If selected, show two
+ <para><guilabel>Double line mode:</guilabel> If selected, show two
lines of information for each transaction instead of one.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Only display leaf account names</guilabel> — If selected, only the name of the leaf
+ <para><guilabel>Only display leaf account names:</guilabel> If selected, only the name of the leaf
accounts will be displayed in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> selection popup.
The default behavoir is to display the full account name including the path in the account tree.</para>
<warning>
@@ -1011,7 +1027,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number of transactions</guilabel> — How many
+ <para><guilabel>Number of transactions:</guilabel> How many
transactions to show in a register. Set to 0 to show all transactions.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1023,7 +1039,9 @@
<title>Reports</title>
<figure id="prefs-reports-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Reports</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Reports</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Reports">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1048,17 +1066,17 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default Report Currency</guilabel> — This item
+ <para><guilabel>Default Report Currency:</guilabel> This item
determines which currency will be used by default when creating
reports. You can choose:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the system locale currency for all
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the system locale currency for all
newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Choose</guilabel> — Use the specified currency for all
+ <para><guilabel>Choose:</guilabel> Use the specified currency for all
newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1068,7 +1086,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Location</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Report opens in a new window</guilabel> — if you select this option, the
+ <para><guilabel>Report opens in a new window:</guilabel> if you select this option, the
reports will open up in a new window, instead of in a tab.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1080,7 +1098,9 @@
<title>Scheduled Transactions</title>
<figure id="prefs-sched-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_ScheduledTransactions">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1110,7 +1130,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Since Last Run Dialog</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Run when data file opened</guilabel> — If selected,
+ <para><guilabel>Run when data file opened:</guilabel> If selected,
the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> screen will appear on <application>&app;</application> start-up (or
rather when <application>&app;</application> opens the file).
</para>
@@ -1122,7 +1142,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Transaction Editor Defaults</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto-Create new transactions</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-Create new transactions:</guilabel> If
selected, new scheduled transactions will automatically be entered
into the register. If the auto-create option is enabled, you could also check
<guilabel>Notify before transactions are created</guilabel> so that you will be
@@ -1130,13 +1150,13 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Create in advance</guilabel> — The default
+ <para><guilabel>Create in advance:</guilabel> The default
number of days in advance to create the registered scheduled
transactions.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Remind in advance</guilabel> — The default
+ <para><guilabel>Remind in advance:</guilabel> The default
number of days in advance to remind on new scheduled
transactions.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1149,7 +1169,9 @@
<title>Windows</title>
<figure id="prefs-windows-fig">
- <title>The <guilabel>Preferences — Windows</guilabel> tab</title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Windows</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Windows">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1173,7 +1195,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Window Geometry</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Save window size and position</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Save window size and position:</guilabel> If
selected, next time <application>&app;</application> starts will re-use the windows size
and position configured in the last run.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1184,18 +1206,18 @@
<para><guilabel>Tabs</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show close button on notebook tabs</guilabel> — Adds
+ <para><guilabel>Show close button on notebook tabs:</guilabel> Adds
a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the
various tabs.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Bring the most recent tab to the front</guilabel> — If
+ <para><guilabel>Bring the most recent tab to the front:</guilabel> If
selected, the newly created tab will be shown over the other tabs.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> — The width of tab label
+ <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> The width of tab label
expressed in characters.
<note>
<para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml
index a387c1b..a23a70c 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml
@@ -35,20 +35,20 @@
<itemizedlist id="CreateAccounts">
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Create a new set of accounts</guilabel> — Runs the
+ <para><guilabel>Create a new set of accounts:</guilabel> Runs the
<guilabel>New Account Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant (see <xref linkend="acct-hierarchy"/>). Select
this option if you want to be assisted in creating a set of accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Import my QIF files</guilabel> — Runs the
+ <para><guilabel>Import my QIF files:</guilabel> Runs the
<guilabel>Import QIF Files</guilabel> assistant (see <xref linkend="import-qif"/>). Select this option
if you already have Quicken files (<filename>.qif</filename> files) from another
financial application and wish to import them into <application>&app;</application>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Open the new user tutorial</guilabel> —
+ <para><guilabel>Open the new user tutorial:</guilabel>
Opens the <application>&app;</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this
option if you are completely new to <application>&app;</application> and
accounting concepts.</para>
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> — exit the process and cancel creating
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel creating
a new set of accounts.</para>
<warning>
<para>If you click this button, any selections you have made up to
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Back</guibutton> — brings up the previous screen so
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Forward</guibutton> — brings up the next
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> brings up the next
screen so you can continue through the assistant.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> — exits the assistant and cancels creating
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exits the assistant and cancels creating
a new set of accounts.</para>
<warning>
<para>If you click this button, any selections you have made up to
@@ -242,12 +242,12 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Back</guibutton> — brings up the previous screen so
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Apply</guibutton> — creates the accounts you have selected.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Apply:</guibutton> creates the accounts you have selected.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> — exit the process and cancel importing
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel importing
<acronym>QIF</acronym> files.</para>
<warning>
<para>If you click this button, any selections you have made up to
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Back</guibutton> — brings up the previous screen so
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Forward</guibutton> — brings up the next
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> brings up the next
screen so you can continue through the assistant.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> — exit the process and cancel importing
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel importing
<acronym>QIF</acronym> files.</para>
<warning>
<para>If you click this button, any selections you have made up to
@@ -611,12 +611,12 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Back</guibutton> — brings up the previous screen so
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Forward</guibutton> — imports the data and creates the
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> imports the data and creates the
accounts you have specified.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
index 581e537..6dd3afa 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
<title>Report Options</title>
<figure>
- <title><emphasis>Transaction Report — Report Options</emphasis></title>
+ <title><emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options</emphasis></title>
<screenshot id="Help_TxRptOpt_Screen">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -371,9 +371,9 @@
srccredit="Geert Janssens" ></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- <textobject><phrase>Transaction Report — Report Options screen</phrase>
+ <textobject><phrase>Transaction Report, Report Options screen</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>This is an image of the <emphasis>Transaction Report — Report Options — Display tab.</emphasis></para>
+ <caption><para>This is an image of the <emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options, Display tab.</emphasis></para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Accounts tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> — Select one or more accounts to be reported.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Accounts:</guilabel> Select one or more accounts to be reported.</para>
<para>There are 4 buttons to aid account selection</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -396,18 +396,18 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts</guilabel> — Show accounts that have been marked hidden.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts:</guilabel> Show accounts that have been marked hidden.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter By</guilabel> — Optionally select accounts to be either included or
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter By:</guilabel> Optionally select accounts to be either included or
excluded depending on Filter type</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts</guilabel> — Show accounts that have been
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts:</guilabel> Show accounts that have been
marked hidden in the Filter By list of accounts</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter Type</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter Type:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Void Transactions</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Void Transactions:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -449,19 +449,19 @@
<listitem><para><guilabel>Num</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Description</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Memo</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> — Display the notes if the memo is unavailable</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Display the notes if the memo is unavailable</para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name</guilabel> — For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name:</guilabel> For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Other Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares</guilabel> — Display number of shares</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price</guilabel> — Display share prices</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares:</guilabel> Display number of shares</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price:</guilabel> Display share prices</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
<listitem><para><guilabel>Running Balance</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Totals</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sign Reverses</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sign Reverses:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -494,10 +494,10 @@
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report name</guilabel> — Enter a descriptive name for this report</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> — Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report name:</guilabel> Enter a descriptive name for this report</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel> Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Start Date</guilabel> — Enter or select a specific Start Date</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel> Enter or select a specific Start Date</para>
<para>or select one of the following named start date options which will be used to determine the start date each time the report is run
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>End Date</guilabel> — Enter or select a specific End Date,</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>End Date:</guilabel> Enter or select a specific End Date,</para>
<para>or select one of the following named end date options which will be used to determine the end date each time the report is run
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Style</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Style:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -549,17 +549,17 @@
</note>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Common Currency</guilabel> — Convert all transactions into a common currency</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> — Select the currency to display values</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Table for Exporting</guilabel> — Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Common Currency:</guilabel> Convert all transactions into a common currency</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel> Select the currency to display values</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Table for Exporting:</guilabel> Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Sorting tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Key</guilabel> — Primary Sort Key. One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Key:</guilabel> Primary Sort Key. One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -581,14 +581,14 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Full Account Name</guilabel> — Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Account Code</guilabel> — Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal</guilabel> — Subtotal according to the primary key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal for Date Key</guilabel> — Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Full Account Name:</guilabel> Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Account Code:</guilabel> Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal:</guilabel> Subtotal according to the primary key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal for Date Key:</guilabel> Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Sort Order</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Sort Order:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -599,13 +599,13 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Key</guilabel> — Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal</guilabel> — Subtotal according to the secondary key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal for Date Key</guilabel> — Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Key:</guilabel> Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal:</guilabel> Subtotal according to the secondary key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal for Date Key:</guilabel> Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Sort Order</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Sort Order:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -723,47 +723,47 @@
<para>Columns</para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Account</guilabel> — Stock Account</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Account:</guilabel> Stock Account</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Symbol</guilabel> — Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Symbol:</guilabel> Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Listing</guilabel> — Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Listing:</guilabel> Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares</guilabel> — Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares:</guilabel> Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show.
A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price</guilabel> — Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price:</guilabel> Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis</guilabel> — Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis:</guilabel> Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Value</guilabel> — Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel> Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Money In</guilabel> — Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Money In:</guilabel> Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Money Out</guilabel> — Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Money Out:</guilabel> Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Realized Gain</guilabel> — Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Realized Gain:</guilabel> Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Unrealized Gain</guilabel> — Value less Basis for unsold shares</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Unrealized Gain:</guilabel> Value less Basis for unsold shares</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Gain</guilabel> — Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Gain:</guilabel> Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Gain</guilabel> — Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from <application>&app;</application> 2.6.1 onwards)</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Gain:</guilabel> Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from <application>&app;</application> 2.6.1 onwards)</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Income</guilabel> — Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Income:</guilabel> Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account.</para>
<note>
<para>To include income from dividends which are not reinvested (if there is no split to the stock account in the income transaction, the report has no way of associating the income with a particular stock) :
</para>
@@ -791,13 +791,13 @@
</note>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Brokerage Fees</guilabel> — Brokerage Fees</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Brokerage Fees:</guilabel> Brokerage Fees</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Return</guilabel> — Total Gain + Income</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Return:</guilabel> Total Gain + Income</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Return</guilabel> — Total Return / Money In * 100</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Return:</guilabel> Total Return / Money In * 100</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Include accounts with no shares</guilabel> — Unchecked (default) or checked.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Include accounts with no shares:</guilabel> Unchecked (default) or checked.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -823,19 +823,19 @@
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show ticker symbols</guilabel> — Checked default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show ticker symbols:</guilabel> Checked default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show listings</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show listings:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show number of shares</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show number of shares:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Share decimal places</guilabel> — The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Share decimal places:</guilabel> The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show prices</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show prices:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -846,16 +846,16 @@
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> — Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel> Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis calculation method</guilabel> — Average (default), FIFO or LIFO.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis calculation method:</guilabel> Average (default), FIFO or LIFO.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Set preference for price list data</guilabel> — Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Set preference for price list data:</guilabel> Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>How to report brokerage fees</guilabel> — Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>How to report brokerage fees:</guilabel> Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1054,28 +1054,28 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name:</guilabel>
Enter a descriptive name for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel>
Select a style sheet for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>To</guilabel> — Select a date
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>To:</guilabel> Select a date
to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and
including the selected date will be used to calculate the
outstanding aged balances. See common report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel>
Select the currency to display the values in - see common
report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel>
Select the source of price information used for currency
conversion if needed. One of</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -1099,12 +1099,12 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals</guilabel>
- — If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals:</guilabel>
+ If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
currency.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By</guilabel> — Sort
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By:</guilabel> Sort
companies by one of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order</guilabel> — One of
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order:</guilabel> One of
</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -1136,12 +1136,12 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items</guilabel>
- — Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items:</guilabel>
+ Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
balance.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date:</guilabel>
Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Payable Account</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Payable Account:</guilabel>
The accounts payable account used to select vendors to be
reported. Vendors are included if they have a posted
business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the
@@ -1166,41 +1166,41 @@
<listitem><para><emphasis>Display tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name:</guilabel>
Display vendor address name. This, and other fields, may be
useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a
mail merge.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1:</guilabel> Display
address line 1.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2:</guilabel> Display
address line 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3:</guilabel> Display
address line 3.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4:</guilabel> Display
address line 4.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone:</guilabel> Display
address phone number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax:</guilabel> Display
address fax number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Email</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Email:</guilabel> Display
email address.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Active</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Active:</guilabel> Display
vendor active status.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1246,28 +1246,28 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name:</guilabel>
Enter a descriptive name for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel>
Select a style sheet for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>To</guilabel> — Select a date
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>To:</guilabel> Select a date
to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and
including the selected date will be used to calculate the
outstanding aged balances. See common report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel>
Select the currency to display the values in - see common
report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel>
Select the source of price information used for currency
conversion if needed. One of</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -1291,12 +1291,12 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals</guilabel>
- — If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals:</guilabel>
+ If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
currency.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By</guilabel> — Sort
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By:</guilabel> Sort
companies by one of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order</guilabel> — One of
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order:</guilabel> One of
</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -1328,12 +1328,12 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items</guilabel>
- — Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items:</guilabel>
+ Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
balance.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date:</guilabel>
Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Receivables Account</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Receivables Account:</guilabel>
The accounts receivable account used to select customers to be
reported. Customers are included if they have a posted
business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@
<listitem><para><emphasis>Display tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Source:</guilabel>
Which customer address fields to display. One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -1372,41 +1372,41 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name:</guilabel>
Display customer address name. This, and other fields, may be
useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a
mail merge.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1:</guilabel> Display
address line 1.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2:</guilabel> Display
address line 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3:</guilabel> Display
address line 3.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4:</guilabel> Display
address line 4.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone:</guilabel> Display
address phone number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax:</guilabel> Display
address fax number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Email</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Email:</guilabel> Display
email address.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Active</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Active:</guilabel> Display
vendor active status.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
commit b1f681719d755da7334c9077c45e174fc8248081
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Sat Nov 5 18:05:11 2016 +1100
Bug 755174 Help Document Lots in Account window
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
index 53e8657..610a634 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1930,13 +1930,12 @@ Income
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<!-- Link to future (soon!) new Help section
- <para>Refer to the <ulink
+ <para>Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants,
+ <ulink
url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
- Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants, Lots in Account
- </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
+ Lots in Account
+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
</para>
--->
</sect3>
<sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml
index e056ee4..1b83cc8 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml
@@ -3165,4 +3165,548 @@
accounts.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="tool-lots">
+ <title>Lots in Account</title>
+ <para>
+ <application>&app;</application> uses <emphasis>lots</emphasis> in 2 ways:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>To link security buy transactions to sell transactions so
+ the real cost of the sold securities can be used to calculate capital
+ gain or loss. See <xref linkend="tool-lots-cap" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>To link payments or credit notes to the invoices to which
+ they apply in the Business Features. See
+ <xref linkend="tool-lots-bus" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect2 id="tool-lots-cap">
+ <title>Lots for Security Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ the security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Lots in Account window for Security Capital Gains
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcctStk">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window for a security account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window for a security account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-lots-cap-scr">
+ <title>Screen Elements</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Adjusting the Size of Screen Elements</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>As well as adjusting the size of the whole window, it is
+ possible to adjust the proportions of the window elements both
+ horizontally and vertically.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are 2 bars for adjusting the window horizontally. One
+ between the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Lots in
+ This Account</guilabel> panel, and the other between the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel and the <guilabel>>></guilabel>
+ and <guilabel><<</guilabel> buttons.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The window proportions may be adjusted vertically by
+ dragging the vertical bar located to the right of <guilabel>Show
+ only open lots</guilabel>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>These resizing bars can be hard to see, so move the mouse pointer
+ until it changes to the resize pointer then click and drag the bar.
+ The resize pointers are different depending on your operating system
+ and theme. Here are some examples of resize pointers:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png"
+ format="PNG" width="48px" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase><-></phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png"
+ format="PNG" width="48px" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>It is not possible to individually adjust the size of panel
+ columns.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Fields</emphasis></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Shows the title for the highlighted
+ (selected) lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This Account </guilabel>
+ panel. When a new lot is created by clicking the <guilabel>New Lot
+ </guilabel> button, it has a default title of <emphasis>Lot n
+ </emphasis> where n is a number starting at 0 (for each security
+ account) and incrementing by 1. Deleting a lot does not reset the
+ next number to be used, but the title can be changed as required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Notes for the highlighted lot.
+ Users are free to enter anything they wish and the notes can be
+ changed as required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Panels</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>The order of the items in all the panels in this window
+ can be adjusted by clicking on the column headings.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Lots in This Account panel</guilabel></para>
+ <para>This panel shows lots for this security account.</para>
+ <para>If <guilabel>Show only open lots</guilabel> is checked, only
+ lots that have not been completely sold are shown.
+ </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Columns</guilabel></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Type:</guilabel> Always
+ blank for security lots. This window is also used for business
+ lots (which link payments to invoices) when coming from an
+ Accounts Payable or Receivable account and in that case,
+ <guilabel>Type</guilabel> will be <emphasis>I</emphasis> for
+ invoice. Credit Notes are also Type I.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Opened:</guilabel> <emphasis>Open
+ </emphasis> if there are no splits in the lot, otherwise the
+ date of the earliest split in this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Closed:</guilabel> <emphasis>
+ Open</emphasis> if the lot is not fully sold, otherwise the
+ date of the last sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Lot Title.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel> Number of unsold
+ securities in this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gains:</guilabel> Calculated
+ gains or losses for this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist> <!-- end of Columns in Lots in This Account -->
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Splits free panel</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>This panel shows buy and sell splits for this security
+ account which are not linked to a lot. Capital Gains splits
+ (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><guilabel>Columns</guilabel></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Date:</guilabel> Transaction Date Posted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Num:</guilabel> Transaction Num.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Description:</guilabel> Transaction
+ Description.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel>
+ Number of shares bought or sold from the transaction split.
+ Positive for buys, negative for sells. If the security
+ transaction split has been split into multiple subsplits
+ (because a split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount
+ will not be the full transaction amount, but only the amount
+ for this split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel> Amount x split price.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gain/Loss:</guilabel>
+ For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will
+ be recalculated during scrubbing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel>
+ Cumulative number of unsold shares for free splits.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem> <!-- end Splits free panel -->
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Splits in Lot panel</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>This panel shows splits linked to the highlighted lot in
+ the <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel. This
+ panel will be empty until a lot is highlighted in the
+ <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel. Capital Gains
+ splits (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Columns</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Date:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Date Posted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Num:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Num.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Description:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Description.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel>
+ Split number of shares bought or sold. Positive for buys,
+ negative for sells. If the security transaction split has been
+ split into multiple subsplits (say by scrubbing because a
+ split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount will not be
+ the full transaction amount, but only the amount for this
+ split.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel>
+ Amount (No of Shares) x split price.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gain/Loss:</guilabel>
+ For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will
+ be recalculated during scrubbing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel>
+ The number of unsold shares in this lot after this
+ transaction.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ </listitem> <!-- end Splits in Lot panel -->
+ </itemizedlist> <!-- end Panels -->
+
+ <para><emphasis>Buttons</emphasis></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel> >>:</guilabel> Links a free split
+ (buy or sell) to a lot. This button is not enabled until both
+ a lot and a free split are highlighted. The split moves from
+ the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>
+ Splits in lot</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Multiple buy splits and multiple sell splits may be linked
+ to the same lot. Refer to following section about the <guilabel>
+ Scrub Account</guilabel> button for details of the capital gains
+ transactions created in these situations.
+ </para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel> <<:</guilabel> Unlinks a split
+ from a lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>Splits in lot
+ </guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ This button is not enabled until a split in the <guilabel>Splits
+ in lot</guilabel> panel is highlighted. When the last split is
+ unlinked from a lot, the lot is automatically deleted
+ if there is no capital gain/loss transaction.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>New Lot:</guilabel> Creates a new
+ lot which shows in the <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel>
+ panel. The new lot is not linked to any split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Scrub Account:</guilabel>
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Creates a lot for each buy transaction split
+ that is not already linked to a lot.</para>
+ <para>A new lot is created for each unlinked buy transaction
+ split because gains on investments, in some jurisdictions,
+ may be taxed at different rates depending on how long they
+ were held before being sold. As a separate capital gains
+ transaction is created for each lot, this makes it easier to
+ determine tax on the capital gains based on the lot opened
+ and closed dates.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you know that the capital gains from a
+ sale are all to be taxed at the same rate, you can manually
+ link multiple buys to a lot so scrubbing will only create
+ 1 capital gains transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is also possible to manually link multiple sell
+ transaction splits to a lot. In this case scrubbing creates
+ a capital gains transaction per sell transaction split
+ based on the average cost of securities held at the time of
+ each sale, assuming acquisitions are allocated to sales
+ using the security account costing method (currently only
+ FIFO). As this makes it complicated to manually verify the
+ costs are correct, it may be wise to limit this to specific
+ situations, say for example if there are multiple sales on
+ the same day.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Links buy and sell transaction splits to lots using FIFO
+ method.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Calculates gain/loss and creates a separate capital
+ gain/loss transaction for each lot that does not already
+ have one.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>If gain/loss splits have been manually entered as
+ part of a sell transaction, scrubbing does not recognize
+ them, so if manually adding gain/loss, always separate
+ the gain/loss splits from the transaction that reduces
+ the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>, by putting them
+ in a separate transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Scrub:</guilabel> Scrub only the
+ highlighted lot. This button is only enabled if a lot is
+ highlighted. If no buy splits are linked to the highlighted lot,
+ nothing is done. The <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button will link
+ any free sell splits to the lot as required until the sum of the
+ sell split amounts equals the sum of the buy split amounts. If
+ the sum of the sell split amounts is greater than the sum of the
+ buy split amounts, a sell split will itself be split into 2
+ splits, with the remaining amount in an unlinked split.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>For both the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> and the
+ <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> buttons:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The Gain/Loss for each lot is recalculated and a capital
+ gain transaction is created if needed. The transaction has
+ 1 split for the security account and the other with
+ account <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> where CCC is
+ the security currency. The <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC
+ </emphasis> account is used because <application>&app;
+ </application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss
+ account should be used, so the user must change it to the
+ required income (or expense) gain or loss account.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Delete:</guilabel> Delete the highlighted
+ lot. Any linked splits are automatically freed (unlinked). This
+ button is only enabled if a lot is highlighted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Close:</guilabel> Close the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>See Tutorial and Concepts Guide, <ulink
+url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sellLots.html">
+ Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots</ulink> for
+ more details.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="tool-lots-bus">
+ <title>Lots for Business Features</title>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-bots-bus-intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>For business features, lots are used to link payments or credit
+ notes to the invoices to which they apply. This is for both customer
+ invoices and vendor bills.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are 2 main uses for the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel>
+ window in relation to the business features:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ To enquire about which payments or credit notes offset particular
+ invoices. For each invoice and credit note, <application>&app;
+ </application> automatically creates 1 (and only 1) lot. By
+ selecting the lot for the invoice or credit note in the <guilabel>
+ Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel, all the transaction splits
+ for that lot show in the <guilabel>Splits in Lot</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ Alternatively, print the invoice and check the <guilabel>
+ Payments</guilabel> option on the Display tab in the report
+ options. The Tax Invoice always shows payments so does not have
+ the Payments option.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ To correct mistakes that are hard to correct otherwise (either due
+ to bugs in past versions of gnucash or due to unintended use of
+ said features). Some of these use cases are found on
+ <ulink
+ url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Business_Features_Issues">
+ this wiki page
+ </ulink>. In the context of the normal operation of business
+ features , the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window is
+ <emphasis>not</emphasis> used to create, delete, link or unlink
+ lots. Lots are usually generated and manipulated internally only
+ by the business features programs.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account AAAA</guilabel> window,
+ where AAAA is the <emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> (AR) or
+ <emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (AP) account, open the
+ <emphasis>AR</emphasis> or <emphasis>AP</emphasis> account register,
+ then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Lots in Account window for business features</title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcctBus">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window for an Accounts
+ Receivable account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <guilabel>Lots in Account
+ </guilabel> window for an Accounts Receivable account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-lots-bus-scr">
+ <title>Screen Elements</title>
+
+ <para>The screen elements of the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel>
+ window for an AR or AP account are the same as for a security account,
+ although the actions and data are different. As this window is only
+ used for creating, deleting, linking or unlinking lots in <emphasis>
+ exceptional</emphasis> circumstances, the differences are not
+ described. See <xref linkend="tool-lots-cap-scr" /> for a description
+ of the screen elements and what the buttons do when used with the lots
+ of a security account.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9d9a6f1
Binary files /dev/null and b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..870ab3b
Binary files /dev/null and b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3925b69
Binary files /dev/null and b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..569fd75
Binary files /dev/null and b/help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png differ
commit 4be1e74cc376a8a1fffceac5f286d83e1f5af430
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Mon Nov 7 21:44:06 2016 +0500
Small addition to Help File to explain that Hidden accounts still display in Account selector.
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml
index aabe630..54ce2f0 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml
@@ -273,7 +273,10 @@ Translators:
<para> Accounts may be selected either by typing them in or
by pressing the small button on the right of the
<guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field, which will display a
- pick list of all non-placeholder accounts.
+ pick list of all non-placeholder accounts. Note that this pick list
+ will still display hidden accounts. If you have hidden an account in
+ your chart of accounts, you may want to set the account also to be
+ a placeholder account so that it doesn't display here.
</para>
<para> When typing, <application>&app;</application> will
fill in available accounts as you type. For example, if you
commit dde2cb796864093cb4987a30c8786477b7eeff05
Merge: 879cc52 e672e97
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Sun Nov 6 14:35:26 2016 -0800
Merge branch 'adjust-dpi' of https://github.com/goodvibes2/gnucash-docs into maint
commit e672e971520010364a097025c08f5ee8adab1447
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Sat Nov 5 17:40:15 2016 +1100
adjust-dpi.sh: round to 1 dec instead of 2 for Help images
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png b/help/C/figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png
index 30845f0..281ec64 100644
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png
index 6e54f54..6dbdb66 100644
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png
index 9c6c4a0..47fec77 100644
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Business.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Business.png
index 9cf49c7..4325de2 100644
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Business.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Business.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png
index 3a7c73f..226ab85 100644
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_General.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_General.png
index a1788d0..20face2 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_General.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_General.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png
index 52273f2..7591870 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png
index 73cdf89..6b1853c 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Register.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Register.png
index 1061224..2c42788 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Register.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Register.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png
index ef4a706..ff21732 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png
index 59a04cd..4c95830 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png
index a0babda..87f338b 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png
index 694d156..e7f8bca 100755
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png differ
diff --git a/help/C/figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png b/help/C/figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png
index 471a18a..3f37b92 100644
Binary files a/help/C/figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png and b/help/C/figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png differ
diff --git a/util/adjust-dpi.sh b/util/adjust-dpi.sh
index 0717ad7..6bd0559 100755
--- a/util/adjust-dpi.sh
+++ b/util/adjust-dpi.sh
@@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ do
fi
fi
# convert dpi from pixelsperinch to pixelspercentimeter
- # Note: bc truncates to scale decimals so use awk to round to 2 decimals
- dpi_cm=$(echo "scale=8; $dpi/2.54" | bc | awk '{ printf("%.2f",$1); }')
+ # Note: bc truncates to scale decimals so use awk to round to 1 decimals
+ dpi_cm=$(echo "scale=8; $dpi/2.54" | bc | awk '{ printf("%.1f",$1); }')
# get the existing dpi from figure as XX PixelsPerCentimeter
existing_dpi=$(identify -format "%x" "$figure")
# some vers of identify suffix the returned dpi with " PixelsPerCentimeter"
# and/or do not round the return value of identify -format "%x"
- existing_dpi=$( echo "$existing_dpi" | awk '{ printf("%.2f",$1); }')
+ existing_dpi=$( echo "$existing_dpi" | awk '{ printf("%.1f",$1); }')
# set the future dpi figure to XX.XX (PixelsPerCentimeter)
future_dpi="$dpi_cm"
# apply new dpi only if it's changed from the existing
commit 879cc5217b33fa6a3b341e3c4be46db4903ce914
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Sun Oct 30 10:09:52 2016 +1100
Update dpi of guide PNGs now adjust-dpi.sh fixed
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
index efcc25a..35b66c7 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_int2-1.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_int2-1.png
index ad6ae6a..2b5c733 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_int2-1.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_int2-1.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_int2.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_int2.png
index f98fb95..df612b1 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_int2.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_int2.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_peditor2.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_peditor2.png
index a1f5f5e..fa231a9 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_peditor2.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_peditor2.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock.png
index e086053..349e959 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock2.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
index 8a0bc62..7c0d83f 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock2.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock2.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
index 95c67ec..553b1a0 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
index 471279b..81c7420 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png and b/guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png b/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
index 879ffd9..f041fde 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png and b/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png b/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
index eb73468..045484e 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png and b/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png b/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
index 7dd1394..3ef94a6 100644
Binary files a/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png and b/guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png differ
commit 1d753e94eebb107470514a67f246a767736ad572
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Mon Oct 31 10:49:48 2016 +1100
Bug 755174 Document using Lots to create investment capital gains transactions
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
index bfe90a4..53e8657 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
@@ -1813,6 +1813,969 @@ Income
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="invest-sellLots">
+ <title>Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots</title>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsIntro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lot">Wikipedia</ulink>
+ includes the following definition of a lot
+ </para>
+
+ <para><quote>a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a
+ quantity of a financial instrument</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <application>&app;</application> has a built-in lot management
+ facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses
+ resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into
+ lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More
+ specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell
+ transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and
+ linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and
+ transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and
+ the cost of the securities sold. <application>&app;</application>
+ refers to this process as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The term <emphasis>scrub</emphasis> is used because security
+ accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
+ between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
+ them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital
+ gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
+ total credits.
+ </para>
+
+ <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
+ transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
+ Wikipedia <ulink
+ url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
+ FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink
+ url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
+ Average cost method</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>&app;
+ </application> transactions and splits, please see
+ <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes" />.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <application>&app;</application> lot management facility can be a
+ useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
+ have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
+ involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
+ transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
+ buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
+ Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
+ the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
+ the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
+ <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+<!-- Link to future (soon!) new Help section
+ <para>Refer to the <ulink
+url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v&series-stable;/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
+ Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants, Lots in Account
+ </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
+ </para>
+-->
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
+ <title>Procedure Summary</title>
+
+ <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
+ capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
+ <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> (Optional
+ depending on cost method)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto" /></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal" /> report to ensure total
+ debits balance to total credits</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
+ <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" />.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
+ sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
+ use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
+ Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
+ Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
+ transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
+ be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
+ (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
+ concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
+ FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
+ cannot be used for average costing.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample" />.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
+ <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
+ <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
+ FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations" /></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><application>&app;</application> can automatically calculate and
+ create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to
+ link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the
+ correct cost of the securities sold can be determined.
+ <application>&app;</application> will use any existing lots, and
+ create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a
+ lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO
+ method.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See:</para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample" /></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2" /></para>
+ <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit" /></para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
+ <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
+ automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
+ account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
+ &app;</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
+ should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
+ account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample" />.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
+ <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
+ <para>Running a Trial Balance report
+ (<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
+ transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
+ correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
+ securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
+ report, total debits should equal total credits.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
+ determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
+ accounting for capital gain/loss:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
+ transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
+ the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
+ Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
+ by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
+ causing the problem.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
+ </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
+ report with different dates until you find the date it starts
+ being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
+ for each transaction on the problem date to the following
+ day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
+ running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
+ problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
+ sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
+ corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
+ sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
+ <title>Considerations</title>
+
+ <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
+ lot management facility.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> implements only the First In/
+ First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
+ transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
+ always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
+ used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
+ the sell split before scrubbing.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
+ when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
+ calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
+ <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
+ (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
+ Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
+ gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
+ must be used in both places.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
+ sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
+ part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
+ recorded as 2 transactions:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
+ number of shares and (optionally) commission
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Security</entry>
+ <entry>-NumSold</entry>
+ <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>SaleValue</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Account</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Debit</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Security</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Credit</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
+ straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
+ any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
+ splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
+ be handled manually.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
+ <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
+ the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
+ (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
+ with the sell transaction, and the <application>&app;</application>
+ scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
+ the capital gain/loss transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
+ scrubbing a single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions
+ are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the
+ reduction in the number of shares and the value received.</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
+ window where SSSS is the security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
+ Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
+ Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
+ security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
+ split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
+ that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
+ 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
+ </guilabel> panel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
+ split with the highlighted lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
+ I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
+ of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
+ security buys.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
+ single lot, after manual linking
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
+ </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
+ changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
+ so no example screen image is supplied.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue to
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" /></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample">
+ <title>Example 1 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions</title>
+
+ <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
+ splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
+ <xref linkend="invest-sellManual" /> to create a lot for each sell
+ transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
+ the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
+ linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
+ using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
+ be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
+ to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
+ into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
+ it is possible to have different splits from the same
+ transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
+ capital gain/loss.</para>
+
+ <note><para>
+ If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
+ transaction, <application>&app;</application> scrubbing does
+ not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
+ separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
+ that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
+ them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
+ future.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
+ <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
+
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
+ In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
+ but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
+ for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
+ sales on the same day.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
+ <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
+ security account.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
+ is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
+ Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
+ the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
+ all the lots show.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
+ return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
+ into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
+ has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
+ transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct" />
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
+ <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
+ Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
+ <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
+ creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
+ simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
+ bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
+ zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
+ 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
+ transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>
+ The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
+ stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
+ sale:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
+ one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
+ distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
+ split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
+ should consult a professional.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
+ <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
+ open and return to the security account register.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png"
+ format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" ></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
+ single lot
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
+ </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
+ transaction in the security account register — they will
+ have the same date as the sell transactions. Edit the <emphasis>
+ Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
+ income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
+ loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
+ Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
+ taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
+ tax laws.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
index 13cc417..61ef817 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
@@ -88,6 +88,24 @@ Configuration.</para>
price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
+
+ <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
+ <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
+ calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
+ sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
+ losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
+ Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
+ account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
+ income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
+ in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
+ (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
+ will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
+ be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
+ short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0c7b30e
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5094d05
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e8a89f6
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6b384dd
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png b/guide/C/figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed15564
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png b/guide/C/figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b4d724
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png b/guide/C/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..870ab3b
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png b/guide/C/figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..239f372
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png b/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ac2ae1
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png b/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c4a642
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png differ
diff --git a/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitReg.png b/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitReg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb1f548
Binary files /dev/null and b/guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitReg.png differ
commit b1d68608623a0f61f1c3d29861ecb8e887d54415
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Thu Oct 27 14:59:49 2016 +1100
Fix comment guide ch_invest.xml
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
index 493a869..bfe90a4 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Income
<guibutton>New...</guibutton> button and enter the appropriate
information for this stock on the new form <guilabel>New Security</guilabel>.</para>
- <!-- Open inter most loop (#3)
+ <!-- Open inner most loop (#3)
-->
<itemizedlist>
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ Income
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <!-- Close inter most loop
+ <!-- Close inner most loop
-->
</listitem>
commit 993790e64f8fdf1569dbc6b12774dbbeac264905
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Thu Oct 27 14:43:08 2016 +1100
Whitespace cleanup help
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml
index 293d460..bac3d0a 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@
<sect1 id="chart-edit">
<title>Editing a Chart of Accounts</title>
- <para>Editing the Chart of Accounts is done within the <guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel>
- pane of the <guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> dialog. It is possible to move an account to any
- part of the Chart of Account. It is recommended to keep accounts generally under the related
+ <para>Editing the Chart of Accounts is done within the <guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel>
+ pane of the <guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> dialog. It is possible to move an account to any
+ part of the Chart of Account. It is recommended to keep accounts generally under the related
types of accounts as described in <xref linkend="acct-types" />. This helps to preserve the Chart
of Accounts structure.</para>
@@ -263,11 +263,11 @@
<sect1 id="acct-create">
<title>Creating a New Account</title>
- <para>To create a new account go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Account...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <para>To create a new account go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Account...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
or click the <guibutton>New</guibutton> <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> icon in the Account Tree Window. The <guilabel>New Account</guilabel>
dialog will be opened.</para>
-
- <para>The <guilabel>New Account</guilabel> properties dialog consists of two tabs, the
+
+ <para>The <guilabel>New Account</guilabel> properties dialog consists of two tabs, the
<guilabel>General</guilabel> tab and the <guilabel>Opening Balance</guilabel> tab.</para>
<para>Creating a New Account involves planning in advance several details that are
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab is used to access the basic information about the
account. It provides a way of connecting the account to stock information if it is
one of the currency, mutual fund or stock account types. It can also be flagged as
- a <link linkend="accts-placeholder">Placeholder</link> account.
+ a <link linkend="accts-placeholder">Placeholder</link> account.
It displays if it is flagged as a <guilabel>Tax Related</guilabel> account (which
is set through the <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report
Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dialog).</para>
@@ -339,10 +339,10 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>For Accounts containing a <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> and <emphasis>Mutual Fund</emphasis>;
+ <para>For Accounts containing a <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> and <emphasis>Mutual Fund</emphasis>;
first select <guilabel>stock</guilabel> or <guilabel>mutual fund</guilabel> in
the <guilabel>Account Type</guilabel> panel, then the <guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel>, then use
- the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button, to choose the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> (usually the exchange
+ the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button, to choose the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> (usually the exchange
the security is traded on) and security from the <guilabel>Select Security</guilabel> window.</para>
<para>If the required security/fund is not on the list, and you have the correct <guilabel>Type</guilabel> you will need
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
is traded on) and the name in the <guilabel>Currency/security:</guilabel> drop down list and
<guibutton>Close</guibutton> the screen.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -385,12 +385,12 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Tax Related</guilabel> check-box means that this account has been
flagged to be included in the Tax Schedule Report. This flag is only displayed on the <guilabel>Edit
- Account</guilabel> dialog and is set in the <guilabel>Income Tax Information</guilabel> dialog
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).
+ Account</guilabel> dialog and is set in the <guilabel>Income Tax Information</guilabel> dialog
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).
See the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export section in Reports Chapter (<xref linkend="report-general"></xref>).</para>
<para>The check-box <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> marks this account as solely a placeholder in the
hierarchy, it is used to enable a hierarchy or chart of accounts to be setup.</para>
-
+
<note id="accts-placeholder">
<para>A <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> means this
account is not used for transaction data. Transactions may not be posted to this account, only to
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
<para>The check box <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel> marks this account (and any sub-accounts) to be hidden in
the account tree and not appear in the pop-up account list in the register. To reset this option, you will
first need to open the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter By...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- dialog for the account tree and check the <guilabel>show hidden accounts</guilabel> option.
+ dialog for the account tree and check the <guilabel>show hidden accounts</guilabel> option.
Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.</para>
<para>The next pane contains a list of <guilabel>Account Types</guilabel>. Select a type from the
@@ -410,10 +410,10 @@
new account tree select <guilabel>New top level account</guilabel>.
<note>
- <para>The available choices in the <guilabel>Account Type</guilabel> pane depends on the selected account in the
+ <para>The available choices in the <guilabel>Account Type</guilabel> pane depends on the selected account in the
<guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel> pane. For example if the
- <guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel> is <emphasis>Assets</emphasis> you will see only <emphasis>Equity</emphasis>
- in the <guilabel>Account Type</guilabel> pane.
+ <guilabel>Parent Account</guilabel> is <emphasis>Assets</emphasis> you will see only <emphasis>Equity</emphasis>
+ in the <guilabel>Account Type</guilabel> pane.
This is to help maintain a proper account structure for the Chart of Accounts.</para>
</note>
</para>
@@ -431,10 +431,10 @@
and check to see if there is any documentation available. If you see the
documentation, then the module is installed, if you do not see the
documentation, then it has not been installed.</para>
-
+
<para>Installing <application>Finance::Quote</application> differs from one operating system to another. For
the various supported systems, you can follow these guidelines:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Linux:</guilabel> Most linux distributions (like
Fedora, openSuse, Mandriva, Ubuntu, and so on) have a package in their software
@@ -578,13 +578,13 @@
the following to your personal crontab:</para>
<para><userinput>0 18 * * 5 /path/to/gnucash --add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1'</userinput></para>
-
+
<para>For Linux, which needs dbus, usually started by the desktop
manager, to communicate with dconf or gconf:</para>
-
+
<para><userinput>0 18 * * 5 env `dbus-launch` sh -c 'trap "kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID" EXIT; /path/to/gnucash
--add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1'</userinput></para>
-
+
<para>Remember that Mutual Fund <quote>prices</quote> are really <quote>Net Asset Value</quote>
and require several hours after the exchange closes before being available. If NAVs are downloaded before
the current days NAVs are determined, yesterday’s NAVs are retrieved.</para>
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> dialog consists of just the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab. This tab
has the same information that was described in <xref linkend="acct-create"></xref>.
To access the <guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> dialog go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Edit Account</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <guimenuitem>Edit Account</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>E</keycap></keycombo>) or
click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> icon in the Account Tree Window.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -813,8 +813,8 @@
<para>A side effect of removing an account that contains transactions is that you will
end up with unbalanced accounts. This will be indicated in the account by a gray
check-box next to the debit and credit amounts. You can repair automatically these
- unbalanced accounts by using the <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check &
- Repair</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu. This will automatically assign the unbalanced amounts
+ unbalanced accounts by using the <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check &
+ Repair</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu. This will automatically assign the unbalanced amounts
to a new account named <emphasis role="bold">Imbalance.
</emphasis></para>
</sect1>
@@ -826,14 +826,14 @@
institution is a way of double checking the accuracy of your (and your banks) transactions and the balance
of your accounts. It also is useful to track uncleared checks and other outstanding transactions.</para>
- <para>The reconciling process in <application>&app;</application> involves two dialogs: the
- <xref linkend="tool-reconcile" /> dialog followed by the <xref linkend="rec-win" /> window. They provide access
- to various <application>&app;</application> functions to make it easy to enter and update
+ <para>The reconciling process in <application>&app;</application> involves two dialogs: the
+ <xref linkend="tool-reconcile" /> dialog followed by the <xref linkend="rec-win" /> window. They provide access
+ to various <application>&app;</application> functions to make it easy to enter and update
account information during the reconciliation.</para>
<tip>
<para>The Reconcile window is accessed from the account tree window or the account register window by
- going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
or using the menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>, <keycap>R</keycap>.</para>
</tip>
@@ -850,17 +850,17 @@
<title>Reconciling Information</title>
<para>The <guilabel>Reconcile Information</guilabel> dialog is used to indicate the closing <guilabel>Statement Date</guilabel>
- and the <guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel> (fixed from last reconciliation) and <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel>
+ and the <guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel> (fixed from last reconciliation) and <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel>
from the statement. The <guilabel>Include Sub-accounts</guilabel> check-box is used if one or more subaccounts are used to track
the account you are reconciling. The <guibutton>Enter Interest Payment</guibutton> button is used to add a transfer to the
- accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
+ accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
<xref linkend="tool-ent-int" /> to the account.</para>
<note>
<para>The <guibutton>Enter Interest Payment</guibutton> button is shown only if you are reconciling an account of
<emphasis>Bank</emphasis> type.</para>
</note>
- <para>When you have entered all relevant data, press <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> to proceed to the
+ <para>When you have entered all relevant data, press <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> to proceed to the
<xref linkend="rec-win" /> dialog or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to discard the reconciliation process.</para>
<sect3 id="tool-ent-int">
@@ -895,21 +895,21 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Reconcile Account</guilabel> pane highlights in the tree the account that the
interest payment will be transferred to or from.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Payment From</guilabel> pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source
+ <para>The <guilabel>Payment From</guilabel> pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source
account.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an
- <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then
+ <para>If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an
+ <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then
usually this would be from an <emphasis>Income</emphasis> account.</para>
</note>
<tip>
- <para>The <guibutton>Show Income/Expense</guibutton> check-box shows or hides the
+ <para>The <guibutton>Show Income/Expense</guibutton> check-box shows or hides the
<emphasis>Income</emphasis> and <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> accounts.</para>
</tip>
- <para>Select <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to enter the interest transaction (or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>
+ <para>Select <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to enter the interest transaction (or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>
the payment) and return to the initial reconciliation screen.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -923,23 +923,23 @@
<xref linkend="rcn-menu" />.</para>
</note>
- <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement
+ <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement
to <application>&app;</application> data takes place on a per transaction basis.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is composed by a <emphasis>toolbar</emphasis> and three
+ <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is composed by a <emphasis>toolbar</emphasis> and three
panes; <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> on the left, <guilabel>Funds out</guilabel> on the right and a balance pane.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>If you enabled the option <guilabel>Use formal accounting labels</guilabel> in the
- <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> section of the <application>&app;</application> preferences,
- you will see <guilabel>Debits</guilabel> and <guilabel>Credits</guilabel> panes instead of
+ <para>If you enabled the option <guilabel>Use formal accounting labels</guilabel> in the
+ <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> section of the <application>&app;</application> preferences,
+ you will see <guilabel>Debits</guilabel> and <guilabel>Credits</guilabel> panes instead of
<guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> panes.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
- <para>The <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> pane shows all unreconciled
+ <para>The <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> pane shows all unreconciled
deposits to the account. Both panes are composed by five columns.</para>
<tip>
- <para>To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header.
+ <para>To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header.
To reverse the selected order click a second time on the column header.</para>
</tip>
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
on the relevant <guilabel>R</guilabel> column.</para>
<note>
- <para>Under each pane a <guilabel>Total</guilabel> for
+ <para>Under each pane a <guilabel>Total</guilabel> for
reconciled transactions is shown.</para>
</note>
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel></term>
+ <term><guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>The balance of selected transactions.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Difference</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>The difference between the <guilabel>Reconciled</guilabel> and
+ <para>The difference between the <guilabel>Reconciled</guilabel> and
<guilabel>Ending</guilabel> balances.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@
<para>The set of unreconciled transactions in the <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> panes can
be changed by using the menus and <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> to access the account and transaction
- information. You can create a <guibutton>New</guibutton> transaction, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> a selected transaction,
+ information. You can create a <guibutton>New</guibutton> transaction, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> a selected transaction,
add a <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> transaction (of the same amount as listed under <guilabel>Difference</guilabel> in the balance pane),
and delete the selected transaction.</para>
@@ -1042,9 +1042,9 @@
</tip>
<para>By pressing the <guilabel>Open</guilabel> icon the register of the account to reconcile will be opened.</para>
-
+
<para>If you wish to postpone the reconciliation until later use the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postpone</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postpone</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item (menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>) or pressing the
<guibutton>Postpone</guibutton> icon. If you wish to cancel the reconciliation use the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cancel</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item or press the
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
selected transaction until the <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel> <emphasis>equals</emphasis>
the <guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Difference</guilabel> is <emphasis>zero</emphasis>.
Once this is done select the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button or
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>) to finish the reconcile process.</para>
</sect2>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml
index 9ca2a29..a69c719 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -32,14 +32,14 @@
represented on the balance sheet as an asset, because the expectation is
that you will receive payment soon.</para>
- <para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your
+ <para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your
company for which payment has not yet been sent. This is represented on the balance sheet
as a liability because you will have to pay for them.</para>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-setup1">
<title>Initial Setup</title>
- <para>To set up <application>&app;</application> to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable
+ <para>To set up <application>&app;</application> to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable
for a company the following preliminary steps must be done.
</para>
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select <emphasis>Business
Accounts</emphasis>.</para>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs
exactly. You will need to make adjustments for the hierarchy to function
well with your particular situation. It should be close enough that it
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
</note>
<!--
- <para>To use <application>&app;</application>’s integrated accounts
+ <para>To use <application>&app;</application>’s integrated accounts
payable system, you must first setup an account of the <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis>
- type. The <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis> account is usually a sub-account
- under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system
+ type. The <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis> account is usually a sub-account
+ under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system
places transactions.</para>
<literallayout>
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@
-AP Expenses
</literallayout>
- <para>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make
+ <para>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make
this hierarchy useful. The important aspects of this hierarchy are that you need
- an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to
+ an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to
<emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis>.</para>
-->
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
<para>Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills).
</para>
-
+
<para> A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line.</para>
- <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
+ <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
line tax table can be assigned to each vendor.
</para>
@@ -107,11 +107,11 @@
</menuchoice> tab.
</para>
- <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
+ <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sales Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The following fields should be entered:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> This is the tax table name.</para>
@@ -139,20 +139,20 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-setupcname">
<title>Company Registration</title>
<para>After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the <application>&app;</application>
- file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in
- the <xref linkend="business-book-options" /> accessible from the
+ file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in
+ the <xref linkend="business-book-options" /> accessible from the
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item.
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-setup-cntrs">
<title>Counters</title>
-
+
<para>Define the format and last used numbers of codes such as customer,
invoice, vendor, bill, employee, expense voucher, job number and
order.
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
accessed via <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
See <xref linkend="prefs-biz" />.
- </para>
+ </para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-setupterms">
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
<note>
<para>As of <application>&app;</application> 2.6.7, Billing terms are only partially supported. Date due is calculated but discount amount is not.</para>
<para>
- Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
+ Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
professional advise should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -186,10 +186,10 @@
and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
- sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
+ <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
+ sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@
Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms.
Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms.
</para>
-
- <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
+
+ <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The following fields should be entered:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see
@@ -256,9 +256,9 @@
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-components1">
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
-Tax
-Tax on Purchases
-Tax on Sales
-
+
</literallayout>
<note>
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Identification - Customer Number</guilabel> - can be
any number by which you would like to refer to this customer. You
- may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
+ may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options" /> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Invoice Information - Invoice ID</guilabel> - the
identification number of this invoice. This is your internal number
for this invoice. If you leave it blank, an invoice number will be
- generated automatically. See <xref linkend="counters-book-options" />
+ generated automatically. See <xref linkend="counters-book-options" />
for more info</para>
</listitem>
@@ -543,23 +543,23 @@
<para><guilabel>Billing Information - Customer</guilabel> - the
customer who is to receive this invoice. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing Information - Job</guilabel> (optional) -
- associates the new invoice with a customer job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ar-jobs1" />).
+ associates the new invoice with a customer job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ar-jobs1" />).
If you remember the <emphasis>job name</emphasis>
- you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Job</guilabel> window. This window is the same to the one described in
- <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the job
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Job</guilabel> window. This window is the same to the one described in
+ <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the job
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>If Tax included is set (<guilabel>X</guilabel>), then
- subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is:
+ subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is:
Subtotal = Total / (1+taxrate) and Tax = Total - Subtotal
= Total - (Total / (1+taxrate)).
</para>
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@
are ready to print it. Posting an invoice places the transactions in an
accounts receivable account.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Post Invoice</guilabel> window appears and asks you
+ <para>The <guilabel>Post Invoice</guilabel> window appears and asks you
to enter the following information:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@
<para>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
Use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, access
the <guilabel>Counters</guilabel> tab, change the <guilabel>Invoice number</guilabel> value to be
- one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
+ one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -940,10 +940,10 @@
<para><guilabel>Owner Info - Customer</guilabel> - the customer for
whom the job is created. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@
assign a payment to an invoice during the import process, so this must
be done after transactions have been imported.
</para>
-
+
<para>This can best be done starting from the asset account register
holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In
that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS
@@ -1002,13 +1002,13 @@
transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper customer
and invoice to complete the payment.
</para>
-
+
<para>One caveat: the logic behind <guilabel>Assign as payment...
</guilabel> won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will
wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a vendor bill.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>The Process Payment application consists of:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -1016,20 +1016,20 @@
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Customer</guilabel> - the
customer who paid you. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2" />. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Invoice</guilabel> - the invoice
for which payment was received. If you remember the <emphasis>invoice ID</emphasis>,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Invoice</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-invoicefind2" />. Highlight the invoice
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Invoice</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-invoicefind2" />. Highlight the invoice
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1063,49 +1063,49 @@
money will be deposited (a checking account for example).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-overpay2">
<title>Over Payments or Pre-Payments</title>
-
+
<para>If a customer overpays an invoice or pays for goods or services before
they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount received.
<application>&app;</application> will then keep track of the over-payment
(or pre-payment) in the A/R account and you can use the residual when
paying the next invoice.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-partpay2">
<title>Partial Payments</title>
-
+
<para>Partial payments are possible too. Select the invoice to pay.
<application>&app;</application> will automatically suggest that invoice's
remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you
want to pay.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-baddebt">
<title>Writing Off a Bad Debt</title>
<note><para>Please check with your accountant to ensure the following is
acceptable in your region.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>The usual way to do this is to process a payment for the invoice to a
<emphasis>BadDebt</emphasis> account. Such an account would be an expense
account. However, in <application>&app;</application>, you can't process a
payment for an invoice directly to an expense account, so it takes two
steps:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Pay the invoice to an asset or liability account, such as
your checking account.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Change the asset or liability account, in the <emphasis>
non</emphasis> Accounts Receivable split of the payment transaction, to
the BadDebt expense account.</para>
@@ -1114,46 +1114,46 @@
</itemizedlist>
<para>Specifically</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Remove all transactions from the A/R account related to
the invoice, except for the invoice's transaction itself. This includes
any payment transactions, and transactions between your BadDebt and A/R
account.</para>
-
+
<para>In case the payment has associated lot link transactions
<link linkend="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot">(1)</link>, remove those as well.
</para>
-
+
<para>If all is well, your <guilabel>Process Payment</guilabel> window
for this customer should list the invoice the customer won't pay, and
no prepayments.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Pay your invoice to an arbitrary asset or liability
account. It can be your checking account. We will fix that in the next
step.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Open the account register for your A/R account. For this
invoice there should now be one payment transaction. If you are using
<application>&app;</application> 2.6.0 - 2.6.4 there will also be one
lot link transaction <link linkend="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot">(1)</link>.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para> Select the payment transaction and change the transfer
account to your <emphasis>BadDebt</emphasis> account. Make sure to leave
the transaction (eg by clicking on another transaction) to save the
changes.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If all is well, your <guilabel>Process Payment</guilabel> window
should still be clean: no pre-payments, and the bad debt invoice gone.
</para>
-
+
<note id="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot"><para>(1): <application>&app;</application>
versions 2.6.0 to 2.6.4 created lot link transactions which show in the
A/R account register. This came with its own set of subtle issues. It is
@@ -1163,15 +1163,15 @@
Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check & Repair</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> on your A/R and A/P accounts to clean up most of the lot
link legacy. Don't forget to make a backup first just in case.</para>
-
+
<para>Lots are used internally for relating payments to invoices. Lots
- themselves are invisible in the account registers.
- To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in
+ themselves are invisible in the account registers.
+ To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>View lots
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> while in any A/R or A/P account register.
- Select a lot to see the <emphasis>Splits in lot</emphasis>.
+ Select a lot to see the <emphasis>Splits in lot</emphasis>.
</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Lot links</emphasis> are <emphasis>transactions</emphasis>
which you can see in your A/R and A/P accounts. They are unusual in the
sense that all their splits are in one account (A/R or A/P). Each split
@@ -1180,14 +1180,14 @@
</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>See <ulink
url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Business_Features_Issues"
/> for more information.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-invoicechange">
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
<guimenuitem>Style Sheets</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select the <guibutton>New</guibutton>
button in the <guilabel>Select HTML Style Sheet</guilabel> window that will appear.</para>
- <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
+ <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
<guilabel>Fancy</guilabel> <guilabel>Template</guilabel>. When you click the
<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, the <guilabel>HTML Style Sheet Properties</guilabel> window is
displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>, <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel>,
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@
</sect1>
-<!-- start of A/P
+<!-- start of A/P
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
-->
@@ -1265,12 +1265,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
sub-menu.
</para>
-
+
<para>These A/P components are:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy
+ <para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy
products or services on credit.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1280,12 +1280,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs.
+ <para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs.
Jobs are mechanism by which you can group multiple bills from a particular vendor.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a
+ <para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a
vendor to whom you owe money.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1295,34 +1295,34 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-vendors1">
<title>Vendors</title>
- <para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services.
+ <para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services.
Vendors must be registered within the A/P system.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-vendornew2">
<title>New</title>
<para>To register a new vendor, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor,
+ <guimenuitem>New Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor,
such as Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other options: </para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Vendor Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Vendor Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options" /> for more info</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> - differentiates active vendors from inactive
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> - differentiates active vendors from inactive
ones. This is useful when you have many past vendors, and you want to see only those marked active.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Address - Name</guilabel> - is the contact name of the person to
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Address - Name</guilabel> - is the contact name of the person to
receive payments you make.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> - records any additional comments about the vendor.
+ <para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> - records any additional comments about the vendor.
Use it to track names of contact people within the vendor’s company, for example.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1337,14 +1337,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> - specifies the default payment terms
- for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> - specifies the default payment terms
+ for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Included</guilabel> - specifies if tax is included
- in bills from this vendor. You can choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel>, <guilabel>No</guilabel>,
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Included</guilabel> - specifies if tax is included
+ in bills from this vendor. You can choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel>, <guilabel>No</guilabel>,
or <guilabel>Use Global</guilabel>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -1361,16 +1361,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
made in the global preferences accessible through
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>Gnucash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Gnucash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
on Mac OS X).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Table</guilabel> - specifies a default tax
- table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Table</guilabel> - specifies a default tax
+ table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
regardless of new search criteria.</para>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-bills1">
<title>Bills</title>
<para>A bill is a request for payment you receive from a vendor. <application>&app;</application> can track bills.</para>
-
+
<para>A credit note is the document you receive from a vendor to correct
products or services rendered that you were incorrectly charged for on a bill. <application>&app;</application> can generate and track
credit notes via the same menu entries as bills.</para>
@@ -1441,19 +1441,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing Info - Vendor</guilabel> - the issuing vendor. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Vendor</guilabel> window for this vendor,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2" />. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
+ Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2" />. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing Info - Job</guilabel> (optional) - associates a vendor job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ap-jobs1" />) with this bill.
+ <para><guilabel>Billing Info - Job</guilabel> (optional) - associates a vendor job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ap-jobs1" />) with this bill.
If you remember the <emphasis>job name</emphasis>
- you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Job</guilabel> window. This window is very similar to the one described in
- <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2" />. Highlight the job you are looking for with a click
+ Job</guilabel> window. This window is very similar to the one described in
+ <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2" />. Highlight the job you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -1473,11 +1473,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>When you click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> the <guilabel>Edit Bill</guilabel> opens.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-billedit2">
- <title>Edit</title>
+ <title>Edit</title>
<para>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of
goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account
register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and
- services the vendor refunded instead.</para>
+ services the vendor refunded instead.</para>
<para>There are 12 columns in the Invoice Entries area:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Due Date</guilabel> - is the date on which payment for the bill is expected.</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>If you specified payment terms when you created the bill,
@@ -1653,13 +1653,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-payment1">
<title>Process Payment</title>
<para>Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Process Payment</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>There is an alternative way of assigning a payment to (one or more)
bills where the payment transaction already exists, say in the case
where transactions are imported from a bank.
</para>
-
+
<para>This can best be done starting from the asset account register
holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In
that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS
@@ -1668,28 +1668,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper vendor
and bill to complete the payment.
</para>
-
+
<para>One caveat: the logic behind <guilabel>Assign as payment...
</guilabel> won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will
wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a customer invoice.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>The Process Payment application consists of:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Vendor</guilabel> - the vendor you wish to pay. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Vendor</guilabel> window for this vendor,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2" />. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
+ Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2" />. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Bill</guilabel> - the bill you wish to pay. If you remember the <emphasis>bill ID</emphasis>,
- start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>&app;</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Bill</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-billfind2" />. Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click
+ Bill</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-billfind2" />. Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button in the search window.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -1712,10 +1712,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
comes from, such as a checking account.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-overpay2">
<title>Over Payments or Pre-Payments</title>
-
+
<para>If you wish to overpay an invoice or pay for goods or services before
they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount payed.
<application>&app;</application> will then keep track of the over-payment
@@ -1726,29 +1726,29 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-partpay2">
<title>Partial Payments</title>
-
+
<para>You may wish to partially pay a bill. Select the bill to pay.
<application>&app;</application> will automatically suggest that bill's
remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you
want to pay.
- </para>
+ </para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="busnss-emply">
<title>Employees</title>
- <para><application>&app;</application> can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a
+ <para><application>&app;</application> can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a
<xref linkend="busnss-emplynew" />, <xref linkend="busnss-emplyedit" /> existing employees, create
<xref linkend="busnss-emply-newvchr" /> and <xref linkend="busnss-emply-editvchr" />.</para>
-
- <para>Expense voucher are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travels, parking, food etc...).
+
+ <para>Expense voucher are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travels, parking, food etc...).
Employees credit notes are the opposite of expense vouchers.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-emplynew">
<title>New Employee</title>
<para>To register a new employee, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Employee</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Employee</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Employee</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>New Employee</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Employee</guilabel>
window will open with two tabs:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><xref linkend="mply-tab1" /></para></listitem>
@@ -1758,18 +1758,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist id="mply-tab1">
<title>Employee tab</title>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Employee Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Employee Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options" /> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Identification - Username</guilabel> (Mandatory) - a unique username to identify the employee.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive
- ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive
+ ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked
<guilabel>Active</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1780,21 +1780,21 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Address - Address</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the address of the employee.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Address - Phone, Fax, Email</guilabel> (Optional)- others optionals contact information for the employee.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Interface - Language</guilabel> (Optional) - </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms
- for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms
+ for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing - Default Hours per Day</guilabel> (Optional) - </para>
</listitem>
@@ -1819,14 +1819,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<itemizedlist id="mply-tab2">
<title>Access Control tab</title>
<listitem>
<para>Access Control List</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-emplyedit">
@@ -1842,8 +1842,8 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
results. The current result set is searched when the <guilabel>Refine
Current Search</guilabel> radio button is selected. In fact, <application>&app;</application>
selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</para>
-
- <note>
+
+ <note>
<para>If the employee you are searching for does not match the supplied
search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <guilabel>New
Search</guilabel> radio button and then the <guibutton>Find</guibutton>
@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -1864,72 +1864,72 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="busnss-emply-newvchr">
<title>New Expense Voucher/Credit Note</title>
<para>To register a new expense voucher/ Credit Note, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Employee</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Expense Voucher...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Expense Voucher</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>New Expense Voucher...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Expense Voucher</guilabel>
window will open. You can enter the following data:</para>
<itemizedlist>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Type</guilabel> (Optional) - select if you are entering
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Type</guilabel> (Optional) - select if you are entering
a Voucher or a credit note.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Voucher ID</guilabel> (Optional) - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Voucher ID</guilabel> (Optional) - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this voucher. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options" /> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Date opened</guilabel> - the date of the voucher. Click on
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Date opened</guilabel> - the date of the voucher. Click on
the button on the right of the date to open a calendar.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Employee</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the employee to which
- voucher refers.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Employee</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the employee to which
+ voucher refers.</para>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>&app;</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-emplyedit">Find Employee</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-emplyedit">Find Employee</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Billing ID</guilabel> (Optional) - the identification number
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Billing ID</guilabel> (Optional) - the identification number
of the document (f.e. the bill number for a dinner).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement
for this bill. A list of registered terms is available within the pop up menu.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Customer</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer
+ <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Customer</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer
to wich voucher refers.</para>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>&app;</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Job</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer Job
+ <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Job</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer Job
to wich voucher refers.</para>
<note>
- <para> you can type in this field only if there is one or more job registered in
+ <para> you can type in this field only if there is one or more job registered in
<application>&app;</application> belonging to the selected Customer.</para>
</note>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>&app;</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-emply-editvchr">
<title>Find and Edit Expense Voucher/Credit Note</title>
@@ -1957,8 +1957,8 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
results. The current result set is searched when the <guilabel>Refine
Current Search</guilabel> radio button is selected. In fact, <application>&app;</application>
selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</para>
-
- <note>
+
+ <note>
<para>If the expense voucher you are searching for does not match the supplied
search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <guilabel>New
Search</guilabel> radio button and then the <guibutton>Find</guibutton>
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml
index c4d77e4..edc09c6 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="set-prefs">
<title>Setting Preferences</title>
- <para>The <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> window allows you to customize your <application>&app;</application>
+ <para>The <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> window allows you to customize your <application>&app;</application>
session by setting several options. From the <application>&app;</application> menu
select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
- The <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> window will open.
+ The <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> window will open.
Using the tabs on the left make your desired changes. The settings in
this dialog are set per user and not stored with the file. This is
in contrast to the settings described in <xref linkend="book-options"/>,
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
</tip>
<note>
<para>The changes you make will be applied at once.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
<para>To close the <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> window press the
<guibutton>Close</guibutton> button.</para>
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Include non-currency totals</guilabel> — if this
- option is selected, <application>&app;</application> will include in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a total
+ option is selected, <application>&app;</application> will include in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a total
for non-currency items (for instance number of shares).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Cristian Marchi"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Accounts tab</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
<keycap>:</keycap> (Colon), but you can also select
<keycap>/</keycap> (Slash),
<keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>—</keycap> (Dash)
- or <keycap>.</keycap> (Period), or any Unicode character
+ or <keycap>.</keycap> (Period), or any Unicode character
that isn’t a letter or a number.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Income & Expense</guilabel> assigns a
positive credit balance to income account balances and a
negative debit balance to expense account balances. See
- <xref linkend="acct-types"></xref> for more information
+ <xref linkend="acct-types"></xref> for more information
on these account types.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Credit accounts</guilabel> (default) displays
a positive balance for account types that would normally carry
a credit balance (income, credit, liability, equity). See
- <xref linkend="acct-types"></xref> for more information on
+ <xref linkend="acct-types"></xref> for more information on
these account types.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Labels</guilabel> — Select this option if you want
- column headings in the register to refer to <guilabel>debits</guilabel> and
+ column headings in the register to refer to <guilabel>debits</guilabel> and
<guilabel>credits</guilabel> instead of the default informal headings such
as <guilabel>withdrawal</guilabel>
and <guilabel>deposit</guilabel>.</para>
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the system locale currency for
+ <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the system locale currency for
all newly created accounts.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -243,10 +243,10 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Account Color</guilabel> — This option
- lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
+ lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
<guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> window:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs</guilabel> — show the accounts
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs</guilabel> — show the accounts
color as background in the account register tabs.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -307,8 +307,8 @@
should be accumulated into a single split by default.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
-
+ </listitem>
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Invoices</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -324,11 +324,11 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
- time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
+ time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
- <para>Counter documents are documents with
+ <para>Counter documents are documents with
opposite sign. For example for an invoice, customer credit notes and negative
invoices are considered counter documents.</para>
@@ -344,12 +344,12 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Notify when due</guilabel> — Lets you set whether
- you want to be notified at <application>&app;</application> startup
+ you want to be notified at <application>&app;</application> startup
of when a bill is soon to be due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Days in advance</guilabel> — How many days before
+ <para><guilabel>Days in advance</guilabel> — How many days before
the due date to warn about bills coming due.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -360,11 +360,11 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
- time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
+ time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
- <para>Counter documents are documents with
+ <para>Counter documents are documents with
opposite sign. For example for a bill, vendor credit notes and negative
bills are considered counter documents.</para>
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="prefs-date-time">
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Use 24-hour clock</guilabel> — Lets you specify if you
- want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 11 o’clock at
+ want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 11 o’clock at
night should be represented as 11PM or 23:00.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -442,16 +442,16 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Date completion</guilabel> — This option
- lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
+ lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year</guilabel> (Default) — Dates will be completed so that
+ <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year</guilabel> (Default) — Dates will be completed so that
they are within the current calendar year.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
- the current month</guilabel> — Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
+ <para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
+ the current month</guilabel> — Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
date. You can enter the maximum number of months to go backwards in time when completing dates.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
<para><guilabel>General</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog</guilabel> — This option displays or hides the
+ <para><guilabel>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog</guilabel> — This option displays or hides the
<guilabel>Tip of the Day</guilabel> screen when <application>&app;</application> is started.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@
<para><guilabel>Perform account list setup on new file</guilabel> —
This option turns off the display of the <guilabel>New Account
Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant when the entry <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is selected from the
+ <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is selected from the
<application>&app;</application> menu.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
to set the number of decimal places to be used.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Files</guilabel></para>
@@ -587,15 +587,15 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question</guilabel> —
- If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
+ If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
limited number of seconds for an answer. If the user didn’t answer within that time,
the changes will be saved automatically and the question window closed.
- You can sete the number of seconds in the <guilabel>Time to wait for answer</guilabel> field.</para>
+ You can sete the number of seconds in the <guilabel>Time to wait for answer</guilabel> field.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Retain log files</guilabel> — In this section you could set
- your preferences about the log files using the provided radio buttons.</para>
+ your preferences about the log files using the provided radio buttons.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Never</guilabel> — Disable the creation of log files.</para>
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
search" if fewer than this number of items is returned.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -663,8 +663,8 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file)</guilabel> —
- In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
- self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
+ In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
+ self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Not cleared</guilabel> (Default)</para>
@@ -694,8 +694,8 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Enable update match action</guilabel> — Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
- action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
- above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
+ action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
+ above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
transaction will cause the existing transaction to be updated and cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -732,13 +732,13 @@
$100, and you are charged $101.50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered
that $100, the amounts won’t match. You should set this to whatever is the
maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the
- transaction will be recognized as a match by
+ transaction will be recognized as a match by
<application>&app;</application>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities</guilabel> — Enables the
- automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
+ <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities</guilabel> — Enables the
+ automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
import. If not enabled, the user will be asked what to do with each unknown commodity.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished</guilabel> — Close the log window
+ <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished</guilabel> — Close the log window
when the operation is completed.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@
banking operations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -860,9 +860,9 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction</guilabel> —
- If selected, when the transaction is auto filled, pressing the
- <keycap>Tab</keycap> key in the register the cursor’s jump
+ <para><guilabel>Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction</guilabel> —
+ If selected, when the transaction is auto filled, pressing the
+ <keycap>Tab</keycap> key in the register the cursor’s jump
will include the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@
selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user
to enter a credit card payment.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Always reconcile to today</guilabel> — If
selected, always open the reconcile screen with today’s date for
@@ -902,13 +902,13 @@
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Graphics</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Use system theme colors</guilabel> — If selected,
+ <para><guilabel>Use system theme colors</guilabel> — If selected,
the system color theme will be applied to register windows. Otherwise
the original <application>&app;</application> register color will be used.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Double mode colors alternate with
transactions</guilabel> — If selected, configures the register
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@
</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Number of transactions</guilabel> — How many
transactions to show in a register. Set to 0 to show all transactions.</para>
@@ -1053,15 +1053,15 @@
reports. You can choose:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the system locale currency for all
+ <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — Use the system locale currency for all
newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Choose</guilabel> — Use the specified currency for all
+ <para><guilabel>Choose</guilabel> — Use the specified currency for all
newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
+ </itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -1188,18 +1188,18 @@
a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the
various tabs.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Bring the most recent tab to the front</guilabel> — If
selected, the newly created tab will be shown over the other tabs.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> — The width of tab label
+ <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> — The width of tab label
expressed in characters.
<note>
- <para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
- (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut
+ <para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
+ (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut
and replaced with an ellipsis.
</para>
</note>
@@ -1207,14 +1207,14 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Tab Position</guilabel></para>
<para>Position the tabs at the
<guilabel>Top</guilabel> (default), <guilabel>Bottom</guilabel>,
<guilabel>Left</guilabel> or <guilabel>Right</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Summary Bar Position</guilabel></para>
<para>Position the Summary Bar at the
@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@
changes are reflected in the affected areas of <application>&app;</application>
as soon as the button is pressed, so it can be used to 'see' the effect
of a given option without having to re-open the dialog. The
- <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button is not sensitive on the dialog if
+ <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button is not sensitive on the dialog if
it appears during transaction import (that is, 'new book') situations.
The <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button behaves like the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button except that it immediately
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab of this dialog allows
the selection of options that affect how accounting registers function.
</para>
-
+
<sect3 id="trading-accounts-book-option">
<title>Use Trading Accounts</title>
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@
<note>
<para>This option is only available in <application>&app;
</application> version 2.6 or later.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
<para>Check the <guilabel>Use Split Action Field for Number</guilabel>
checkbox to have the split action field of the anchor split used for
the 'Num' column in registers, reports and import/export functions,
@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Business</guilabel> tab allows you to enter values
that are in turn used by the business features of <application>&app;</application>:</para>
-
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Company Name</term>
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term>Fancy Date Format</term>
- <listitem><para>The default date format used for fancy printed dates
+ <listitem><para>The default date format used for fancy printed dates
(e.g. on invoices).</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -1498,14 +1498,14 @@
the number to be printed with leading zeros and 5 characters wide, you
would enter "C - %05li" and the next customer number would be assigned
the number "C - 00006".</para>
-
+
<note><para>For historical reasons <application>&app;</application> accepts multiple format specifiers
although they all yield the same end result. You can choose "li", "lli" or I64i".</para>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="change-style">
<title>Changing Style Sheets</title>
@@ -1521,14 +1521,14 @@
the report(s) are currently displayed.</para></note>
<para>To add a new Style Sheet click the <guibutton>New...</guibutton> button in the Style Sheet pane.
- The <guilabel>New Style Sheet</guilabel> dialog will appear. Fill in the <guilabel>name</guilabel> field with
+ The <guilabel>New Style Sheet</guilabel> dialog will appear. Fill in the <guilabel>name</guilabel> field with
the name of the new Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from
the list and click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.</para>
<sect2 id="style-default">
<title>Default Style Sheet</title>
- <para>The Default Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of
+ <para>The Default Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of
reports utilizing it, Colors, Fonts, General and Tables. </para>
<sect3 id="style-def-color">
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
+ <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
color picker to choose a color that will be applied to alternate
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1548,17 +1548,17 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
Titles.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Account Links.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1568,12 +1568,12 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Text Cells.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
+ <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
size for Total Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1594,17 +1594,17 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
+ <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
to choose a new background color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Background Pixmap:</guilabel> Use the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button
+ <para><guilabel>Background Pixmap:</guilabel> Use the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button
to select a picture to use as the background in reports.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable Links:</guilabel> Select this to enable
+ <para><guilabel>Enable Links:</guilabel> Select this to enable
blue hyperlinks in reports.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1620,12 +1620,12 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
+ <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
between table cell edges and contents</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Table border width:</guilabel> Sets the width of
+ <para><guilabel>Table border width:</guilabel> Sets the width of
the borders on tables.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@
<sect2 id="style-easy">
<title>Easy Style Sheet</title>
- <para>The Easy Style Sheet has five tabs to alter the appearance of
+ <para>The Easy Style Sheet has five tabs to alter the appearance of
reports: Colors, Fonts, General, Images and Tables.</para>
<sect3 id="style-easy-colors">
@@ -1644,12 +1644,12 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
+ <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
to choose a new background color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
+ <para><guilabel>Text Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
choose a new text color.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1659,29 +1659,29 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Link Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
+ <para><guilabel>Link Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
choose a new link color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
+ <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
color picker to choose a new color for alternate table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
- the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal
+ <para><guilabel>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
+ the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
- the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total
+ <para><guilabel>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
+ the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Grand Total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the color
+ <para><guilabel>Grand Total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the color
picker to choose a new color for grand total rows.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1692,17 +1692,17 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
Titles.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Account Links.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1712,17 +1712,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Header:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Header:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Header table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Text Cells.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
+ <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
size for Total Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Preparer:</guilabel> Name of the person preparing
+ <para><guilabel>Preparer:</guilabel> Name of the person preparing
the report.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
+ <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
between table cell edges and contents</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1819,8 +1819,8 @@
<sect2 id="style-footer">
<title>Footer Style Sheet</title>
- <para>The Footer Style Sheet has the same five tabs to alter the
- appearance of reports as the Easy Style Sheets: Colors, Fonts, General,
+ <para>The Footer Style Sheet has the same five tabs to alter the
+ appearance of reports as the Easy Style Sheets: Colors, Fonts, General,
Images and Tables.</para>
<sect3 id="style-footer-colors">
@@ -1828,12 +1828,12 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
+ <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
to choose a new background color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
+ <para><guilabel>Text Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
choose a new text color.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1843,29 +1843,29 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Link Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
+ <para><guilabel>Link Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
choose a new link color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
+ <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
color picker to choose a new color for alternate table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
- the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal
+ <para><guilabel>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
+ the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
- the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total
+ <para><guilabel>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
+ the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Grand Total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the color
+ <para><guilabel>Grand Total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the color
picker to choose a new color for grand total rows.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1876,17 +1876,17 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
Titles.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Account Links.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1896,17 +1896,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Header:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Header:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Header table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Text Cells.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
+ <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
size for Total Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Preparer:</guilabel> Name of the person preparing
+ <para><guilabel>Preparer:</guilabel> Name of the person preparing
the report.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1993,7 +1993,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
+ <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
between table cell edges and contents</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@
<sect2 id="style-technicolor">
<title>Technicolor Style Sheet</title>
- <para>The Technicolor Style Sheet has has five tabs to alter the
+ <para>The Technicolor Style Sheet has has five tabs to alter the
appearance of reports: Colors, Fonts, General, Images and Tables.</para>
<sect3 id="style-tech-colors">
@@ -2016,12 +2016,12 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
+ <para><guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker
to choose a new background color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
+ <para><guilabel>Text Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
choose a new text color.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2031,29 +2031,29 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Link Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
+ <para><guilabel>Link Color:</guilabel> Opens the color picker to
choose a new link color.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
+ <para><guilabel>Alternate Table Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the
color picker to choose a new color for alternate table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
- the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal
+ <para><guilabel>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
+ the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
- the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total
+ <para><guilabel>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens
+ the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total
table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Grand Total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the color
+ <para><guilabel>Grand Total Cell Color:</guilabel> Opens the color
picker to choose a new color for grand total rows.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -2064,17 +2064,17 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Select the font and size for
Titles.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Account Link:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Account Links.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2084,17 +2084,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Number Header:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Number Header:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Number Header table rows.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
+ <para><guilabel>Text Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and size
for Text Cells.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
+ <para><guilabel>Total Number Cell:</guilabel> Select the font and
size for Total Number Cells.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@
<sect3 id="style-tech-images">
<title>Images</title>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Background Tile:</guilabel> Use the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select a
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
+ <para><guilabel>Table cell padding:</guilabel> Sets the space
between table cell edges and cell contents</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2192,17 +2192,17 @@
<sect1 id="set-tax-options">
<title>Setting Tax Report Options</title>
- <para>The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options.
+ <para>The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options.
The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export function
- in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to
+ in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that
- the <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large
- downward-pointing arrow and select <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> check box). The <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel>
- column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <guilabel>Schedule D
- Dividend, cap gain distrib.</guilabel>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively,
- it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through
+ <para>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that
+ the <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large
+ downward-pointing arrow and select <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> check box). The <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel>
+ column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <guilabel>Schedule D
+ Dividend, cap gain distrib.</guilabel>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively,
+ it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for
+ <para>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for
account type</para>
</listitem>
@@ -2244,19 +2244,19 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax
+ <para>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax
type "tax_type"</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type
+ <para>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type
"tax_type")</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to
- individual accounts. Click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to set the identity. The Tax Name is
- optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A
+ <para>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to
+ individual accounts. Click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to set the identity. The Tax Name is
+ optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A
<guilabel>Type</guilabel> must be selected in order to activate the tax category
selections. The choices are:</para>
@@ -2282,81 +2282,81 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories
- have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need
- to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious.
- The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing
- the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed
+ <para>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories
+ have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need
+ to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious.
+ The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing
+ the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed
(and highly recommended) that each <application>&app;</application> file is for only one tax entity
- and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep,
- for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one <application>&app;</application> file
+ and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep,
+ for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one <application>&app;</application> file
if you plan to use the Income Tax Reporting features.</para>
- <para>A given <acronym>TXF</acronym> code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule
- Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for
- each account and a summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the total as calculated by the
+ <para>A given <acronym>TXF</acronym> code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule
+ Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for
+ each account and a summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the total as calculated by the
report.</para>
- <para>For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer
- on the <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be based on what is specified here, either the
- account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent
- account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or
+ <para>For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer
+ on the <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be based on what is specified here, either the
+ account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent
+ account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or
mutual funds that pay dividends where the individual payees are shown on
- the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of
- your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks
- that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the
- broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’;
- the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had
- several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each
- broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent
- account named <emphasis>Directly Held</emphasis>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for
- one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each
- stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select
- <guilabel>Current Account</guilabel>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported
- and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a
+ the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of
+ your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks
+ that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the
+ broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’;
+ the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had
+ several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each
+ broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent
+ account named <emphasis>Directly Held</emphasis>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for
+ one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each
+ stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select
+ <guilabel>Current Account</guilabel>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported
+ and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a
subtotal for each stock, along with each stock’s name as the payer.</para>
<para>Some tax Forms/Schedules need to have multiple copies filed under
- some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have
- separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the
- <guilabel>Copy Number</guilabel> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by
+ some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have
+ separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the
+ <guilabel>Copy Number</guilabel> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by
copy number.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an
- account to set a <acronym>TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is
- changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will
+ <para>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an
+ account to set a <acronym>TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is
+ changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will
be set to the selected item. </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an
- account then select the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed
+ <para>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an
+ account then select the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed
on the account edit dialogue but cannot be changed from there.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description
- appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <guilabel>No help
- available</guilabel>), along with the <acronym>TXF</acronym> code for the category and information
- about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are
+ <para>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description
+ appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <guilabel>No help
+ available</guilabel>), along with the <acronym>TXF</acronym> code for the category and information
+ about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are
included in by tax year (used for detailed sort on report).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text
- description that is exported along with the value of the account is
- derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank,
- stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally,
+ <para>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text
+ description that is exported along with the value of the account is
+ derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank,
+ stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally,
it is a description of a deduction.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Copy Number: A copy number that is exported along with the value
- of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different
- copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g.,
- Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the
+ of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different
+ copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g.,
+ Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the
report.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -2387,9 +2387,9 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual
- payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts,
- only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax
+ <para>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual
+ payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts,
+ only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax
enhancement) </para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -2416,11 +2416,11 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem
- for the last payment that is due Jan 15. <application>&app;</application> changes the the date of
- the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special
- date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab.
- The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only
+ <para>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem
+ for the last payment that is due Jan 15. <application>&app;</application> changes the the date of
+ the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special
+ date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab.
+ The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only
matters if you have to compute the penalty. </para>
<para>TXF Tax eXport Format </para>
@@ -2431,16 +2431,16 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be
- summed for all the accounts generating one detail <acronym>TXF</acronym> record per account
- and one summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer
- Name Source" will generate a separate summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> account with each
- change in payer. Selecting the "Print <acronym>TXF</acronym> export parameters" option will
- cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source
+ <para>Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be
+ summed for all the accounts generating one detail <acronym>TXF</acronym> record per account
+ and one summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer
+ Name Source" will generate a separate summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> account with each
+ change in payer. Selecting the "Print <acronym>TXF</acronym> export parameters" option will
+ cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source
option Y) and, for the accounts assigned to those codes, the Name Source
- each account is set to and the <acronym>TXF</acronym> item number that will be assigned to
- each. A summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be generated for each change in assigned
- item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and
+ each account is set to and the <acronym>TXF</acronym> item number that will be assigned to
+ each. A summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be generated for each change in assigned
+ item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and
TurboTax.</para>
@@ -2450,25 +2450,25 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security;
- generates <acronym>TXF</acronym> output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the
- date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately
+ <para>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security;
+ generates <acronym>TXF</acronym> output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the
+ date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately
added in the tax software). The code can be assigned to either a short-,
- long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales
- transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling
- Shares, of the <application>&app;</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the
- transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other
- splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each
- of these found, it generates a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> output record with the
- quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales
- amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction
- split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, <acronym>TXF</acronym> output
- data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will
- fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set
- to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this
+ long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales
+ transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling
+ Shares, of the <application>&app;</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the
+ transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other
+ splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each
+ of these found, it generates a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> output record with the
+ quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales
+ amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction
+ split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, <acronym>TXF</acronym> output
+ data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will
+ fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set
+ to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this
reason, there should be no more than one gain/loss account entered per
- transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that
- no amounts are used from <application>&app;</application>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement
+ transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that
+ no amounts are used from <application>&app;</application>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement
is expected to use this data to provide capital gain reporting).</para>
</sect2>
@@ -2493,14 +2493,14 @@
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="chang-lang">
<title>Changing the Language</title>
-
+
<para>The language of the <application>&app;</application> user interface is not modifiable
directly from the program’s preferences.</para>
-
- <para>The way you can change the language depends on the operating system you are running
+
+ <para>The way you can change the language depends on the operating system you are running
<application>&app;</application> on.</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -2509,10 +2509,10 @@
<para>In general you should set the <envar>LANGUAGE</envar> and <envar>LANG</envar> environment variables before starting <application>&app;</application>.
To do this you need to open a terminal and run the following command:</para>
<para><command>LANGUAGE=<replaceable>ll_LL</replaceable> LANG=<replaceable>ll_LL</replaceable> gnucash</command></para>
- <para><replaceable>ll_LL</replaceable> is the locale you want to run <application>&app;</application> with (<emphasis>de_DE</emphasis>
+ <para><replaceable>ll_LL</replaceable> is the locale you want to run <application>&app;</application> with (<emphasis>de_DE</emphasis>
for Deutsch, <emphasis>it_IT</emphasis> for Italian etc.)</para>
<note>
- <para>On some systems (e.g. Ubuntu) the encoding could be part of the locales name, like <replaceable>ll_LL.UTF-8</replaceable>.
+ <para>On some systems (e.g. Ubuntu) the encoding could be part of the locales name, like <replaceable>ll_LL.UTF-8</replaceable>.
You can use these names as well.</para>
</note>
</listitem>
@@ -2527,11 +2527,11 @@
<para><command>defaults delete $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/GnuCash.app)</command></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><trademark>Windows</trademark></term>
<listitem>
- <para>If you are running <application>&app;</application> 2.4.0 (or newer) on Windows, you can set the interface language
- by editing the file <filename>environment</filename> with a text editor (e.g. <application>Notepad</application>). By default this file is installed in
+ <para>If you are running <application>&app;</application> 2.4.0 (or newer) on Windows, you can set the interface language
+ by editing the file <filename>environment</filename> with a text editor (e.g. <application>Notepad</application>). By default this file is installed in
<filename role="directory">c:\Program Files\gnucash\etc\gnucash</filename>. Change this file such that the last few lines are:</para>
<para>
<programlisting linenumbering="unnumbered"># If you wish GnuCash to use a different language, uncomment the two parameters
@@ -2539,17 +2539,17 @@
LANG=ll_LL
LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
</para>
- <para><replaceable>ll_LL</replaceable> is the locale you want to run <application>&app;</application> with (<emphasis>de_DE</emphasis>
+ <para><replaceable>ll_LL</replaceable> is the locale you want to run <application>&app;</application> with (<emphasis>de_DE</emphasis>
for Deutsch, <emphasis>it_IT</emphasis> for Italian etc.)</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<tip>
<para>More and updated information about this topic can be found on the
<ulink type="http" url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Locale_Settings">Locale Settings page</ulink> of the <application>&app;</application> wiki.</para>
</tip>
-
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml
index 313b4a8..381ff0e 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
<title>Account Tree - Menus</title>
<para>The <firstterm>Menubar</firstterm> for the Accounts Tree window contains the following
- options.</para>
+ options.</para>
<sect3 id="AccTree-file-menu">
<title>Account Tree - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu</title>
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@
<para>Starts the Renumber Account assistant. See
<xref linkend="chart-renumber"></xref>.</para>
<note>
- <para>This item is selectable only if you have highlighted an account with
+ <para>This item is selectable only if you have highlighted an account with
at least one subaccount in the accounts tree.</para>
</note></entry>
</row>
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Open Account</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry>
- <para>Opens the register window for the currently selected
+ <para>Opens the register window for the currently selected
account.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Open Subaccount</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry>
- <para>Opens a register window that displays all the transactions for the selected account
+ <para>Opens a register window that displays all the transactions for the selected account
and for all its subbaccounts.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
<tip>
<para>Warnings may be selectively enabled.</para>
</tip>
- </para>
+ </para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@
<entry align="center" nameend="c3" namest="c2">
<para>Select employee related activities.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry namest="c2">
<para><guimenuitem>Employees Overview</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@
<entry namest="c2" nameend="c3">
<para>View and edit the list of Bills Due Reminder.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@
<note>
<para>The methods to enter transactions are described in detail in <xref linkend="ch_Common_Trans_Ops"/>.</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="Trans-menus">
@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@
<entry namest="c2">
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@
<entry namest="c2" nameend="c3">
<para>Set the sort order of the transactions display. Requires a click to
- start options form. Option form requires
+ start options form. Option form requires
<guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>/<guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@
</row>
<row>
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Open Associated File/Location</guimenuitem></para></entry>
- <entry><para>Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a
+ <entry><para>Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a
file or location was associated to the currently selected transaction.</para></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@
<para>The items shown in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu are the same listed in <xref linkend="AccTree-ReportsMenu" />
with the addition of:
</para>
-
+
<table frame="topbot" id="Report-ReportsMenu">
<title>Report - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu.</title>
@@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Saved Report Configurations
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry namest="c1">
<para><guimenuitem>Save Report Configuration As...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -3957,7 +3957,7 @@
<entry nameend="c3" namest="c2">
<para>Save the current report configuration with a new name.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml
index bc8952c..e8e8d42 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
(translators put your name and email here)
-->
-<chapter id="Getting-Help">
+<chapter id="Getting-Help">
<title id="Using-Help">Using This Document & Getting Help</title>
<para>This document is organized in two dimensions;</para>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect1 id="Help-Window">
<title>Accessing Help</title>
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
side.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="tutorial">
<title><application>&app;</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title>
@@ -130,10 +130,10 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
- <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
+ <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
Join them on #gnucash at irc.gnome.org.</para>
- <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>&app;</application> web site </ulink>
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>&app;</application> web site </ulink>
has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
to additional useful resources such as the <application>&app;</application> wiki
and bug tracking system.</para>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml
index d5ec928..a387c1b 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
<para>The <guibutton>Show tips at startup</guibutton>
check-box is used to enable or disable the <guilabel>Tip of the
Day</guilabel> from running at <application>&app;</application> start-up.</para>
-
+
<para>It is also possible to configure the <guilabel>Tip of the
Day</guilabel> to run at start-up under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab
in <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel>.
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
index aedf28c..581e537 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
<sect1 id="report-intro">
<title>Introduction</title>
-
+
<para>Reports and Charts give <application>&app;</application> the ability to present an overview of financial
data in various ways. This can range from a simple summary of account totals to an
advanced portfolio view. This section will present an explanation of the main <application>&app;</application>
@@ -38,28 +38,28 @@
Saved Report Configuration</guibutton> to select a report you have
previously configured and saved.
</para>
-
+
<para>Once the report has opened, click on the <guibutton>Options
</guibutton> toolbar button to
configure the report as needed, for example to set the report date or
select accounts.
</para>
-
- <tip><para>If you intend to save a report configuration, you
+
+ <tip><para>If you intend to save a report configuration, you
should choose a named report date option such as <emphasis>Today
- </emphasis>rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to
+ </emphasis>rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to
enter a specific date again in future reports.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end of an
accounting period, set the accounting period start and end dates in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Accounting Period</guimenuitem></menuchoice> then select
appropriate report date options.
- See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period" />.
+ See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period" />.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<tip>
<para>If you cannot find a specific report to suit your requirements, you
may be able to use the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> assistant
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
by copying and pasting the report into a spreadsheet.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>After you have configured a report, you can save the configuration for
future use by clicking either the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration
</guibutton> or <guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...</guibutton>
@@ -79,29 +79,29 @@
<sect2 id="report-saving">
<title>Saving a Report Configuration</title>
-
+
<para>To save a report configuration for future use, while the required
report tab is selected, go to the report options, select the
<emphasis>General</emphasis> tab and change the <emphasis>Report Name
</emphasis> to a meaningful unique name. Do not confuse this with the
<emphasis>Report Title</emphasis> which prints at the top of a report.
</para>
-
+
<para>Click the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration</guibutton> or
<guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...</guibutton> button. This will
store your customized report options in a file in your home directory.
E.g. Linux: <emphasis>~/.gnucash/saved-reports-[versioninfo]</emphasis>
</para>
-
+
<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already
been saved, you can use either the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration
</guibutton> or the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...
</guibutton> button. You can modify the report name before saving it.
</para>
-
+
<para>After a report configuration for a specific name has been saved, the
<guibutton>Save Report Configuration</guibutton> button will immediately
- update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to
+ update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to
save the configuration with a new name. Use the <guibutton>Save Report
Configuration As...</guibutton> button to save the current report
configuration with a new name.
@@ -114,41 +114,41 @@
& Custom</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Custom Multicolumn Report
</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-working">
<title>Working with Saved Report Configurations</title>
-
+
<para>Selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guimenuitem>Saved
- Report Configurations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will open a dialog
+ Report Configurations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will open a dialog
window with a list of the <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations
</emphasis> you have previously created. In this
context <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations</emphasis> means the set of
customized settings for standard reports.
</para>
-
+
<para>The <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations</emphasis> window lists
each of your previously saved report configurations, and 3 small buttons
at the end of each. These buttons perform the following actions
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Load (and run) report configuration. Double clicking a
report configuration also performs this action.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Edit report configuration name. This enables a report
configuration to be renamed.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Delete report configuration.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="report-config">
@@ -164,17 +164,17 @@
<sect2 id="report-opt-btns">
<title>Report Options Buttons</title>
- <para>After modifying report options, either</para>
-
+ <para>After modifying report options, either</para>
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to apply the changes,
regenerate the report and
close the options window.</para>
-
+
<para>or</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button to apply the
changes, regenerate the report and leave the options window open for
@@ -182,18 +182,18 @@
</guibutton> and <guibutton>OK</guibutton> buttons will be disabled,
indicating changes have been applied, until further changes are made.
</para>
-
+
<para>or</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button to close the
options window without applying any unapplied changes.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-common">
<title>Common Report Options</title>
@@ -211,15 +211,15 @@
(using the date selector), or by selecting a relative date from the menu.
Relative dates allow you to specify dates like <guilabel>Beginning of this year</guilabel> or
<guilabel>Today</guilabel>.</para>
-
- <tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end
+
+ <tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end
of an accounting period, set the accounting period start and end
dates in <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>
Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Accounting Period
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> then select appropriate report date
options. See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period" />.</para>
</tip>
-
+
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>Report Currency: Select the report currency. Generally, values will be
converted to this currency for display.</para>
-
+
<para>The default Report Currency is defined in <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> Reports tab. See <xref linkend="prefs-reports" />.
@@ -305,10 +305,10 @@
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="report-classes">
<title>Reports Listed By Class</title>
-
+
<para><application>&app;</application> has classified the main types of
reports into major classes. These
are all available under the Reports menu.</para>
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
</sect4>
</sect3>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="report-assets">
@@ -873,15 +873,15 @@
<application>&app;</application> file over time. By default, the report shows all accounts
in <emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis>, <emphasis>Current Assets</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Fixed Assets</emphasis>, <emphasis>Investments</emphasis> and Special Accounts
- (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period.
+ (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period.
This report provides a graphic view of the assets in the file over time.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with
+ <para>Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with
it's selected options for re-use later.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an
option to display a table of the values.</para>
<para>This report calculates and displays a default of 8 bars or up to 24 separate asset
@@ -890,40 +890,40 @@
selected accounts summed as <emphasis>Other</emphasis>.</para>
<para>The report exploits the outline structure of the chart of accounts to allow the user
- to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected
+ to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected
sub-accounts below the selected depth are automatically <emphasis>summed up</emphasis> into
the next level when it is also selected. The default number of sub-account levels is 2,
giving a summary view. Increasing the number of sub-levels increases the detail available
- to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts
+ to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts
selected to force greater detail to appear in the report.</para>
<para>By default the report includes all <emphasis>asset</emphasis> accounts and sub-accounts,
as well as <emphasis>Imbalance</emphasis> and <emphasis>Orphan</emphasis> Special accounts
- in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the
+ in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the
default currency of the <application>&app;</application> file but if the file has data
for multiple currencies, then it can be changed to another currency.</para>
- <para>Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus
+ <para>Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus
on a small subset of data such as current assets or investments.</para>
- <para>The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current
- accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous
+ <para>The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current
+ accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous
other starting choices and ending choices are available.</para>
<para>The first bar shows the selected values at the end of the day on the first date chosen.
- There are a number of choices for step size from <emphasis>day</emphasis> to
- <emphasis>year</emphasis> with the default being <emphasis>month</emphasis>. Note that if any
+ There are a number of choices for step size from <emphasis>day</emphasis> to
+ <emphasis>year</emphasis> with the default being <emphasis>month</emphasis>. Note that if any
step date would fall on the 29th, 30th or 31st in a month that does not have such a date
the next interval will be 31 days later. For that step only the date will <emphasis>slip</emphasis>
up to 3 days into the following month. This is true for releases at least through 2.4.13.
Bug 639049 is open in Bugzilla to modify this behavior.</para>
- <para>Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period.
- There is also no option to show <emphasis>beginning</emphasis> balances or <emphasis>end of
- previous step</emphasis> balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to
+ <para>Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period.
+ There is also no option to show <emphasis>beginning</emphasis> balances or <emphasis>end of
+ previous step</emphasis> balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to
business quarterly reports, for example.</para>
- <para>The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart
+ <para>The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart
report are similar except for the graphic type and default account groups selected.</para>
<para>Other features are customizable in a manner similar to other standard reports.</para>
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-sample">
<title>Sample & Custom</title>
@@ -1510,32 +1510,32 @@
<sect2 id="report-budget">
<title>Budget</title>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Barchart</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Flow</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Report</title>
<para>This report is used to compare budgeted and real amounts for selected accounts. It allows you to review how well you follow the budget.</para>
@@ -1576,9 +1576,9 @@
</sect3>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="report-print">
<title>Printing or Exporting Reports and Charts</title>
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
Print <application>&app;</application> Document dialog is accessed from the <guibutton>Print</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or
go to <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. To Export a report to a web page (<acronym>HTML</acronym>) select
the <guibutton>Export</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> and type in a file name.</para>
-
+
<para>Most reports, being presented in HTML, can also be copied and pasted into a spreadsheet.</para>
<para>The Print <application>&app;</application> Document dialog is used to select which Printer to send the
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@
<para>It is possible to write reports if the current ones are not suitable. To do this
you will need to know Scheme (a LISP-like programming language), and it is an
excellent idea to have a copy of the <application>&app;</application> source code available. </para>
-
+
<para>The reporting interface is documented in the source code file
<filename>src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt</filename>.
The file <filename>src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm</filename>
@@ -1622,14 +1622,14 @@
<para>It is also necessary to access data from the engine to get
information for your report. This is
- <emphasis>since version 2.1.x</emphasis> performed by a set of
+ <emphasis>since version 2.1.x</emphasis> performed by a set of
Scheme wrapper functions that are documented in the file
<filename>src/engine/swig-engine.c</filename>.
<emphasis>Up to version 2.0.5</emphasis> it was
<filename>src/g-wrap/gnc.html</filename>. Examine some of the other
reports in src/scm/report for an indication of how they are used.</para>
-
- <para>Some users started a table in the <application>&app;</application> wiki
+
+ <para>Some users started a table in the <application>&app;</application> wiki
<ulink url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Custom_Reports#The_GnuCash_API">
Custom Reports#The GnuCash API</ulink>.
</para>
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@
./configure --enable-doxygen --enable-html-docs
make doc
</screen> on your sources or online
- <ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/</ulink> or
+ <ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/</ulink> or
<ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/</ulink>
to get more information about the functions.
</para>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml
index 657f7a5..e056ee4 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
software was not configured to support Online banking, or the tools appropriate for the current window.</para>
<sect1 id="tool-find"><title>Find</title>
- <para>The <application>&app;</application> <emphasis>Find</emphasis> assistant can be used to <link linkend="tool-find-txn">find
+ <para>The <application>&app;</application> <emphasis>Find</emphasis> assistant can be used to <link linkend="tool-find-txn">find
transactions</link> or to perform <link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">business related</link> research on your data file.</para>
<sect2 id="tool-find-txn">
<title>Find Transaction</title>
<para><guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> is used to search for transactions in <application>&app;</application>
- and display the results in a register window. To open the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog in
+ and display the results in a register window. To open the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog in
<guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> mode, you can type the keyboard shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>f</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
<para>Exactly which transactions are searched depends on
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
<para>The first row of the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog
indicates that you are performing a <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel>.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>There are two panes in the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog. The top pane contains
the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> buttons and the bottom pane contains the <guilabel>Type of
Search</guilabel> selection.</para>
@@ -62,12 +62,12 @@
to have at least one match. The <guilabel>any criteria are met</guilabel> search requires
only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</para>
- <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
+ <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
criteria buttons (see table <xref linkend="tool-find-bttns" /> for a comprehensive list of combinations)</para>
<para>In the <guilabel>Type of Search</guilabel> pane there are five selections. The first option is always enabled, the following
- three are available when you invoke the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> option from a register window or after performing the
- first <guibutton>Find</guibutton> if the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> command was invoked from any other window.
+ three are available when you invoke the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> option from a register window or after performing the
+ first <guibutton>Find</guibutton> if the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> command was invoked from any other window.
Last option is available only for <link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">Business search</link>.</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -77,33 +77,33 @@
<para>Perform a new transaction search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Refine current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search within the results of the previous search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Add results to current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Delete results from current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Discard any results that match the previous search results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search only if data are marked as active. This selector
- is greyed out for the <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> as it is meaningful only for
+ is greyed out for the <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> as it is meaningful only for
<link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">business related search</link></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@
</row>
<row>
- <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Reconcile<footnote><para>The
+ <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Reconcile<footnote><para>The
<guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> option applies the selected criteria to each line
of a transaction individually. Each transaction line may have only one of the indicated values,
- but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may
- not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed
+ but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may
+ not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed
description of transaction statuses see <xref linkend="trans-stts" />
</para></footnote></para></entry>
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
</row>
<row>
- <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Account<footnote><para>The
+ <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Account<footnote><para>The
<guilabel>Account</guilabel> option performs a search where the accounts selected
in the <guilabel>Choose Accounts</guilabel> dialog will both be searched individually for
results. This means that a match in any of the selected accounts will
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@
</row>
<row>
- <entry><para>All Accounts<footnote><para>The <guilabel>All Accounts</guilabel>
+ <entry><para>All Accounts<footnote><para>The <guilabel>All Accounts</guilabel>
option performs a search where accounts selected in the <guilabel>Choose Accounts</guilabel>
dialog will only return results that match in both accounts.</para></footnote></para></entry>
@@ -637,11 +637,11 @@
<sect2 id="tool-find-bsnss">
<title>Find Customer, Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher</title>
<para>The business find assistant is used to search for business related items (Customer,
- Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog
- select the desired item to <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> from the
+ Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog
+ select the desired item to <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> from the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Customer/Vendor/Employee </guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenus.</para>
- <tip>
+ <tip>
<para>The titlebar and the first row of the assistant dialog reports the item type you are searching for: <guilabel>Customer,
Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher</guilabel>.</para>
</tip>
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
to have at least one match. The <guilabel>any criteria are met</guilabel> search requires
only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</para>
- <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
+ <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
criteria buttons (see tables <xref linkend="tool-find-cstmr" />,
<xref linkend="tool-find-nvc" />, <xref linkend="tool-find-jb" />, <xref linkend="tool-find-vndr" />,
<xref linkend="tool-find-bll" />, <xref linkend="tool-find-mply" /> <xref linkend="tool-find-vx" />
@@ -687,28 +687,28 @@
<para>Perform a new search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Refine current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search within the results of the previous search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Add results to current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Delete results from current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Discard any results that match the previous search results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -721,15 +721,15 @@
<sect3>
<title>The rest of the search dialog</title>
<para>When search criteria are selected, you can press the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button. You will be
- presented with the list of search results in the same <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+ presented with the list of search results in the same <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Aside the results, <application>&app;</application> gives you some buttons to manage
+ <para>Aside the results, <application>&app;</application> gives you some buttons to manage
the highlighted result.</para>
</tip>
<tip>
- <para>In the bottom right of the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog there is a button that allows to create a
+ <para>In the bottom right of the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog there is a button that allows to create a
<guibutton>New</guibutton> business item.</para>
</tip>
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@
<para>Press the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to close the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> assistant dialog.</para>
</note>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>List of search criteria buttons</title>
<table frame="topbot" id="tool-find-cstmr">
@@ -2211,12 +2211,12 @@
<sect1 id="trans-sched-slr">
<title>Since Last Run Assistant</title>
- <para>The <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> assistant is run automatically when
+ <para>The <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> assistant is run automatically when
<application>&app;</application> is started. It is
used to enter into the register any transactions that are due to be automatically
- entered (see <xref linkend="trans-sched"></xref>). The run on <application>&app;</application> start can be
+ entered (see <xref linkend="trans-sched"></xref>). The run on <application>&app;</application> start can be
altered in the <link linkend="prefs-sched">Scheduled Transactions</link> tab of the <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel>.
- To run the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> assistant manually, go to
+ To run the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> assistant manually, go to
<menuchoice><guilabel>Actions</guilabel><guisubmenu>Scheduled Transactions</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Since Last Run...</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
@@ -2225,19 +2225,19 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Transaction</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>The name assigned in the <guilabel>Scheduled Transaction Editor</guilabel> that identifies
+ <para>The name assigned in the <guilabel>Scheduled Transaction Editor</guilabel> that identifies
the scheduled transaction.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>State</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>The <guilabel>state</guilabel> column of the scheduled transaction can be one of the
following:</para>
<tip>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>state</guilabel> field in the row of a transaction to
- change its state (this option is available only if the <guilabel>state</guilabel> field is not
+ <para>Click on the <guilabel>state</guilabel> field in the row of a transaction to
+ change its state (this option is available only if the <guilabel>state</guilabel> field is not
<emphasis>empty</emphasis>)</para>
</tip>
<variablelist termlength="8">
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>If a scheduled transaction is being displayed, either to be created or as a reminder, the user can
set the status to <guilabel>Ignored</guilabel> to skip this event. The scheduled transaction will not be entered in
- the register and the next reminder for this scheduled transaction will be the next occurrence.
+ the register and the next reminder for this scheduled transaction will be the next occurrence.
For instance, if you have a scheduled transaction set up with a reminder to transfer $500 at the
end of the month to your <emphasis>savings</emphasis> account but you bought yourself a computer
this month and don’t have the money for this month’s transfer then you would
@@ -2269,15 +2269,15 @@
transaction after it's created.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Reminder</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>You are <emphasis>n</emphasis> days from the scheduled transaction due date.
- The number of days <emphasis>n</emphasis> to remind in advance, is set either in
- the <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> <link linkend="prefs-sched">Scheduled Transactions</link>
- tab or in the <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab of the
+ <para>You are <emphasis>n</emphasis> days from the scheduled transaction due date.
+ The number of days <emphasis>n</emphasis> to remind in advance, is set either in
+ the <guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> <link linkend="prefs-sched">Scheduled Transactions</link>
+ tab or in the <guilabel>Overview</guilabel> tab of the
<link linkend="sched-editor">Scheduled Transaction Editor</link>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>To-create</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>This scheduled transaction will be automatically created when
+ <para>This scheduled transaction will be automatically created when
you press <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -2293,15 +2293,15 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><emphasis>Empty</emphasis></term>
<listitem>
- <para>An empty field means that no operations are pending for the
+ <para>An empty field means that no operations are pending for the
scheduled transaction.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
+ </variablelist>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<para>At the bottom of the window there are two buttons:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -2310,15 +2310,15 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>The <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button closes the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> window and applies
+ <para>The <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button closes the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> window and applies
the pending operations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
- <para>At the bottom right of the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> window there is also an
- option that allows to <guilabel>Review created transactions</guilabel>. If this option
- is enabled when there are one or more transactions <guilabel>To-create</guilabel>,
- pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will open a register window in which are shown the
+
+ <para>At the bottom right of the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> window there is also an
+ option that allows to <guilabel>Review created transactions</guilabel>. If this option
+ is enabled when there are one or more transactions <guilabel>To-create</guilabel>,
+ pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will open a register window in which are shown the
details of the scheduled transactions splits entered automatically by <application>&app;</application>.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@
<para>The Mortgage and Loan Repayment assistant opens with a screen that briefly
describes what this assistant does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen
will not change while using the assistant.</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button is used to exit the assistant and cancel creating the
@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@
<note><para>This section is "under construction - any input will be welcome !!".</para></note>
<para>The <acronym>HBCI</acronym> Assistant is used to create and edit data to enable access to Online banking transactions.
- Currently the best instruction for this process are in the <application>&app;</application> wiki at
+ Currently the best instruction for this process are in the <application>&app;</application> wiki at
<ulink url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Setting_up_OFXDirectConnect_in_&app;_2">Setting up OFXDirectConnect
in <application>&app;</application> 2</ulink>. If <guilabel>HBCI Setup</guilabel> does not appear in your <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu, verify that you
are in an Account Tree or Register tab.
@@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@
button, and edit the <emphasis role="bold">Edit Security</emphasis> dialog box. To remove a commodity,
select the commodity and click the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button.</para>
- <para>The fields in the New/Edit Security screens are the same as defined for the Security Editor
+ <para>The fields in the New/Edit Security screens are the same as defined for the Security Editor
<xref linkend="tool-security-edit"></xref>. Below these fields are the options for Online Quotes.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -2977,7 +2977,7 @@
<title>Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices</title>
<para>To support on-line quotations for a particular stock or mutual fund account, you must first enable
- on-line price quoting and select a price source in the Security Editor. Online currency quotes require
+ on-line price quoting and select a price source in the Security Editor. Online currency quotes require
only that the check-box for Online quotes and the timezone be selected, and that the <quote>Get Quotes</quote>
box be checked in the Security Editor.</para>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml
index e0fc856..aabe630 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Importing transactions either from a <acronym>QIF</acronym>/<acronym>OFX</acronym> file or via
+ <para>Importing transactions either from a <acronym>QIF</acronym>/<acronym>OFX</acronym> file or via
"<acronym>OFX</acronym> on-line banking".</para>
</listitem>
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Translators:
<para>The default view or style can be changed by going to <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, three radio buttons
will select the desired option. When the window closes the style will revert to the Basic Ledger style. To
- make this change permanent change the style in the <guilabel>Register Defaults</guilabel> tab of the
+ make this change permanent change the style in the <guilabel>Register Defaults</guilabel> tab of the
<guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>The two other options to change the view of the register are; to restrict displayed items with the
+ <para>The two other options to change the view of the register are; to restrict displayed items with the
<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter By ...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
and changing the sort order <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sort Order</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
<xref linkend="Trans-view-menu"></xref>.
@@ -227,15 +227,15 @@ Translators:
in the <guilabel>date</guilabel> field by default when the register window is opened.</para>
<note>
- <para>When working on transactions in <application>&app;</application>, be aware that the
+ <para>When working on transactions in <application>&app;</application>, be aware that the
<keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key and the <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key behave
differently, and perform different actions.</para>
<para>The <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key moves to the first field of the next split,
regardless of which field you are in. If there is no next split, proceeds to the next transaction.
- In any case, <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> finishes the transaction edit, and any
+ In any case, <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> finishes the transaction edit, and any
imbalance is posted to <emphasis>Imbalance-CUR</emphasis>, where <emphasis>CUR</emphasis> is the
currency of the transaction.</para>
- <para>The <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key moves to the next field in the current split.
+ <para>The <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key moves to the next field in the current split.
If it's the last field, moves to the next split, creating a new one if there isn't one. If the
split is blank, the <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key finishes the transaction and posts any
imbalance to <emphasis>Imbalance-CUR</emphasis>, as above.</para>
@@ -299,16 +299,16 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key to move to the first of the amount fields. The names of the next two columns are different
according to what type of account is opened. For example, <emphasis>Bank</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Deposit</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Withdrawal</guilabel> here, <emphasis>Credit Card</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Payment</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Charge</guilabel>, and <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Shares</guilabel>, <guilabel>Price</guilabel>,
+ <guilabel>Withdrawal</guilabel> here, <emphasis>Credit Card</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Payment</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Charge</guilabel>, and <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Shares</guilabel>, <guilabel>Price</guilabel>,
<guilabel>Buy</guilabel> and <guilabel>Sell</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Enter an amount for the transaction in the correct fields. When the transaction is "balanced"
pressing the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, selecting the <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon or going to
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Transaction</guimenu><guimenuitem>Enter Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will
- finish the transaction. Selecting the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> icon or going to
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Transaction</guimenu><guimenuitem>Enter Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will
+ finish the transaction. Selecting the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> icon or going to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Transaction</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cancel Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
will erase the transaction.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -320,8 +320,8 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>To move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register, press the
- <guibutton>Blank</guibutton> <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> icon or go to
+ <para>To move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register, press the
+ <guibutton>Blank</guibutton> <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> icon or go to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Blank Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move to the first of the amount fields. The names of the next two columns
- are different according to what type of account is opened. For example, Bank accounts show
+ are different according to what type of account is opened. For example, Bank accounts show
Deposit and Withdrawal here, Credit Card accounts show Payment and Charge, and Stock accounts
show Shares, Price, Buy and Sell.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -397,9 +397,9 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>To enter the additional splits, press the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- Transactions with more than one split show the text <emphasis>--Split Transaction--</emphasis> and the
+ <para>To enter the additional splits, press the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or select
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
+ Transactions with more than one split show the text <emphasis>--Split Transaction--</emphasis> and the
<guibutton>Split</guibutton> button will need to be used
to show the details.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -417,20 +417,20 @@ Translators:
<para>When one of the short lines is selected, the column titles will change. The very first and last
(<guilabel>Date</guilabel> and <guilabel>Balance</guilabel>) columns will have blank titles. <guilabel>Num</guilabel>
will change to <guilabel>Action</guilabel>, <guilabel>Description</guilabel> to <guilabel>Memo</guilabel>,
- the now blank <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will change to <guilabel>Account</guilabel>. The last two amount columns
+ the now blank <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will change to <guilabel>Account</guilabel>. The last two amount columns
will show the name described in step seven.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>The <guilabel>Action</guilabel> and <guilabel>Memo</guilabel> columns are optional to fill out at this stage.
+ <para>The <guilabel>Action</guilabel> and <guilabel>Memo</guilabel> columns are optional to fill out at this stage.
<guilabel>Action</guilabel> is used to describe what kind of account transfer is involved. <guilabel>Memo</guilabel>
is an additional description of the transfer.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Move to the missing amount field on the third line and fill in the amount. Pressing the
- <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, selecting the <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon or going to
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Enter</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, selecting the <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon or going to
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Enter</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
will now move the cursor to the next line.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Pressing <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> as described above will jump to the next
transaction. Selecting the next transaction will close the split or it can be manually closed by pressing
- the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> icon or selecting
+ the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> icon or selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
@@ -496,13 +496,13 @@ Translators:
<para>Editing a transaction involves just selecting the part of the transaction that needs to be changed.
Once the changes are complete pressing the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, selecting the
- <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon or going to
+ <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon or going to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Transaction</guimenu><guimenuitem>Enter Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will
now move the cursor to the next line or transaction.
</para>
<para>To see a more detailed view of a transaction for editing in Basic Ledger, press the
- <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or select
+ <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or select
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -510,16 +510,16 @@ Translators:
<title>Deleting a Transaction</title>
<para>If a transaction needs to be removed from the register, select the transaction and press either
- the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> icon on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or go to
+ the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> icon on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or go to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Transaction</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
A window will appear to confirm the delete, unless the preference has been changed. The window presents
two options; "Remember and don’t ask again", and "Remember and don’t ask again this session". The response
- will be set according to the selected checkbox. The preference can also be reset via
+ will be set according to the selected checkbox. The preference can also be reset via
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset Warnings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. <xref linkend="reset-warning"></xref>.</para>
<para>Parts of a transaction can also be removed by pressing the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button on
- the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or selecting
+ the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The part of the
transaction that needs to be deleted can be then selected for deletion.</para>
</sect1>
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Translators:
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>If in Basic Ledger, press the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Transaction</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
to open the transaction. If in other modes select transaction.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>A dialog called <emphasis role="bold">Duplicate Transaction</emphasis> will prompt for a new
+ <para>A dialog called <emphasis role="bold">Duplicate Transaction</emphasis> will prompt for a new
Date and Num for the transaction.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ Translators:
<sect1 id="trans-stts">
<title>Setting the reconcile status (<guilabel>R</guilabel> field) of a transaction</title>
- <para>In the <application>&app;</application> register there is a column named <guilabel>R</guilabel>. This field
+ <para>In the <application>&app;</application> register there is a column named <guilabel>R</guilabel>. This field
indicates the status of a transaction. Possible values are:</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Translators:
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>y</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see <xref linkend="acct-reconcile" />).
+ <para>Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see <xref linkend="acct-reconcile" />).
Places limits optionally requiring confirmation on editing fields in that line of a transaction.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Translators:
<term><guilabel>v</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Voided. Status is assigned or released manually through the transaction menu (<xref linkend="Trans-transaction-menu" />)
- to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them.
+ to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them.
When a transaction is voided a reason entry is required that appears to the right of the description.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Translators:
the <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Jump</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item in the Account Register Window. </para>
<para>Select the transaction in the Account Register Window and either click the <guibutton>Jump</guibutton> icon or select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Jump</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the Account Register Window
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Jump</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the Account Register Window
target. If the transaction is split
between more than one transfer account then you will need to show all the split transfer accounts first and
select the transfer account to jump to.</para>
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ Translators:
<para>The easiest way to setup a scheduled transaction is to use an existing transaction in an account register
as a template. Select the transaction you wish to use as a template and then either select the
- <guibutton>Schedule</guibutton> icon on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or go to
+ <guibutton>Schedule</guibutton> icon on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or go to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Schedule...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
This will bring up the <emphasis role="bold">Make Scheduled Transaction</emphasis> dialog.</para>
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ Translators:
characteristic from the display.</para>
<para>The <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> of this window contains three buttons to create, delete and edit scheduled transactions.
- <guibutton>New</guibutton> and <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> buttons opens the Edit Scheduled Transaction dialog.
+ <guibutton>New</guibutton> and <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> buttons opens the Edit Scheduled Transaction dialog.
<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> removes the selected scheduled transaction.
The same options are available thru <menuchoice><guimenu>Schedule</guimenu><guimenuitem>New/Edit/Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
from the Scheduled Transaction Tab. </para>
@@ -786,12 +786,12 @@ Translators:
a custom check format. Check position and Date formats are also customizable.</para>
<para>To print a single check in <application>&app;</application>, select the transaction to print a check for
- and go to <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print Checks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
+ and go to <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print Checks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
This will open the Print Checks properties dialog to print the selected transaction.</para>
<para>To print multiple checks in <application>&app;</application> execute a search to find the transactions
you wish to print. With the search results window as the front window go to
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print Checks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will open
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print Checks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will open
the Print Checks properties dialog to print all the transactions in the search results window.</para>
<para>The Print Checks dialog has two tabs. The first tab, Options, is used to setup
diff --git a/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml b/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml
index 3373947..b94407a 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para> Assets
+<para> Assets
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para> Cash On Hand
+<para> Cash On Hand
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Fixed Assets
+<para> Fixed Assets
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Investments
+<para> Investments
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -78,20 +78,20 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Liabilities
+<para> Liabilities
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para> Taxes
+<para> Taxes
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Accounts Payable
+<para> Accounts Payable
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -147,12 +147,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Loans
+<para> Loans
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -170,16 +170,16 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Equity
+<para> Equity
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -197,16 +197,16 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Income
+<para> Income
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para> Interest Income
+<para> Interest Income
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -224,12 +224,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Dividends
+<para> Dividends
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -242,12 +242,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Consulting
+<para> Consulting
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -260,12 +260,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Salary
+<para> Salary
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -273,12 +273,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Commissions
+<para> Commissions
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -286,20 +286,20 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Expenses
+<para> Expenses
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para> Rent and Utilities
+<para> Rent and Utilities
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -337,12 +337,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Office Expenses
+<para> Office Expenses
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -380,12 +380,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Auto Expenses
+<para> Auto Expenses
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -408,12 +408,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Taxes
+<para> Taxes
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -431,12 +431,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Wages and Salaries
+<para> Wages and Salaries
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -454,12 +454,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Travel
+<para> Travel
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -482,12 +482,12 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para> Marketing
+<para> Marketing
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -505,11 +505,11 @@
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml b/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml
index fdd77f7..c48a459 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!--
+<!--
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais at okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
</copyright>
<legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
<para>
- <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
- Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
- <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
</para>
</legalnotice>
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.
</para>
-
+
<para>
This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
</para>
-
+
<para>
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
as <quote>you</quote>.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-modified">
A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-secondary">
A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
front-matter section of the <link
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
License.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">
The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
License.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-transparent">
A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link
linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
<quote>Opaque</quote>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-title-page">
The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
beginning of the body of the text.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
<para>
@@ -165,13 +165,13 @@
must also follow the conditions in <link
linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
above, and you may publicly display copies.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
<para>
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@
conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
respects.
</para>
-
+
<para>
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
adjacent pages.
</para>
-
+
<para>
If you publish or distribute <link
linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
public.
</para>
-
+
<para>
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
these things in the Modified Version:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<formalpara>
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>B</title>
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>D</title>
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>E</title>
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>H</title>
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>
If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be
distinct from any other section titles.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
definition of a standard.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link
linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
publisher that added the old one.
</para>
-
+
<para>
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link
linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
its license notice.
</para>
-
+
<para>
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
work.
</para>
-
+
<para>
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
<quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
documents in all other respects.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
copying of that document.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
<para>
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
aggregate.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
<para>
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@
the original English version will prevail.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
<para>
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
parties remain in full compliance.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
<para>
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@
type="http"
url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
</para>
-
+
<blockquote>
<para>
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
License</quote>.
</para>
</blockquote>
-
+
<para>
If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@
<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link
linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
@@ -662,6 +662,6 @@
License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
</para>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml b/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml
index 1f3afa0..5b12f43 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml
@@ -4,20 +4,20 @@
Last modified: August 08th 2016 (reflect updates by F::Q 1.38)
modified: April 11th 2013 (reflect bugfixes by F::Q 1.18)
modified: September 21th 2012
- modified: March 15th 2007
- modified: August 12th 2006
+ modified: March 15th 2007
+ modified: August 12th 2006
modified: February 28th 2005
Maintainers:
- Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
- Previous: Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
+ Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
+ Previous: Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
Author:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
+ (translators put your name and email here)
-->
<appendix id="tips">
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
</entry>
<entry>
<para> In 2012 happened a modification on the website.
- Make shure, you updated F::Q to version 1.18.
+ Make shure, you updated F::Q to version 1.18.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
diff --git a/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml b/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml
index 5b3c312..fbf5614 100644
--- a/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml
+++ b/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml
@@ -983,6 +983,6 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
-<para>Source:
+<para>Source:
<ulink url="https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash/blob/maint/src/tax/us/txf-help.scm"></ulink>
</para>
commit 81bf95e63505cf9f20c23b1e9f61012c66ab2310
Author: goodvibes2 <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Date: Thu Oct 27 14:33:00 2016 +1100
Whitespace cleanup guide
diff --git a/guide/C/appendixa.xml b/guide/C/appendixa.xml
index bc8ce92..804bf04 100644
--- a/guide/C/appendixa.xml
+++ b/guide/C/appendixa.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ You also have the option in <application>&app;</application> to treat income and
<sect1 id="appendixa_xmlconvert1">
<title>Converting <acronym>XML</acronym> <application>&app;</application> File</title>
<para>The <application>&app;</application> <acronym>XML</acronym> data file can be transformed to almost any other data
-format (e.g., <acronym>QIF</acronym>, <acronym>CSV</acronym>...) quite easily if one is familiar with <acronym>XSLT</acronym>.
+format (e.g., <acronym>QIF</acronym>, <acronym>CSV</acronym>...) quite easily if one is familiar with <acronym>XSLT</acronym>.
The <application>&app;</application> data file is well-formed <acronym>XML</acronym>, and it can therefore be run
through an <acronym>XSLT</acronym> parser with an associated stylesheet. This allows one
to transform the file to just about any format that can be designed,
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ working on a <acronym>CSV</acronym> one).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Install an <acronym>XSLT</acronym> processor such as Saxon
-(http://saxon.sourceforge.net/) or Xalan-J (http://xml.apache.org/).
+(http://saxon.sourceforge.net/) or Xalan-J (http://xml.apache.org/).
Any conforming processor will do, really...</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ routine to do this transformation. Anyone who knows or can learn <acronym>XML</
and <acronym>XSLT</acronym> can perform this task. Not much harder, really, than writing a
Web page....</para>
-<para>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
+<para>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
The process works on &vers-stable; datafiles, and ought to
work on earlier versions, too.</para>
diff --git a/guide/C/appendixb.xml b/guide/C/appendixb.xml
index 9b2d261..d13f60d 100644
--- a/guide/C/appendixb.xml
+++ b/guide/C/appendixb.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
diff --git a/guide/C/appendixc.xml b/guide/C/appendixc.xml
index b08e837..04bf090 100644
--- a/guide/C/appendixc.xml
+++ b/guide/C/appendixc.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Expenses [E]
|___ Software
|___ Subscriptions
|___ Sundry
- |___ Travel / Accom
+ |___ Travel / Accom
</literallayout>
diff --git a/guide/C/appendixd.xml b/guide/C/appendixd.xml
index 1f1247e..f2d3d1f 100644
--- a/guide/C/appendixd.xml
+++ b/guide/C/appendixd.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: March 18th, 2007
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
David Hampton <hampton at employees.org>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_accts.xml b/guide/C/ch_accts.xml
index 9485926..ac0d9fc 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_accts.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_accts.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.2.1
Last modified: September 26, 2010
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Tom Bullock <tbullock at nd.edu>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Authors:
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Translators:
Equity.</para>
<para><guilabel>Expense</guilabel> refers to money you spend to purchase
- goods or services provided by someone else
+ goods or services provided by someone else
<emphasis>for early consumption</emphasis>. Examples of expenses are a
meal at a restaurant, rent, groceries, gas for your car, or tickets to
see a play. Expenses will always decrease your Equity. If you pay for
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Translators:
<!--
Translators:
Your language might have a generic term for 'income and expense'.
- Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph
+ Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph
and replace 'income and expense' by it in the latter sections of this book.
-->
</sect2>
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Translators:
information. Funds represent ownership shares of a variety of
investments, and like stocks they do not offer any guaranteed cash
value.</para>
-
+
<para><application>&app;</application> treats account types Stock and
Mutual Fund the same.
</para>
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Translators:
is typically a business use only account in which you place
outstanding debts owed to you. It is considered an asset because you
should be able to count on these funds arriving.</para>
-
+
<para>Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should not be added,
changed or deleted in any way other than by using
</para>
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Translators:
<para><application>&app;</application> treats account types Cash,
Bank and Asset the same.
</para>
-
+
<para>Accounts are repositories of information used to track or record
the kinds of actions that occur related to the purpose for which the
account is established.</para>
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Translators:
all other loans, generally larger long-term loans such as a mortgage
or vehicle loan. This account can help you keep track of how much
you owe and how much you have already repaid.</para>
-
+
<para><application>&app;</application> treats account types Credit
Card and Liability the same.
</para>
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Translators:
worth.</para>
<para>There is usually only a single <application>&app;</application> equity account, called naturally
- enough, <guilabel>Equity</guilabel>.
+ enough, <guilabel>Equity</guilabel>.
For companies, cooperatives etc. you can create a subaccount for each partner.</para>
<tip>
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Translators:
<tip>
<para>Credits increase income account balances and debits decrease
- them. As described in <xref linkend="basics-accounting1"></xref>,
+ them. As described in <xref linkend="basics-accounting1"></xref>,
credits represent money transferred
<emphasis>from</emphasis> an account. So in these special income
accounts, when you transfer money <emphasis>from</emphasis> (credit)
@@ -371,9 +371,9 @@ Translators:
<para>Below are the standard <guilabel>Income</guilabel> and
<guilabel>Expense</guilabel> accounts after selecting <guilabel>Common
Accounts</guilabel> in the assistant for creating a new Account Hierarchy
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Account
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Account
Hierarchy...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="accts-DefaultIncomeAccounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Translators:
accounts</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
+ </screenshot>
<screenshot id="accts-DefaultExpenseAccounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -409,24 +409,24 @@ Translators:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="accts-other-types">
<title>Other Account Types</title>
-
+
<para>There are some special other account types.</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Trading</emphasis> Multiple currency transactions have
splits in <quote>Trading</quote> accounts to make the transaction
balance in each currency as well as in total value. See
<xref linkend="chapter_currency" /> for more information.
</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Money Market</emphasis> and <emphasis>Credit Line
</emphasis>are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for
completeness with the specification.
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="accts-examples1">
@@ -471,15 +471,15 @@ Translators:
building a <application>&app;</application> chart of accounts, and it is highly recommended that
you always begin this way.</para>
- <para>Start with a clean <application>&app;</application> file by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. The
- <guilabel>New Account Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant will start. Press <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close
+ <para>Start with a clean <application>&app;</application> file by selecting
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. The
+ <guilabel>New Account Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant will start. Press <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close
the assistant as we don’t want to use one of the predefined accounts structure; instead we will build a basic
- starting account structure from scratch. In the empty <application>&app;</application> window select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Accounts Page</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu:
- the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab will open. Finally select
+ starting account structure from scratch. In the empty <application>&app;</application> window select
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Accounts Page</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu:
+ the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab will open. Finally select
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Account...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<para>Now you are ready to build this basic starting account structure</para>
<orderedlist>
@@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ Translators:
<tip>
<para>Instead of selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Account...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
from the menu, you can alternatively create a new sub-account of an account by right clicking
- on the main account’s name and selecting the <guilabel>New Account...</guilabel> entry.
+ on the main account’s name and selecting the <guilabel>New Account...</guilabel> entry.
This will open a dialog similar to the one depicted in
- <xref linkend="accts-examples-toplevel2" /> where the new sub-account will be already set as a
+ <xref linkend="accts-examples-toplevel2" /> where the new sub-account will be already set as a
child of the main account.</para>
</tip>
<orderedlist>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_basics.xml b/guide/C/ch_basics.xml
index e9ebeab..fb65158 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_basics.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_basics.xml
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
modified: October 25th 2010
modified: January 12th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Cristian Marchi <cri.penta at gmail.com>
+ Maintainers:
+ Cristian Marchi <cri.penta at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -161,14 +161,14 @@
debits increase the balance and credits decrease the balance. In
liability, equity and income accounts, credits increase the balance
and debits decrease the balance.</para>
-
+
<para>In traditional double-entry accounting, the left column in the
register is used for debits, while the right column is used for credits.
Accountants record increases in asset and expense accounts on the
debit (left) side, and they record increases in liability, revenue, and equity
accounts on the credit (right) side. <application>&app;</application>
- follows this convention in the register.</para>
-
+ follows this convention in the register.</para>
+
<note>
<para>This accounting terminology can be confusing to new users,
which is why <application>&app;</application> allows you to use the
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@
</note>
<warning>
- <para>Common use of the words <emphasis>debit</emphasis> and <emphasis>credit</emphasis>
- does not match how accountants use these words. In common use,
+ <para>Common use of the words <emphasis>debit</emphasis> and <emphasis>credit</emphasis>
+ does not match how accountants use these words. In common use,
<emphasis>credit</emphasis> generally has positive associations; in accounting,
<emphasis>credit</emphasis> means
<emphasis>affecting the right column</emphasis> of the ledger sheet of an account.
@@ -282,8 +282,8 @@
and depositing a paycheck. <xref linkend="chapter_txns"/> goes more
in depth on how to enter transactions.</para>
- <para>In <link linkend="basics-accountingdouble2">double entry accounting</link>,
- transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source
+ <para>In <link linkend="basics-accountingdouble2">double entry accounting</link>,
+ transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source
account and a destination account.
<application>&app;</application> manages this by inserting a line
into the transaction for every account that is affected, and
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
transaction that records the account and amount of money involved is
called a <firstterm>split</firstterm>. A transaction can contain an
arbitrary number of splits.</para>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>Splits in transactions will be covered in <xref
linkend="txns-registers-multiaccount2"/></para>
</note>
@@ -375,14 +375,14 @@
<tip>
<para>Clicking the small triangle to the left of an account that has children will expand the tree view showing child accounts.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>At the top of this window is the <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis>, which displays the
file name for this set of accounts (once you have saved the file.) Below that is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>.
You can access the menu options by either clicking on these menu
- headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see <xref linkend="basics-shortcut2" />).
+ headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see <xref linkend="basics-shortcut2" />).
Next is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>, which contains buttons
for the most common functions.</para>
-
+
<para>The account tree appears below the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. Once you have
started creating accounts, the account names will appear in the account
tree. You can customize which headings show up by using the
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" width="510"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
-
+
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" ></imagedata>
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para><xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref> explains more about account
+ <para><xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref> explains more about account
register windows and how to
enter data into them. For now, note that the parts of an account
register window are similar to the parts of the account tree window
@@ -433,12 +433,12 @@
Below that, the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> contains menu options related to the account
register. <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> buttons simplify common data entry functions. The
<emphasis>Statusbar</emphasis> at the bottom of the window, displays some account balances
- covered in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>. At the bottom of the
+ covered in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>. At the bottom of the
account register window,
information appears about the current location of the cursor.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that
+ <para>In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that
<application>&app;</application> displays, <emphasis>but keep in mind that
the Description and Balance columns behave differently from other columns</emphasis>.</para>
<para>The <guilabel>Description</guilabel> column is designed to expand
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> column must be resized by
double-clicking on the column heading.</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="basics-toolbar2">
@@ -485,23 +485,23 @@
<term><guibutton>Open</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>,
<guibutton>New</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete</guibutton></term>
<listitem>
- <para>These are functions related to accounts. They are discussed in
+ <para>These are functions related to accounts. They are discussed in
<xref linkend="chapter_accts"></xref>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<para>Register-specific buttons are discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="basics-tabbar">
<title>Tab Bar</title>
-
+
<para><application>&app;</application> uses a tabbed model that allows you to open multiple account registers and reports simultaneously. Each open window (which can include account registers, reports, or Scheduled Transactions windows) is given a tab on this bar that you can click to view that window. Tabs can be configured in Preferences to appear along any side of the <application>&app;</application> window.</para>
-
+
<para>To see the full name for a tab, hover the mouse pointer over an account window tab.</para>
-
+
<para>If more screens are open than can be displayed across the screen, some tabs
will not display. You can move through all tabs by clicking the arrows on
either end of the tab bar. A complete list of tabs can be viewed by
@@ -621,10 +621,10 @@
<title>Storing your financial data</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> is able to <link linkend="basics-store-data">store</link>
- your financial data in files or <acronym>SQL</acronym> databases so that they can be
- <link linkend="basics-open-data">opened</link> and modified at a later time.
+ your financial data in files or <acronym>SQL</acronym> databases so that they can be
+ <link linkend="basics-open-data">opened</link> and modified at a later time.
But first you need to <link linkend="basics-create-data">create</link> a container for your data.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-create-data">
<title>Creating a file</title>
<para>To create a new <application>&app;</application> file do the following:</para>
@@ -635,21 +635,21 @@
<guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>New Account Hierarchy setup</guilabel>
assistant will start.</para>
<note>
- <para>If you are running <application>&app;</application> for the first time, you will be presented
- with the <guilabel>Welcome to &app;!</guilabel> screen. This screen is described in detail in the
+ <para>If you are running <application>&app;</application> for the first time, you will be presented
+ with the <guilabel>Welcome to &app;!</guilabel> screen. This screen is described in detail in the
<application>&app;</application> manual.</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Set your preferences in the assistant and move through the screens with the
+ <para>Set your preferences in the assistant and move through the screens with the
<guibutton>Forward</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> and <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>
buttons.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-store-data">
<title>Saving data</title>
<para>Follow these steps to save the file under your preferred name:</para>
@@ -663,11 +663,11 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Select the <guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> of the file you are saving from the
- drop down list. The default selection is <acronym>XML</acronym> but if you have set up a
+ <para>Select the <guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> of the file you are saving from the
+ drop down list. The default selection is <acronym>XML</acronym> but if you have set up a
database back end you can change to that format.</para>
- <para>Depending on the selected <guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> the window can change as
- described in the following.</para>
+ <para>Depending on the selected <guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> the window can change as
+ described in the following.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -695,21 +695,21 @@
</textobject>
<caption>
- <para>This image shows the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> screen when the selected
+ <para>This image shows the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> screen when the selected
<guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> is <acronym>XML</acronym> or <acronym>sqlite3</acronym>.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
- <para>Type your chosen filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. It is not necessary to specify an
- extension when you write the file name. <application>&app;</application> will automatically add the extension
+ <para>Type your chosen filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. It is not necessary to specify an
+ extension when you write the file name. <application>&app;</application> will automatically add the extension
<filename>.gnucash</filename> to the file.</para>
<note>
<para>The <filename>.gnucash</filename> extension was introduced in the 2.3 series of <application>&app;</application>.
- For already existing files, the extension will never be changed. So if you open an existing file named
- <filename>Myoldfile</filename>, that name won’t be changed if the file is saved. You might use the
- <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> command and give the file a new name in order to have it saved with the
+ For already existing files, the extension will never be changed. So if you open an existing file named
+ <filename>Myoldfile</filename>, that name won’t be changed if the file is saved. You might use the
+ <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> command and give the file a new name in order to have it saved with the
extension <filename>.gnucash</filename>.</para>
</note>
<para>Select the path where the file will be saved by browsing the tree in the lower panes.</para>
@@ -718,13 +718,13 @@
custom name in the selected path.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>If you selected <acronym>mysql</acronym> or <acronym>postgres</acronym>
<guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> you will see a screen like this:</para>
<figure>
- <title>Save screen when <acronym>mysql</acronym> or <acronym>postgres</acronym> is selected.</title>
+ <title>Save screen when <acronym>mysql</acronym> or <acronym>postgres</acronym> is selected.</title>
<screenshot id="basics-SaveSQL">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
</textobject>
<caption>
- <para>This image shows the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> screen when the selected
+ <para>This image shows the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> screen when the selected
<guilabel>Data Format</guilabel> is <acronym>mysql</acronym> or <acronym>postgres</acronym>.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -750,11 +750,11 @@
</figure>
<para>Enter in this window the <guilabel>Database Connection</guilabel> information:
- <guilabel>Host</guilabel>, <guilabel>Database</guilabel>, <guilabel>Username</guilabel>
+ <guilabel>Host</guilabel>, <guilabel>Database</guilabel>, <guilabel>Username</guilabel>
and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
<warning>
- <para>Saving to <acronym>mysql</acronym> or <acronym>postgres</acronym> requires the proper permissions in that
- database, that is you need to have the permissions to create a new database with the given database name, or
+ <para>Saving to <acronym>mysql</acronym> or <acronym>postgres</acronym> requires the proper permissions in that
+ database, that is you need to have the permissions to create a new database with the given database name, or
you need to have write access to an existing database with the given database name.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
<note>
<para>As it is very important to save your data frequently to avoid losing them for whatever reason,
<application>&app;</application> is able to automatically save the opened file every a certain amount of time.
- This interval can be set in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab under
+ This interval can be set in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab under
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
Keep in mind that this option is relevant only if you are saving in <acronym>XML</acronym> format.
@@ -788,13 +788,13 @@
</note>
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="basics-open-data">
<title>Opening data</title>
<para>To open an existing file or database, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. In the window that will open,
select the <guilabel>Data Format</guilabel>. If you selected <guilabel>File</guilabel> choose the file you want to open
- by browsing the folders in the lower panes. Else, enter the required <guilabel>Database Connection</guilabel>
+ by browsing the folders in the lower panes. Else, enter the required <guilabel>Database Connection</guilabel>
information.</para>
<tip>
<para><application>&app;</application> keeps a list of the recently opened files. Open the <guilabel>File</guilabel>
@@ -804,15 +804,15 @@
<sect2 id="basics-expt-acct">
<title>Duplicating an Account Hierarchy</title>
- <para>In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file.
- For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual
+ <para>In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file.
+ For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual
accounting data, or you might need to follow accounting guidelines that require you to close your books at the end
of the year and begin each year with a fresh set of books.</para>
<para><application>&app;</application> allows you to create an empty copy of your Chart of Accounts simply by selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Export</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Export Accounts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
When you select this command, you are asked to provide the name for the new empty file, and <application>&app;</application>
- creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data).
+ creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data).
Once saved, the new file can be opened like any other <application>&app;</application> data file as described above.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -824,15 +824,15 @@
<para><application>&app;</application> creates several types of files to help ensure that your data
is not lost. If you look in the folder where your saved file resides, you may see other
files generated by <application>&app;</application> with the following extensions: <filename>.gnucash</filename>,
- <filename>.log</filename>, <filename>.LCK</filename>, <filename>.LNK</filename> in the same directory
+ <filename>.log</filename>, <filename>.LCK</filename>, <filename>.LNK</filename> in the same directory
as your primary data file. What each of these files does is presented below.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>The following sections are relevant only if you are saving your financial data in the <acronym>XML</acronym> format</para>
</note>
-
+
<programlisting>
- $ ls
+ $ ls
myfile.gnucash
myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash
myfile.gnucash.20100414223248.log
@@ -852,17 +852,17 @@
your previous data file, and the filename format refers to the data
file, year, month, day and time of the backup. For example, the filename
<filename>myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash</filename> indicates this is a
- backup copy of the file <filename>myfile</filename> saved in the year
+ backup copy of the file <filename>myfile</filename> saved in the year
2010, April 14, at 6:57:47 p.m.</para>
<para>To restore an old backup file, simply open the <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> file with the
date to which you wish to return. Be sure to save this file under a
different name.</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>
- <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename> instead of the actual extension <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>.
- So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename>
+ <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename> instead of the actual extension <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename>.
+ So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</filename>
and <filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</filename> backup files in your directory.</para>
</note>
</sect2>
@@ -870,8 +870,8 @@
<sect2 id="basics-backuplog2">
<title>Log file (.log)</title>
- <para>Each time you open and edit a file in <application>&app;</application>,
- <application>&app;</application> creates a log file of changes you have made to your data file.
+ <para>Each time you open and edit a file in <application>&app;</application>,
+ <application>&app;</application> creates a log file of changes you have made to your data file.
The log file uses a similar naming format as the backup files:
<filename>.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.log</filename>. Log files
are not a full backup of your data file - they simply record changes you
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Import</guisubmenu>
+ <para>Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Import</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Replay &app; .log file</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
and select the one .log file with the same date as the saved file
you just opened. Make sure that you picked the right .log file, or
@@ -956,20 +956,20 @@
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).</para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="basics-migrate-settings">
<title>Migrating <application>&app;</application> data</title>
<para>Sometimes you may need to move your financial data and <application>&app;</application> settings to another machine.
- Typical use cases are when you buy a new computer or if you want to use the same settings over two different operating
+ Typical use cases are when you buy a new computer or if you want to use the same settings over two different operating
systems in a dual boot configuration.</para>
<sect2 id="migrate-financial">
<title>Migrating financial data</title>
- <para>Migrating <application>&app;</application> financial data is a as simple as copying <filename>.gnucash</filename>
- files with a file manager if you know where they are saved. If you can’t remember where a file is stored
+ <para>Migrating <application>&app;</application> financial data is a as simple as copying <filename>.gnucash</filename>
+ files with a file manager if you know where they are saved. If you can’t remember where a file is stored
but you can open it directly within <application>&app;</application>, save it in the desired path from within
<application>&app;</application>.</para>
@@ -979,17 +979,17 @@
<sect2 id="migrate-prefs">
<title>Migrating preferences data</title>
- <para>Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for <application>&app;</application> preferences,
+ <para>Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for <application>&app;</application> preferences,
one for reports, and one for online banking settings. Preferences are managed by
- <application>gsettings</application>, reports are managed by <application>&app;</application>
+ <application>gsettings</application>, reports are managed by <application>&app;</application>
itself, and online banking is managed by <application>aqbanking</application>. If you do not use online banking,
then you will not have this folder on your machine.</para>
<para>Where the <application>&app;</application> preferences are stored varies
- depending on your operating system (see <xref linkend="App-sett-loc" />, <xref linkend="Report-loc" />, and
+ depending on your operating system (see <xref linkend="App-sett-loc" />, <xref linkend="Report-loc" />, and
<xref linkend="OB-sett-loc" />). To back up and transfer your entire installation, you must copy
these preferences as well.</para>
-
+
<table id="App-sett-loc"><title>Application Settings Locations</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
<thead>
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
- <entry>Unix</entry>
+ <entry>Unix</entry>
<entry><application>&app;</application> preferences are stored in <application>dconf</application>.
You can use the commands <code>dconf dump /org/gnucash/</code> on the old machine
and <code>dconf load /org/gnucash/</code> on the new machine to migrate your preferences.</entry>
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@
<row>
<entry>Windows</entry>
<entry><filename class="directory">Documents and Settings/Username/.aqbanking</filename></entry>
- </row>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@
</note>
<tip>
- <para>On Unix and Mac OSX, the <keycap>~</keycap> symbol means the
+ <para>On Unix and Mac OSX, the <keycap>~</keycap> symbol means the
<filename class="directory">home</filename> folder.</para>
</tip>
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@
you to create several accounts at once.</para>
<note>
<para>If you are running <application>&app;</application> for the first time, you will be presented with the
- <guilabel>Cannot find default values</guilabel> screen which is described in details in the
+ <guilabel>Cannot find default values</guilabel> screen which is described in details in the
<application>&app;</application> manual.</para>
</note>
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" ></imagedata>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>The first screen of the assistant gives you a description of what the assistant does.
Click the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button to proceed to the next screen.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@
<para>The currency you select here, will be assigned to all the
<guilabel>accounts</guilabel> created in this assistant.</para>
</note>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewAccountHierarchySetup-currency">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1175,10 +1175,10 @@
then press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button.
You can also update these options later using <menuchoice><guimenu>File
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- For details of these options, see the <application>&app;</application>
- Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options.
+ For details of these options, see the <application>&app;</application>
+ Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewBookOptions">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>In the fourth screen select the <guilabel>Common Accounts</guilabel> group in the
+ <para>In the fourth screen select the <guilabel>Common Accounts</guilabel> group in the
<guilabel>Categories</guilabel> pane. Then press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button to
proceed.</para>
<note>
@@ -1237,15 +1237,15 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para>In the fifth screen you will be able to set an <guilabel>Opening
Balance</guilabel> on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if
- the account should be a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>. As these features will be
- described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <application>&app;</application>
+ the account should be a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>. As these features will be
+ described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <application>&app;</application>
and click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> to open the last screen of the assistant.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="basics-NewAccountHierarchySetup-Setup.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1300,10 +1300,10 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>After pressing <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> in the previous window, you will be
+ <para>After pressing <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> in the previous window, you will be
presented with the save dialog. Select the <acronym>XML</acronym> <guilabel>Data Format</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Name</guilabel> the file as <filename>gcashdata_1</filename>, select the folder where to
- save the file (remember it as the data file will be used in the tutorials throughout this manual),
+ <guilabel>Name</guilabel> the file as <filename>gcashdata_1</filename>, select the folder where to
+ save the file (remember it as the data file will be used in the tutorials throughout this manual),
and finally press the <guibutton>Save as</guibutton> button.</para>
<para>Your main window should now look something like this:</para>
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
-
+
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" ></imagedata>
@@ -1326,8 +1326,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
-
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml b/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml
index bed5d37..d109cfa 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Shoemaker <c.shoemaker at cox.net>
Author:
Chris Shoemaker <c.shoemaker at cox.net>
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
<chapter id="chapter_budgets">
<title>Budgets</title>
<para>
- This chapter explains how to create and use budgets with <application>&app;</application>.
+ This chapter explains how to create and use budgets with <application>&app;</application>.
</para>
<sect1 id="budget_concepts1">
<title>Basic Concepts</title>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ guide will help you make some of those decisions.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="budget_creation1">
- <title>Creating a Budget</title>
+ <title>Creating a Budget</title>
<para>Even before you begin to make a budget, it’s important to
have given some thought to your account hierarchy. For example, if
you want to budget a certain amount for your electric bill and a
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ guide will help you make some of those decisions.</para>
<para>The budget page now shows a list of accounts with a column
for each budget period. The date shown in the title of each
column is the beginning of that budget period.</para>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Entering Budget Values</title>
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ guide will help you make some of those decisions.</para>
account from Jan. 1, 2005 through Dec. 31, 2005.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="budget_reporting1">
<title>Budget Reporting</title>
<para>You’ve already done the hardest part - creating your budget.
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_bus_ap.xml b/guide/C/ch_bus_ap.xml
index 03b2879..95be8f9 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_bus_ap.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_bus_ap.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
-->
<!--
-A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
+A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to the accounting of products or services which a company has
bought and needs to pay for.
</para>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-ap-setup1">
<title>Initial Setup</title>
<para>Perform set up tasks listed in <xref linkend="chapter_bus_setup" />.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect1 id="bus-ap-components1">
<title>System Components</title>
- <para><application>&app;</application> has an integrated accounts payable system. The transactions generated by the A/P system are placed within the Accounts Payable account,
+ <para><application>&app;</application> has an integrated accounts payable system. The transactions generated by the A/P system are placed within the Accounts Payable account,
as a record of what occurs. Generally you do not directly work with this account but use the four integrated <application>&app;</application> A/P application components.
The A/P components are available from the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu></menuchoice> sub-menu. These A/P components are:
</para>
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy products or services on credit.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Bills</guilabel> represent the physical bills vendors send to request payment from you. A bill contains an itemized list of things you purchased.</para>
<para>In addition, GnuCash also has support for <guilabel>Credit Notes</guilabel>
@@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</para>
<para>Both document types will be set up using the same menu items.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs. Jobs are mechanism by which you can group multiple bills from a particular vendor.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a vendor to whom you owe money.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>The following sections introduce the individual Accounts Payable application components.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bus-ap-vendors1">
<title>Vendors</title>
<para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services. Vendors must be registered within the A/P system.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="bus-ap-vendornew2">
<title>New</title>
<para>To register a new vendor, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
@@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="bus-ap-vendorfind2">
<title>Find and Edit</title>
<para>To search for an existing vendor, use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
- Find Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> window. You select a vendor to <guibutton>View/Edit</guibutton> from the results of the search.
+ Find Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> window. You select a vendor to <guibutton>View/Edit</guibutton> from the results of the search.
This window is also used to look up a vendor when entering bills and processing payments.
</para>
<screenshot id="bus-ar-vendorfind">
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</sect2>
<sect2 id="bus-ap-billedit2">
- <title>Edit</title>
+ <title>Edit</title>
<para>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of
goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account
register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
you can close it and return to it later. You have to post the bill eventually. Posting a bill places its transactions into an accounts payable account.
The Post Bill window appears and asks you to enter information:
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="bus-ap-billpost">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -230,15 +230,15 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect1 id="bus-ap-jobs1">
<title>Vendor Jobs</title>
- <para>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.
- The feature is useful when you have multiple <guilabel>jobs</guilabel> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and
+ <para>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.
+ The feature is useful when you have multiple <guilabel>jobs</guilabel> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and
credit notes for a single job.
</para>
- <para>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the
+ <para>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>New Job</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> menu item. You will see the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="bus-ap-jobnew">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<sect1 id="bus-ap-payment1">
<title>Process Payment</title>
- <para>Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in
+ <para>Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Process Payment</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>.
</para>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_bus_ar.xml b/guide/C/ch_bus_ar.xml
index 1820292..9fa556d 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_bus_ar.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_bus_ar.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
-->
<!--
-A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
+A lot of the following text is duplicated in the GnuCash help. The text here in the guide should be
corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
-->
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-ar-components1">
<title>System Components</title>
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
<para>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
Use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, access
the <guilabel>Counters</guilabel> tab, change the <guilabel>Invoice number</guilabel> value to be
- one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
+ one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
+ <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
<guilabel>Fancy</guilabel> <guilabel>Template</guilabel>. When you click the
<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, the <guilabel>HTML Style Sheet Properties</guilabel> window is
displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>, <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel>,
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ corrected to be less describing of the interface and more tutorial oriented
Tile, Heading Banner, and Logo.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<note>
<para>The images are placed in the invoice as follows. The
<guilabel>Background Tile</guilabel> is tiled to become the background
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_bus_intro.xml b/guide/C/ch_bus_intro.xml
index f973e7f..8f26ff6 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_bus_intro.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_bus_intro.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 1.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
<chapter id="chapter_bus_intro">
<title>Business Introduction</title>
-
+
<!-- <sect1 id="bus-intro">
<title>Introduction to Business Features</title>
-->
@@ -21,22 +21,22 @@
a person. Businesses have customers that owe money, vendors which are owed
money, employee payroll, more complex tax laws, etc. <application>&app;</application> offers
business oriented features to facilitate these needs.</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> (A/R) are used by businesses to record sales for
which they are not immediately paid. This is represented on the balance sheet as an asset,
because the expectation is that you will receive payment soon.
</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later.
+
+ <para><emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later.
This is represented on the balance sheet as a liability because you will have to pay for them.
</para>
-
+
<para>A/R and A/P accounts are used primarily when you have a lot of bills and receipts
flowing in and out, and do not want to lose track of them just because you
do not pay or get paid right away. For most home users, A/R and A/P are
too complicated to be worthwhile.
</para>
-
+
<!-- </sect1>
-->
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_bus_pay.xml b/guide/C/ch_bus_pay.xml
index 789da47..ca13147 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_bus_pay.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_bus_pay.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ Simple Payroll Account Layout:
(<emphasis>Expenses:Salaries</emphasis> for example) and use reports to
view per-employee information.
</para>
-
+
<para>The Transaction report can be used to sort and total by description or
memo (but not by part of them).
</para>
-
+
<para>
To report on the Salaries transactions for a specific employee where the
employee name or code is entered in the transaction description or memo,
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Simple Payroll Account Layout:
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-pay-example1">
<title>Example</title>
<para>Using the account setup seen previously, let’s go through an example. Assume that there are 2 employees (E1 and E2) which each earn $1000 per month gross salary. The employee contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 10% and 5% respectively. The company contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 15% and 10% each on top of the employees gross salary.</para>
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Simple Payroll Account Layout:
<screenshot id="bus-pay-ex1">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png"
srccredit="Patrick Schweiger" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Simple Payroll Account Layout:
<screenshot id="bus-pay-ex2">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png"
srccredit="Patrick Schweiger" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Simple Payroll Account Layout:
<screenshot id="bus-pay-ex3">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png"
srccredit="Patrick Schweiger" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Simple Payroll Account Layout:
<screenshot id="bus-pay-ex4">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png"
srccredit="Patrick Schweiger" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_bus_setup.xml b/guide/C/ch_bus_setup.xml
index de895fd..38ff023 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_bus_setup.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_bus_setup.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 1.0.0
Last modified: Sep 19th 2015
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
Author:
Chris Good <chris.good at ozemail.com.au>
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
<chapter id="chapter_bus_setup">
<title>Business Setup</title>
-
+
<para>To set up <application>&app;</application> to handle accounts receivable or accounts payable
for a company, these preliminary steps must be done.
<itemizedlist>
@@ -79,17 +79,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
customer. <application>&app;</application> keeps track of customers internally and provides
per-customer reports based on the internal tracking. The same applies to A/P and vendors.
</para>
-
+
<para>
- If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate
+ If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate
<emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> account for each currency.
</para>
<para>
- If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate
+ If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate
<emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> account for each currency.
</para>
-
+
<para>Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable or Accounts Payable account should not be
added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using
<itemizedlist>
@@ -97,21 +97,21 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
<listitem><para>process payment</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
-
+
</note>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setuptaxtables">
<title>Tax Tables</title>
<para>Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills).
</para>
-
+
<para> A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line.</para>
-
+
<para>Set up distinct tax tables for customers and vendors.</para>
- <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
+ <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
line tax table can be assigned to each vendor.
</para>
@@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</menuchoice>
</para>
- <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
+ <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sales Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Tax Tables</title>
<screenshot id="bus-taxmain">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>New Sales Tax Table</title>
<screenshot id="bus-taxnew">
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> This is the tax table name.</para>
@@ -196,17 +196,17 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setupcname">
<title>Company Registration</title>
<para>After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the <application>&app;</application>
file as belonging to your company. To register your company, select the <guilabel>Business</guilabel> tab
- in the <guilabel>Book Options</guilabel> window accessible by selecting
+ in the <guilabel>Book Options</guilabel> window accessible by selecting
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Company Registration</title>
<screenshot id="bus-co-reg">
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<para>Here you can:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -247,9 +247,9 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus_setup_pref">
<title>Business Preferences</title>
<para>Set options on the Business tab of the <application>&app;</application> preferences, which is
@@ -257,9 +257,9 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
See Help manual chapter 10.3.3 Business Book Options Tab.
</para>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="bus-setupterms">
<title>Billing Terms</title>
@@ -268,12 +268,12 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</para>
<note>
- <para>As of <application>&app;</application> 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only
+ <para>As of <application>&app;</application> 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only
partially supported. Date due is calculated using the Billing Terms
but discount amount is not.
</para>
<para>
- Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
+ Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
professional advise should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -281,10 +281,10 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
- sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
+ <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
+ sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms.
Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms.
</para>
-
- <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
+
+ <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>Billing Terms Editor</title>
<screenshot id="bus-termsmain">
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<figure pgwide="1">
<title>New Billing Term</title>
<screenshot id="bus-termsnew">
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see
@@ -391,8 +391,8 @@ Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy:
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-
+
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml b/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml
index 7c5a618..2fa8e8c 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
<para>Below is a generic account hierarchy for tracking the appreciation
of 2 assets, <emphasis>ITEM1</emphasis> and <emphasis>ITEM2</emphasis>. The <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Cost</emphasis> accounts are
- balanced by the <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis> account,
+ balanced by the <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis> account,
the <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Unrealized Gains</emphasis>
accounts are balanced by the <emphasis>Income:Unrealized Gains</emphasis> account (similar for <emphasis>ITEM2</emphasis>).</para>
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
-Current Assets
-Savings Account
-Fixed Assets
- -ITEM1
+ -ITEM1
-Cost
-Unrealized Gain
-ITEM2
@@ -235,15 +235,15 @@
<para>Your optimistic estimate of the painting’s value was correct.
First you must record that the profits made are now realized gains,
not unrealized gains. Do this by transferring the income from the
- <emphasis>Income:Unrealized Gains</emphasis> to the
+ <emphasis>Income:Unrealized Gains</emphasis> to the
<emphasis>Income:Realized Gains</emphasis> account.</para>
<para>Secondly, you must credit your bank account with the selling
price of the painting. This money comes directly from your
<emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas</emphasis> sub-accounts. Transfer the full
- <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</emphasis> value into
- <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>, and the full
- <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain</emphasis> into
+ <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</emphasis> value into
+ <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>, and the full
+ <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain</emphasis> into
<emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>.</para>
<para>These transactions should now appear as follows:</para>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml b/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml
index e047149..bd2c28d 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: December 7th 2009
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
first step of tracking your finances, and <application>&app;</application> makes it much easier to
manage than the traditional paper register does.</para>
- <para>For one thing, as discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>,
+ <para>For one thing, as discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>,
data entry of common
transactions is practically done for you in <application>&app;</application>, because of its
auto-completion feature. <application>&app;</application> keeps a running balance of each account,
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
<para>The first step in managing your checkbook is to set up the necessary
accounts. You can either use the default <application>&app;</application> accounts or set up your
- own. For more detail on how to set up a new account, refer to
+ own. For more detail on how to set up a new account, refer to
<xref linkend="accts-examples-toplevel2"></xref>.
For instructions on importing your accounts from another program, refer to the
<application>&app;</application> manual.</para>
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
<tip>
<para>Be sure to check the Tax-Related box and assign an appropriate tax
- category in the Income Tax Information Dialog (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax
+ category in the Income Tax Information Dialog (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax
Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)
when you set up taxable income accounts. Some types of income,
such as gift income, may not be considered taxable, so check the
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
<title>Reconciling Your Accounts</title>
<para><application>&app;</application> makes reconciliation of your bank account with your monthly
- bank statement much easier. <xref linkend="txns-reconcile1"></xref>
+ bank statement much easier. <xref linkend="txns-reconcile1"></xref>
gives instructions on how to
reconcile your transactions with the monthly bank statement. This is the
main reconciliation task that should be done every month.</para>
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
should consider reconciling that account. Examples include the checking
account statement, the savings account statement, and the credit card
statement. Credit card statements and credit card transactions are covered
- in the <xref linkend="chapter_cc"></xref>, so if you are interested in
- tracking your credit cards in <application>&app;</application>, take a look at the instructions
+ in the <xref linkend="chapter_cc"></xref>, so if you are interested in
+ tracking your credit cards in <application>&app;</application>, take a look at the instructions
provided there.</para>
<para>Income and expense accounts are usually not reconciled, because
@@ -193,13 +193,13 @@
<sect1 id="cbook-together1">
<title>Putting It All Together</title>
- <para>In <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>, you entered some transactions
- in your checking account. In this chapter, we will add more transactions and
+ <para>In <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>, you entered some transactions
+ in your checking account. In this chapter, we will add more transactions and
then reconcile them.</para>
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-open2">
<title>Opening Balances</title>
-
+
<para>So, let’s get started by opening the gcashdata file you saved in the
last chapter (<filename>gcashdata_4</filename>). Your chart of accounts
should look like this:</para>
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Chart of Accounts</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -227,10 +227,10 @@
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Now open the <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account from the main window. In the last
- chapter, you entered some paycheck transactions as deposits into
- Checking. Now we will enter another kind of deposit - a transfer of
- money from Savings into Checking. On a blank line, enter a transaction
+ <para>Now open the <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account from the main window. In the last
+ chapter, you entered some paycheck transactions as deposits into
+ Checking. Now we will enter another kind of deposit - a transfer of
+ money from Savings into Checking. On a blank line, enter a transaction
to transfer $500 from <emphasis>Savings</emphasis> to <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> (In this case, the last
transaction date was March 28, but this transfer transaction took
place on the March 24). Your Transfer account will be <emphasis>Savings</emphasis>, since
@@ -243,14 +243,14 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_transferin.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Checking Account Register</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows the Checking Account Register.</para>
- </caption>
+ </caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
@@ -271,11 +271,11 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_checkexamp.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Checking Account Register</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows the Checking Account Register after
registering some more checks.</para>
@@ -283,26 +283,26 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Suppose you now need to withdraw some money. You don’t have a
cash account set up in your chart of accounts, so you will need to
- create one. Create the account as <guilabel>Cash</guilabel> as a
+ create one. Create the account as <guilabel>Cash</guilabel> as a
top-level account of type <guilabel>Asset</guilabel>. From your
<emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account register, enter an ATM type withdrawal to transfer
$100 from <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> to <emphasis>Cash</emphasis> on the 25 of March.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-atm">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_atm.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Checking Account Register</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows the Checking Account Register with an ATM
withdrawal.</para>
@@ -312,11 +312,11 @@
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-reconcile">
<title>Opening Balances</title>
-
+
<para>Now we are ready to reconcile this <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account, using this
sample bank statement:</para>
@@ -326,17 +326,17 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_bankstmt.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>A sample Bank Statement</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows a sample Bank Statement.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
@@ -346,52 +346,52 @@
When you have checked off all your entries, the reconcile window
should look like this:
</para>
-
- <screenshot id="cbook-reconexamp">
+
+ <screenshot id="cbook-reconexamp">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconexamp.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The reconcile window</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
+ </textobject>
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows the reconcile window with a $5
difference.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>Notice that your reconciled balance differs from your ending
balance by $5.00. If you look at the sample bank statement, you will
see there is a $5.00 service charge that has not been added to your
<emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>So click on the <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> register and add the $5.00 service
charge to your <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account. On a blank line of the <emphasis>Checking</emphasis>
register, enter a transaction to transfer $5.00 from <emphasis>Checking</emphasis> to a
<emphasis>Service Charges</emphasis> account. (You will need to create the <emphasis>Service Charges</emphasis>
- account as type <guilabel>Expense</guilabel>.) Use the transaction date printed on the
+ account as type <guilabel>Expense</guilabel>.) Use the transaction date printed on the
sample statement as the date you enter for this transaction. Your
<emphasis>Checking</emphasis> account should now look like this:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-servch">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_servch.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Checking Account Register</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows the Checking Account Register with
service charge added.</para>
@@ -409,14 +409,14 @@
should now show <guilabel>y</guilabel> for each transaction you just
reconciled. Also observe the bottom status row that now indicates
<guilabel>Reconciled: USD 1451.79</guilabel></para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-reconciledCheckAct">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>The Checking Account Register</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -448,8 +448,8 @@
<textobject>
<phrase>The Chart of Accounts</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
+ </textobject>
+
<caption>
<para>This image shows the Chart of Accounts.</para>
</caption>
@@ -459,20 +459,20 @@
<sect2 id="cbook-puttoget-reports">
<title>Reports</title>
-
- <para>As we did in the previous chapter, let’s have a look at a
+
+ <para>As we did in the previous chapter, let’s have a look at a
<guilabel>Cash Flow</guilabel>, and a <guilabel>Transaction</guilabel> Report.
- </para>
+ </para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>First let’s have a look at the <guilabel>Cash Flow</guilabel> report
for the month of March.</para>
- <para>Select the cash flow report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <para>Select the cash flow report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Cash Flow</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-Cash">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
</textobject>
<caption>
- <para>This image shows the Cash Flow report after
+ <para>This image shows the Cash Flow report after
<xref linkend="chapter_cbook"></xref>.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -493,17 +493,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the various
+ <para>Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the various
Asset accounts.
</para>
<para>Select the transaction report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Transaction Report</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-TransactionRptChecking">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
@@ -518,19 +518,19 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
-
+
+
<listitem>
<para>Now let’s change the transaction report to only show the various
<emphasis>Expenses</emphasis> account.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cbook-puttoget2-TransactionRptExpenses">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
@@ -545,11 +545,11 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
-
+
<para>Notice that you have not yet used one of the accounts listed in your
chart, the <guilabel>Credit Card</guilabel> account. Now that you know how
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_cc.xml b/guide/C/ch_cc.xml
index b685a43..30a5ca3 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_cc.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_cc.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
built-in reconciliation application. Highlight the credit card account
and click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This reconciliation procedure is
- described in detail in the <xref linkend="txns-reconcile1"></xref>,
+ described in detail in the <xref linkend="txns-reconcile1"></xref>,
but we will step
through the process here as well. For this example, let’s assume that
the credit card statement is dated May 1st, with a final balance of
@@ -513,28 +513,28 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cc-puttoget-save">
<title>Save file</title>
<para>Last, save the <application>&app;</application> data file (<filename>gcashdata_6</filename>).</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="cc-puttoget-reports">
<title>Reports</title>
-
- <para>As we did in the previous chapters, let’s have a look at a
+
+ <para>As we did in the previous chapters, let’s have a look at a
<guilabel>Cash Flow</guilabel>, and a <guilabel>Transaction</guilabel> Report.
- </para>
+ </para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>First let’s have a look at the <guilabel>Cash Flow</guilabel> report
for the liability account <guilabel>Visa</guilabel> during the month of March.</para>
- <para>Select the cash flow report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
+ <para>Select the cash flow report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Cash Flow</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-Cash">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
</textobject>
<caption>
- <para>This image shows the Cash Flow report after
+ <para>This image shows the Cash Flow report after
<xref linkend="chapter_cc"></xref>.</para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -555,17 +555,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the Visa
+ <para>Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the Visa
account.
</para>
- <para>Select the transaction report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
+ <para>Select the transaction report from <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Transaction Report</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-TransactionRptVisa">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
@@ -580,19 +580,19 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
-
+
+
<listitem>
<para>Now let’s change the transaction report to only show the various
Expenses accounts.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="cc-puttoget2-TransactionRptExpenses">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png"
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png"
format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
@@ -607,12 +607,12 @@
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</listitem>
-
+
</orderedlist>
- </sect2>
-
-
+ </sect2>
+
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
index d3624e9..1d27765 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.4.0
Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
do you transfer funds between accounts with different currencies? How do
you calculate the overall value when you have mixed currency accounts? How
do reports deal with mixed currencies?</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>An alternative way to manage multiple currency accounts from the one
- presented in the next sections, is to use the <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
- capabilities of <application>&app;</application>. This feature, which has been
- introduced with <application>&app;</application> version 2.3.14, can be enabled by
+ presented in the next sections, is to use the <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
+ capabilities of <application>&app;</application>. This feature, which has been
+ introduced with <application>&app;</application> version 2.3.14, can be enabled by
going to the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>
Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
<para>For a complete guide on <guilabel>trading</guilabel> accounts
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
<sect1 id="currency_acct1">
<title>Account Setup</title>
- <para>Your default account currency is set in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> tab
+ <para>Your default account currency is set in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> tab
under <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
You should set this parameter correctly, as it will save you much time when building
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-Equity (USD)
-Opening Balances
-USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
+ -EUR (EUR)
-EUR (HKD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
@@ -332,9 +332,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
automatically load the various exchange rates you need.</para>
<note><para>
- If the <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> button is disabled,
- that means that the <application>Perl</application> module <application>Finance::Quote</application> is not installed.
- For information on how to install it, please see
+ If the <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> button is disabled,
+ that means that the <application>Perl</application> module <application>Finance::Quote</application> is not installed.
+ For information on how to install it, please see
<xref linkend="invest-stockprice-auto2" ></xref>
</para></note>
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
boat</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
- <para>The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been
+ <para>The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been
reduced with the value of the boat (JMD 509,000), and that your Fixed Assets
boat account has been increased with the same amount. If you also have turned
on the CoA (Column Choice) "Total (USD)" you will see the corresponding
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
and should not be taken as any kind of stock purchase advice.
</para></note>
- <para>You need to find out what the stock ticker is for this
+ <para>You need to find out what the stock ticker is for this
stock. To do this, you do a bit of investigation on the Internet, and
in particular on <ulink
url="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup"><citetitle>Yahoo! Finance - Ticker
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
0694.HK at Yahoo</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
-
+
<para>The Chart of Accounts looks like this after creating all the
needed accounts:</para>
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ Buy Stocks
Exchange Rate</guilabel>. Enter the number of shares (16,500) as the
<guilabel>To Amount</guilabel>.
</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ Buy Stocks
<para>If you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the
purchased shares reflected in the stock account’s total.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ Buy Stocks
</note>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="currency_invest1">
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ Buy Stocks
<para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>&app;</application> data file, so
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>&app;</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
@@ -993,15 +993,15 @@ Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account (AUD)
happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
AUD for that. </para>
-
+
<para>To record these transaction we need the following accounts</para>
<literallayout>
Equity:Lottery (AUD)
-Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
+Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
</literallayout>
- <para>The transactions you enter into your
+ <para>The transactions you enter into your
<emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>
should look like this.</para>
@@ -1056,11 +1056,11 @@ Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Purchase a house</title>
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
+ <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
(with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
<literallayout>
@@ -1113,10 +1113,10 @@ Equity:Opening Balance (AUD) $50,000
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</emphasis> account Transaction Ledger looks like
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</emphasis> account Transaction Ledger looks like
this after the transactions have been entered</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ Expenses:Investments:Currency Transfer (AUD)
we first do a currency transaction to the various bank accounts
associated with the stock. </para>
- <para>The transaction you enter into your
+ <para>The transaction you enter into your
<emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</emphasis>
should look like this.</para>
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ Expenses:Investments:Currency Transfer (AUD)
<entry></entry>
- <entry>0.7593</entry>
+ <entry>0.7593</entry>
<entry>25</entry>
</row>
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ Expenses:Investments:Currency Transfer (AUD)
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
-
+
<para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
@@ -1421,18 +1421,18 @@ Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House (NZ)
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
-
+
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>Whats next?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
+ <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
+ The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
ponder.</para>
</sect2>
-
-
+
+
</sect1>
-
+
</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml b/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml
index 4e171b3..98559f7 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
Version: 2.6.0
Last modified: September 12th 2016
modified: September 12th 2016
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -16,71 +16,71 @@
<chapter id="chapter_expenses">
<title>Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
- to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
- how <application>&app;</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
+ <para>If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts
+ to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of
+ how <application>&app;</application> uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different
categories of transactions.</para>
-
+
<sect1 id="expenses-concepts">
<title>Concepts</title>
- <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
+ <para>An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific
expenses. Technically, expense accounts are not a part of traditional accounting,
but have become common with the increased capabilities of computer-based accounting systems.
- Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
- transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>&app;</application>, these categories
- are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
- This allows <application>&app;</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
- Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
- personal expense tracking. Others use <application>&app;</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
- in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>&app;</application>,
- you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
+ Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where
+ transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In <application>&app;</application>, these categories
+ are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts.
+ This allows <application>&app;</application> to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently.
+ Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for
+ personal expense tracking. Others use <application>&app;</application> expense accounts to manage their expenses
+ in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with <application>&app;</application>,
+ you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move
transactions around.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-setup">
<title>Setting Up Accounts</title>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-simple">
<title>Simple Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
- when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
+ <para>For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts"
+ when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts
that users need. See "New Account Hierarchy Setup" in Chapter 3 of the Help guide for more information.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="expenses-su-complex">
<title>Complex Expense Account Setup</title>
- <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>,
- or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
- <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
- expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
- to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
- to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
+ <para>If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to <xref linkend="chapter_txns"></xref>,
+ or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts.</para>
+ <para>Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track
+ expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses),
+ to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported
+ to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made
to a particular charity).</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-entering">
<title>Entering Expense Transactions</title>
- <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
- not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
- are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
- In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
- you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
+ <para>While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is
+ not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account
+ are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction.
+ In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity),
+ you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your
checking account register to the Charity account.</para>
- <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
+ <para>If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find
in <application>&app;</application>. The informal column headings for the transaction amounts
- are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
+ are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Expense</emphasis>, while
the right (credit) column will read <emphasis>Tot Rebate</emphasis>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="expenses-other">
<title>Other Considerations for Expense Accounts</title>
- <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
- which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
- can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
+ <para>Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against
+ which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You
+ can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions
for future editing.</para>
- <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>&app;</application> continues, the
- balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
- reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
- the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
- transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>&app;</application> includes
- a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
- not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
+ <para>One point to consider is that as your use of <application>&app;</application> continues, the
+ balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that
+ reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear
+ the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that
+ transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. <application>&app;</application> includes
+ a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is
+ not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can
use various reports to extract that data without zeroing the account out.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml b/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml
index 3732890..55ce87e 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Author:
<chapter id="ch_import_bus_data">
<title>Importing Business Data</title>
-
+
<sect1 id="import-invoices">
<title>Import Bills or Invoices</title>
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ Author:
<para>On Linux systems this file is found at <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename>
and on Mac OSX it is <filename>~/Library/Application Support/Gnucash/config.user</filename>.
If the file doesn’t already exist you will have to create it.
- After restarting <application>&app;</application>, the item will appear at the bottom
+ After restarting <application>&app;</application>, the item will appear at the bottom
of the business menu.</para>
-
+
<para>In order for the importer to work the data must be in a fixed field
length, comma separated line format. A example <application>Python</application> script to convert
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
</para>
<para>Once you have converted the file navigate to <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Invoice & Bill Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open a new import window.
- Select the file you have just created, select <guilabel>Bill</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>Invoice & Bill Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open a new import window.
+ Select the file you have just created, select <guilabel>Bill</guilabel>
or <guilabel>Invoice</guilabel> and <guilabel>Comma separated</guilabel> format. At this
point the data should show up in the preview window. Check that the field
data are in the correct columns before selecting <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Once imported the
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<note>
<para>If <application>Python</application> (other languages are avaialble) is not your thing then
- post a request to <ulink url="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user"><citetitle>&app; user list</citetitle></ulink>,
+ post a request to <ulink url="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user"><citetitle>&app; user list</citetitle></ulink>,
with an example of your downloaded <acronym>CSV</acronym>, and someone may write you a <application>Python</application> script to do the
translation.
</para>
@@ -312,13 +312,13 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="import-customers-vendors">
<title>Importing Customers and Vendors</title>
<para>This functionality is only available in the 2.6 versions of GnuCash and is only loaded by default for versions greater than 2.6.</para>
- <para>For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to
+ <para>For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to
enabled by editing the file <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename>,
adding the line:</para>
<para><code>(gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/customer_import" 0)
@@ -326,17 +326,17 @@ MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,
<para>On Linux systems this file is found at <filename>$HOME/.gnucash/config.user</filename>
and on Mac OSX it is <filename>~/Library/Application Support/Gnucash/config.user</filename>.
If the file doesn’t already exist you will have to create it.
- After restarting <application>&app;</application> the item will appear at the bottom
+ After restarting <application>&app;</application> the item will appear at the bottom
of the business menu.</para>
<para>In order for the importer to work each line in the input file must have the following structure.
</para>
<para><code>
id, company, name, addr1, addr2, addr3, addr4, phone, fax, email, notes, shipname, shipaddr1, shipaddr2, shipaddr3, shipaddr4, shiphone, shipfax, shipmail
</code> </para>
-
+
<para>
Fields can be separated with commas or semicolons and each field can be in quotes. These options are selectable in the import dialog. Vendors don’t have shipping information so even though the fields have to exist, leave them empty.
- The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor.
+ The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor.
</para>
<para>
The importer does not currently import billing information for customers or vendors, these will have to be edited individually after importing.
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
index f6f6969..493a869 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
Last modified: December 7th 2009
modified: January 10th 2007
modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Alex Aycinena <alex.aycinena at gmail.com>
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
may would not receive this tax break on an expensive
painting.</para>
- <para>Fixed asset investments are discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_capgain" /> and
+ <para>Fixed asset investments are discussed in <xref linkend="chapter_capgain" /> and
<xref linkend="chapter_dep" />. Typically, there is not much to do
in terms of accounting for fixed asset investments except recording
the buying and selling transactions.</para>
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
</application> (the Price Database - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>). This
contains prices for individual securities (not security accounts). All
- prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a
+ prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a
security is traded in multiple currencies, then a separate security and
separate accounts should be set up of each currency.
</para>
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Income
bank statements which describe the activity of your account. In our
fictional example, we do nothing with the money at this bank, so the
only activity is income from interest and bank charges. The monthly bank
- charges are $2. After 6 months, the register window for the CD and for the savings
+ charges are $2. After 6 months, the register window for the CD and for the savings
account should look like these:</para>
<screenshot id="invest-int2">
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Income
the <guibutton>Select ...</guibutton> button next to the
<guilabel>security/currency</guilabel> line. We must change the
security from the default (your default currency) to this
- specific stock. This will bring up the
+ specific stock. This will bring up the
<guilabel>Select Security</guilabel> dialog.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ Income
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Tax Related</emphasis> - Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to check this box if this
+ <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to check this box if this
account’s transactions will relate to Income Taxes.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ Income
the purchase (eg: Jan. 1 2005), a description (eg: Initial Purchase),
transfer from <emphasis>Equity:Opening Balances</emphasis>, Shares (eg:
100), and Price (eg: $20). You do not need to fill in the
- <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> column, as it will be calculated for you. This example
+ <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> column, as it will be calculated for you. This example
assumed there was no commission on this transaction to simplify the example. Your
AMZN Commodity view should now appear like this:</para>
@@ -982,10 +982,10 @@ Income
<para>The only difference between setting up a new stock purchase
versus the setup for preexisting stocks as described in the previous
section is that instead of transferring the money used to purchase the
- stock from the <emphasis>Equity:Opening Balances</emphasis> account, you use your
+ stock from the <emphasis>Equity:Opening Balances</emphasis> account, you use your
<emphasis>Assets:Bank ABC</emphasis> account.</para>
- <para>Now you will purchase $5000 of IBM stock, with a commission of $100. First
+ <para>Now you will purchase $5000 of IBM stock, with a commission of $100. First
step will be to create the stock account for IBM. The existing <emphasis>Expenses:Commissions</emphasis>
account will be used. If you wish to track commissions to the individual stock
an additional sub-account would be necessary.</para>
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ Income
the purchase (eg: Jan. 3 2005), a description (eg: Initial IBM Purchase),
Shares will be skipped (to be calculated), Price (eg: $96.60), and Buy ($5000).
You do not need to fill in the <guilabel>Shares</guilabel> column, as it will be
- calculated for you. The next line in the split transaction will be
+ calculated for you. The next line in the split transaction will be
<emphasis>Expenses:Commissions</emphasis> and fill in Buy ($100).
The third line will be to transfer from <emphasis>Assets:Bank ABC:Savings</emphasis>,
$5100 to balance the transaction.
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ Income
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Security</guilabel></term>
+ <term><guilabel>Security</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>The name of the commodity,
must be chosen from the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> list</para>
@@ -1213,14 +1213,14 @@ Income
window and run a script for you which will ask lots of
questions. Accept the default for each unless you know what
you’re doing.</para>
-
- <para><emphasis role="strong">Linux:</emphasis>
+
+ <para><emphasis role="strong">Linux:</emphasis>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Close any running <application>&app;</application> instances.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Locate the folder where <application>&app;</application>
+ <para>Locate the folder where <application>&app;</application>
is installed by searching for <application>gnc-fq-update</application></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ Income
that have already been setup, use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Security Editor</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>, to edit the
security and check the <guilabel>Get Online Quotes</guilabel> box. You will
- now be able to modify the radio buttons for <guilabel>Type of quote source</guilabel>, the pull-down menus
+ now be able to modify the radio buttons for <guilabel>Type of quote source</guilabel>, the pull-down menus
to specify the specific source(s) and <guilabel>The timezone for these
quotes</guilabel>. When finished editing, <guilabel>Close</guilabel> the Security Editor to return to
the <guilabel>Price Editor</guilabel> and click on the <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton>
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ Income
<para>Most <application>&app;</application> Asset reports have options to set/modify a number of parameters for the report. The
Options windows is displayed by selecting the report tab then clicking on either the <guibutton>Options</guibutton>
- icon in the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> or selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
+ icon in the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> or selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab in the
resulting window contains various parameters for the report. One of these is <quote>Price Source</quote> which of offers
three alternatives to determine stock prices in reports:</para>
@@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ Income
<title>Selling Shares</title>
<para>Entering an investment you are selling is done in the same way as
- buying one (see <xref linkend="invest-buy-new2" />) except the total cost
+ buying one (see <xref linkend="invest-buy-new2" />) except the total cost
of the transaction is entered in the
<emphasis>Sell</emphasis> column and the <emphasis>Shares</emphasis>
column is entered as a negative amount. The net proceeds from the sale
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ Income
<para>The proper recording of the stock sale *must* be done using a split
transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the profit (or
- loss) as coming from an <emphasis>Income:Capital Gains</emphasis> account
+ loss) as coming from an <emphasis>Income:Capital Gains</emphasis> account
(or <emphasis>Expenses:Capital Loss</emphasis>). To balance this income,
you will need to enter the stock asset
twice in the split. Once to record the actual sale (using the correct
@@ -1423,8 +1423,8 @@ Income
<note>
<para>In order to get <application>&app;</application> to commit this
- zero-share, zero-price split to the transaction, you *must*
- <keycap>Tab</keycap> out of the split. If you use the
+ zero-share, zero-price split to the transaction, you *must*
+ <keycap>Tab</keycap> out of the split. If you use the
<keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, <application>&app;</application>
will convert the split into shares of the commodity.</para>
</note>
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ Income
</tgroup>
</table>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>You may either enter the loss as a positive number in the
<quote>buy</quote> column or as a negative number in the <quote>sell</quote>
column, <application>&app;</application> will move the <quote>negative profit</quote>
@@ -1828,9 +1828,9 @@ Income
<title>Dividends in Cash</title>
<para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
- transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
+ transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
- the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
+ the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
<para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
@@ -1881,8 +1881,8 @@ Income
<para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>&app;</application>
simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
- first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
- cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>&app;</application> will calculate for you the
+ first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
+ cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>&app;</application> will calculate for you the
corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
<screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
@@ -1908,34 +1908,34 @@ Income
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
+
+ <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
<title>Return of Capital</title>
-
+
<para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
</para>
-
+
<para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
by entering the stock split with
</para>
-
+
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Shares</entry><entry>0</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Price</entry><entry>0</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Sell</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
@@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ Income
<title>Simple Stock Split</title>
<para>As an example, our holding of NST stock declared a 2 for 1 stock split effective
- June 6, 2005. The process for entering this transaction is; select
+ June 6, 2005. The process for entering this transaction is; select
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stock Split</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to start
the assistant.</para>
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ Income
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-split3">
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ Income
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button.</para>
<screenshot id="invest-merge3">
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_loans.xml b/guide/C/ch_loans.xml
index 80a6728..ef8cd79 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_loans.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_loans.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Basic Loan Account Structure
<para><application>&app;</application> has a number of predefined loan account hierarchies
available, including Car Loans and Home Mortgage Loans. To access these
- predefined account structures, click on
+ predefined account structures, click on
<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>New Account Hierarchy...</guimenuitem>
@@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ Basic Loan Account Structure
<para>To perform this calculation, leave <guilabel>Payment Periods</guilabel> empty, set
<guilabel>Interest Rate</guilabel> to <emphasis>10</emphasis>, <guilabel>Present Value</guilabel>
to <emphasis>20000</emphasis>, <guilabel>Periodic Payment</guilabel> is <emphasis>-500</emphasis>,
- and <guilabel>Future Value</guilabel> is <emphasis>0</emphasis> (you do not want to owe anything
- at the end of the loan). <guilabel>Compounding</guilabel> is <emphasis>Monthly</emphasis>,
- <guilabel>Payments</guilabel> are <emphasis>Monthly</emphasis>, assume <guilabel>End</guilabel>
+ and <guilabel>Future Value</guilabel> is <emphasis>0</emphasis> (you do not want to owe anything
+ at the end of the loan). <guilabel>Compounding</guilabel> is <emphasis>Monthly</emphasis>,
+ <guilabel>Payments</guilabel> are <emphasis>Monthly</emphasis>, assume <guilabel>End</guilabel>
of <guilabel>Period</guilabel> payments, and <guilabel>Discrete</guilabel> <guilabel>Compounding</guilabel>.
- Now, click on the <guibutton>Calculate</guibutton>. You should see 49 in the
+ Now, click on the <guibutton>Calculate</guibutton>. You should see 49 in the
<guilabel>Payment Periods</guilabel> field.</para>
<para>Answer: You will pay off the loan in 4 years and 1 month (49 months).</para>
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Continuous Interest: <emphasis>i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF]</emphasis>
<emphasis>PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B]</emphasis>
<emphasis>FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)] </emphasis>
-The solution for interest is broken into two cases.
+The solution for interest is broken into two cases.
The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:
<emphasis>i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1</emphasis>
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:
<sect3 id="loans_calcsdetails_ex2">
<title>Example: Monthly Payments</title>
- <para>Let’s recalculate <xref linkend="loans_calcsexample1_2"/>,
+ <para>Let’s recalculate <xref linkend="loans_calcsexample1_2"/>,
this time using the
mathematical formulas rather than the <guilabel>Loan Repayment Calculator</guilabel>. What is
your monthly payment on a $100000 30 year loan at a fixed rate of 4%
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:
<literallayout>
-Asset
- -Bank
+ -Bank
-Bank Account
-Money owed to you
-Person
@@ -568,14 +568,14 @@ The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:
<para>So how do you calculate the Monthly Payment?</para>
- <para>You have a number of different options, like paper and pen,
+ <para>You have a number of different options, like paper and pen,
Linux Calculator, Open Office’s Calc module, but the easiest is to use
<application>&app;</application> <guilabel>Loan Repayment Calculator</guilabel>. This tells you that the Monthly Payment
should be $115.56.</para>
<para>But you need to know how much of this is Interest and how much is
- Principal to be able to do a proper bookkeeping. For this you need a
- more powerful tool, something like the <application>Calc</application> module in
+ Principal to be able to do a proper bookkeeping. For this you need a
+ more powerful tool, something like the <application>Calc</application> module in
<application>OpenOffice.org</application>, and
in particular the <acronym>PMT</acronym> function.</para>
@@ -852,8 +852,8 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
<sect1>
<title>Selling a house or a car (How-To)</title>
- <para>When you will record the selling of your house in <application>&app;</application> you have
- some different options. Here we will go through two of them, one in which
+ <para>When you will record the selling of your house in <application>&app;</application> you have
+ some different options. Here we will go through two of them, one in which
you only recorded the purchase amount, and now the selling amount. The other
where you have followed the ups and downs on the property market and registered
various Unrealized gains over the time.</para>
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
move this amount to your bank account. That means you are lacking
$300k. This amount you fetch from the <emphasis>Income:Captial Gains Long:House</emphasis>
account. The split transaction you enter into your
- <emphasis>bank</emphasis> account
+ <emphasis>bank</emphasis> account
(<emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</emphasis>)
should look like this.</para>
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
remaining in your house account which needs to be removed. You move it
to our <emphasis>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</emphasis> account, which will indicate
a loss. The split transaction you enter into your
- <emphasis>house</emphasis> account
+ <emphasis>house</emphasis> account
(<emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</emphasis>) should look like this.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -994,15 +994,15 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2>
<title>A More Complex Transaction</title>
- <para>In this example, we will touch a little on some more complicated
+ <para>In this example, we will touch a little on some more complicated
accounting principles. For more details on this subject, please check
<xref linkend="chapter_capgain"></xref></para>
- <para>Here we will only touch on the case when you have accurately estimated
+ <para>Here we will only touch on the case when you have accurately estimated
the current value of your house. For the other cases (over-, and
under-estimated), please check <xref linkend="chapter_capgain"></xref>.</para>
@@ -1026,23 +1026,23 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
records with the estimated current value of your house. At the time
you want to sell it, you have determined that the current market
value is $600,000. </para>
-
- <para>The difference between $600,000 (estimated market value) and
+
+ <para>The difference between $600,000 (estimated market value) and
$300,000 (purchase value) is the current Unrealized Gain value. Therefore
- you have a total of $300,000 in your
+ you have a total of $300,000 in your
<emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain</emphasis> account</para>
-
+
<para>How do you record this sell transaction?</para>
<para>To record this you need to increase your bank account with the
$600k, and decrease some other accounts with $600k.
- You must first change from unrealized gain to realized gain
+ You must first change from unrealized gain to realized gain
for your <emphasis>Income</emphasis> accounts.
Lastly you need to transfer the full amounts from the <emphasis>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</emphasis>
sub-accounts.</para>
-
- <para>The transaction you enter into your
- <emphasis>Income:Realized Gain:House</emphasis> account
+
+ <para>The transaction you enter into your
+ <emphasis>Income:Realized Gain:House</emphasis> account
account should look like this.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -1077,9 +1077,9 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
-
- <para>The transaction you enter into your
- <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</emphasis> account
+
+ <para>The transaction you enter into your
+ <emphasis>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</emphasis> account
should look like this.</para>
<para><table>
@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
<entry>$300,000</entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain</entry>
@@ -1122,14 +1122,14 @@ Equity:Opening Balances:USD
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>After having recorded these transactions you see that your House
- Asset have a value of 0, your Savings account have increased with $600,000,
+ <para>After having recorded these transactions you see that your House
+ Asset have a value of 0, your Savings account have increased with $600,000,
and lastly, the <emphasis>Income:Realized Gain</emphasis> have increased to $300,000.</para>
</sect2>
-
-
+
+
</sect1>
<!--
<sect1 id="loans_missing1">
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml b/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml
index 576dc69..692b5b0 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Translators:
cash in your pocket or the account from which you drew the cash for
the payment made. If you paid by credit card, the debit side would be
the same as just described, but the credit would be an increase to the
- credit card company account on your books.</para>
+ credit card company account on your books.</para>
<para>When you received your reimbursement, then the journal entry (or
transaction) to record receipt of the funds from the employer would be:
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_oview.xml b/guide/C/ch_oview.xml
index 42c04fb..72e85a7 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_oview.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_oview.xml
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/oview_intro.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase><application>&app;</application> Chart of Accounts - Teaser</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
<para><emphasis>On-line exchange rates</emphasis>:
With <application>&app;</application>, you no longer need look up your exchange rates one at a
time. The process can be automated, to always present you with the
- account values converted to your preferred currency using the latest
+ account values converted to your preferred currency using the latest
exchange rates.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
sections to quickly scan procedures. These sections provide to-the-point
steps for accomplishing specific tasks. The <quote>Putting It All
Together</quote> sections present real-world examples in the form of a
- tutorial. Beginning with creation of a file in <xref linkend="chapter_basics"></xref>,
+ tutorial. Beginning with creation of a file in <xref linkend="chapter_basics"></xref>,
each successive chapter builds on the previous chapter’s tutorial.</para>
<para>This manual is organized into 3 main parts: <itemizedlist>
@@ -410,11 +410,11 @@
<listitem>
<para><xref linkend="ch_python_bindings"></xref></para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><xref linkend="ch_import_bus_data"></xref></para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist></para>
<para>This manual also includes several appendices, which contains extra information
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
index 0e08dc8..13cc417 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -12,67 +12,67 @@
-->
<chapter id="ch_reports">
<title>Reports</title>
- <para><application>&app;</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
-users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
-this information into <application>&app;</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
-helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
+ <para><application>&app;</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
+users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
+this information into <application>&app;</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
+helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
<application>&app;</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
-<para><application>&app;</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
-transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
-questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
+<para><application>&app;</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
+transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
+questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
-<para><application>&app;</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
-meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
-possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
+<para><application>&app;</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
+meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
+possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
not recommended for beginners).</para>
<sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
<title>Overview</title>
- <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>&app;</application>,
+ <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>&app;</application>,
all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
- <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
- with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
-the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
-settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
+ <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
+ with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
+the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
+settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
the options will be different. </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
<title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
- <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
- that report for reuse at a later point. <application>&app;</application> allows custom
+ <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
+ that report for reuse at a later point. <application>&app;</application> allows custom
reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
<para>To save a report configuration:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
+<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
-<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
-you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
+<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
+you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
-<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
-Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
+<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
+Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
configuration with a new name.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
-Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
+<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
+Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
use on multicolumn reports.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
+<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
-<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
-Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
-Configuration.</para>
+<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
+Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
+Configuration.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
<title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
- <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>&app;</application> are presented here
- in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
- description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
+ <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>&app;</application> are presented here
+ in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
+ description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
@@ -81,31 +81,31 @@ Configuration.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
-(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
-<application>&app;</application> price database and within the
-<application>&app;</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
-price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
-includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
+<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
+(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
+<application>&app;</application> price database and within the
+<application>&app;</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
+price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
+includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
<title>Asset Barchart</title>
-<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
the current financial period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
@@ -114,16 +114,16 @@ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para><
<title>Asset Piechart</title>
<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
@@ -135,54 +135,54 @@ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para><
<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
<title>Balance Sheet</title>
-<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
-for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
-are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
+<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
+for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
+are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
<title>General Journal</title>
-<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
-to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
+<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
+to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
-<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
-include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
-to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
-need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
+<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
+include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
+to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
+need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
<title>General Ledger</title>
-<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
-for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
+<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
+for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
-is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
+<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
+is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
value information about commodities in the file.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
<title>Liability Barchart</title>
-<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
the current financial period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
@@ -191,51 +191,51 @@ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para><
<title>Liability Piechart</title>
<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
+<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
+<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
-<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
-another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
-When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
-changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
-Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
+<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
+another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
+When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
+changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
+Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
commodity.</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
<title>Budget Group</title>
-<para> Budget reports in <application>&app;</application> allow you to gather
-summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
-these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
-group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
+<para> Budget reports in <application>&app;</application> allow you to gather
+summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
+these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
+group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
@@ -281,34 +281,34 @@ to a business.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
<title>Customer Summary</title>
-<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
+<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
-<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>&app;</application>, so invoices that are
-made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
-Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
-since this is the tag that decides the line to which
+<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>&app;</application>, so invoices that are
+made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
+Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
+since this is the tag that decides the line to which
to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
-Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
+Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
-<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
+<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
-for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
-tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
-expense accounts are included; however, since <application>&app;</application> can't really predict
+for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
+tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
+expense accounts are included; however, since <application>&app;</application> can't really predict
the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
<para>Useful options:</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
<title>Receivable Aging</title>
-<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
-how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
-much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
+<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
+how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
+much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -359,39 +359,39 @@ The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer re
<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
<title>Cash Flow</title>
-<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
+<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
-Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
-all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
+Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
+all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
other account.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
<title>Equity Statement</title>
-<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
-Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
-specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
+<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
+Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
+specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
-<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
+<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
<title>Expense Barchart</title>
-<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
the current financial period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
@@ -400,48 +400,48 @@ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para><
<title>Expense Piechart</title>
<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
-selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
-The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
-display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
-expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
-day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
-the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
+<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
+selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
+The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
+display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
+expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
+day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
+the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
<title>Income Barchart</title>
-<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
the current financial period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
@@ -455,63 +455,63 @@ affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para><
<title>Income Piechart</title>
<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
<title>Income Statement</title>
-<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
-default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
+<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
+default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
-<para>In earlier versions of <application>&app;</application>, this report was called
-"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
+<para>In earlier versions of <application>&app;</application>, this report was called
+"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
-<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
+<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
going for a given time period.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
-income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
-options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
-and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
-chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
-other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
-considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
+<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
+income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
+options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
+and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
+chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
+other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
+considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
<title>Trial Balance</title>
<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
-date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
+date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
-<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
+<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
or podified to suit personal need.</para>
-
+
<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
-<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
-reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
-window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
-Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
+<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
+reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
+window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
+Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
-<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
+<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
@@ -533,13 +533,13 @@ below.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
<title>Account Summary</title>
-<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
-particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
+<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
+particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
-<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
+<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
-<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
-(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
+<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
+(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -550,26 +550,26 @@ consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
-<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
-deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
-data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
+<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
+deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
+data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
downloadable versions.</para>
-<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
-form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
+<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
+form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
<title>Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
-specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
+<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
+specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
-<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
-Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
+<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
+Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
settings for standard reports.</para>
<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
@@ -577,19 +577,19 @@ Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</pa
<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
<title>Account Report</title>
-<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
-the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
+<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
+the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
register.</para>
<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
-a report for just those transactions.</para>
+a report for just those transactions.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
-However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
-(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
+However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
+(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
an empty report will be generated.</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_txns.xml b/guide/C/ch_txns.xml
index f7b483e..1c01232 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_txns.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_txns.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: 2014-09-26 (fell)
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@
<para>The <emphasis>account register</emphasis> is the <application>&app;</application> window, which allows you to view or edit preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. To open an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account name, right click the account name and select Open Account from the menu, or use the Open button on the toolbar. <application>&app;</application> will display the account register window.</para>
<sect2 id="txns-registers-features2">
<title>Features of the Account Register</title>
-
+
<para>The <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis> of the account register displays the account name. Below the <emphasis>Titlebar</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> displays the menu items available within the account register, and the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> contains handy buttons that help you work with the account register.</para>
-
+
<para>At the bottom left of the register window, <application>&app;</application> displays helpful messages as you move about the register. To the right, you can see the current account balance and the total of cleared splits.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="txns-regstyle1">
<title>Choosing a Register Style</title>
-
+
<para><application>&app;</application> offers several options for viewing your registers. The
default style is <guilabel>Basic Ledger</guilabel> mode, which displays
only the summary of splits affecting the current account. This is the
@@ -79,36 +79,36 @@
<listitem><para><menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Transaction
Journal</guimenuitem></menuchoice> style shows all splits for all transactions in the register, which is more like an accounting journal.</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or
double-line format. Select <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Double Line</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and you will see your transaction
line expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the transaction-level Notes field.</para>
-
+
<para>Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal views differ.
</para>
<para>For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans for $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each pair entered on a separate split.</para>
<para>The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes.</para>
-
+
<para>First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account:</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit4">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit4.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>3 Jeans purchases</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>
This image shows one split transaction with 3 Jeans purchases
</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
<para>Now, let's open the <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account, and look at it in Basic view.</para>
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit5">
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit5.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>A jump to the <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>This image shows <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account
in Basic Ledger mode.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -129,28 +129,28 @@
<para>Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different amount, $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view reflects a single split from the original transaction.</para>
<para>Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split transaction.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-registersplit6">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit6.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>A jump to the <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>This image shows <emphasis>Expenses:Clothes</emphasis> account in
Transaction Journal mode.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="txns-shortcuts1">
<title>Using Entry Shortcuts</title>
-
+
<para><application>&app;</application> provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your
data. When you type the first few characters of a description that you
have used before, the QuickFill feature automatically fills in the rest of
@@ -170,46 +170,46 @@
<guilabel>Character</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para></tip>
<para>Register keyboard shortcuts also save you time, and <application>&app;</application> provides
several of them. In the date field, you can type:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>+</keycap> or <keycap>=</keycap> to increment the date
and <keycap>-</keycap> or <keycap>_</keycap> to decrement the
date</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>]</keycap> or <keycap>}</keycap> to increment the month
and <keycap>[</keycap> or <keycap>{</keycap> to decrement the
month</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>M</keycap> or <keycap>m</keycap> to enter the first date
of the month</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>H</keycap> or <keycap>h</keycap> to enter the last date
of the month</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Y</keycap> or <keycap>y</keycap> to enter the first date
of the year</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>R</keycap> or <keycap>r</keycap> to enter the last date
of the year</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>T</keycap> or <keycap>t</keycap> to enter today’s
date</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<tip><para>These date shortcuts not only work in the account register but everywhere
you can enter a date.</para></tip>
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
<guilabel>Action</guilabel> field also supports QuickFill - if you type
the first characters of a common action (such as
<guilabel>Deposit</guilabel>), <application>&app;</application> will fill in the rest.</para>
-
+
<para>The <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field supports QuickFill
of account names. You can start typing an account name and
<application>&app;</application> will fill in the remaining part of the name. Typing the
@@ -242,70 +242,70 @@
<emphasis>Assets:Checking</emphasis> account. You can also type the
<keycap>Menu</keycap> or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo> keys in this
field to pop up a list of all account names.</para>
-
+
<para>In any of the amount fields, you can use a built-in calculator.
Simply type in the first value, followed by <keycap>+</keycap>,
<keycap>-</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap>, or <keycap>/</keycap>, then type
in the second value. <application>&app;</application> will perform the calculation and return the
resulting value to the amount field when you press the
<keycap>Tab</keycap> key.</para>
-
+
<para>All of the menu items have access keys defined, and these are marked
by underlined characters in the menu names. Press <keycap>Alt</keycap> +
[underlined character] to bring up the menu, then select an item by typing
its underlined character. For example, typing <keycombo>
<keycap>Alt</keycap>
-
+
<keycap>A</keycap>
</keycombo> brings up the Actions menu, then typing
<keycap>P</keycap> will split the transaction. A few of the menu items
also have shortcut keys that immediately invoke the command (typically
using the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key). These shortcuts are listed next
to the item.</para>
-
+
<para>To move around the register, use these keys to save time:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> to move to the next field, <keycombo>
<keycap>Shift</keycap>
-
+
<keycap>Tab</keycap>
</keycombo> to move to the previous field</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Home</keycap> to move to the beginning of the field,
<keycap>End</keycap> to move to the end of the field</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> or <keycap>↓</keycap> to move to the next
transaction, <keycap>↑</keycap> to move to the previous
transaction</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Page Up</keycap> to move up one screen, <keycap>Page
Down</keycap> to move down one screen</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycombo>
<keycap>Shift</keycap>
-
+
<keycap>Page Up</keycap>
</keycombo> to go to the first transaction, <keycombo>
<keycap>Shift</keycap>
-
+
<keycap>Page Down</keycap>
</keycombo> to go to the last transaction</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>In the <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window you can use these
keyboard shortcuts:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> moves to the next box and
@@ -313,12 +313,12 @@
moves to the previous
box</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Space bar toggles the status between reconciled and not
reconciled</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><keycap>↑</keycap> and <keycap>↓</keycap> navigate through the
entries within the current box</para>
@@ -328,12 +328,12 @@
</sect1>
<sect1 id="txns-registers-txntypes">
<title>Simple vs. Split Transactions</title>
-
+
<para>Every transaction in <application>&app;</application> has at least two splits, but a transaction can have more than two splits. A transaction with only two splits is called a <emphasis>simple transaction</emphasis>, since it only involves the current account and a single remote account. A transaction with three or more accounts is called a <emphasis>split transaction</emphasis>.</para>
<para>When the register is in Basic view, you will see a summary of the splits affecting the current account. For a simple transaction, the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will display the other account from which money is <emphasis>transferred</emphasis>. For a split transaction, the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> column will display <guilabel>-- Split Transaction --</guilabel>. You can see the individual splits of each
transaction by clicking the <guibutton>Split</guibutton> button in the
<emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> while selecting the appropriate transaction.</para>
-
+
<para>For split transactions, the first line of the transaction is the
<emphasis>transaction line</emphasis>. It contains a
<guilabel>Date</guilabel>, optional <guilabel>Num</guilabel> (such as a
@@ -347,11 +347,11 @@
information, you need to look at the individual splits that make up the
transaction.</para>
<note>
- <para>Note: An account register displays a transaction when that
- transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction
- has more than one split assigned to a single account, then in Basic and
- Auto-Split view modes that transaction will appear in the register one
- time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal
+ <para>Note: An account register displays a transaction when that
+ transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction
+ has more than one split assigned to a single account, then in Basic and
+ Auto-Split view modes that transaction will appear in the register one
+ time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal
mode, such a transaction will only appear once in the register.</para>
</note>
@@ -366,11 +366,11 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit2.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>How split headings change</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>This image shows how split headings
change.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -409,11 +409,11 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" format="PNG"
srccredit="Bengt Thuree" />
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>A jump to the <emphasis>Income:Salary</emphasis> account</phrase>
</textobject>
-
+
<caption><para>This image shows a jump to the
<emphasis>Income:Salary</emphasis> account.</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@
<para>To add the paycheck split transaction from the<emphasis role="italic"> Assets:Checking</emphasis> account register window, click on a new transaction line and click <guilabel>Split</guilabel>. Note that if you have set your register view to Auto-Split or Transaction Journal, the splits will be opened for you. Enter the description of this transaction on the first line(e.g. “Employers R Usâ€). In the split lines below this, enter the various splits that make up this transaction, one by one. To enter the splits, first choose the account, then enter the amount by which to change the account. Keep in mind that when in an asset account register, amounts entered in the left column increase the account balance, while amounts entered in the right column decrease the balance (for more about this, see <xref linkend="basics-transactions2"/>). Tab or click the next split line and repeat the process. Note that if you are using the keyboard to navigate the transaction, use<keycap> Tab</keycap> to move from field to field, as using <keycap>Enter</keycap> will commit the transaction and create splits to an Imbalance account.</para>
<note>
<para>When creating a transaction in <application>&app;</application>, splits can be entered in any order.
- However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when
+ However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when
pressing the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key), all debit splits will jump ahead of all credit splits.</para>
</note>
@@ -559,11 +559,11 @@
been cleared, but not reconciled. A split marked cleared signifies that you got some kind of confirmation
that the institution accepted the order (e.g. you have the restaurant's receipt for your credit card purchase).
You can toggle the reconciliation status
- between <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>c</emphasis> by clicking in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field; you can set
+ between <emphasis>n</emphasis> and <emphasis>c</emphasis> by clicking in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field; you can set
it to <emphasis>y</emphasis> by using <xref linkend="txns-reconcile-window2" />.</para>
-
+
<para>At the bottom of the account window, there are (among others) two running
- balances (the <guilabel>cleared</guilabel> and <guilabel>reconciled</guilabel> balance), and the
+ balances (the <guilabel>cleared</guilabel> and <guilabel>reconciled</guilabel> balance), and the
<guilabel>total</guilabel> balance. The former balances should correspond to how much money
the bank thinks you have in your account, while the latter includes outstanding transactions.</para>
@@ -577,11 +577,11 @@
change to include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can
then compare it to what you’ve recorded in <application>&app;</application> by opening the reconciliation
window. There, you will be able to change the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field to <emphasis>y</emphasis> (reconciled).</para>
-
+
<note>
<para>You cannot reconcile directly in a register window by clicking in the <emphasis>R</emphasis> field. You must use the
reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked <emphasis>reconciled</emphasis>,
- it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the
+ it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the
<link linkend="rec-start-blnc"><guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel></link> of the next reconciliation.</para>
</note>
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
reconciliation. It should match the starting balance in your statement.</para>
<warning><para>Sometimes, the opening balance in <application>&app;</application> does not match
- that found on your statement. This can happen the first time you reconcile your account or
+ that found on your statement. This can happen the first time you reconcile your account or
when a previously-reconciled transaction is de-reconciled or deleted.</para></warning>
<note><para>The first time you reconcile your account, the <guilabel>starting balance</guilabel>
@@ -671,8 +671,8 @@
<listitem>
<para>This field should be filled with the ending balance as it appears in the statement.</para>
<note>
- <para><application>&app;</application> automatically fills this field with the
- <guilabel>Present</guilabel> balance as shown in the lower part of the
+ <para><application>&app;</application> automatically fills this field with the
+ <guilabel>Present</guilabel> balance as shown in the lower part of the
account’s register.</para>
</note>
</listitem>
@@ -690,14 +690,14 @@
<para>Clicking this button opens a new window that allow you to enter an interest transaction to the account to be
reconciled.</para>
<tip>
- <para>The <guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation
- for an account of the type <emphasis>Bank</emphasis>, <emphasis>Credit</emphasis>,
+ <para>The <guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation
+ for an account of the type <emphasis>Bank</emphasis>, <emphasis>Credit</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Mutual</emphasis>, <emphasis>Asset</emphasis>, <emphasis>Receivable</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Payable</emphasis>, and <emphasis>Liability</emphasis>. If you want to disable
- this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <guilabel>Register</guilabel> tab of the
+ this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <guilabel>Register</guilabel> tab of the
<guilabel>&app; Preferences</guilabel> and uncheck the <guilabel>Automatic interest transfer</guilabel>
- option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the
- <guibutton>No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</guibutton> button in the
+ option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the
+ <guibutton>No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</guibutton> button in the
<guilabel>Interest Payment</guilabel> window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
@@ -728,15 +728,15 @@
</screenshot>
<para>The two panes called <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel>, lists all the unreconciled transactions that belongs to the account
+ <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel>, lists all the unreconciled transactions that belongs to the account
that is going to be reconciled.
The <guilabel>R</guilabel> columns show whether the transactions have been reconciled.</para>
-
+
<para>Now, examine each item on the bank statement, and look for the
matching item in the <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window.</para>
- <para>If you cannot find a transaction, then perhaps you forgot to enter it, or did not know that the transaction
- had happened. You can use the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>, or the
+ <para>If you cannot find a transaction, then perhaps you forgot to enter it, or did not know that the transaction
+ had happened. You can use the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>, or the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Transaction</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item in the menu, to open a register window and enter the missing
transaction. The new item will appear in the <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window when you
@@ -750,12 +750,12 @@
item, to open a register window and correct the transaction.</para>
<para>If the amounts agree, click on the item in the <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window.
- A check mark wil appear in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> column aside the selected transaction.
+ A check mark wil appear in the <guilabel>R</guilabel> column aside the selected transaction.
<application>&app;</application> will automatically update the amounts in the lower right summary pane.</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>You can use the <keycap>up</keycap>/<keycap>down</keycap> arrow keys to scroll to the item, the
- <keycap>space</keycap> key to mark the item as reconciled and the <keycap>Tab</keycap>
+ <keycap>space</keycap> key to mark the item as reconciled and the <keycap>Tab</keycap>
key to switch panes.</para>
</tip>
@@ -768,12 +768,12 @@
other value, then either you have missed transactions, or some amounts
may be incorrect in <application>&app;</application>. (Or, less likely, the bank may have made an
error.)</para>
-
+
<note><para>Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to determine why an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct the discrepancy between your books and a statement, <application>&app;</application> includes a <guibutton>Balance</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> that will automatically create a balancing entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled.</para>
<para>To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all transactions that you can identify) and then click this button. <application>&app;</application> will create a balancing entry for the remaining discrepancy that uses the <emphasis>Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX</emphasis> account (where "XXX" represents your currency). The Reconcile window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created balancing entry and finish the process.</para></note>
<para>When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement and the difference is 0.00, press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> or
- select <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu.
+ select <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu.
The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> window will close.
In the register window, the <guilabel>R</guilabel> field of the reconciled transactions will
change to <emphasis>y</emphasis>.</para>
@@ -819,14 +819,14 @@
as example, which is taken on the 28th of each month.</para>
<para>In <application>&app;</application>, there are two ways of creating scheduled transactions,
- <link linkend="txns-sxn-ledger2">from the ledger</link> or from the
+ <link linkend="txns-sxn-ledger2">from the ledger</link> or from the
<link linkend="txns-sxn-editor2">Scheduled Transactions Editor</link>.</para>
<sect2 id="txns-sxn-ledger2">
<title>Creating from the Ledger</title>
<para>Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the
- ledger. In the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field for this transaction, type
+ ledger. In the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field for this transaction, type
<emphasis>Expenses:Internet</emphasis> as shown in the next screenshot.</para>
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-ledger-1">
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@
<guilabel>Scheduled Transaction Editor</guilabel>, it may be faster if we have several
scheduled transactions to create at once.</para>
- <para>From the main accounts windows, select
+ <para>From the main accounts windows, select
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guisubmenu>Scheduled Transactions</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Scheduled Transaction Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>.
A new <guilabel>Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab will be opened in the
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@
</screenshot>
<para>This tab contains a list, now empty, of all the scheduled
- transactions. Let’s create a new one by clicking on the <guibutton>New</guibutton>
+ transactions. Let’s create a new one by clicking on the <guibutton>New</guibutton>
button in the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. A window like the one below will pop up:</para>
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-editor-3-overview">
@@ -979,13 +979,13 @@
transaction in the top of the window.</para>
<note>
<para>This name will only identify the transaction
- in the <guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> window,
+ in the <guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> window,
it will never appear in the ledger.</para>
</note>
<para>In the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> pane of the <guilabel>Overview</guilabel>
tab you have four options:</para>
-
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Enable</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -1007,23 +1007,23 @@
<para>Sets how many days in advance the transaction will be created.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Remind in advance</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets how many days in advance a reminder is presented. This
can be used, for example, when you have to pay something by check, and a reminder
one week before allows you to send your check before the deadline.</para>
</listitem>
- </varlistentry>
+ </varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- <para>The <guilabel>Occurences</guilabel> pane allows you to tell <application>&app;</application> that
+ <para>The <guilabel>Occurences</guilabel> pane allows you to tell <application>&app;</application> that
this scheduled transaction won’t last for ever. For example if you are repaying a loan,
you can enter the loan end date or the number of occurences left.</para>
-
+
<para>Select now the <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> window.
Here you can set the time-related options of the transaction.</para>
-
+
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-editor-3-frequency">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -1044,18 +1044,18 @@
<caption><para><guilabel>Edit Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> —
<guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> tab</para></caption>
</mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
+ </screenshot>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Frequency</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the basic frequency of the transaction, with options for <guilabel>once</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>daily</guilabel>, <guilabel>weekly</guilabel>, <guilabel>semi-monthly</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>daily</guilabel>, <guilabel>weekly</guilabel>, <guilabel>semi-monthly</guilabel> and
<guilabel>monthly</guilabel>.
In this example, this is set to <guilabel>monthly</guilabel>.</para>
<note>
<para>It is possible to set a transaction to occur at intervals <emphasis>other</emphasis> than
- those listed in the <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> list, by changing the setting in the
+ those listed in the <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> list, by changing the setting in the
<guilabel>Every</guilabel> control (see below).</para>
</note>
</listitem>
@@ -1067,36 +1067,36 @@
be set to the start of the next month.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>Every</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>This option allows you to schedule transactions by multiplies of the value in
<guilabel>Frequency</guilabel>. For example, to create a transaction that runs every 3 weeks, set
- <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> to <guilabel>Weeks</guilabel> and <guilabel>Every</guilabel> to
+ <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> to <guilabel>Weeks</guilabel> and <guilabel>Every</guilabel> to
<guilabel>3</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><guilabel>On the</guilabel> and <guilabel>Except on weekends</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>Sets the day of the month that the transaction is scheduled, and controls what
+ <para>Sets the day of the month that the transaction is scheduled, and controls what
<application>&app;</application> will do when the day occurs on a weekend day.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<note>
- <para>We know that the subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the <guilabel>Start date</guilabel>
+ <para>We know that the subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the <guilabel>Start date</guilabel>
will be November 1, 2003 (assuming November is the next month), the <guilabel>Frequency</guilabel> will be
- <guilabel>Monthly</guilabel>, it will be taken every month on the 28th. Since in our example the internet
+ <guilabel>Monthly</guilabel>, it will be taken every month on the 28th. Since in our example the internet
subscription is automatically taken from the account, we have no need to create it in advance, nor
give an end date.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>When the elements on this tab are filled in, <application>&app;</application> will highlights the
calendar below to indicate when future transactions will be run.</para>
- <para>Finally select the <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab and enter your transaction
+ <para>Finally select the <guilabel>Template Transaction</guilabel> tab and enter your transaction
in the lower part as you would do in the ledger, with the only difference of having no date.</para>
<para>Now, you should have a window like this:</para>
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
<para>Remember to click on the <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon, to validate and enter the
transaction.</para>
- <para>Now click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, it takes you to the <guilabel>Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab,
+ <para>Now click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, it takes you to the <guilabel>Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab,
now showing one item in the <guilabel>Transactions</guilabel> list:</para>
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-editor-4">
@@ -1152,10 +1152,10 @@
<tip>
<para>If you click in the calendar part on the first day of one month, a
small window, following your mouse, will show you what is planned for
- this day. To make the small window dissapear again, just click in it
+ this day. To make the small window dissapear again, just click in it
one more time.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>You can now close the <guilabel>Scheduled Transaction</guilabel> tab, and
<guilabel>save</guilabel> your work.</para>
@@ -1166,10 +1166,10 @@
supposed to run.</para>
</note>
- <para>From now on, when <application>&app;</application> is launched and a scheduled
- transaction is scheduled or need to be entered,
- you may see a <guilabel>Since Last Run...</guilabel> window summarizing the scheduled transactions
- operations (<guilabel>Reminder</guilabel>, <guilabel>To-Create</guilabel> etc... a better
+ <para>From now on, when <application>&app;</application> is launched and a scheduled
+ transaction is scheduled or need to be entered,
+ you may see a <guilabel>Since Last Run...</guilabel> window summarizing the scheduled transactions
+ operations (<guilabel>Reminder</guilabel>, <guilabel>To-Create</guilabel> etc... a better
description of each option can be found in the <application>&app;</application> manual):</para>
<screenshot id="txns-sxn-editor-slr">
@@ -1197,12 +1197,12 @@
close the <guilabel>Since Last Run...</guilabel> window and to apply the pending operations.
Select <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to skip entering in the ledger the pending operations.</para>
- <para>If the <guilabel>Status</guilabel> field was set to <guilabel>To-Create</guilabel>,
+ <para>If the <guilabel>Status</guilabel> field was set to <guilabel>To-Create</guilabel>,
then if you take a look in your bank account register, you’ll see the transaction has been created:</para>
-
+
<tip>
- <para>If you enable the <guilabel>Review created transactions</guilabel> option in the lower right of the
- <guilabel>Since Last Run...</guilabel> window, <application>&app;</application> will open, after pressing
+ <para>If you enable the <guilabel>Review created transactions</guilabel> option in the lower right of the
+ <guilabel>Since Last Run...</guilabel> window, <application>&app;</application> will open, after pressing
<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, the register tab of each account where the scheduled
transactions were entered automatically.</para>
</tip>
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
balance to $1000, transferred from <emphasis>Equity:Opening Balance</emphasis>.
Remember, basic transactions transfer money from
a source account to a destination account. Record the transaction
- (press the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, or click on
+ (press the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, or click on
the <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon).</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1291,8 +1291,8 @@
starting balance to $500, transferred from <emphasis>Equity:Opening Balance</emphasis>.
This is done by entering the $500 as a <guilabel>charge</guilabel>
in the <emphasis>Visa</emphasis> account (or <guilabel>decrease</guilabel> in the <emphasis>Opening Balance</emphasis> account),
- since it is money you borrowed. Record the transaction (press the
- <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, or click on
+ since it is money you borrowed. Record the transaction (press the
+ <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key, or click on
the <guibutton>Enter</guibutton> icon).</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
diff --git a/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml b/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml
index c043d2c..7ec9e84 100644
--- a/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml
+++ b/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<!--
+<!--
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais at okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
</copyright>
<legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
<para>
- <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
- Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
- <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
</para>
</legalnotice>
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.
</para>
-
+
<para>
This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
</para>
-
+
<para>
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
as <quote>you</quote>.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-modified">
A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-secondary">
A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
front-matter section of the <link
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
License.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">
The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
License.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-transparent">
A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link
linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
<quote>Opaque</quote>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
machine-generated <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-title-page">
The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
beginning of the body of the text.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
<para>
@@ -165,13 +165,13 @@
must also follow the conditions in <link
linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
above, and you may publicly display copies.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
<para>
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@
conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
respects.
</para>
-
+
<para>
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
adjacent pages.
</para>
-
+
<para>
If you publish or distribute <link
linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
public.
</para>
-
+
<para>
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
<para>
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
these things in the Modified Version:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<formalpara>
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>B</title>
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>D</title>
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>E</title>
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>H</title>
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>
If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be
distinct from any other section titles.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
definition of a standard.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link
linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
publisher that added the old one.
</para>
-
+
<para>
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link
linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
its license notice.
</para>
-
+
<para>
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
work.
</para>
-
+
<para>
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
<quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
documents in all other respects.
</para>
-
+
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
copying of that document.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
<para>
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
aggregate.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
<para>
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@
the original English version will prevail.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
<para>
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
parties remain in full compliance.
</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
<para>
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@
type="http"
url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
</para>
-
+
<blockquote>
<para>
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
License</quote>.
</para>
</blockquote>
-
+
<para>
If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@
<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link
linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
</para>
-
+
<para>
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
@@ -662,6 +662,6 @@
License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
</para>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index af1a542..e2c62fc 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@
<year>2003-2004</year>
<holder>Jon Lapham</holder>
</copyright>
-
+
<copyright>
<year>2002</year>
<holder>Chris Lyttle</holder>
</copyright>
-
+
<copyright>
<year>2001</year>
<holder>Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</holder>
commit 263281233a1cf8a4b3f40c15da358a7d118d37be
Author: David T <sunfish62 at yahoo.com>
Date: Fri Oct 21 16:24:23 2016 +0500
Bug-633590 Update and activate Reports chapter.
diff --git a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
index eeec533..0e08dc8 100644
--- a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
+++ b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml
@@ -10,193 +10,588 @@
Translators:
(translators put your name and email here)
-->
- <chapter id="chapter_reports">
+ <chapter id="ch_reports">
<title>Reports</title>
- <para>
- </para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
+users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
+this information into <application>&app;</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
+helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
+<application>&app;</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
+<para><application>&app;</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
+transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
+questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
+last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
+<para><application>&app;</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
+meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
+possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
+not recommended for beginners).</para>
- <sect1 id="reports_concepts1">
- <title>Report Concepts</title>
- <para><application>&app;</application> has a powerful built-in report generation capabilities.</para>
- <para>The reports are presented in this chapter in the order that they appear in the Reports menu. Each section will follow a similar organization. First, a short introduction which explains what the report is intended to show, next the options for the report will be shown, and finally an example will be given.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="reports_overview2">
+ <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
<title>Overview</title>
- <para>There are more than 20 standard reports pre-built in <application>&app;</application>, all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window. </para>
- <table>
- <title>Report Overview - Assets & Liabilities</title>
- <tgroup cols="3">
- <tbody>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Report Name</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Step Size</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Interval Summary</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Interval <quote>From</quote></emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Interval <quote>To</quote></emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Choose Accounts</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Default</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Format</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Advanced Portfolio</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Stock</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Text</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Asset Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Asset</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Asset Piechart</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Asset</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Piechart</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Average Balance</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Asset, Liability</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Balance Sheet</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>All</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Text</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Investment Portfolio</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Stock</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Text</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Liability Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Liability</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Liability Piechart</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Liability</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Piechart</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Networth Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Asset, Liability, Equity</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Barchart</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Price Scatterplot</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Y</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>-</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Scatterplot</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="reports_acctsum1">
- <title>Account Summary</title>
- <para>The account summary report is one of the most basic reports available. However, there is power in the simplicity. The report allows you to present a historical view of the value of your accounts.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="reports_acctsum_options2">
- <title>Options</title>
- <para>The account summary options are composed of 3 tabs, Accounts, Display, and General</para>
+ <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>&app;</application>,
+ all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
+ <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
+ with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
+the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
+settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
+the options will be different. </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
+ <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
+ <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
+ that report for reuse at a later point. <application>&app;</application> allows custom
+ reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
+ <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
+to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
+<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
+you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
+Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
+<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
+Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
+configuration with a new name.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
+Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
+use on multicolumn reports.</para>
+<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
+dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
+<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
+Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
+Configuration.</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
+ <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
+ <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>&app;</application> are presented here
+ in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
+ description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
+ intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
+<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
+<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
+(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
+<application>&app;</application> price database and within the
+<application>&app;</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
+price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
+includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
+about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
+<title>Asset Barchart</title>
+<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
+<title>Asset Piechart</title>
+<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
+<title>Average Balance</title>
+<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
+<title>Balance Sheet</title>
+<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
+for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
+are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
+of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
+<title>General Journal</title>
+<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
+to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
+totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
+<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
+include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
+to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
+need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
+Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
+<title>General Ledger</title>
+<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
+for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
+<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
+<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
+is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
+value information about commodities in the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
+<title>Liability Barchart</title>
+<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
+<title>Liability Piechart</title>
+<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
+<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
+financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
+<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
+<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
+overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
+period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
+<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
+<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
+another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
+When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
+changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
+Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
+commodity.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
+<title>Budget Group</title>
+<para> Budget reports in <application>&app;</application> allow you to gather
+summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
+these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
+group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
+need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
+<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
+<title>Budget Barchart</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
+<title>Budget Flow</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
+<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
+<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
+<title>Budget Report</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
+<title>Business Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
+to a business.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
+<title>Customer Report</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
+<title>Customer Summary</title>
+<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
+comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
+<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>&app;</application>, so invoices that are
+made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
+Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
+since this is the tag that decides the line to which
+to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
+Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
+invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
+<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
+may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
+<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
+for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
+tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
+expense accounts are included; however, since <application>&app;</application> can't really predict
+the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
+into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
+<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
+<para>Useful options:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
+<title>Easy Invoice</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
+<title>Employee Report</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
+<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
+<title>Payable Aging</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
+<title>Printable Invoice</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
+<title>Receivable Aging</title>
+<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
+how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
+much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
+The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
+<title>Vendor Report</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
+<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
+<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
+<title>Cash Flow</title>
+<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
+over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
+Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
+all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
+other account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
+<title>Equity Statement</title>
+<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
+Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
+specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
+by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
+<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
+capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
+<title>Expense Barchart</title>
+<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
+<title>Expense Piechart</title>
+<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
+<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
+selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
+The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
+display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
+expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
+day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
+the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
+to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
+<title>Income Barchart</title>
+<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
+have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
+the current financial period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
+the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
+the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
+form below the chart.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
+<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
+<title>Income Piechart</title>
+<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
+piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
+have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
+value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
+<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
+the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
+deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
+slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
+affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
+<title>Income Statement</title>
+<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
+default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
+sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
+<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
+<para>In earlier versions of <application>&app;</application>, this report was called
+"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
+to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
+<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
+going for a given time period.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
+<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
+<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
+income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
+options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
+and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
+chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
+other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
+considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
+source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
+<title>Trial Balance</title>
+<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
+date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
+used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
+<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
+<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
+or podified to suit personal need.</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="reports_acctsum_example2">
- <title>Example</title>
- <para></para>
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="reports_taxtxf1">
- <title>Tax Report / TXF Export</title>
- <para>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="reports_1">
- <title>10.3 Creating Standard Reports and Graphs (How-To)</title>
- <para>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="statement1">
- <title>10.4 Customizing (How-To)</title>
- <para>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="adjustbal1">
- <title>10.5 Printing Reports and Graphs (How-To)</title>
- <para>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="creditcard1">
- <title>10.6 Putting It All Together (Examples)</title>
- <para>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- </chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
+<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
+<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
+<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
+reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
+window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
+Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
+multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
+<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
+<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
+<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
+<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
+custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
+<title>Other Reports</title>
+<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
+below.</para>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
+<title>Account Summary</title>
+<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
+particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
+down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
+<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
+You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
+<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
+(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
+consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
+<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
+<para></para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
+<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
+<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
+deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
+data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
+downloadable versions.</para>
+<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
+form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
+you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
+<title>Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
+specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
+and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
+<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
+<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
+Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
+settings for standard reports.</para>
+<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
+Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
+<title>Account Report</title>
+<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
+the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
+register.</para>
+<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
+results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
+a report for just those transactions.</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
+<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
+<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
+However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
+(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
+an empty report will be generated.</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
index 094ce64..af1a542 100644
--- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -18,18 +18,19 @@
<!ENTITY chapter7 SYSTEM "ch_cc.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter8 SYSTEM "ch_loans.xml">
<!ENTITY chapter9 SYSTEM "ch_invest.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
-<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter10 SYSTEM "ch_reports.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter11 SYSTEM "ch_capgain.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter12 SYSTEM "ch_currency.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter13 SYSTEM "ch_bus_intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter14 SYSTEM "ch_bus_setup.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter15 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ar.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter16 SYSTEM "ch_bus_ap.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter17 SYSTEM "ch_bus_pay.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter18 SYSTEM "ch_budgets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter19 SYSTEM "ch_oth_assets.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter20 SYSTEM "ch_dep.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter21 SYSTEM "ch_python_bindings.xml">
+<!ENTITY chapter22 SYSTEM "ch_import_business_data.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixa SYSTEM "appendixa.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixb SYSTEM "appendixb.xml">
<!ENTITY appendixc SYSTEM "appendixc.xml">
@@ -497,10 +498,10 @@
&chapter9;
&chapter10;
&chapter11;
+&chapter12;
</part>
<part>
<title>Managing Business Finances</title>
-&chapter12;
&chapter13;
&chapter14;
&chapter15;
@@ -510,6 +511,7 @@
&chapter19;
&chapter20;
&chapter21;
+&chapter22;
</part>
<part>
<title>Appendices</title>
commit aa5b26ca11d9c6b6324e60e46b0d5bd0edbe9ab8
Author: fell <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
Date: Fri Sep 23 22:20:22 2016 +0200
Add optional requirement gnome-doc-utils to README
diff --git a/README b/README
index b50d0c4..fa5019b 100644
--- a/README
+++ b/README
@@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ Requirements
scrollkeeper >=0.3.4 (its ancestor)
* yelp (for viewing)
+Optional:
+* gnome-doc-utils (contains xml2po for the use of po editors like in the it translation)
+
Additonal Requirements for Generating PDF:
* Apache fop >= 0.95
Summary of changes:
AUTHORS | 58 +-
ChangeLog | 208 +
NEWS | 16 +-
README | 3 +
guide/C/Makefile.am | 2 +
guide/C/appendixa.xml | 8 +-
guide/C/appendixb.xml | 2 +-
guide/C/appendixc.xml | 4 +-
guide/C/appendixd.xml | 2 +-
guide/C/ch_accts.xml | 52 +-
guide/C/ch_basics.xml | 186 +-
guide/C/ch_budgets.xml | 10 +-
guide/C/ch_bus_ap.xml | 36 +-
guide/C/ch_bus_ar.xml | 12 +-
guide/C/ch_bus_intro.xml | 14 +-
guide/C/ch_bus_pay.xml | 16 +-
guide/C/ch_bus_setup.xml | 70 +-
guide/C/ch_capgain.xml | 14 +-
guide/C/ch_cbook.xml | 130 +-
guide/C/ch_cc.xml | 50 +-
guide/C/ch_currency.xml | 1039 +---
guide/C/ch_expenses.xml | 78 +-
guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml | 24 +-
guide/C/ch_invest.xml | 1038 +++-
guide/C/ch_loans.xml | 70 +-
guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml | 2 +-
guide/C/ch_oview.xml | 59 +-
guide/C/ch_reports.xml | 794 ++-
guide/C/ch_txns.xml | 256 +-
guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml | 104 +-
guide/C/figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png | Bin 0 -> 153215 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png | Bin 0 -> 63653 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png | Bin 0 -> 63551 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png | Bin 0 -> 154625 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png | Bin 0 -> 120185 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png | Bin 0 -> 59928 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png | Bin 0 -> 56576 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png | Bin 0 -> 132253 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png | Bin 0 -> 52111 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png | Bin 0 -> 51344 bytes
guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitReg.png | Bin 0 -> 91934 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png | Bin 55064 -> 55070 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_int2-1.png | Bin 91744 -> 91750 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_int2.png | Bin 77710 -> 77716 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_peditor2.png | Bin 119244 -> 119250 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock.png | Bin 88334 -> 88340 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_sellstock2.png | Bin 103937 -> 103943 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png | Bin 89438 -> 89444 bytes
guide/C/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png | Bin 106307 -> 106313 bytes
guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png | Bin 94341 -> 94399 bytes
guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png | Bin 48563 -> 48621 bytes
guide/C/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png | Bin 50032 -> 50090 bytes
guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml | 451 ++
guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml | 283 +-
guide/de/Makefile.am | 1 +
guide/de/ch_accts.xml | 29 +-
guide/de/ch_basics.xml | 11 +-
guide/de/ch_expenses.xml | 95 +
guide/de/ch_invest.xml | 1071 +++-
guide/de/ch_txns.xml | 50 +-
guide/de/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png | Bin 0 -> 56576 bytes
guide/{C => de}/figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png | Bin
guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml | 295 +-
guide/it/Makefile.am | 4 +-
guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml | 5609 +++++++++++++--------
guide/ja/gnucash-guide.xml | 230 +-
guide/pt/gnucash-guide.xml | 242 +-
help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml | 141 +-
help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml | 334 +-
help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml | 704 +--
help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml | 48 +-
help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml | 69 +-
help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml | 32 +-
help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml | 372 +-
help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml | 654 ++-
help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml | 77 +-
help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml | 92 +-
help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml | 104 +-
help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml | 14 +-
help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml | 2 +-
help/C/figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png | Bin 83939 -> 83924 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png | Bin 63559 -> 63565 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png | Bin 75019 -> 75025 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Business.png | Bin 64445 -> 64451 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png | Bin 60743 -> 60749 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_General.png | Bin 91481 -> 91487 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png | Bin 87244 -> 87250 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png | Bin 45735 -> 45741 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Register.png | Bin 71375 -> 71381 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png | Bin 58919 -> 58925 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png | Bin 50628 -> 50634 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png | Bin 57263 -> 57269 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png | Bin 60515 -> 60521 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png | Bin 0 -> 63204 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png | Bin 0 -> 56576 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png | Bin 0 -> 1854 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png | Bin 0 -> 1825 bytes
help/C/figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png | Bin 56201 -> 53660 bytes
help/C/gnucash-help.xml | 182 +-
help/de/gnucash-help.xml | 212 +-
help/it/Makefile.am | 2 +-
help/it/gnucash-help.xml | 2682 ++++++----
help/it/it.po | 4 +-
help/pt/gnucash-help.xml | 196 +-
util/adjust-dpi.sh | 6 +-
xsl/l10n.xml | 16 +
106 files changed, 11921 insertions(+), 6750 deletions(-)
create mode 100755 guide/C/figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png
create mode 100755 guide/C/figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png
create mode 100755 guide/C/figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png
create mode 100755 guide/C/figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/figures/investLotsSplitReg.png
create mode 100644 guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml
create mode 100644 guide/de/ch_expenses.xml
create mode 100644 guide/de/figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png
copy guide/{C => de}/figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png (100%)
create mode 100755 help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png
create mode 100755 help/C/figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png
create mode 100644 help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png
create mode 100644 help/C/figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png
mode change 100755 => 100644 help/C/figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png
More information about the gnucash-changes
mailing list